Uncategorized Archives - Pizza Today https://pizzatoday.com/uncategorized/ 30 Years of Providing Business Solutions & Opportunities for Today's Pizzeria Operators Mon, 30 Sep 2024 19:17:34 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://pizzatoday.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/20x20_PT_icon.png Uncategorized Archives - Pizza Today https://pizzatoday.com/uncategorized/ 32 32 National Pizza Month October — Pizzeria Tool Kit https://pizzatoday.com/nationalpizzamonth/ https://pizzatoday.com/nationalpizzamonth/#respond Fri, 16 Aug 2024 10:13:18 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/?p=143655 How to celebrate National Pizza Month   Pizza Today has you covered this October National Pizza Month Pizzeria Tool Kit provides everything you need to celebrate all month long Let’s collectively have the biggest pizza month ever and celebrate America’s favorite food. Pizza Today created National Pizza Month 40 years ago and we’re here to […]

The post National Pizza Month October — Pizzeria Tool Kit appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

How to celebrate National Pizza Month

 

Pizza Today has you covered this October

National Pizza Month Pizzeria Tool Kit provides everything you need to celebrate all month long

Let’s collectively have the biggest pizza month ever and celebrate America’s favorite food. Pizza Today created National Pizza Month 40 years ago and we’re here to help you celebrate. There’s no better time to celebrate PIZZA that right now. We’ve pulled together resources to help you mark the occasion and promote your National Pizza Month campaigns in your store, in the community, virtually and on social networks. October can be anything you make it. The tools and tips below are provided to assist you with your unique efforts to promote your pizzeria’s National Pizza Month celebrations. We also have the official National Pizza Month logo and graphics for pizza fans, pizza enthusiast and local and national media to share.

Blast the National Pizza Month hashtag on everything. Use the hashtag on social media posts, in store and on external marketing and promotional signage.

#nationalpizzamonth

Go further and add a unique hashtag specific to your brand to track its shares. Don’t forget to tag @pizzatoday so we can follow your NPM campaign.

Learn more about how to use this tool kit to create your National Pizza Month campaign.

What is National Pizza Month?

National Pizza Month is a monthlong celebration of pizza, America’s favorite food. At the heart of National Pizza Month are the pizzerias and the people showcasing their pizzas. Pizza lovers across the country indulge in their favorite slices, try new toppings, and explore different pizzerias. Many pizzerias and restaurants offer special deals, promotions and events to mark the occasion.

Pizza Today’s founder Gerry Durnell created the National Pizza Month observance in 1984 to mark the debut of the first issue of Pizza Today magazine. The U.S. Congress officially designated October as National Pizza Month in 1987.

Each year, Pizza Today provides pizzeria operators, enthusiasts and media with media assets to help America celebration National Pizza Month. Pizza Today has been the pizzeria industry’s most trusted and valuable educational business resource for more than four decades. The international award-winning content focuses on insider tips, operational advice, recipes and information integral to helping today’s pizzeria owner operate more efficiently and profitably.

Have fun with National Pizza Month. We are sharing interesting pizza-related fun facts about pizza, pizza history, pizza topping, pizza world records for your next pizza trivia game or pizza quiz in 36 Pizza Fun Facts.

 

Ways to Celebrate National Pizza Month

Here are three low-cost National Pizza Month marketing ideas:

  1. Crown an Ultimate Pizza Fan by inviting customers to submit on social media why they should be the winner.
  2. Host a Press Event Month Kick Off (Invite local media, food writers, bloggers, etc. in for a free meal). Use your time with the media wisely to showcase your National Pizza Month plan and what makes your pizzeria standout. Give them a unique experience like a pizza-making class or dough making or tossing demo. Be memorable.
  3. Run a customer recipe promotion. Invite your patrons to create your next big hit! Have customers submit recipes for topping combinations, etc. Winner gets the pizza named after them on your menu or free pizza for a year or a $500 gift card, etc.

Get more low-cost to no-cost marketing ideas for your pizzeria make the most of National Pizza Month. Get the full list.

 

Get Social with National Pizza Month

31 Days of Pizza! We’ve made it easy for you to create social content for EVERY DAY IN OCTOBER. We’ve created a customizable Sample Social Media Calendar. Take an idea or two from here or use it as inspiration to create your own calendar.

National Pizza Month Sample Social Calendar Template — EXCEL FILE

National Pizza Month Sample Social Calendar Template — PDF

National Pizza Month social media calendar, marketing pizza month

 

Download Marketing Assets for Your Pizzeria

official National Pizza Month logo, new logo√ — National Pizza Month Logo In Color

This the OFFICIAL LOGO of National Pizza Month. Use it on your marketing materials and social media posts. Click to enlarge each image and drag it to your desktop or save to your mobile device. If you require a different format, contact dgreer@pizzatoday.com.

Download National Pizza Month Logo — JPG 

 

 

National Pizza Month Declaration Social Sharing Art/Images

DOWNLOAD ALL NATIONAL PIZZA MONTH SOCIAL GRAPHICS

We’ve created images to declare National Pizza Month for social sharing. Click to enlarge each image and drag it to your desktop or save to your mobile device.

pizza calendar, National Pizza Month, social graphic October Starter Kit, National Pizza Month, social graphic wake me up when September ends, National Pizza Month, social graphic pizzas and hands, National Pizza Month, social graphic whole month, National Pizza Month, social graphic Ranch on Pizza, National Pizza Month, social graphic pizzas and logos, National Pizza Month, social graphic plan accordingly, National Pizza Month, social graphic pizza box, National Pizza Month, social graphic pizzas, National Pizza Month, social graphic

 

National Pizza Month Fillable Social Sharing Images

We’ve included National Pizza Month social media graphics that are designed for you to add your own image in. Get as creative as you want with the image. Be sure to tag Pizza Today so we can see it and share it. Here are a few option. Click to enlarge each image and drag it to your desktop or save to your mobile device.

fillable National Pizza Month Graphic, Pizza Today fillable National Pizza Month Graphic, Pizza Today

Customizable Media Release / Media Alerts

We’ve provided you the framework to add in your specific information about your National Pizza Month festivities.

Media Releases are a great way to get your National Pizza Month activities in front of your local media. E-mail it to all local and regional media and well as specialty social/online media two weeks before October events.

Download Media Release.doc (Microsoft Word)

Download Media Release PDF

For special events and unique National Pizza Month programming. Also sent Media Alerts the day before activity. Use this Media Alert as a template:

Download Media Alert (Microsoft Word)

Download Media Alert PDF

Media loves National Pizza Month. We’ve outlined 5 Ways to Get Media Coverage During National Pizza Month with a look at National Pizza Month media coverage from last year as examples.

Don’t forget you can pitch your National Pizza Month event directly to reporters or even partner with traditional or digital media in your area. Take a look at this how-to on getting media coverage.

 

National Pizza Month Video

Share this National Pizza Month video with your community and local media.

National Pizza Month Key Messages

October is National Pizza Month. We celebrate America’s favorite food and the people who make it. Pizza is comfort, family and community.

Pizza making is an art, a craft. From New York, Detroit, Chicago, St. Louis, California and Italy, each style is a piece of a region’s culture and history.

This is our time to share the love and dedication that our nation’s pizzerias give to our communities.

Pizza people are the hardest working, most passionate and giving people in their communities. Let’s honor their contributions.

Join us in saying thank you by visiting your local pizzeria during National Pizza Month. And let’s continue that spirit all year long.

 

Pizza Fun Facts

We’ve pulled together interesting pizza-related Fun facts about pizza, pizza history, pizza topping, pizza world records for your next pizza trivia game or pizza quiz. Go to 36 Pizza Fun Facts.

 

Share your National Pizza Month Story

We want to share your National Pizza Month stories on PizzaToday.com and on social all month long. Fill out the National Pizza Month Story Submission Form.

 

National Pizza Month Story Submission

Address
Name

The post National Pizza Month October — Pizzeria Tool Kit appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
https://pizzatoday.com/nationalpizzamonth/feed/ 0
2009 December: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-a-pizza-my-mind/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-a-pizza-my-mind/ Big Dave’s always closed early on Christmas Eve (6 p.m.) so that my crew could get home and enjoy their family time. The key word here is family. Many families gather together on Christmas Eve. Since the following day will be filled with traditional home-cooked feasts, the cooks in charge (Moms) are looking for an […]

The post 2009 December: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
By Big Dave Ostrander Photos by Josh Keown

By Big Dave Ostrander
Photos by Josh Keown

Big Dave’s always closed early on Christmas Eve (6 p.m.) so that my crew could get home and enjoy their family time. The key word here is family. Many families gather together on Christmas Eve. Since the following day will be filled with traditional home-cooked feasts, the cooks in charge (Moms) are looking for an easy-to-prepare, no muss, no fuss family favorite. Pizza is just that. Since pizza is an impulse food purchase, you may want to alert your customers that you will be closing early but will be filling orders until 6 or 7 p.m. on Christmas Eve. The pizza industry already enjoys robust sales the day before Thanksgiving. Why not make the day before Christmas ours as well?

The top of your pizza box is underutilized for advertising and sending messages to your customers. Most of us only think about discount coupon box toppers taped to the box. What is wrong with creating a holiday thank you message along with an invitation to start a family tradition of Christmas Eve pizza? Office Max and Staples sell printer paper that has holiday color borders that would work great for the message. Create a holiday message and weave in the suggestion that you would be delighted to cook a family favorite dinner for them on Christmas Eve. Also, mention that you will only be able to fi ll orders for 100 families and that it’s first come, first served on that day. Then it is over. This creates a perception of demand and the need for expediency.

Every year, like clockwork, I had dozens of families order pizza for that evening. It became tradition and the same names popped up every year.

Also, I’m sure you’re well aware that, typically, sales slump in January. Why not include a holiday gift for your loyal customers that is included on the holiday box topper? For instance, boost up your slow weekdays with a great offer. Offer freebies with the purchase of any large pie. Whatever it takes to get the customer in the door is fair game to ward off the fi rst of the year sales blues. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 December: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-commentary/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-commentary/ Well, another year has come and nearly gone. 2009 was an interesting one, to say the least. After American voters cried for change in our country’s leadership in 2008, America’s first black president took office this year. Since then, we’ve been working to dial down our military efforts in Iraq while still figuring out how […]

The post 2009 December: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Well, another year has come and nearly gone. 2009 was an interesting one, to say the least. After American voters cried for change in our country’s leadership in 2008, America’s first black president took office this year. Since then, we’ve been working to dial down our military efforts in Iraq while still figuring out how to handle the conundrum in Afghanistan. Healthcare, much like 17 years ago, is a much debated political topic. The economy, badly battered during the previous eight years, may have hit bottom. Though no one seems to know for sure where things are heading and the traditional indicators continue to give conflicting signs, there’s at least some hope now of an economic recovery.

How does that carry over to the pizza industry? Again, signals are mixed. Same-store sales increases, at least in a sustained fashion, are hard to come by. Overall sales growth isn’t occurring, but pizza continues to show its resiliency through unit growth. Profi ts are up in a few operations, down in most.

One would think such uncertainty would cast a pall over the industry, but it hasn’t. Back in the spring, International Pizza Expo had a nearrecord- breaking year and the attendees were as serious as I’ve ever seen them. We recognized that and tried to match their intensity with our “09.09.09” issue in September. Though it may be a little forward, I’m not shy about saying that, frankly, we hit a home run and are proud of the contribution that issue made to the industry.

Then again, that’s why we’re here: to serve as a guiding light to the industry’s operators regardless of what’s going on in the outside world. Politics change. Confl icts in foreign lands come and go. Administrations turn over. But pizza continues. It’s an American staple, after all, and that isn’t going to change.

So don’t turn the calendar to 2010 with a pessimistic hand. The economy may or may not have bottomed out and we’ll probably continue seeing mixed signals for a while yet, but I’m seeing a lot of positives in the pizza industry. From the artisan renaissance to social networking, these trying times have sparked some creativity. I have little doubt it will pay off one day sooner rather than later.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 December: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Did You Know https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-did-you-know/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-did-you-know/ 74 percent of pizzerias have dining rooms. The pizza industry will top $38 billion in sales in 2010. International Pizza Wxpo 2010 is scheduled for March 2-4 at the Las Vegas Convention Center Tennessee has 1,184 pizzerias The Pizza Kitchen / Scalini’s Pizza ‘n Pasta / Twist’ed Sisters The Pizza Kitchen 9411 S. Northshore Drive […]

The post 2009 December: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Did You Know74 percent of pizzerias have dining rooms.

The pizza industry will top $38 billion in sales in 2010.

International Pizza Wxpo 2010 is scheduled for March 2-4 at the Las Vegas Convention Center

Tennessee has 1,184 pizzerias

The Pizza Kitchen / Scalini’s Pizza ‘n Pasta / Twist’ed Sisters

The Pizza Kitchen

9411 S. Northshore Drive Suite 102

Knoxville, Tennessee 37922

(865) 531-1422

www.thepizzakitchen.netHouse-made items appear on plenty of pizzeria menus across the country, but at The Pizza Kitchen, it isn’t just lip service. Just about everything from the marinara to appetizers like kalamata tapenade and meatballs is made from scratch. We haven’t seen anything like the chocolate peanut brittle cake: chocolate cake, layered with a chocolate ganache and topped with a peanut butter brittle cream cheese icing. And yes –– it’s homemade, too!

Scalini’s Pizza ‘n Pasta

5106 Dr. Phillips Blvd.

Orlando, Florida 32819

(407) 291-9349

www.scalinispizza.comThe pizza scene is heating up in Orlando, Florida, which is known more for its theme parks than its dining. At Scalini’s, however, it’s all about New York –– New York-style pizza, that is. The company has a simple menu of pizzas, pastas, salads and sandwiches. We especially like the Gondolini –– the Italian sausage roll is made with sweet sausage, peppers and mozzarella and is served with a side of the company’s house-made marinara.

Twist’d Sisters

293 Commercial Street

Provincetown, Massachusetts 02657

(508) 487-6973

www.twistdsisters.comWhile the restaurant’s name originally drew our attention, this pizzeria is more than just a pretty face. Hand-tossed dough, whole-milk mozzarella and a long list of toppings set this pizzeria apart from its competitors. Even better, the New York-style pizzeria has named its pizza offerings after New York destinations and attractions. A standout is the Central Park. This salad pizza includes mixed greens, black olives, onions, tomatoes, Parmesan cheese and is fi nished with balsamic vinegar and olive oil. Why travel to Manhattan when you get a taste of it right here?

The post 2009 December: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-five-questions/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-five-questions/ Eric Koslowski, owner of Primanti Bros. in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, doesn’t seem to be taking the recession lying down. When opportunity knocked, he answered in a big way. Koslowski recently opened a 4,700-square-foot store by negotiating with the building’s owner. As a result, sales are consistently hitting $50,000- plus a week at his newest location. […]

The post 2009 December: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 December: Five QuestionsEric Koslowski, owner of Primanti Bros. in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, doesn’t seem to be taking the recession lying down. When opportunity knocked, he answered in a big way. Koslowski recently opened a 4,700-square-foot store by negotiating with the building’s owner. As a result, sales are consistently hitting $50,000- plus a week at his newest location.

Q. Why open a new store in an ailing economy?

A: We were able to find that landlords are willing to give very, very long-term favorable leases right now for about 60 cents on the dollar, and we have the option to purchase the property which we probably couldn’t have done years ago. We took over a building that had been an out parcel to a shopping center and the place went bankrupt. It was a seafood restaurant. It is typically $10,000 to $12,000 (a month in rent) for this type of building, and I got it for $8,000. Instead of getting a five-to 15-year lease, I got a 30-year lease. Every single thing we wanted, the landlord was like, ‘Yeah! We want somebody here.’

Q. You’re offering a prixe fixe family night menu on Tuesday and Thursday nights. How is that working for you?

A: We really got a great deal on the property and that being, we were able to have a very economical menu for our customers … Tuesdays and Thursdays we do a 20-inch pizza with three toppings and a pitcher of Coke for $16.99. You can substitute a pitcher of beer for $17.99. Last Thursday from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m., we sold like 130 of those (packages). It was amazing. Thursdays, Fridays and Saturdays, we have lines.

Q. How is business at your other locations?

A: We actually have 16-percent growth at our two existing restaurants, 2009 versus 2008. Each store grew by 16 percent. People are ‘trading down’ from the higher-end restaurants to more economical ones, but they won’t trade down in quality. We’ll fi nd that we’ll have The Cheesecake Factory– type customer come to our store because even though it’s pizza, it’s great pizza. They’re not going to go out and spend $35 on an entrée, but they’ll go out and get a nice pie and a lasagna as long as it’s good.

Q. What are your goals for 2010?

A: We’re wanting to do five stores total in Broward County. I have one (store) on the ocean, one to the west and one in the center. We want to do one to the north and one to the south.

Q. What advice would you give an operator in a similar situation?

A: If people would go out and look, the buildings are out there. The right pizza product at the right price gives tremendous opportunities right now for operators.

The post 2009 December: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-marketing-matters/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-marketing-matters/ Recently, I had a phone conversation with Arjun Sen, formerly the vice president of marketing and operations services at Papa John’s Pizza. Prior to that, he was manager of marketing research at Pizza Hut. Today, he’s a consultant with a dizzying grasp of detail. For example, he can show you a mind-numbing flowchart listing more […]

The post 2009 December: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
marketingMatters
Recently, I had a phone conversation with Arjun Sen, formerly the vice president of marketing and operations services at Papa John’s Pizza. Prior to that, he was manager of marketing research at Pizza Hut. Today, he’s a consultant with a dizzying grasp of detail. For example, he can show you a mind-numbing flowchart listing more than 500 areas in your pizzeria that can be isolated, examined and improved. That’s right — 500. Here are three cherry-picked eyeopeners from our hour-long interview:

Do small things in a big way. Arjun waxes poetic about John Schnatter of Papa John’s fame. He describes John’s undeniable love of making pizzas and passion for the business. Even on store visits, John would pull up to the make-line, grab a doughball and start knocking out some orders. Arjun says of Papa John’s: “The company culture revolves around the word ‘focus’.”

Papa John’s, says Arjun, focuses intently on “little things.” Rather than execute a “10” idea at a “3” level, they’d rather execute a “3” idea at a “10” level. Think about that for a minute. They’d rather over-deliver on a small thing than under-deliver on a big thing.

After all, a tub of garlic dipping sauce and some pepperoncini isn’t really an Earth-shattering “10” idea like “30 minutes or it’s free” delivery was for Domino’s. Yet it is something different, simple, and easy to accomplish time after time. And in the real world of high employee turnover, being able to consistently deliver on a few simple things turns into a distinct advantage.

When worlds collide. When marketing makes a promise that operations cannot deliver, the result is frustration. Marketing, of course, wants a driver to be properly dressed, smile at the doorstep, deliver a piping-hot pizza and make a great impression on the customer.

Operations, on the other hand, has a different agenda. They want to maximize productivity from every dollar spent on labor. So, they want that same driver to help inside the pizzeria (uniform might get dirty), take as many deliveries at one time as possible (not all will be piping-hot) and not to dally at the door (customer service suffers).

Do you make a promise in your marketing that is problematic to deliver on? Do you really have the “best” pizza in town, or would you be better off promising speedy delivery or family friendly prices?

According to Arjun: “Marketing a fantasy message that will connect with customers without taking into account whether operations can fulfi ll the promise has no other choice but to cause disappointment. Identify what you can offer, that customers love, that will differentiate the brand, and that you can actually accomplish over and over.”

Why haven’t you called? When do you decide to go out on a second date? A day after the date? A week? Two weeks? No, you decide on having a second date while on the fi rst. And Arjun uses this analogy to impress upon pizzeria owners the absolute necessity of making sure a customer is so pampered during each interaction with you. You want them, subconsciously, to decide to return before they even taste the pizza. Hopefully, the latter will reinforce their decision and bring it to the forefront of their minds. Arjun’s message here is simple: “Treat each customer visit as though the next one depends on it.”

So, to recap, make sure you do little things in a big way. See that your marketing message is on the same page as your operational strengths. Treat each customer as though they were the love of your life. Three easy steps you can put into practice today!

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 December: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-simple-ideas/ Fri, 15 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-december-simple-ideas/ Meatball Mangia Offer spaghetti and meatballs? If you’re not making a meatball sub or using your meatballs on pizza, you could be missing out on profi ts. Consider using French or Italian bread. Sliced lengthwise, add the meatballs, layer with marinara and add a liberal dose of Romano or Parmesan cheese. On pizza, simply slice […]

The post 2009 December: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 December: Simple IdeasMeatball Mangia

Offer spaghetti and meatballs? If you’re not making a meatball sub or using your meatballs on pizza, you could be missing out on profi ts. Consider using French or Italian bread. Sliced lengthwise, add the meatballs, layer with marinara and add a liberal dose of Romano or Parmesan cheese. On pizza, simply slice the meatballs and distribute evenly to ensure each slice gets its fair share. Although sizes may vary, consider using a walnut-sized meatball for easier enjoyment.

Sick Policies

With the H1N1 virus running rampant throughout the country, do you have a sick policy in place? Your employees handle food and can spread germs quickly. Establish a back-up plan in case an employee can’t make it in and don’t be afraid to send a sick employee home. Cross-training is critical in this regard. Make sure your employees are able to man more than one station –– even if it’s not their forte, they need to be able to make it through a service or two if needed.

Employee Theft

simpleIdeas02

Are you keeping track of your employees? The U.S. Chamber of Commerce estimates that 75 percent of employees steal from the workplace and that most do so repeatedly. While it may not be as bold as a 20 slipped into a pocket, freebies given away to friends and family without your consent are taking cash out of your pocket. Set a policy regarding freebies and follow through. Train your managers to keep an eye on what’s going out the door and into the dining room.

Salt Substitution

To decrease the amount of salt in your dough in order to make it heart healthier, substitute with onion or garlic powder to increase the fl avor profi le. Dough Doctor Tom Lehmann advises reducing the yeast level by 25 to 33 percent because salt has a direct impact on the control of fermentation. Don’t hold reduced-salt dough for more than 24 hours in the cooler. Its performance is better when used sooner!

The post 2009 December: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-simple-ideas/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-simple-ideas/ Stay Sharp Keeping knives sharp and handling/storing them properly are the best methods to reduce the potential for cuts in the kitchen. Providing employees with mesh or Kevlar cutting gloves is another good idea. Hare are some other tips: ? Purchase non-slip pads that are designed to be placed underneath cutting boards. This helps prevent […]

The post 2009 October: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Simple IdeasStay Sharp

Keeping knives sharp and handling/storing them properly are the best methods to reduce the potential for cuts in the kitchen. Providing employees with mesh or Kevlar cutting gloves is another good idea. Hare are some other tips:

? Purchase non-slip pads that are designed to be placed underneath cutting boards. This helps prevent slippage on the work surface.

? Don’t forget that dishwashers handle knives as well. Consider purchasing gloves for them. At the very least, train employees on the proper way to fi ll the dishwasher (where to put knives, how to place them in their designated area, etc.).

? Do not put broken plates and broken glass in regular trash containers. Instead, dedicate a special trash bin for broken glass and other sharp objects.

An American Classic

If you offer a BLT pizza, consider using radicchio in place of leaf lettuce. It can be subjected to heat without causing any breakdown in flavor, which makes it perfect for pizza.

Spread shredded or chopped raw radicchio over the pizza crust. Add cooked and crumbled bacon, followed by sliced Roma tomatoes. Finish with a dusting of grated Parmesan cheese. When the pizza comes out of the oven, use a plastic squirt bottled filled with a creamy vinaigrette dressing to decorate the top of the pizza. This adds both color and flavor.

So Cold

Want to freeze your dough? Be prepared for a challenge — live dough is diffi cult to freeze, according to our “Dough Doctor,” Tom Lehmann. To do so requires a blast freezer (not economical for a pizzeria). When freezing dough in a regular freezer (which likely operates at -20 F or higher), damaging ice crystals form inside the yeast cells and viability is limited to 10 to 15 days. So it’s time to move on to your next great idea, because freezing your dough probably isn’t going to work out!

simpleIdeas02Made In-House

A homemade vinaigrette is an inexpensive and simple way to add perceived value to your salads. Here’s a quick recipe you can put to use today for a tasty balsamic vinaigrette:

½ cup balsamic vinegar

1 tablespoon soy sauce

2 tablespoons honey

2 cloves garlic, minced

Crushed dried red pepper, to taste

½ cup extra-virgin olive oil

In a medium bowl or food processor, whisk together balsamic vinegar, soy sauce, honey, garlic and red pepper. Add olive oil in a thin stream, whisking until emulsifi ed.

The post 2009 October: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-a-pizza-my-mind/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-a-pizza-my-mind/ Just over half of my gross sales came from home and business deliveries. Over the years, we stumbled on a few ideas that made us stand out from the competition. We were the fi rst company in our area to use car-top signs. It was so long ago I had to make my own from […]

The post 2009 November: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
car topper, deliveryJust over half of my gross sales came from home and business deliveries. Over the years, we stumbled on a few ideas that made us stand out from the competition. We were the fi rst company in our area to use car-top signs. It was so long ago I had to make my own from scratch. I permanently mounted it to an old Chevy Vega. The “piglet” only had a driver’s seat. The rest was plywood and heated cabinets. Car top signs work. They are great advertisers and also give the customer something to look for when the car cruises the street looking for the house number.

We noticed that, at least half the time, our customers’ dogs beat their owners to the door when we came knocking. My drivers always had dog biscuits in their jacket pockets. This scored big points with the dog as well as the owner. We also offered small “kiddie doughs” to little people. This was no more than a small piece of pizza dough in a sandwich bag. Kids love to play with Play Dough. We gave them the real deal. We told them not to eat it and to store it in the refrigerator. Anytime they came in the restaurant to dine, they asked for more.

Every delivery driver is dependent on a lit house number. Every time we delivered to a home where the porch light was burned out, we asked permission to replace it. I made a case of 100 watt bulbs available for my drivers to have in their back seats.

The best idea I ever had to make the drivers shine was “hotel packs”. When I was interviewing motel owners in my town to get permission to place table tents and menus in all of their rooms, I was reminded that eating pizza in a hotel room can be messy. I invented a solution. Place two 9-inch plates, two forks and a few napkins in a gallon Ziploc bag. Every time we delivered to a nondomicile (office, business, motel) my drivers offered the packs to the customers. They had a little spiel that went like this. “I made up a bag with plates for you. Could you use this?” Bam … instant tip. Since we rarely, if ever, got coupons from our motel and business customers, the cost was very affordable. My drivers also asked the travelers if they needed driving directions to anyplace in town. Who knows more than a trained driver on the streets in your town? FedEx came to us when they were lost!

These little acts of kindness came back and separated us from everyone else. Give them a try. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 November: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-commentary/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-commentary/ Eight years ago, I found myself despicably overweight. That’s right, this former high school and college athlete was fat! This was not familiar territory for me. Since I was a young child, I’ve been involved with sports. You know that kid in your neighborhood that was hitting a baseball towards your house or using your […]

The post 2009 November: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

Jeremy WhiteEight years ago, I found myself despicably overweight. That’s right, this former high school and college athlete was fat! This was not familiar territory for me. Since I was a young child, I’ve been involved with sports. You know that kid in your neighborhood that was hitting a baseball towards your house or using your fence as a goalpost and kicking a football into your back yard after dark? That was me. As a result of this constant motion, I was always fit.

I ran track in college. My interval training was so intense that I could rarely complete it without vomiting. At that time, I was supremely fi t. Then I entered the working world. I sat in front of a computer in an offi ce for hours at a time. I injured my hamstring running and had to sit on the sidelines for a while. I ate like I used to eat when I was training. Over time, I gradually added the pounds. I knew I was in trouble one holiday season when my grandmother said to me fl atly, “You’re getting fat.” It was a wakeup call. After all, grandmothers — at least mine — never have anything negative to say to their grandchildren, right?

Once I determined to get fit again, it was remarkably easy. I didn’t need any gimmicks or trendy no-this, no-that diet. I simply needed to exercise and eat right. I found out that a typical adult male of my age needed 2,000 calories per day. Since I’m 5-foot-8, I reasoned I needed fewer. I guesstimated that I needed 1,800 to maintain my weight. I began eating no more than 1,600 calories per day and making sure I burned more calories than I consumed. I lost two pounds a week, sometimes three. Before long, I was fit again. I could see my abs, for crying out loud. It was nice.

The beauty of it all? I still ate pizza or cheeseburgers whenever I wanted to. And, as you can imagine, I eat a lot of pizza. The trick? I had to be sure to balance out my diet. If I had two slices of pizza at lunch, I needed to make dinner healthy and reasonable.

I couldn’t have done any of this, however, without first knowing how many calories were in the foods I consumed. This wasn’t overly difficult thanks to the Internet and its many health-conscious sites. But it wasn’t an exact science, because several restaurants — including every independent pizzeria in my area — didn’t make that information available to me.

That is changing. Across the nation, various states and counties are beginning to mandate that restaurants provide nutritional information on their menus or menu boards. I can understand why you, dear Pizza Today reader, would oppose that type of requirement at first glance. After all, it’s going to cost you money and take some time to analyze your recipes. But I can tell you fi rsthand that your customers want this information and will appreciate you giving it to them.

What are you waiting for? You may as well get started compiling and publishing your nutritional information now, because the day is coming when you’re going to have to provide it whether you like it or not.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 November: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Did You Know? / Places That Rock https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-did-you-know-places-that-rock/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-did-you-know-places-that-rock/ The International Pizza Expo show floor is the size of 4 1/2 football fields! America’s 50 largest pizza companies control nearly 39,000 of the industry’s 75,000 units. According to a recent Pizza Today.com poll, 30 percent of respondents said they serve drip coffee in their pizzerias. Louisiana has 626 pizzerias. Promise Pizza / Campus Pizza […]

The post 2009 November: Did You Know? / Places That Rock appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Did You Know? / Places That RockThe International Pizza Expo show floor is the size of 4 1/2 football fields!

America’s 50 largest pizza companies control nearly 39,000 of the industry’s 75,000 units.

According to a recent Pizza Today.com poll, 30 percent of respondents said they serve drip coffee in their pizzerias.

Louisiana has 626 pizzerias.
Promise Pizza / Campus Pizza / Mozzarelli’s

Promise Pizza

1500 A. W. Grimes Blvd. Suite #410

Round Rock, Texas 78664 (512) ORGANIC

www.promisepizza.com”Going green” may be America’s favorite phrase right now, but at Promise Pizza, it’s more than just a motto. This new pizza company uses local organic products, delivers in an eco-friendly Smart Car and considers social responsibility a key goal. Better yet, the pizzeria offers gluten-free and vegan products as well. Check out the Nature’s Choice pizza –– it features Daiya or mozzarella/provolone blend, tomato, portobello mushroom, black olives, red onion, green pepper and basil.

Campus Pizza

818 Washington Ave S.E.

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55414

(612) 378-22417

www.campuspizza.comThis college favorite recently moved to a new location a block from the Minneapolis campus of the University of Minnesota. It’s the closest restaurant to TCF Bank Stadium featuring a full bar. That means it’s busy on game day –– opening its doors at 8 a.m. and serving breakfast pizzas alongside its staples. If you think you can handle it, try the Inferno Burger. It’s a half-pounder topped with jalapeño peppers, pepperjack cheese and a splash of Tabasco. Now that’s hot!

Mozzarelli’s

38 E 23rd St.

New York, New York 10010

(212) 475-6777

www.mozzarellis.comSure New York City has its share of pizzerias, but at Mozzarelli’s you’ll fi nd more than just the average slice. Choice is key here, with several different styles and Artisan crusts ranging from organic to sourdough rye pumpernickel. There’s also an extensive glutenfree menu that goes beyond just pizza. They offer gluten-free baked ziti, penne vodka, penne goat cheese primavera –– even desserts. That’s a smart way to cater to a small segment of the population!

The post 2009 November: Did You Know? / Places That Rock appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-five-questions/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-five-questions/ Kevin Plaut owns and operates Harry’s Bishop’s Corner in West Hartford, Connecticut. A longtime employee, Kevin and his wife, Anne, bought the restaurant in 2007 after founder Harry Rufleth retired. Q: Having taken over a long-established restaurant, did you find any issues with long-time customers as they adjusted to the new ownership? A: The adjustment […]

The post 2009 November: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 November: Five Questions, Kevin Plaut, Anne Plaut, owners, Harry’s Bishop’s Corner, West Hartford, ConnecticutKevin Plaut owns and operates Harry’s Bishop’s Corner in West Hartford, Connecticut. A longtime employee, Kevin and his wife, Anne, bought the restaurant in 2007 after founder Harry Rufleth retired.

Q: Having taken over a long-established restaurant, did you find any issues with long-time customers as they adjusted to the new ownership?

A: The adjustment was a positive one. The business when I took it over was suffering from a lack of management. The owner had fallen sick and wasn’t able to be there as often. He was trusting the business with some younger kids who were letting sales slide and didn’t really have a whole lot of management experience. When my wife and I took it over on a full-time basis, we were able to provide some management and some structure. We put some systems in play and got the staff up to par. We were able to turn things around.

Q: You’ve been considered among the best New Haven-style pizzerias and have won the awards to prove it. Is it diffi cult to maintain such a high standard on a daily basis?

A: It actually has proven not to be so diffi cult. A lot of it comes down to our staff. We treat our staff with respect (and) we give them as much versatility as we can. We have a younger staff of high school and college students as well as some staff that are in their 50s who have a lot of years of experience. We’ve created a culture where the staff really likes being at work, they care about the customers and the job that they’re doing. They’ve created an environment where everybody’s on top of their game and provides the consistency that our customers have come to expect.

Q: You intentionally keep your bottled wine prices low, with some priced at just $10. Does this increase sales?

A: Our highest price bottle is $20 right now, but we feature our $10 bottles. It’s really been a hook for us and a big (part of) our marketing campaign. We want good bottles of wine at reasonable prices. I generally go for about a 100- percent mark-up and I found that it’s been tremendously successful. A lot of people are tired of paying a 300- to 400-percent mark-up on bottles of wine when they know they can go to the package store next door and get it for a lot less. This puts a bottle of wine within reach for dinner.

Q: At this point in the game, what kind of marketing is necessary?

A: We don’t spend a whole lot on traditional marketing such as fl yers or mail-outs or newspapers. We do do some local magazines. I do have a PR person who assists me in a lot of press releases … that have kind of paved the road in getting reviews. Once we’ve gotten people in the door, we’ve found that they’re sticking around. Another big thing we do is fundraising events and anything we can do in crossbusiness promotions.

Q: Now that you’ve had a couple of years to get your feet wet as an owner, do you have any growth plans established?

A: We’re actually looking at plans to expand the current store. There’s opportunity where the space next to us is possibly opening up and we’re looking at adding a wine and beer bar to expand the wine and beer menu. … We’ll maybe add some booths and some tables for large parties. We are a small restaurant and we’re bursting at the seams right now.

The post 2009 November: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-marketing-matters/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-marketing-matters/ There he sat, as expressionless as an iguana, as I explained how an ad I would create for him would sink like a dropped anchor, even with a great headline, plenty of benefits and a no-questions-asked, money-back guarantee. He would be pouring money away with the tap wide open. It was a bit awkward for […]

The post 2009 November: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
There he sat, as expressionless as an iguana, as I explained how an ad I would create for him would sink like a dropped anchor, even with a great headline, plenty of benefits and a no-questions-asked, money-back guarantee. He would be pouring money away with the tap wide open. It was a bit awkward for sure.

I recently sat eyeball-to-eyeball with a client who tasked me with finding a way to advertise a fi sh pizza that just hadn’t caught on. It was his “pet” pizza. He loved it. I thought it was okay, and customers had already been given free samples. Yet it just wouldn’t budge.

He figured some fancy ad would surely get this pizza moving up the sales channel and turn it into a signature item.

Let’s get straight on something right now: A deep-rooted, fundamental marketing “fact” is that you will make lots of money by selling people what they already want to buy. That said, you can go broke “on the quick” by plowing your ad budget into promoting fringe items with little interest.

Take, for example, grocery stores. They advertise top-selling items only. Stuff with wide appeal. Things with proven ability to drive traffi c. Items that cast the widest net over the marketplace: milk, meats, soft drinks. They don’t promote mousetraps, toilet plungers or liverwurst.

I often see pizzerias advertise a “large cheese pizza” at a low price-point because they’re afraid of scaring prospects away with a higher-priced offer. Now that’s fi ne if cheese pizzas are one of your top sellers. If they’re not, though, you are advertising something with little demand — and the low-price offer is costing you more than it’s bringing in.

Even though my pizzeria was widely known for gourmet, I found it best to advertise the combo, BBQ chicken pizza, and I’d always throw a veggie pizza in the mix. Why? Because those pizzas made the phones ring off the hook. Now, I certainly listed my entire menu on most ads, but I only used photos and offers for my top sellers. You’ll instantly improve your advertising results by following this path of least resistance. And that is by advertising what people already want to buy from you.

Here’s three easy ways you can fi gure out exactly what you should be advertising to drive the most traffic with the least money spent.

  • What are your current top three selling pizzas or entrees?
  • What has been a crowd favorite for a long time?
  • What are the big chains advertising? Okay, the mere fact that your topselling pizzas are your “top-selling” pizzas means people want to buy them. Your marketplace has already told you what to advertise. Listen to your customers!

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profi ts in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 November: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-simple-ideas/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-november-simple-ideas/ Gotcha Focaccia? Fresh focaccia is a great accompaniment to soups and salads, and everyone loves breadbaskets at the table. While you’re going to bake it until golden, avoid over-browning it. There are many different kinds, but avoid heavy flavors if you’re going to be serving it with another dish –– you don’t want the bread […]

The post 2009 November: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 November: Simple IdeasGotcha Focaccia?

Fresh focaccia is a great accompaniment to soups and salads, and everyone loves breadbaskets at the table. While you’re going to bake it until golden, avoid over-browning it. There are many different kinds, but avoid heavy flavors if you’re going to be serving it with another dish –– you don’t want the bread to be too overpowering. When baking, put a bowl of water in the oven to keep focaccia from drying out as it bakes. Also, add a teaspoon of honey, malt extract or sugar to help the dough rise.

An American Classic

The day before Thanksgiving is one of our industry’s busiest days. Many consumers don’t take the time to eat out, so consider bulking up your delivery staff. A great way to increase business on that day is to offer a pre-Thanksgiving bulk offer in the form of a one-day special. For example, offer an order of breadsticks, two medium pizzas and a two-liter of soda for a set price corresponding with the date and year (this year, it would be $26.09). Promote it heavily throughout October to your existing customers, and let them know you’re at the ready during crunch time.

Cheesy Alternatives

Just because you run a pizzeria doesn’t mean you have to stick to mozzarella and ricotta. Consider using caciocavallo (an Italian cheese), manchego (a Spanish offering) or Parmesan-Reggiano (which must age for a year before use). These cheeses impart robust fl avors, so you’re best to blend them with a milder cheese on your pizzas. Caciocavallo is a good alternative to provolone, so feel free to substitute it in any dishes that call for provolone. Train your servers to understand the subtle nuances in the fl avors of the cheese and how to market them to your customers.

Walking Billboards

simpleIdeas02

Speaking of marketing –– do you offer t-shirts? If not, you’re missing out on a valuable tool. We’ve seen pizzerias selling their t-shirts for as little as $5 to $7. Buying in bulk helps keep the costs down. Also consider giving them away as prizes or in charity events. Having your customers walking around in t-shirts is an excellent way to advertise your brand. You can even go a step farther by offering to trade a brand new t-shirt of yours for an old one of your competitor’s. T-shirts are walking billboards, and a marketing tool you can’t afford to miss!

The post 2009 November: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-a-pizza-my-mind/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-a-pizza-my-mind/ I’m a big believer in measuring how much time it takes to complete almost every task in the restaurant. If you determine how long a task takes, then you can measure it and often improve the elapsed time to accomplish the task. My POS system had a built-in timer. When the phone was answered the […]

The post 2009 October: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
I’m a big believer in measuring how much time it takes to complete almost every task in the restaurant. If you determine how long a task takes, then you can measure it and often improve the elapsed time to accomplish the task.

My POS system had a built-in timer. When the phone was answered the timer started. My counter people averaged 48 seconds to take an order. My personal average time was 91 seconds. My average in oven times was 70 seconds. One of the fastest pizza makers I ever trained was Mark Hicks: he could toss, dock, sauce and cheese a 14-inch and have it in the oven in 23 seconds. My average to the- door time for deliveries was 27 minutes. It took two people to cut, weigh and roll dough balls, then tray them and send them to refrigeration in 13 minutes.

Knowing how much time it takes to complete a task is important. You have a goal to strive for. In my shop, new hires were taught all of the shortcuts so they could keep up with the old timers. This type of operation has a high sense of urgency. During slow times, the crew doesn’t back off or slack. When we got slammed, no one got nervous — because we were used to speed.

I learned how to improve my times by infi ltrating one of the country’s fastest delivery companies. They were putting the hurt on my bottom line because they advertised they would deliver the pizza in 30 minutes — or it was free. After reorganizing my kitchen fl ow and pre-tossing and cheesing skins in anticipation of the rush, I dramatically lowered my average times. We worked out all of the wrinkles and struck back. 29 minutes to your door or it’s free became my offer. Within a week, my delivery business increased 40 percent. It wasn’t easy, but it was fun.

Today’s consumers are accustomed to and expect fast service. We have become a nation of consumers that insist on instant gratification. Think dial-up or high speed Internet. Drive thrus at burger places. One-hour dry cleaning and film processing. The list goes on and on. Customers crave speed and get annoyed when they are forced to wait.

You as a manager or owner need to balance the speed of producing the food, but not at the expense of excellent customer service. Above all, the guest is king. By creating a high gear crew you will have additional time to pay attention to your customers. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 October: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-did-you-know/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-did-you-know/ Dine-in accounts for 30 percent of the pizza industry’s annual sales. Pizza Hut, Donimo’s, Pap John’s and little Caesars combine to record $17.5 billion in annual revenue. 38 percent of U.S. pizzerias serve wine. Vermont Has 207 pizzerias. Pizza Pantry / Old Shawnee Pizza / The Upper Crust Pizzeria Pizza Pantry 3581 Homestead Road Santa […]

The post 2009 October: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Did You Know?Dine-in accounts for 30 percent of the pizza industry’s annual sales.

Pizza Hut, Donimo’s, Pap John’s and little Caesars combine to record $17.5 billion in annual revenue.

38 percent of U.S. pizzerias serve wine.

Vermont Has 207 pizzerias.
Pizza Pantry / Old Shawnee Pizza / The Upper Crust Pizzeria

Pizza Pantry
3581 Homestead Road
Santa Clara, California 95051
(408) 248-5680

www.pizzapartyonline.comThis family-friendly pizzeria has become the stomping ground for thousands of families across the Santa Clara area. A separate playroom for kids –– including cartoons, a two-story wooden playhouse and funhouse mirrors –– and a gameroom gives a muchneeded reprieve for parents. The food is a winner as well –– with dough and sauce made in-house, classic and non-traditional pizzas are standouts on the menu. We think the Tandoori Chicken is a showstopper with curry sauce, mozzarella cheese, red onions, bell peppers and tandoori chicken.

Old Shawnee Pizza
6000 Rogers Drive
Shawnee, Kansas 66203
(913) 631-5716

www.shawneepizza.com
If it’s a good, old-fashioned family-owned pizzeria you
seek, then Old Shawnee is the answer. The restaurant
has a long and storied history dating back to 1969, and
while others have added dozens of items to their menus
in an attempt to draw in crowds, here, it’s simple.
Appetizers, salads, pizza, pasta and sandwiches make
up the bulk of the offerings. Especially notable is the
Game Day Special –– four medium single-topping pizzas,
choice of two starters, (small order bread sticks, 10
wings or chicken tenders) and two two-liter sodas or
two pitchers of soda are a steal at only $39.99!

The Upper Crust Pizzeria
20 Charles Street
Boston, Massachussetts 02114
(617) 723-9600

www.theuppercrustpizzeria.comThis small Boston-area chain began as a one-store
concept on a mission –– to bring great pizza to a town
that has more than its fair share of legendary restaurants.
Today, the company boasts 17 stores, and they’re
still producing award-winning gourmet thin crust pizza
that leaves diners wanting more. Specialty pies bear the
names of local places and faces. We especially like the
The Lucky Luciano –– the white pizza is topped with
chorizo sausage, hearts of palm, tomatoes and green
onions.

The post 2009 October: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-five-questions/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-five-questions/ MJ Vacco co-owns Scornovacca’s Pizza in Des Moines, Iowa. Founded by his parents in 1976, Vacco is transitioning to take the business over from his mother and running it on a day-to-day basis. He began the transition last October. Q: Did you always intend to take over the family business? A: I always had my […]

The post 2009 October: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 October: Five Questions MJ Vacco co-owns Scornovacca’s Pizza in Des Moines, IowaMJ Vacco co-owns Scornovacca’s Pizza in Des Moines, Iowa. Founded by his parents in 1976, Vacco is transitioning to take the business over from his mother and running it on a day-to-day basis. He began the transition last October.

Q: Did you always intend to take over the family business?

A: I always had my thoughts turned away from the restaurant business, because I had grown up in it and wanted to venture out and see what else I could do. Then I realized what an opportunity was under my nose. This business has paid my way through life. So I decided to reset my focus.

Q: What were you doing before moving back home to Iowa?

fiveQuest03

A: I left to go to college at Arizona State, then I spent 11 years in Arizona in the financial world.

Q: What do you like most about running a pizzeria?

A: I like that everything we make is our own. I really like that we create it from scratch. That has really paid off, and it’s something that we’re really proud of. Not only is it really good food, but it’s made with love, and our loyal customers appreciate that. And then there’s our customers. Many of them watched me grow up, so I really try to make a point of telling them we appreciate them coming in.

Q: Has anything about running a restaurant taken you by surprise?

A: Not really. My parents always made it evident that there would be ups and downs in this business, that there would always be a curve ball. Employees don’t always show up on time. Food doesn’t always arrive on time.

Q: Among other things, isn’t Scornovacca’s known for its onion rings?

A: They are one of our top-selling items. We make them homemade. We make our batter, add the seasonings. People really freak out over them. They’re a staple item for us. We probably sell about 100 orders of them a week.

The post 2009 October: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-marketing-matters/ Thu, 14 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-marketing-matters/ I still get calls to this day from pizzeria owners telling me how well the “Million Dollar Letter” pulls in new prospects — and brings back lost customers. If you’re not hip to the letter, it is simply a full-page letter, explaining in vivid detail, what you are offering your prospect and why you are […]

The post 2009 October: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
I still get calls to this day from pizzeria owners telling me how well the “Million Dollar Letter” pulls in new prospects — and brings back lost customers. If you’re not hip to the letter, it is simply a full-page letter, explaining in vivid detail, what you are offering your prospect and why you are different from your competition.

No time to go into detail here. But, in the world of advertising, a letter is considered a “very long copy” ad. It fi lls up an entire 8½ x 11 page. It does NOT ever mention price, either. Instead, it creates desire. It focuses the prospect on what they “get” as opposed to what they “pay.” And, it controls and limits the prospects’ critical thinking (which is dangerous when you’re trying to persuade). That’s because, if you allow a prospect to fi ll in the “blank” spaces in an ad with their own preconceived notions, they will not pay any more for your pepperoni pizza than they will for another.

That’s because you’ve allowed them to defi ne your pizza with their perception of what it should be. Not necessarily what it is. If they don’t know you use premium ingredients, if you don’t point that out to them, then all they see is a “regular” pizza.

If they don’t know your large pizza is 30 percent bigger than your competitor’s large pizza … guess what? They’ll “assume” your large is the same size as the last large pizza they had.

People hate a void. And in the absence of that void being fi lled by you, they will fi ll in the blanks themselves. You simply cannot count on prospects fi guring out on their own what you do differently and why they should care. That’s your job. You need to paint a complete picture for them.

When your prospect encounters gaps in the information they’re receiving from your ad, they have a stunning tendency to fi ll in those gaps with their own ideas. In other words: They just make it up as they go. And you lose control of your message when this happens.

Here’s a concrete example: “Large 3-topping Pizza $9.99.” Those are facts, and now your prospect fi lls in the blanks from their own mental storehouse of previous experience.

Take control of your message: “Do you prefer the taste of whole-roasted garlic cloves, garden-fresh, handchopped rosemary and fresh (bakes right on your pizza) Italian sausage over the “fast-food” powders, fl akes and mystery meat? If you do, you’re going to love Angelina’s Pizza. And here’s an offer that’s sure to put a smile on your face: It starts with an enormous, extra-large pizza that’s more than big enough to satisfy the whole family …”

Gonna get everybody in the front door? No. Just the exact people you want! At the same time, the message is infused with bargain-hunter repellent. That’s because you’re not pointing at a “price.” You are instead bringing the focus to your “point of distinction” — fresh, premium ingredients on a “big” pizza. That is message control.

Don’t allow prospects to sniff skeptically at your proposal –– all the while painting your offering with their brush. Their rendition won’t look anything like the original. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profi ts in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 October: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 October: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-commentary/ Tue, 12 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-october-commentary/ October has always been my favorite month. I got married in October. I played high school football in October. I watch the World Series every October (waiting for those Cubs to get there!). I also watch a change of seasons culminate into something quite spectacular every October as the leaves turn, the air chills and […]

The post 2009 October: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

Jeremy WhiteOctober has always been my favorite month. I got married in October. I played high school football in October. I watch the World Series every October (waiting for those Cubs to get there!). I also watch a change of seasons culminate into something quite spectacular every October as the leaves turn, the air chills and the local apples live up to their names and are, well, delicious.

Then there’s my favorite holiday: Halloween brings kids through my neighborhood — mine among them — dressed as everything from superheroes to ghosts. As you can see, I’ve been smitten by Autumn for as long as I can remember. And you should be, too. Why? Because October represents the beginning of your busiest time as a pizzeria owner. You’re probably aware of the industry’s five major sales days (listed here in chronological order from today):

• Halloween

• The day before Thanksgiving

• New Year’s Eve

• New Year’s Day

• Super Bowl Sunday

Whether you’re having a Halloween party or simply offering ghoulish specials, the last day of October is a day you should mark on your calendar. The kids want to get out and trick-or-treat. Parents need to get them fed in a hurry and get them out the door. You fit the bill perfectly, particularly if you deliver.

Begin making your Halloween plans now. Once you get those finalized, move onto the four other major days. Early planning leads to success.

Speaking of success, this issue highlights America’s most successful independent pizza operations. Our annual “Hot 100″ list is one of the most-requested pieces of information we provide. Find this year’s installment on pages 54-55. If your pizzeria is on the list, I offer a hearty congratulations. If it’s not: keep working to get there. This is where you want to be.

Best, ”

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 October: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 September: Engaged https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-engaged/ Tue, 12 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-engaged/ I was traveling the interstate close to midnight when I stopped by a restaurant still open in the small community of Canyonville, Oregon. My 18-year-old waiter, Kyle, graduated last year from his small high school in a senior class of 12 students. He was not the best in the technical aspects of formal tableside dining […]

The post 2009 September: Engaged appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
I was traveling the interstate close to midnight when I stopped by a restaurant still open in the small community of Canyonville, Oregon. My 18-year-old waiter, Kyle, graduated last year from his small high school in a senior class of 12 students. He was not the best in the technical aspects of formal tableside dining service, but he was a joy as my service provider. His entire demeanor broadcasted a “How can I possibly help you?” vibe. His animated service and genuine sense of hospitality was a breath of fresh air in comparison to all the other businesses I typically encounter. The way he made me feel important made up for any service faux pas that otherwise might have distracted me from the visit.

The current culture is comprised of a young labor pool that’s more comfortable communicating with staccato text messages or e-mails using a language only their peers understand. As a food service operator, the challenge is fi nding staff that has the proper soft skills to engage customers face-to-face in a professional and businesslike manner but still maintain their individuality as a person. Soft skills, also referred to as emotional intelligence skills, are the skills that enable effective listening. They are skills that enable a person to handle themselves at work and relate with their customers and peers.

Let’s take a look at Oregon’s “Q Care” Customer Service Training Program (www.OregonQCare.com). It was developed by a state agency, Travel Oregon, to elevate the customer service awareness and skills for the travel tourism businesses in the state. It defi ned three primary customer service needs as the foundation for understanding what consumers want and expect from their service providers:

Understand me: Different types of visitors and recognizing their different needs.

Respect me: Specifi c attitudes and actions that show customers are highly valued.

Help me: Service skills that deliver and make your business’s hospitality a reality.

In line with this concept, young restaurant staffers typically lack the life experience to bring these skills to the work environment. They are skills that cannot be learned reading a manual and are best taught with onthe- job-training, role-play and mentoring.

One critical aspect of customer service is the difference between delivering service and initiating service. Delivering service is the ritual and mechanics (i.e., “serve plates on the left; remove from the right”). Initiating service is delivering service without being prompted by the usual ritual or mechanics. The service commences without request.

For example, staff might not greet a customer until the customer has read the menu, made a decision and then approached the counter to place their order. Initiating service is greeting the customer with eye contact, a smile and “May I help you?” as customers enter the door. That holds significantly higher customer service value because the staff initiates the welcome and hospitality rather than it occurring only by the prompt of the customer. That elevated perceived value of your company is a leg-up on the competition.

Don’t forget the importance of the employee’s game face. One typically visualizes the professional athlete portrayed in the sports drink commercials –– strong, fierce and intimidating –– but that is not acceptable in the hospitality business. The proper game face in food service is engaged eye contact and a smile. Engaged eye contact is the visual skill of letting your customer know you are listening to them and are providing them the attention they seek. The smile is the international signal of friendliness and being of no threat. It is also an invitation to service. These gestures display a message: I see you, I work here, I can assist you, ask me, etc. Studies have shown that the one facial expression that can be recognized at the farthest distance is the smile, which is how critical it is as a soft skill. What is most interesting is the fact that these displays are mirrored by customers. Engaged
eye contact combined with a smile sets the tone for a positive start in a business transaction. Think of how the smile is displayed, often almost unconsciously, when engaging others (especially when meeting new people).

Another area of contention for the service side of dining is what is known as the critical moments of service. There are fi ve critical moments of service that can be the tipping point in the ritual of dining that leaves customers with either a favorable or unfavorable impression of their service experience and your business. They are the moments that transition to the next dining service step; and, if missed, they can cause a high level of distress for the customer. What is important is that the service staff knows the fi ve critical moments of service and understands that urgent action is required to prevent and/or remedy the situation. Here are the five critical moments of service:

1. Greeting. Customers must be greeted/ acknowledged within one minute.

2. Refi ll of beverage. Optimum moment to offer a refi ll is when the drink is halfempty.

3. Next course. Closely monitor the time between when the customer fi nishes a course and is anticipating the arrival of the next.

4. Dessert. Always provide the opportunity for the customer to consider dessert.

5. The check. This is as urgently important as the greeting! When customers are ready to leave, they want to leave NOW. Delays in presenting and processing their payment can ruin their memory of all the good service experiences provided before this one critical moment of service.

Coach your staff on your service standards, these soft skills and the importance of positive service-sales execution. Best results are achieved with role-playing in the on-the-job environment. Without educating your staff, they are left with the only remaining emotion to conduct business on your behalf –– panic. Panic is what we feel in that moment of not being able to perform our jobs, regardless of the level of effort. Educate your staff on their role in branding your company to sustain continued and future opportunity for themselves, the company and every team member in your organization. Make it personal.

From the consumers’ perspective, each employee they engage and how they make them feel, no matter how slight the encounter, is the face of your company.

The continuing service challenge is to create a memorable dining experience for your customers and working experience for your employees. The standard should be one of seeking service opportunities to acknowledge, assist, guide and serve your customers and each other. The goal for each employee is to make their customers and teammates feel welcomed, safe and secure as they perform their role with your company. The prize is a successful business that provides good jobs, great career choices and sustains the economies of the communities in which we serve and live.

As I learned long ago from my mentor, Bob Farrell (Farrell’s Ice Cream Parlors): In today’s economy, service is the deal breaker. And to my new friend, Kyle of Canyonville, Oregon, … I’ll be back! 09.09.09

The post 2009 September: Engaged appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 September: Learning is Earning https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-learning-is-earning/ Tue, 12 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-learning-is-earning/ Why is it that some operators never seem to leave the kitchen, are afraid to take a vacation and consider overtime a way of life? Why is it that some operators seem to have that “Midas touch”? Why have some bought a business while others have bought a job? Let’s take a look at some […]

The post 2009 September: Learning is Earning appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Why is it that some operators never seem to leave the kitchen, are afraid to take a vacation and consider overtime a way of life? Why is it that some operators seem to have that “Midas touch”? Why have some bought a business while others have bought a job? Let’s take a look at some successful operators today and see what they may have in common. How do they survive and prosper, even in tough economic times? These are the operators who no longer work 80 hours a week as a cook, manager and driver. They have harnessed their passion for pizza and wisely applied what they have learned, turning knowledge into profits.

Dan Collier of California-based Rusty’s Pizza Parlors applied the advice his former employer imparted to him. According to Collier, “Rusty’s founder, Rodger Duncan, always stressed to me the importance of weekly numbers –– inventory, cost analysis, weekly profit and loss.” Collier now can measure financial performance weekly and make immediate adjustments. Applying things learned over his 25-year career in the pizza industry has brought Collier success. He now owns four locations and sales have gone from $400,000 to $5 million per year.

April Murray and her husband, Mark, own and operate Just Pizza in Mebane, North Carolina. The pizzeria was started more than 20 years ago by April’s parents. “The one thing I have learned over the years that has made a significant difference in my business is that building those strong customer relationships really matters,” Murray says. “I learned this from my parents, who always made each customer feel special and let them know with a
huge ‘thanks’ to come back to see us each time they picked up. It leaves a broad range of possibilities to apply to your business, everything from a handwritten thank you on a breadstick box with a Sharpie to thank you notes for party orders, to cards each season. It’s the personal touches that matter most and let your customers know that they are important.” Just Pizza has since franchised and expanded to three locations.

Learning is directly tied to meekness. Meekness is an elusive virtue that few can accurately define. Most definitions are vague on its meaning, and many people equate it to weakness. Dictionaries generally define “meek” as gentle, moderate, submissive, quiet and even timid; however, the original Greek word means much more. “There is gentleness” in that word, observes William Barclay’s New Testament Wordbook, “but behind the gentleness there is the strength of steel.” The original definition of meekness shows a mental disposition that enables one to endure injury with patience and without haughtiness or vanity. One does not insist on going by his own views or by popular opinion. One is teachable, willing to be taught.

Tony Disilvestro, co-owner of Ynot Pizza, a twounit operation in Virginia Beach, Virginia, states: “One thing that has impacted my business would be attending the International Pizza Expo for the last 16 years. We as a company have returned every year with an idea or a product that has improved our business. The Expo has made it easy to fi nd a product or service and compare it to the competition all in one place.” Ynot’s openness to learn at Expo has led to a new avenue of revenue for them — take and bake. It has also given them the tools they need to take them to the next level — franchising.

Glenn Cybulski came to Pizza Expo in 2007 hoping to close a deal on a POS system he had already decided on. Cybulski attended an early morning marketing seminar and questioned the panelists on their POS capabilities. What he learned sent him to the show fl oor to compare the systems. Cybulski put away his preconceived notions and objectively looked at the systems, bearing in mind the advice of the panelists. Two years later, Cybulski says: “The smartest business decision I have made was to purchase (the panelist recommended) POS system. From the ability to track my inventory, sales and manage my customer base, the POS system has improved my profi tability in many ways. I use this POS in all of my stores.” Cybulski is now the franchisor of California-based Fregene’s Pizza.

Reading is not only fundamental, but it is instrumental in building your business. Addam Oliver, independent operator of Bernie O’s Pizza in North Muskegon, Michigan, testifies to that. “I have a copy of an article that Big Dave wrote for Pizza Today titled “EO to CEO” taped to my desk that I read once a week,” he says. Oliver attributes his doubledigit growth since he opened three years ago to applying the mindset of this article. Oliver learned that to be truly successful he needed to focus on the three main areas of business: marketing, training and finance.

Shawn Randazzo of Detroit’s Cloverleaf Pizza agrees: “In my 14 years in this business, the single most significant thing I learned to do with my business was working more on my business rather than in it. The transition from a stressful, sweaty 70-hour work week took some time, and is continuous.” A combination of trade shows, industry magazines, consultants, books, and several successful individuals within our industry taught Randazzo and Oliver this important principle. Randozzo adds: “I will be honest, though. Once you start the transition, you will learn a ton from and about yourself — don’t be afraid to change the way you think.”

The forward-thinking entrepreneurs behind Columbus-based Mama Mimi’s Take ’N Bake Pizza have found pearls of wisdom in networking with their peers through trade shows, restaurant associations and Internet forums. When Jeff and Jodi Aufdencamp began nine years ago, the take-and-bake concept was virtually unheard of. The key to their success was listening to others. “It was more ‘big picture’ thinking, as with everything in our business,” says Jodi. “A friend of ours knew the president of an e-mail marketing company. We definitely trusted them from the beginning, because they were recommended by a friend. Networking is such an important part of operating a growing business. “We now get three times the return on the e-mail offers compared to direct mail or other print. It goes directly to an eager and waiting audience that already believes in the product. We have grown with the e-mail company and built a great relationship that allows us to send out creative and innovative e-mails with ease.” Mama Mimi’s now has four corporate stores and is opening three franchise stores this fall.

Marcel Bouley of Engine No. 6 Pizza Company in Norwich, Connecticut, watches the competition and asks, “What makes them so successful?” Consistency and good service are the typical answers. Bouley notes that even restaurants with a mediocre product can be successful by offering good service along with a consistent product. Engine No. 6 Pizza Company caters to gluten-free diets and other health concerns, so inconsistency is not an option. “I train my staff to focus on being service-oriented and producing a consistent product,” adds Bouley. “The effects have been that I have been in business for over 23 years and I no longer have to work nights and weekends.”

This industry offers many opportunities to take in accurate knowledge that can make your business successful. The operators mentioned in this article saw success because they possessed the quality of meekness. They were not afraid of being wrong or corrected. They yearned to learn and grow as people and as operators, even if that meant change. The school of life is always in session. Cultivating the quality of meekness is an ongoing process, challenging our human nature. Fate does not separate the winners from the losers — willingness to be taught does. You turn your passion to profi ts when you realize that learning truly is earning. 09.09.09

The post 2009 September: Learning is Earning appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 September: Prescription for Profits https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-prescription-for-profits/ Tue, 12 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-prescription-for-profits/ Every weekday, 100,000 pharmaceutical reps take out or have delivered $4 million in food from restaurants just like yours. That’s over one billion dollars each and every year. The average catering budget for a pharmaceutical rep is between $800 and $2,500 per month –– and they spend every penny of it. In fact, they are […]

The post 2009 September: Prescription for Profits appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Every weekday, 100,000 pharmaceutical reps take out or have delivered $4 million in food from restaurants just like yours. That’s over one billion dollars each and every year. The average catering budget for a pharmaceutical rep is between $800 and $2,500 per month –– and they spend every penny of it. In fact, they are forced to spend this dazzling pile of cash because it’s the only way they get access to the doctors. No lunch –– no admission.

That means that every month, within your takeout or delivery area (if you’re within three to fi ve miles of a hospital or medical center), pharmaceutical reps are spending more money and ordering more food than you could even handle and make. How much of this are you getting?

I got plenty at my pizza shop, but it didn’t fall in my lap. We went to hospitals and doctors’ offi ces, taking in nice coffee mugs piled high with Hershey’s Kisses. Oh yeah, while nurses were grabbing at the candy, we were passing out stacks of menus (they frown on that if you’re not handing out candy). Once they started ordering from us, the pharmaceutical reps followed.

We also paid visits to pharmacists and traded pizza in exchange for having them copy the business cards of all their pharmaceutical reps. We contacted the reps and fl at-out offered to provide a free meal up to 12 people as a way for them to try us out.

It didn’t take long before we had a pretty solid lock on this lucrative niche. One of our pharmaceutical reps even gave us a credit card –– on fi le –– so his doctors could call any time and order lunch from us. All they had to do was say “It’s on the Prozac account.” That rep and several others also got gift baskets delivered to their home during the holiday season (along with our other high-spending customers).

Having a well-planned marketing strategy to target pharmaceutical reps can bring big sales during lunch and dinner. That money has to be spent somewhere. It might as well be your restaurant.

To help you get your piece of the pie, here are some things to consider when catering to pharmaceutical reps. I’ve categorized these considerations between lunch and dinner. What you’re about to read is feedback received from actual pharmaceutical reps. This is what they look for in a restaurant and what drives their buying decisions.

LUNCH — Offer all major credit cards, including American Express. Different pharmaceutical companies provide their reps with different credit card brands. The most common is Visa, but some do use American Express.

Offer delivery and set up. The key to marketing to pharmaceutical reps is to make their lives easier.
Provide quality packaging to offer great presentation. When a rep provides a lunch, it is a refl ection of them and their company. Presentation appeals to both the offi ce staff and physician.
Offer drinks and dessert for off-site catering.
Be on time! Blow this even once, and they’ll never call you again.
Always provide an itemized receipt or invoice of what was ordered. Pharmaceutical reps use this for their expense reports, and having this available with every order will make their life easier and motivate them to use your restaurant more frequently.
Provide flatware, plates and serving utensils free of charge. It is a major irritant when restaurants choose to charge for this service.
Have one person in your restaurant dedicated to handling pharmaceutical rep lunches. They prefer one point of contact and the ability to establish a relationship.
Offer them a Rewards Program. Pharmaceutical reps are spending their company’s money, and a rewards program provides them a way to personally benefi t from the money they spend on lunches and dinners.

DINNER — Provide a private room. Dinners usually involve a speaker who requires the proper environment.

Have a screen and projection equipment.
If you are going to require a minimum, make it a reasonable, acceptable amount.
A pre-set menu is acceptable as long as you offer two to three choices for the main entreé.
Again, it’s best to have one person in your restaurant dedicated to handling pharmaceutical rep dinners to establish a good working relationship.

So how do you get started? After you have considered the above needs, you will need to start targeting reps (harder to do) and the doctor’s offi ces they visit (very easy to do). The rep will order from the restaurants their doctors’ offi ces request. So the fastest way to get into this market is to target the doctors’ offi ces. You can purchase a mailing list for all the doctors’ offi ces in your area. This will get the word out.

You should also follow up the mailings with a personal visit to the offi ces. Once you receive an order from a pharmaceutical rep, pull out all the stops and overservice them. Again, it is all about making their life easy and giving them a personal reason to come back and tell their offi ces about your restaurant.

Once they come in, don’t let them leave without capturing their contact information. Ideally, you will get them enrolled in your customer rewards program right away and give them an incentive to spread the word among their associates. At the very least, get their business card. Marketing to pharmaceutical reps is a grassroots effort and grows through positive word-of-mouth and attention to detail. Listen to them, reward them and don’t let a bad experience go un-repaired. The reputation of your restaurant among the pharmaceutical rep community can spread awfully fast, both positively and negatively. And one of the additional benefi ts of tapping into this hard-to-crack market is that the reps are still spending lots of money –– even now. It might as well be going into your pocket. 09.09.09

The post 2009 September: Prescription for Profits appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 September: Where Do We Go From Here https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-where-do-we-go-from-here/ Tue, 12 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-where-do-we-go-from-here/ Less than a year ago, I was an independent pizzeria owner on top of the world, but today’s “recession conscious” media suggested imminent doom for my business. When I watch headline news and read the newspaper, I am inclined to believe the ground may fall from under my feet. Although the sky is not necessarily […]

The post 2009 September: Where Do We Go From Here appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Darryl ReginelliLess than a year ago, I was an independent pizzeria owner on top of the world, but today’s “recession conscious” media suggested imminent doom for my business. When I watch headline news and read the newspaper, I am inclined to believe the ground may fall from under my feet. Although the sky is not necessarily dropping on the pizza industry, the current economic state should be seen for what it is –– a wake-up call. With less clarity in my vision of the future, I am left guessing if the growth I once projected for Reginelli’s will actually happen. So when the big boys at Pizza Today called inquiring what Reginelli’s was doing to improve its business during the recession, I knew a self-evaluation was in order.

As I always do in averting crises, I pulled together our team of the sharpest and brightest talent over the years –– a well-rounded group, I would say. There’s the fi ery Italian girl with a competitive edge that would challenge Pete Rose; our petite and professional conservative who someday soon will manage to buy out of all of this; the dark and gloomy guy whose glass will always be half empty; our workhorse who gets everything done but still feels he never does anything; a disciplinarian who answers the door with a gun if it’s too early in the morning; and then there’s me –– the one who is always in denial in the face of adversity. Times can’t be that tough, right? As we talked, we agreed that the one thing that is most important for our future growth is that we stay true to the core of what we are: quality pizza. We need to move forward with the same purpose and direction in bad economic times as we have done in good, by fi rst and foremost covering the basics. Staying true to our brand, heightening our leaders’ awareness of the stores’ finances and regulating our labor budget has enabled us to improve our bottom line despite the economic downturn.

I have always tried to avoid investing resources in shortsighted trends that may lessen the value of the Reginelli’s brand. As an independent, we need to reinforce our brand as one that people can always trust. For years I have watched so many trends come and go in this business, such as altering menu content to promote the latest fad diet and beefing up the appetizer menu with low cost fi llers. Low-carb pizza crust, for example, is always on the wish list of a handful of our customers; however, without the tools or strong desire to jump right in and change our focus to whole wheat, it will never be the route for us. I feel that now, more than ever, I have to defend our brand. Others can do whole-wheat crust, but that’s just not us.

The Reginelli’s focus is consistently serving great pizza. Our customers understand who we are and appreciate our commitment to the quality food that has made our brand successful. They can count on us for that in both good economic times and bad.

Secondly, I have made it a priority to stick to our financial standards regardless of the economic circumstances. I have always felt we held high expectations for our locations with regards to food and labor costs. All of our managers understand that control of these numbers is crucial to Reginelli’s future success. But with our vendors tightening their belts and our customers adapting to more fi nancially prudent lifestyles, we are forced to look at the bigger picture. Knowing the importance of having good food and labor numbers just isn’t going to cut it. Our managers need to really understand the situation we face, because the time for excuses and poor performance has come and gone. There isn’t breathing room to leave the water running in the sink, because we can’t afford it. We now expose our managers to the full P&L for their location when monthly financials are received.

At first, I was hesitant because I have never before provided them with such detailed information; however, I feel that for them to really understand where the stores stand, I need to show them the bottom line and everything that leads to it. They have to see the big picture in order to appreciate the importance of the small details. Going line-by-line shows that all decisions have a financial impact. Once we all understand where we are falling short, we are able to set goals for these areas. With clear goals set, we can make specifi c plans to achieve them. Every new financial period brings a new struggle, but at least now we have the tools we need to fight the battle.

Finally, I have become more conscious of where we are investing our labor dollars. Maybe it’s a New Orleans thing, but I pride myself on “keeping it casual” and avoiding too much formality in the way I deal with my managers; however, as the economic “slump” turned into an all-out “recession,” our starting rates and rate increases didn’t take into account what individual locations could realistically afford. The need to evaluate people’s performance has become more important than ever. So now we use a grading system for our management performance that ties rate increases directly to the scores managers earn for themselves. This allows high-scoring managers who meet budgets to see the increases they deserve, and prevents increases at lower scoring stores who can’t afford them. Additionally, we began limiting management and employee rate increases to one per year. These increases are pre-scheduled and incorporated into performance evaluations, so that everyone knows where they stand across the board. We have made it our focus to find the most qualified applicants for the price that each store can afford. If an applicant can’t settle for what we have to offer, then our only option is to keep looking. While keeping our payroll numbers under control, our more structured approach has offered our employees a payment and benefit system that is transparent and gives them the security of knowing what they can expect for their efforts.

Today, the alarms are sounding as the current economic crisis looms like a Cat-5 over the Gulf. As New Orleanians, we got an early wake-up call in 2005 with Katrina. Our parents got theirs in ’69 when Betsy came. Their parents endured World War II, and their parents suffered the Great Depression. There’s a natural ebb and fl ow to life, and many people today haven’t encountered such life-altering events. As history continues repeating itself, new generations must adapt, new ideas must spring forth. Some will succeed where others will fail. Faced with this new world, weíve entrusted and empowered our staff with the knowledge and tools to help us weather the changing times. 09.09.09

The post 2009 September: Where Do We Go From Here appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Commentary: 09-09-09 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-commentary/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-september-commentary/ What exactly is 09.09.09, and where did the idea come from? For months now we’ve been teasing you with promos. Every time you watched a video on the Pizza Today home page, we mentioned that 09.09.09 was coming. We e-mailed you about it. We sent you party invitations hyping a special event in print. We’ve […]

The post Commentary: 09-09-09 appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 September: CommentaryWhat exactly is 09.09.09, and where did the idea come from? For months now we’ve been teasing you with promos. Every time you watched a video on the Pizza Today home page, we mentioned that 09.09.09 was coming. We e-mailed you about it. We sent you party invitations hyping a special event in print. We’ve Twittered about it. …

It all began at International Pizza Expo 2009 in Las Vegas. That show, more than any other in recent memory, struck a chord. While the economic picture was at its bleakest, pizzeria operators came by the thousands to Sin City to celebrate and advance our great industry. These operators, as I’ve written in the past, were there to learn and apply the knowledge they were acquiring. They weren’t rolling over in the face of adversity; they were snubbing their noses at it, seemingly saying, “We’ll show you!”

And they have. The pizza industry has remained resilient as other sectors of foodservice have plummeted.

Not long after the show ended — it was early April — the Pizza Today office was still abuzz over the excitement generated at International Pizza Expo 2009. Our publisher, Pete Lachapelle, challenged us to find a way to bottle that magic and translate it into print.

And I believe we have. Actually, we took it a step beyond that and have created “An Event in Print”. We approached the September issue (09.09.09) as a three-avenue corridor of information — print, Web and video — all linked to one another:

1. Pizza Today magazine You may have already noticed that the design of this issue is completely different from previous issues. That’s because we threw out the templates and developed a design approach that highlights the single, greatest factor of the pizza industry’s success — people. We’ve lined up our foremost experts. What they have to say is enlightening. As you progress through this month’s pages, we trust you’ll agree that these are the gurus, the owner/operators that are truly on the cutting edge of the pizza biz and the information they offer is of great value to you.

2. pizzatoday.com On the road or don’t have your Pizza Today in front of you? No problem, just go to our Web site, pizzatoday.com. You can read the entire September issue online. But don’t stop there. Our Web site has numerous, exciting opportunities.

3. Online Videos We shot videos of nearly half of the stories you’ll read in the September issue — videos that you can access anytime you wish on our Web site.

We flew to Chicago to film Pat Bruno making fresh mozzarella, fresh ricotta and stuffed Portobello mushrooms. Chef Jeff flew from Georgia to our office in Louisville to make a plethora of items ranging from pizza wraps to ricotta gnocchi. Heck, even a past Independent of the Year, Darryl Reginelli, dropped by.

Ultimately, this issue is about you — the pizzeria operators who have found a way to succeed when the chips are down. A lot of great people have a lot of great things to say in this issue. Soak it up. You’ll be glad you did.

Cheers,

Jeremy White editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post Commentary: 09-09-09 appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-a-pizza-my-mind/ Independent operators get a failing grade on a huge issue: They do not have readable financial statements. For the moment, I won’t even consider the problem of getting information too late to be of any real help. Some operators just rely on their accountants to work up the figures and accept what they are given. […]

The post 2009 August: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: A Pizza My MindIndependent operators get a failing grade on a huge issue: They do not have readable financial statements. For the moment, I won’t even consider the problem of getting information too late to be of any real help.

Some operators just rely on their accountants to work up the figures and accept what they are given. Now CPAs are good people, but they are into numbers, not operations. As long as the numbers balance and are kept in accordance with standard accounting principles, their work is done. They are not entrepreneurs and (bless their hearts) seldom consider whether the numbers they provide are helpful.

aPizzaMyMindCase in point: A P&L statement should list percentages as well as dollar amounts, but too many of these documents use gross receipts (sales plus sales tax) as the divisor when computing their expense percentages. This skews the percentages and gives a 6- to 8-percent false sense of security.

The next most common error is that food cost percentages should be food used divided by food sales, not divided by total sales. Similarly, if you operate a bar, bar cost ratio should be to bar sales, not to total sales. Some accountants just do what is easiest for them. It goes on and on. If you have never taken a basic accounting course, it is time you did that. Then be sure to use an accountant who understands the restaurant industry, not just accounting practices. Finally, insist that you get numbers in a format that will allow you to quickly understand what is happening in your business.

Sure, it may take a little extra effort to educate yourself enough to grasp how the numbers go together and what they mean. Remember: EO’s make pizza –– CEO’s make money. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

In This Issue


The post 2009 August: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Carpet Care https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-carpet-care/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-carpet-care/ Ask Rebecca Black why she loves carpet, and she can sum it up in one word: noise. Black is vice president of operations and franchise support for Alhambra, California-based Shakey’s USA, a 55-restaurant pizza company that plans to open 10 new stores in 2009. Carpet helps absorb the sounds of families with young children who […]

The post 2009 August: Carpet Care appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Carpet CareAsk Rebecca Black why she loves carpet, and she can sum it up in one word: noise. Black is vice president of operations and franchise support for Alhambra, California-based Shakey’s USA, a 55-restaurant pizza company that plans to open 10 new stores in 2009.

Carpet helps absorb the sounds of families with young children who favor the restaurant and its accompanying game room. “We are a busy restaurant,” Black said. “Carpet definitely has an impact on noise.”

During the company’s plans for its first renovation in 2006, Black was delighted to discover carpet tiles. The tiles fit together and look like one large piece of carpet, but they offer lots of flexibility in terms of design. The carpet itself is durable, tough and easy to clean. “Spills happen,” Black said. “You can scrub it out with just a deck brush and soapy water and let it dry.”

And of course, if that doesn’t work, in comes the biggest benefit to carpet tile: replace the tile. “That was a huge selling point for us,” Black said. Shakey’s chose a nylon carpet tile — burgundy for the dining room and emerald for the game room. Each tile is 50 by 50 centimeters square.

What Black chose is also exactly what Bill Doan, a consultant and owner of Suwanee, Georgia-based William H. Doan & Assoc. Inc., would recommend for a busy restaurant. “Don’t even think about putting in anything except nylon,” Doan said. “A high usage, tough environment that a pizza place is likely to be needs solution dyed nylon fiber. I would strongly recommend carpet tile. I would be very careful about what colors to use … I would use level loop.”

Solution-dyed fibers have the color all the way through the carpet. So if it is cut, the same colors show through. Level-loop means the carpet fibers are looped, rather than cut, and all the same height, making the carpet tougher and not as easy to take on the mashed-down look that worn, cut pile carpet sometimes exhibits. Doan also recommends an impervious backing on any carpet so liquid will not soak through.

carpetCare02

A good maintenance program is key to keeping carpet looking good, said Desiree Worsley, vice Shakey’s Pizza, photo courtesy of Big Imagination Group. president of marketing for Shaw Hospitality Group, which is a division of carpet manufacturing company Shaw Industries Inc. “Every carpet in the world should be vacuumed every night,” Worsley said. “Vacuuming is the first step toward preventing carpet from looking tired.”

But using a good commercial vacuum is essential, along with good vacuuming techniques. A good vacuum will be an upright, and should have two motors. It should have a top-filling feature, and a high-filtration bag. Expect to spend $650 to $750 to buy a good vacuum. “You put it in because you wanted it to look good,” Doan said. “You need to have good equipment to do a good job.”

Instruct your employees to look at the carpet closely as they vacuum at the end of the day, particularly looking for any stains or spills that need to be treated. A good vacuuming technique is to make two passes at the same section of carpet, and to make sure all areas are vacuumed, not just those that look dirty.

Carpet will need to be cleaned with some type of water extraction technique periodically, Worsley said. But using soap isn’t always necessary. She recommends, instead, a de-greasing product for carpet in restaurants. This will need to be done at least quarterly, she said. Doan said it can be done as often as monthly, if the restaurant is busy, and should be done by professionals. “When you begin to see your carpet is getting dirty, you need to be proactive,” Worsley said.

Great care can prolong the life of carpet, Worsley and Doan both said. But often, it’s the style of a carpet that signals that it is time to go. “Carpet can last four or five years or 15 years if you clean it properly,” Worsley said. “What happens is there is a life to the look of the restaurant, and you need to look and see if you need to change their décor.”

At Shakey’s, Black expects the carpet will outlast the décor, as Worsley suggests. She expects the company will want to freshen up the restaurants again in five years. She imagines, though, that the restaurants will always be carpeted. “There is the warmth of carpet, and the texture,” Black said. “It’s a good look for us. You do have to think about slips and falls, which may be more of a risk with other flooring.” ?

Expert help

A solid carpet care plan is essential, experts say, to keeping carpet looking good, particularly in a busy restaurant setting. There is guidance out there to help you find the right equipment and people.

The Carpet and Rug Institute and the Institute of Inspection, Cleaning and Restoration maintain databases of experts and equipment that can assist you in caring for your carpet. The Carpet and Rug Institute regularly tests cleaning equipment and cleansers and rates them on their Web site, www.carpet-rug. org. Look under commercial carpets for their downloadable, PDF guide to caring for carpet, and also for a list of both providers and equipment that has received their seal of approval.

The Institute of Inspection, Cleaning and Restoration offers training and certification for those in the carpet-cleaning industry. To access a database of cleaners, searchable by zip code, visit www. certifi edcleaners.org/locator.shtml.

Robyn Davis Sekula is a freelance writer living in New Albany, Indiana.

The post 2009 August: Carpet Care appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-commentary/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-commentary/ Congratulations to Lou Siecinski and Mark Gold, owners of Pizza Shuttle, Inc. in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. We’ve named Pizza Shuttle our 2009 Independent Pizzeria of the Year based on their quarter-century of success. Last year, Pizza Shuttle was ranked No. 32 on our annual list of America’s Hot 100 Independent pizza operations with $5.75 million in […]

The post 2009 August: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: CommentaryCongratulations to Lou Siecinski and Mark Gold, owners of Pizza Shuttle, Inc. in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. We’ve named Pizza Shuttle our 2009 Independent Pizzeria of the Year based on their quarter-century of success. Last year, Pizza Shuttle was ranked No. 32 on our annual list of America’s Hot 100 Independent pizza operations with $5.75 million in sales. Pizza Shuttle has only one location — its sales are far higher than other independent companies with five, six and even nine stores.

Among America’s one unit pizzerias, Pizza Shuttle is the second largest. Only Moose’s Tooth Pizza & Pub in Anchorage, Alaska, does a higher volume. Moose’s Tooth was our 2003 Independent of the Year. Ironically, Pizza Shuttle made its first Pizza Today cover that very same year. In late 2002, we ran a “Cover Contest” — the winner got to be featured in our January 2003 edition. Pizza Shuttle got the most votes on our Web site, earning them the distinction and an in-depth profile inside the magazine.

What makes Pizza Shuttle so impressive? Its owners credit a relentless focus on quality. From where I sit, that’s never a bad place to start. To learn more about Pizza Shuttle and its success, check out Mandy Wolf Detwiler’s article on page 54. Also, be sure to watch the video that we’ll have up on the home page of PizzaToday.com for the first two weeks of August. It’ll give you a better sense of how Mark and Lou run their business and what makes Pizza Shuttle the predominant pizza force in Milwaukee.

On another note, I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention that our September issue is just around the corner. I know we’ve been teasing you with it for some time — we’re promising a major industry event, in print, for 09.09.09. Don’t miss it.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 August: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Did You Know? / Places That Rock https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-did-you-know-places-that-rock/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-did-you-know-places-that-rock/ According to the Associated Press, Pizza Hut expects to sell $ 1 billion worth of pasta annually in coming years Domino’s sells 1 million sandwiches a week. Ike Sewell and Ric Riccardo developed deep-dish pizza in Chicago in 1943 Arizona has 1,135 pizzerias. Cloverleaf Pizza / Feraro’s Jersey Style Pizza / Naked Pizza Cloverleaf Pizza […]

The post 2009 August: Did You Know? / Places That Rock appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Did You Know? / Places That RockAccording to the Associated Press, Pizza Hut expects to sell $ 1 billion worth of pasta annually in coming years

Domino’s sells 1 million sandwiches a week.

Ike Sewell and Ric Riccardo developed deep-dish pizza in Chicago in 1943

Arizona has 1,135 pizzerias.
Cloverleaf Pizza / Feraro’s Jersey Style Pizza / Naked Pizza
Cloverleaf Pizza

28630 Harper Avenue
St. Clair Shores, Michigan 48081
(586) 445-2810

www.cloverleafonline.comWhen you think of pizza, the city of Detroit, Michigan, probably isn’t the first that comes to mind. But Cloverleaf Pizza’s Meat Supreme Specialty Pizza (topped with pepperoni, ham, bacon and sausage) took top honors at a regional pizza show this year. It’s not hard to see why: the company’s original deep dish pizza –– baked in a rectangular pan –– has been wowing locals since 1946!

Feraro’s Jersey Style Pizza
1862 S. 10th Street
St. Louis, Missouri 63104
(314) 588-8345

www.ferarospizza.comLocated in a historic district of St. Louis, this mom-and-pop shop is actually a mom-and-son shop. Feraro’s goal is to bring a taste of New Jersey to St. Louis, and they’ve done it well. From the continous loop of Springsteen, Bon Jovi and Sinatra to the walls lined with Atlantic City postcards and Jersey-shore snapshots, the Garden State is well represented. Here, you’ll find thick crusts and pizza by the slice. We’ll take a giant “The Boss,” please. It’s piled high with pepperoni, sausage, mushrooms, onions, bell peppers and black olives with a touch of garlic!

NakedPizza
6307 S. Miro
New Orleans, Louisiana 70125
(504) 865-0244

www.nakedpizza.bizPizza has a bad reputation when it comes to being health-conscious, despite operators’ best efforts to move it out of the (shudder) fast-food category. The folks at NakedPizza have proven that fresh dough, cheese and sauce are great, but going a step further with probiotics and prebiotics (and offering gluten-free crusts) can be profitable as well. And these aren’t plain pizzas, either. Check out the Creole Cajun Throwdown –– it’s topped with alligator sausage, shrimp, chicken, garlic, bell peppers and onions!

The post 2009 August: Did You Know? / Places That Rock appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Eating & Education https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-eating-education/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-eating-education/ The clock has yet to strike 9:30 a.m., but Shawn Crowley and a handful of staff members fill the kitchen of Hickory Tree Pizza in Chatham, New Jersey. The group has been hard at work for nearly an hour, making pizzas that local school children will soon gobble up. During the school year, the frenzied […]

The post 2009 August: Eating & Education appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Eating & EducationThe clock has yet to strike 9:30 a.m., but Shawn Crowley and a handful of staff members fill the kitchen of Hickory Tree Pizza in Chatham, New Jersey. The group has been hard at work for nearly an hour, making pizzas that local school children will soon gobble up. During the school year, the frenzied process is a regular occurrence inside Hickory Tree. Each day, Crowley’s pizzeria delivers 10 to 20 pizzas to Chatham High School; every Wednesday, the restaurant’s signature pies hit the town’s lone middle school; and once a month, Crowley’s pizzas land in the hands of children at the town’s four grammar schools. “The more places you are with your name and product, the better,” reasons Crowley, who inherited the Chatham school district’s pizza contract when he purchased the already established Hickory Tree in November 2000. The school district’s “content with having us and we’re thrilled to be in there ourselves.”

For many pizzerias like Hickory Tree, a school contract holds enticing promise. Operators like Crowley who’ve landed such deals reap the revenue of a regular bulk-ordering customer as well as ancillary benefits, including name recognition and community support. “It’s a partnership that benefits us in a number of ways, from advertising and promotions to bulk orders from a customer who pays,” says Crowley, who has established pizza partnerships with two local private schools as well.

While landing a school contract is often a win win- win for all involved — kids get pizza, school districts receive product and a price break and operators earn profit —the relationship doesn’t come without its hurdles. From stringent product specifications to firm price points and sometimes even politics, public school district can be resolute partners, defining everything from temperature to mozzarella usage.

In the Jefferson County Public School District, which covers 150 schools in a Kentucky county some 40 miles across, Papa John’s holds that district’s pizza vendor contract, a deal which saw the Louisville-based chain deliver over 212,000 pizzas to the district’s 44 middle and high schools during the 2007-2008 school year.

Yet, Papa Johns’ pizzas must meet a litany of criteria, a common facet of any public school food contract. A 14-inch pepperoni pizza, for instance, must use a minimum of 19.5 ounces of dough, two ounces of fully cooked pepperoni slices, eight ounces of cheese and six ounces of tomato sauce before being cut into eight equal slices. All pizzas must be delivered within 20 minutes at a minimum temperature of 145 F. “With the size of our district, we need a vendor who can meet our nutrition requirements as well as our preparation and delivery conditions,” Jefferson Country School District representative Cheryl Sturgeon says. Back in New Jersey, Crowley cannot use egg or peanut oil per district guidelines. He even goes so far as popping bubbles on the pizza so each pie cooks even. “It’s simply not worth taking the chance of sending them a pizza they might not like,” he says. While Jefferson County sits on one end of the spectrum as one of the nation’s 15 largest school districts with regards to food service, virtually eliminating any independent from securing the deal, some schools are turning toward a more grassroots, locally flavored partnership.

Schools and restaurant operators in Anchorage, Alaska, benefit from the Anchorage School Business Partnerships program, an 18-year-old arrangement that seeks to connect individual schools and local businesses. As principal of North Star Elementary School, Marcus Wilson has the ability to solicit bids on partnership deals, including his school’s pizza provider. For the 2008-09 school year, Wilson’s school paired with the Great Alaska Pizza Company. Other Anchorage schools teamed with local independents as well as national names such as Domino’s and Little Caesars.

“I have to imagine it’s valuable for these businesses to get into schools like this and expose kids to their brand,” Wilson says. In Florham Park, New Jersey, the local Parent Teacher Association handles food contracts, favoring the goods produced by local establishments. The district’s 1,000 students enjoy food from nine local restaurants, including pizza from Main Street Subs in neighboring Madison, New Jersey.

“This relationship exposes us to an area that we might not have any exposure to. Some of these kids only eat pizza here because of our place in the schools,” says Main Street owner Ralph Artigliere, who delivers approximately 150 pizzas each week to two elementary schools and one middle school.

Whether a school district or a PTA, an operator seeking a school contract must first identify the access point. Many schools have outside vendors who run the cafeteria, in which case an operator might have to approach that company’s regional office. If the contract is held by the school district, a bidding process is likely. In other cases, such as Anchorage and Florham Park, persuasion and PR might go a long way.

“In all cases, find out who is running the cafeteria and do your promotion at that level,” says Artigliere. “Know what criteria you have to meet and be honest with yourself if you can handle the demands.” ?

eatingEducation02

Balancing added revenue, increased labor, and the golden rules of a school district partnership

While the revenue generated by a school contract may seem favorable, Hickory Tree’s Crowley reminds that the relationship requires a hefty investment and warns against an overly optimistic view. Most pizzerias with school contracts discount the product and increase labor, a reality that has Crowley analyzing the relationship and its margins each year.

“When you spend this much on an investment, you want to make sure you’re getting a return,” he says. “School contracts work the way of the whole world — we don’t want to give it away and they want to pay as little as possible. Thankfully, we’ve been able to find that middle ground.”

With the contract in hand, pizzerias must consistently remain mindful of the district’s requirements and understand the relationship’s two golden tenants. “All of the schools pretty much want the same thing: a good price and reliable delivery,” Crowley says. “An operator working with schools can never forget that.”

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2009 August: Eating & Education appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-five-questions/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-five-questions/ John Williams owns Rock Creek Pizza Company in Sandy, Utah. He is one of 10 pizzeria owners who will be taking part in an expanded “Beer & Bull in Print” question-and-answer session we’ll be publishing in our September 2009 issue. 09.09.09 is coming — here’s a small sample of what the “Beer & Bull in […]

The post 2009 August: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 August: Five QuestionsJohn Williams owns Rock Creek Pizza Company in Sandy, Utah. He is one of 10 pizzeria owners who will be taking part in an expanded “Beer & Bull in Print” question-and-answer session we’ll be publishing in our September 2009 issue. 09.09.09 is coming — here’s a small sample of what the “Beer & Bull in Print” will offer.

PT: I know 2008 was a tough year for most operators. How are things going at Rock Creek?

JW: Business was down by approximately 15 percent for us in 2008. But we have been on a steady rise back in a positive direction since March of 2009.

PT: Have you altered your advertising budget in ’09?

fiveQuest02JW: We have increased it over last year to get our message out to more people and keep our current customers reminded that we are still here and hungry for their business.

PT: What marketing medium has given you the best return?

JW: Marketing to our current customer base and making direct contact with potential customers.

PT: What areas were easiest for you to tighten when things got tough with the economy?

fiveQuest03JW: Of course, we looked closely at staffing levels. We also re-negotiated our lease, switched to disposable wares and left our dishwasher lease.

PT: What is your primary concern heading into 2010?

JW: Keeping our momentum going, reaching more people and getting our current customers to come in more often.

The post 2009 August: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Independentof the Year / Pizza Shuttle https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-independentof-the-year-pizza-shuttle/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-independentof-the-year-pizza-shuttle/ It’s been six years since we last visited Pizza Shuttle in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. This time around, it was with a greater purpose –– the company has been named Pizza Today’s Independent Pizzeria of the Year. Of course, you’re probably wondering how many stores they have to have to receive such an honor, and you’ll be […]

The post 2009 August: Independentof the Year / Pizza Shuttle appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Independentof the Year / Pizza ShuttleIt’s been six years since we last visited Pizza Shuttle in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. This time around, it was with a greater purpose –– the company has been named Pizza Today’s Independent Pizzeria of the Year. Of course, you’re probably wondering how many stores they have to have to receive such an honor, and you’ll be blown away by the answer: one store, with sales of $5.6 million. And yes, owners and childhood friends Mark Gold and Louis Siecinski still have a heavy hand in the management of their pizzeria (when they’re not in-house they have a trusted team of hand-picked managers). But beyond its obvious high profits, how has Pizza Shuttle managed to keep its success with just one store?

First and foremost, the old saying that location is everything certainly sits well for the company, which began in just a 500-square-foot unit in 1985. Today’s Pizza Shuttle, located across the street from the original location, is perched between the downtown business district and nearby university campuses in Milwaukee’s lower East Side. It’s just a block away from Lake Michigan and located in an eclectic neighborhood in what used to be the stables for the lakefront mansions.

Apartments have sprung up all around, and Gold says rent has skyrocketed in the area. “I wouldn’t even be able to come here if I didn’t own my building,” he says. “It’s a lot of young people, a lot of professionals, but not many families. I think the mean age is 24. We have a lot of energy here. We’re near a campus, we’re near downtown, you have people who graduated college who are making a little more money and they rent an apartment and have a lot of disposable income.”

And then there’s the experience of its owners. Siecinski and Gold spent their formative years working at Primo’s Pizza in Detroit –– Gold was later employed by a Domino’s Pizza unit –– and when they began to kick around the idea of opening up their own shop, they realized that the Detroit market was over-saturated. They looked at several markets before settling in Milwaukee. “We could have gone anywhere, but we really like this city. And the great thing is that nobody knows about it,” Gold says.

The first Pizza Shuttle started with used equipment, and within 20 months Siecinski and Gold were up to three stores. “We made money, but we were young and cocky,” Gold admits. “That was crazy. We didn’t know how to run them. We had experience running one, but I wasn’t a supervisor at Domino’s to learn how to run a store, so we learned on our own money. We were successful very quickly. We made money from the first day.”

Within the next six years, Siecinski and Gold had sold two of the stores and today run one high volume operation. One or the other is typically in-house daily. “That’s the benefi t of being a higher-volume store with good people,” Gold says. “If I had to be in the store every day, it would be rough.”

Why so hands on? Over the years, the pair has faced many hurdles, including slow business and employee retention and training. “It’s volatile, this business,” Gold says. “It’s funny how much I learn just by being here.” Siecinski says they did have some growing pains initially –– including navigating a small kitchen and very little storage space. (They have to lease square footage in the building next door for offices and storage.)

In light of the economy, Siecinski and Gold have made a move contrary to industry norm –– they actually lowered their menu prices. “Last year was the first year (sales) were even,” Gold says. “It’s the first year I haven’t gone up in 16 years … our goal is to basically have more orders to keep the clientele coming in. Right now, commodities are cheaper. We try to do our menus in six-month increments, so between June and December, we’re counting on low cheese and fl our (costs). We lowered our prices to get more customers because right now, even if they like you, they need a reason to order.”

The company recently conducted a Web survey asking patrons to consider cost as a factor in their purchasing habits and found that customers are willing to pay more for a better product but at a fair, competitive price. “What’s great about being an independent is we can change (prices) pretty quickly,” Gold adds. When it comes to the menu, pizza accounts for 65 percent of sales. That’s why there are so many toppings –– 50 in all, including 30 freshcut vegetables –– and nearly a dozen sauces offered. “Whatever we have for other food, why not put it on a pizza?” Gold says. “People like choices, especially vegetarians. That’s a big market.”

Dough is made in-house, and they grind their own cheese. Even the vegetables are cut fresh daily. “Our slogan is ‘real pizza for real people at real prices,’ ” Siecinski says. Pizza Shuttle has more than 20 specialty pizzas, including the Denver Breakfast Pizza (100-percent mozzarella cheese, garlic, potatoes, bacon, onions, green peppers, scrambled eggs and nacho cheese) and the Philly Cheesesteak (100-percent mozzarella, garlic, Parmesan, peppercorn, Philly cheesesteak meat, onions, green peppers, mushrooms and crushed red pepper. The top seller is the Southern Barbecue Chicken Pizza, which boasts mozzarella, Sweet Baby Ray’s BBQ sauce, onions, grilled marinated chicken, jalapeños, tomatoes and shredded cheddar cheese.

“Everything we do, we try to do high-end,” Gold says. “Sometimes, it’s hard because you want to get cheap. But if you can’t do it right, you just don’t sell it. In this business –– pizza –– you don’t have to get too fancy.” There are also five crusts: original handtossed; a thick and chewy Chicago-style; wheat; a thin and a square Sicilian pan. Beer is available, but “I don’t have a lot of alcohol sales,” Gold adds. “I would like it, to off-set some of the food costs, but that’s not what we’re known for.” They hold a full liquor license, but even wine didn’t sell. Daiquiris are under consideration even though the restaurant offered them with low results a few years ago. “Five years ago, that might have been a different clientele,” he says. Surprisingly, the company does quite a business in super-premium ice cream. They made their own custard for 14 years before switching to selections from The Chocolate Shoppe in Madison, Wisconsin. “With custard, you only have vanilla, chocolate and the flavor of the day. We have 16 flavors at all times now. We thought giving customers more of a variety would increase the sales,” Gold says.

Why offer ice cream at all? “My partner has a sweet tooth,” Gold says. “I would never have thought of custard. That was his idea. Then you think, ‘Ok, this could help sales.’ We probably sell 100 shakes a day, and some ice cream companies don’t even do that.” They also deliver ice cream along with their menu items, increasing add-on sales. Dine-in accounts for about 20 percent of the business, with delivery carrying the bulk at 70 percent. “I can see people now choosing the less expensive route –– like the $5 Subway subs,” Gold says. “People don’t want to spend too much (due to the economy). A lot of people stopped vacationing. They’re not going. Now they can go to the lakefront and grab a slice of pizza and it doesn’t cost them hardly anything. Why not buy a pizza and go to the lakefront with your friends rather than go and spend a lot of money on a trip to Chicago and spend hundreds of dollars?” To increase family traffic, they’re adding the opportunity for kids to make their own pizzas. “On a little silver platter, there’s an 8-inch, already slapped out dough,” Siecinski explains. “They’re going to have a cup of sauce, a cup of cheese and (toppings). They’ll make it at the table and we’ll cook it for them. It’s going to be really cool.”

Amongst Pizza Shuttle’s greatest draws is its kitsch. Taking center stage is the original Andy Warhol cow silkscreen bought at auction and bar lights the owners sourced at a tradeshow. Large mirrors fl ank the walls, and there’s even a photo booth that gets plenty of play by customers of all ages. Televisions are commonplace in many pizzerias, and they’re found at Pizza Shuttle as well, but “we don’t draw a large sports crowd, though I’d like to,” says Gold. Bright, original artwork splashes color on the walls while a nearby jukebox pumps out hits, giving Pizza Shuttle an overall feeling of fun and with good reason –– dine-in is rising.

The carved oak molding framing the menu board was pulled from a historical mansion, and the large bench in the lobby was sourced from a county courthouse. During a recent lunch hour, we spotted a family with little kids, two UPS drivers on their lunch break and a pair of elderly women with a toddler in tow. Gold pauses, looked around the dining room and says: “I have people here right now who probably never come here at night when it’s a whole different place. Right now it looks kind of normal, but as the night goes on, it evolves. It’s louder (with younger people) … you’ll have tattoos, and piercings and mohawks –– urban kids and kids who drive in from an hour away because they really have nowhere to go.”

It’s a fact that Pizza Shuttle’s late-night hours (they’re open until 3 a.m. daily with delivery until 4 a.m. on the weekends) help sales volume –– and although it does create some difficulties, “it is what it is,” Gold shrugs. “I could probably stay open 24 hours, but we’re getting a lot more residents now. That used to be a parking lot next to me. Now it’s a condo. You’ve got to take (residents) into consideration.” Part of the allure is the fact that so many of Pizza Shuttle’s employees are familiar faces. Gold estimates that the average tenure of their employees is seven years, “and that’s pretty good,” he says. “They get paid better than minimum wage, but they’re not highly paid. They’re good restaurant workers, and they’ve worked here a long time.”

The company takes pride in customer input and they heavily rely on their employees for suggestions. “They’re our customers, too,” Gold explains. With nearly 100 employees, that’s a lot of ideas. They expanded their dining room to add more seating, a move that both increased sales and took the heat off the vibrant late-night business. “For one, we didn’t have enough room to put our customers,” Siecinski says. But with crowds come security issues, so Pizza Shuttle posts an unarmed bouncer/guard at the front door on Friday and Saturday nights. The doorman scans patrons’ IDs as part of Pizza Shuttle’s security measures.

“These are guys who are well-trained in understanding crowd control (and) in understanding how to diffuse a situation,” Siecinski adds, “because it does get busy in here. It can be like a can of sardines. One little bump can create an issue. They’re not armed, but they’re here for crowd control.”

Aside from the funky physical attributes of Pizza Shuttle, that kitsch flows into the company’s marketing as well. Word-of-mouth is still the best method of advertising, Siecinski says, and with the sheer number of customers, that’s a lot of buzz. Still, they try to go beyond mailers and newspaper ads by utilizing their on-hold voice system using Gold and Siecinski’s voices thanking customers for holding the line. They also have a large e-mail list and ping customers twice a month. “We answer every single email that somebody sends us,” Gold says. They text message four times a month, but they make it fun: a Thanksgiving text offered a $5 large pizza –– but only if customers said, “Gobble! Gobble!” to the phone or register person. Tracking showed that 2,000 people opened the text message and 3,000 people redeemed the offer, illustrating the power of both texting and customer buzz.

After a quarter of a century in the industry, is Pizza Shuttle ready to launch more stores? Its owners say franchising isn’t in the cards, but they’d eventually like to consult. “It’s a way to make extra money using the experience we have,” Gold says. They’ve helped a couple of employees open their own stores. “Maybe if we were 10 years younger, we’d open up our own pilots,” adds Siecinski, “but we have families.” Says Gold: “Every decision we’ve made was based on just enjoying life.” ?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 August: Independentof the Year / Pizza Shuttle appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-marketing-matters/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-marketing-matters/ My premise this month is simple. If you’re stuck in a dead-end cycle of paying for mass-marketing with credit cards, running continual discounts to keep your head above water and don’t have a clue as to how to mobilize your own customer base to spend money … stop it. There is a door to freedom. […]

The post 2009 August: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Marketing MattersMy premise this month is simple. If you’re stuck in a dead-end cycle of paying for mass-marketing with credit cards, running continual discounts to keep your head above water and don’t have a clue as to how to mobilize your own customer base to spend money … stop it. There is a door to freedom. And it’s very close.

Working smarter starts with assessing what does work and what doesn’t. Then, do more of the first and less of the latter. Even in an area of fierce competition, a few pizzerias stand out as the “big dogs” and make most of the money. So don’t let competition frighten you to the point of using it as an excuse as to why you “can’t ever get ahead.”

And, if (and that’s an “if” that only you can honestly assess) you have good food, a clean restaurant and smiling, friendly service … there is no reason you can’t build your sales.

Finally, keep in mind that you tire of your marketing long before your customers do. Don’t assume that you need to roll out a “new” thing every month. What worked in the beginning? What was the best promotion you ever ran? What offer made the phones ring? Return to your successes. What worked then will most likely work now.

Once you’ve returned to the stuff that works, it’s a simple matter of:

1. Capturing customer data.

2. Staying in touch with them. (Just give your own customers reasons to return. It really is that simple.)

But many pizzeria owners get so caught up in running a day-to-day marathon that they never get this simple system in place. And without it you end up working harder, longer and losing potential sales. By setting up a systematic data capture and customer marketing program, you work smarter, faster and make more money.

Don’t trudge through confusion. It’s most likely that doing more and more of what got you to the point of constant frustration is not going to take you to where you want to go. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 August: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-simple-ideas/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-august-simple-ideas/ Nut-Free Pesto Worried about potential allergic reactions? Want a nut-free pesto? Start with coarsely ground cheese as opposed to finely ground cheese to help better approximate the texture of a traditional pesto. Next, add fennel or finely diced carrots, zucchini or celery. This will provide a different flavor, one that will distinguish your pesto from […]

The post 2009 August: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 August: Simple IdeasNut-Free Pesto

Worried about potential allergic reactions? Want a nut-free pesto? Start with coarsely ground cheese as opposed to finely ground cheese to help better approximate the texture of a traditional pesto. Next, add fennel or finely diced carrots, zucchini or celery. This will provide a different flavor, one that will distinguish your pesto from the competition.

The Right Mix

Dough should come out of the mixer at a temperature of 80 to 85 F. If your dough is consistently warmer than that, try this process the next time you mix: Fill a five-gallon bucket with half ice and half cold water. Pour the ice water into the bowl and let it chill the bowl just before you are ready to mix. After two minutes, pour the water back into the bucket for the next use. Add your water, salt, sugar and flour to the chilled mixing bowl. Add the yeast on top of the flour and mix for 30 to 45 seconds. Add oil and mix to a smooth consistency (generally, this takes about 90 seconds). Repeat this for each dough mixed. This process will allow you to maintain a finished dough temperature of 80 to 85 F.

Load it Up

When it comes time to purchase a new dishwasher, be sure you get one that fits your capacity needs. Take the number of seats in your restaurant and multiply that by the number of meals per table you serve during your average rush period. After you have that number, multiply it by the number of dishes used for each place setting. For example, let’s say your restaurant seats 100. If you serve six meals per table during a rush period, take 100 x 6 and arrive at 600. Let’s say each place setting utilizes four pieces of dishware. 100x6x4 = 2,400. That means you need a washer with the capacity to clean 2,400 dishes an hour.

simpleIdeas02

Wake Up and Smell the Calzone

Open for breakfast? Consider pushing early morning calzones. Simply fill your dough with scrambled eggs, bacon, mushrooms, sausage, diced tomatoes, green pepper, onion and a cheddar-mozzarella cheese blend. These can be made ahead of time and held under heat lamps for a quick order turnaround with a cup of coffee for early morning customers on the go.

The post 2009 August: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Piece Out https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-il-pizzaiolo-piece-out/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-il-pizzaiolo-piece-out/ Bill Jacobs knows the economy of the United States has been ailing for a woefully long time, but there’s been no evidence of it in his pizzeria. Piece, a standout restaurant and brewery in Chicago’s Wicker Park neighborhood, finished 2008 impressively: sales were up 28 percent over 2007. So far, in 2009, Jacobs’ business has […]

The post 2009 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Piece Out appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

pieceOut01Bill Jacobs knows the economy of the United States has been ailing for a woefully long time, but there’s been no evidence of it in his pizzeria. Piece, a standout restaurant and brewery in Chicago’s Wicker Park neighborhood, finished 2008 impressively: sales were up 28 percent over 2007. So far, in 2009, Jacobs’ business has climbed 15 percent over the same period a year ago. How? For starters, Jacobs opened an ancillary delivery store at the end of ’07. Created to meet the demands of a neighborhood hungry for door service, Piece Out — which occupies 1,400 square feet adjacent to the original dine-in location — accounted for $1.2 million in sales in 2008. Prior to opening the second unit, Piece simply did not have the capacity to deliver, says Jacobs.

“We saw that we had an opportunity to move into the space next door, so we were like, ‘Yeah, let’s go for it’”, Jacobs says. “It’s been an absolute dream.” Since opening in 2001, Piece has built a strong reputation in the Windy City, and not just on its North Side, either. “We’re delivering down to the loop, too,” Jacobs says. “So we’re really pushing our deliveries. It’s really easy for us, though, because the Kennedy (Expressway) is right here. It takes us less than 15 minutes to get to the offices.”

pieceOut02While opening Piece Out undoubtedly helped boost the company’s revenue, there are other factors in the growth as well. In the case of Piece, creative, persistent marketing and savvy management are the drivers. “Since we’ve opened in 2001, our sales have gone up exponentially every year,” says Jacobs. “We’re seven-and-a-half years into it, and we’re still seeing big growth. We compare our sales every night, every week, every period. We sit down and get our numbers every night and see exactly where we are compared to the same day last year. We monitor it very, very closely.” In fact, on Pizza Today’s visit to Chicago on April 15, Jacobs knew off the top of his head exactly what volume the restaurant achieved the night before. “Last night we had a band. We usually don’t have a band on Tuesdays, but we had one last night and we did a little over $8,900,” he says. “Last year on the same day we did $6,700. So we were up over $2,000 on just this one night. And then Piece Out did $2,000 last night, so we did over $10,000 in sales between the two places on a Tuesday night.”

pieceOut03

That’s big-time volume, but it’s nothing new to Piece. The original store recorded $3.6 million in sales in 2008. “We did $4.8 (million) last year total,” Jacobs says. “The thing is, when we opened the other place, pizza sales went way up. But our sales here (in the dine-in location) went up, too. Piece Out has been good in terms of helping to increase our capacity here. We were also able to put in more cooler space, which we needed.” (Piece makes between 600 and 900 dough balls per day in its kitchen, depending on the specific day of the week.)

pieceOut04Piece Out is open Wednesday through Sunday. On Mondays and Tuesdays, delivery orders are handled out of the original store. “We base it on our volume,” explains Jacobs. “But if we have a big day coming — for example, we knew that last year the March Madness final would be a big day, so we opened up this kitchen even though it was a Monday.”

Of course, the beer angle can’t be overlooked, either. Far from being just a pizzeria, Piece’s dedication to the art and craft of brewing is second to none. Master Brewer Jonathan Cutler says Piece makes approximately 75 different beers, eight of which are constantly on tap. “We rotate them out,” he explains. “Throughout the year, we’ll change them out based on the season, what’s ready, etc. Depending on the beer, it’s in the fermenter from two weeks to four weeks. We’re so busy and we have so much volume that we’re always busy getting the next batch ready back here.” Piece’s beer is stored at 36 F, though Cutler says “it’s going to warm up to about 38 degrees once you get it in your hand.”

pieceOut05On the day we visited, Cutler was readying a Hefeweizen. A popular beer, to be sure, but the top mover at Piece is the Golden Arm. “We’ve actually won awards at the World Beer Cup and the Great American Beer Festival with that beer, but I’m not sure if we sell the most of it because it’s a good Kolsch, or if it’s because it’s our lightest beer,” says Cutler. Either way, it’s a perfect complement to the New Haven-style pizzas served at Piece. Irregularly shaped and wafer thin at just 1?8 of an inch, the pizzas are unlike anything else available in Chicago. It’s a point of difference — one that is critical in today’s marketplace and is so hard to find. And it, along with the beer, is the reason Piece got a boost in the local press in 2008.

 

pieceOut06

“Last year in October, on Halloween weekend, we were on a dining program called “Check, Please.” It’s a local public television show here in Chicago,” says Jacobs. “The show takes three people and asks each of them to select their favorite restaurant. Then, each one of them goes into the restaurant and reviews it. Afterwards they all do a round-table discussion. One of the people chose Piece, and we got a rave review. The place got swamped as a result. All things being relative, we were pretty busy to begin with, but we’ve been even busier after being on “Check, Please.” (You can view the segment on Piece’s Web site, www. piecechicago.com.)

pieceOut10

The positive impact of receiving stellar reviews on “Check, Please” is still being felt. Jacobs says he monitors online reviews of Piece, which are overwhelmingly positive. When there is a complaint, it’s the kind any restaurant owner would love to have. “The biggest criticism is how busy it is in here,” he says. “As a result, people who read these things often try to come in here at a time when it’s not going to be so busy. So our lunch business really increased over time as a result of that. That’s something that, of course, we’d love to continue to see more of. You’re always happy to have a big lunch crowd, and we’ve been holding really steady at lunch and doing well.”

Jeremy White is editor-in-chief at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Piece Out appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Keeping it Legal https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-keeping-it-legal/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-keeping-it-legal/ Of course, you probably already know that it is unlawful for an employer to knowingly hire someone who is not authorized to work in the United States. As a result of The Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, you have the responsibility to determine the identity and employment eligibility of every employee hired after […]

The post 2009 July: Keeping it Legal appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Keeping it LegalOf course, you probably already know that it is unlawful for an employer to knowingly hire someone who is not authorized to work in the United States. As a result of The Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, you have the responsibility to determine the identity and employment eligibility of every employee hired after November 6, 1986.

The completion of Form I-9, Employment Eligibility Verification, is required of all new employees, both U.S. citizens and non-citizens and satisfies your obligation to comply with the Act. “The form must be completed within three business days of hire, unless the employee is being hired for less than three days, in which case it must be completed at the time of hire,” says Elaine Martin, managing attorney at Martin Immigration Law in Dallas, Texas.

The I-9 is accompanied by a list of acceptable documents that determine identification and work eligibility. This proof must be presented to the employer when the I-9 is turned in. Employees may present either one document from List A, or one from both B and C.

“The items in List A prove both the person’s identity and their eligibility to work in the United States. Employees who do not provide employers with a document from List A must show a document from List B to prove their identity, and a document from List C to prove employment eligibility,” says Martin. There are fines associated with not having proper documentation. “It costs about 36 pepperoni pizzas to pay for a $500 fine,” says Joe Pianese, owner of Greek Pizza Kitchen in Tarpon Springs, Florida.

“Employers may not suggest, hint or advise an employee of what to bring in; they must allow the employee to bring in whatever they can from the lists included with the I-9 form,” says Martin. She suggests that employers give employees a copy of the list that’s attached to the I-9 form and inform them of the deadline for satisfying the identification and employment eligibility requirements. Be specific about the day and date this must be done.

There is a reason why it is unlawful to tell an employee what to bring in with their I-9, such as telling them that you need to see a “green card” or their driver’s license and social security card. “People tend to assume that if somebody has a very strong foreign accent or barely speaks English, they may not be a U.S. citizen, when in fact they could be,” says Martin. “There are protections on discriminating on the basis of race, immigration status, citizenship, or national origin.” Therefore, do not ask anything of anybody that would suggest that you’re assuming whether or not they are a U.S. citizen, such as where they were born, if they have a green card, when they came to the U.S. or if they are here legally. This works both ways — someone may appear to be a U.S. citizen but they are not.

You must see the employee’s original documents, with the exception of a birth certificate, in which case a certified copy is acceptable. Whether you make copies of the documents for your records is up to you. “The employer can make copies but is not required to,” says Martin.” If the employer does make copies, it must be done for every employee across the board, not just for somebody that they think is a foreign national.”

What should you do when a new employee shows you a document and you question its validity? Martin says that employers can not inquire if a document is authentic unless they have a very strong reason to believe that it’s fraudulent. Having a funny feeling about it or hearing from another employee that it is fake is not a valid reason to question it. “Unless you have a really strong basis for believing that a document is fraudulent, employers need to accept it,” she says. There is a verification process called e-verify that Martin says is voluntary for most employers, but is required for all employers in Arizona and South Carolina, employers in Mississippi with over 250 employees.

When an employee has satisfied the I-9 requirements, fill out Section II of the form. Completed I-9 forms are to be retained by the employer. “There is no requirement in the legislation about where the I-9 forms must be filed. However, they must be somewhere where they could be available for inspection within two days if the Department of Labor or Department of Homeland Security wants to audit them,” says Martin. “They need to be kept for either three years, or for one year after the employee is terminated, whichever is longer. So that means that every employer needs to have an I-9 form for all of their existing employees, and for anybody who was employed within the past year.” Pianese keeps his forms secure in a locked filing cabinet and only approved supervisors have access.

Section III of the I-9 form is for the employer to update things like an employee’s name change or the expiration date of a document. Martin recommends that both the employer and the employee track the expiration dates of documents that will expire so that the extension process will be started in a timely manner. Employees with an Employment Authorized document (EAD) must have a new EAD before the current one expires to be able to continue working. “If the EAD renewal was filed 90 days before expiration and has still not been approved, the employee might be able to get it expedited, but that’s not guaranteed,” says Martin; however, if an employee is in temporary (non-immigrant) status and has a timely-filed extension of status pending but does not have the updated document, the receipt for that extension is enough for them to continue to work for the same employer.

The I-9 form may be the most important document included with your personnel records. You can order a supply of forms and find out more about it by logging on to www.uscis.gov and typing “Employment Eligibility Verification” in the search box.

Interview Questions

Martin says that there are very specific questions that an employer can legally ask during the hiring process to establish whether or not a new employee will need sponsorship. The Office of Special Counsel for Immigration Related Unfair Employment Practices has approved this specific wording for employers to ask during the interview process.
1. Are you legally authorized to work in the United States: yes or no?
2. Will you now, or in the future, require sponsorship for employment VISA status (e.g. H1B status): yes or no?

Sharon Anne Waldrop is a freelancer writer in Georgia. She specializes in human resources topics.

The post 2009 July: Keeping it Legal appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Necessary Evil https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-necessary-evil/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-necessary-evil/ When Bill Poss, owner of Luigi’s Pizza & Fun Center, opened a bill recently, he was surprised to see the credit card processing fees were hundreds of dollars more than he had expected. “Usally it’s three percent. It was 3.79 percent. That’s $500 or $600 more in fees,” says Poss whose restaurant is located in […]

The post 2009 July: Necessary Evil appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Necessary EvilWhen Bill Poss, owner of Luigi’s Pizza & Fun Center, opened a bill recently, he was surprised to see the credit card processing fees were hundreds of dollars more than he had expected.

“Usally it’s three percent. It was 3.79 percent. That’s $500 or $600 more in fees,” says Poss whose restaurant is located in Aurora, Illinois.

Joseph Gallina, vice president of operations for Pizzeria Venti, sympathizes with Poss’s plight. His company has 21 franchises and is planning to open 18 more over the next year.

“The costs and expenses of credit card fees are so outrageous, we actually have special training on it for our franchisees,” Gallina says. Credit card processing fees may be only pennies on the dollar, but they quickly add up. Web site true cost ofcred it. com reports that the average local pizzeria (not a big chain) pays $11,213 in credit card processing fees. That is enough to pay for a new delivery vehicle and reason why pizzeria owners should think about how they can reduce the costs of those fees. Depending on the credit card used, the Web site also estimates that pizzerias pay anywhere from .85 cents to $1.20 in interchange fees per a $25 order.

Interchange fees are paid by a merchant’s bank to a customer’s bank when the merchant accepts credit cards such as Visa and MasterCard for a purchase. When a customer uses a credit card, the bank that issues the card deducts the interchange fee from the amount it pays the bank that processed the transaction.

The bank then pays the pizzeria owner the transaction amount after subtracting the interchange fee and another, small fee for itself. The fees are to cover the expenses related to issuing credit cards and operating credit card networks. It’s not surprising that pizzeria owners and other small businesses find credit card processing fees confusing.

Sanford Brown, chief sales officer for processor Heartland Payment Systems, estimates there are more than 110 different interchange rates. “It’s tough,” Brown says. “People become frustrated. They just ship the statements off to their accountants or put them in a drawer and forget about them.”

Unless they are going to accept cash only, credits cards are a necessity in every pizzeria owner’s operation. Poss says fifty percent of his restaurant’s annual $2 million revenue is generated from credit cards. Gallina estimated the large majority of purchases from his company are made with credit cards.

“Credit cards are 90 percent of our business,” Gallina says. “To even receive a cash payment is rare. People don’t carry cash anymore.” So what’s a pizzeria owner to do? Providers of credit card processing and some pizzeria owners have some ideas on cutting costs. Sean Harper, CEO and co-founder of Chicago-based TransSF, an online comparison company for small business financial services, says, “Interchange fees are set in stone. The way to reduce them is to follow the rules.”

One rule he recommend following is swiping cards whenever possible. The lowest interchange rate is charged when a card is swiped through a terminal. He also recommends buying a terminal that can be purchased for $100 to $400 at an office supply store. “Many small businesses lease a credit card terminal for between $10 and $40 a month over a three-year term, paying three to five times the actual value over the term of the lease,” he said. Owning your terminal also increases your ability to switch your provider if you are not pleased with its services.

When operators key credit card information by hand, they can lower the interchange rate by using Address Verification, a fraud prevention tool which compares information contained in the cardholder’s address, such as the zip code, to the billing address. Harper said it’s a good practice to settle or batch terminal transactions at the end of each day. That’s because payment processors have just two days to process transactions and forward them to Visa and MasterCard which, in turn, sends them to the issuing bank.

If an operator settles their accounts weekly or monthly, they miss the two-day window and accrue higher interchange fees. Philip Wimberly, senior vice president of Payment Processing Inc., a merchant services provider, agrees that settling transactions daily will reduce interchange fees. He said having a POS provider who knows your business, and a merchant services provider who knows your POS system, can help reduce interchange fees. For instance, an employee may forget, but the POS system will remember to settle transactions daily.

“The most industry-specific measures should be in your POS system, (which) relieves your staff of the burden,” Wimberly says. “Your merchant services provider needs to be familiar enough with your POS to help you use it. Every day we meet excellent negotiators (of credit card processing fees and contracts) who lose the benefits of good rates because of bad work fl ow.”

Contracts are another area where Harper says savings can be found. He noted that the fi ne print of many credit card processing contracts includes a cancellation charge of at least $250 to several thousand dollars. “Never agree to a contract that has a cancellation fee,” Harper said. “It reduces the incentive to give you good service and pricing.”

Simply asking ‘credit?’ or ‘debit?’ is another easy way to reduce intercharge fees. Debit cards have lower fees. For people like Poss who would prefer more predictability in the amount they are charged each month, Harper recommends asking for interchangeplus pricing.

“When you use interchange-plus pricing, you agree to the pay the processor the costs (interchange) plus a constant markup,” Harper said. “The markup never changes to ensure that you avoid any tricky fees.” Getting the best possible interchange fees is crucial for pizzerias that want to survive and thrive. “This is a business of dimes and dollars,” Gallina says. “When you’re trying to survive, every penny counts.”

Got some free time?

“Take an hour, add up your credit card processing fees and divide it into your credit card revenue,” says Sean Harper, CEO and co-founder of TransSF. “That will give you your effective rate. It can be very large. It’s a not atypical for it to be four or five percent.”

Harper has been thinking about the fees that small businesses pay for fi nancial services for a while now. He started his business in fall 2008 after working in an e-commerce business.

“I got really frustrated with fees,” Harper says. “I thought, ‘These sorts of things exist for mortgages and airline tickets, Why not for credit card processing?’ ”

Just as Orbitz or Travelocity enables people to shop for airline tickets, TransSF enables small businesses to compare and purchase fi nancial services such as credit card processing, payroll processing and business loans.

Since January, the company has had eight credit card processing providers sign up to compete on the company’s Web site (transfs.com) and 40,000 people have visited the Web site.

Harper’s notion that owners need to aggressively shop for a merchant services provider — and use their effective rate — to help them make a decision is endorsed by Philip Wimberly, senior vice president of sales for Payment Processing Inc.

“The fees are very confusing,” he says. “But don’t spend too much time pouring over each fee. Focus on the effective rate — what’s the percentage of total monthly volume that you get to keep? Your merchant services provider should be able to provide you with breakdowns and comparisons.”

Anne-Marie Mannion is a freelance journalist based in Willowbrook, Illinois

The post 2009 July: Necessary Evil appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Pizza on the Go https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-pizza-on-the-go/ Mon, 11 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-pizza-on-the-go/ When Dallas-based Pizza Patron opened its newest location in San Antonio in October 2008, the chain called it its quick service pizza concept, or QSP. The restaurant has a drive-thru window and an outdoor menu board. Customers order by speaking into a microphone, then drive a few more feet to a window to pick up […]

The post 2009 July: Pizza on the Go appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Pizza on the GoWhen Dallas-based Pizza Patron opened its newest location in San Antonio in October 2008, the chain called it its quick service pizza concept, or QSP. The restaurant has a drive-thru window and an outdoor menu board. Customers order by speaking into a microphone, then drive a few more feet to a window to pick up their pizza. Andrew Gamm, director of brand development for the growing chain (which is approaching 100 units at the time of this writing), says the company wants to change the way people buy pizza. “Our goal is to deliver drive-thru service that rivals the non-pizza QSR segment,” he says.

While drive-thrus are common among burger and other quick service restaurants, few pizza operators offer customers the convenience of ordering pizza, then not having to leave their cars to pick it up. Pizza takes 15 minutes or longer to cook, an amount of time that drive-thru consumers might not tolerate. They’re accustomed to filling their orders in two or three minutes.

Pizza Patron handled the speed of service issue by working with a company to develop an oven that bakes a pie in four minutes. The restaurant also narrowed the drive-thru choices to about five menu items. “Quickness and efficiency supersede customization,” Gamm says.

For most other pizza operators, drive-thru means the customer orders by phone or online, then drives to the restaurant to pick up the food at a window. That method is one way to encourage people to pick up their pizzas, instead of having the restaurant deliver. “You can reduce expenses by putting in a window,” says Mark Ulrey, owner of the six-unit Flyer’s Pizza & Subs in Columbus, Ohio. The reduced expenses come from hiring fewer delivery drivers, and possibly having lower insurance costs and other costs associated with delivery. Four of the Flyer’s locations offer drive-thru service, which accounts for about 35 percent of those stores’ sales. “Most of that business has been taken away from delivery,” says Ulrey.

Additionally, he notes, there are expenses associated with drive-thru. The location has to be a standalone or an end cap building. “Those cost a couple more dollars per square foot,” he says. Two Flyer’s locations are end cap and two are standalone. There are other building requirements. The window has to be big enough to accommodate an 18-inch pizza box. That’s larger than a drive thru window at a burger place. The work area near the window needs to have its own cash register. The kitchen might need to be redesigned to put the staging area or the holding area closer to the window.

There’s also technology to alert workers that a car has pulled into the drive thru area. That could be a magnet system built into the pavement, similar to sensors that trigger a traffic light, or an ultrasonic detector that sends a high frequency sound and then detects when the sound bounces off a car.

Daren Haas is vice president of marketing and new business development for HM Electronics (HME), a Poway, California-based company that makes ultrasonic detectors and other drive-thru related technology such as headsets and timers. He says new technology will make it easier for restaurants to expand their drive-thru processes. “You can get an embedded RFID tag in your credit card or cell phone so you can tap and go for payment, and there’s also cell phone and online ordering that stores your preferences,” he explains.

Haas adds that, in general, some areas are more likely to see expanded drive-thru than others. “In Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and other open spaces, it’s huge. It’s almost non existent in California because of zoning laws and real estate is very expensive.”

Some drive-thru locations are low tech. Kim Trotta, whose husband opened Trotta’s Pizza and Drive-Thru in Cincinnati in 1996, says Trotta’s is in a building that used to be a car wash. “Some of the drive-thrus here are in old barns,” she says. “Ours is very attractive.” The area has businesses that sell donuts, fast food, groceries, even beer and wine through drive-thru windows.

Columbus, Ohio-based Donatos has 176 locations. Spokesperson Tom Santor says more than 70 percent have drive-thru windows, and in those locations, drive-thru accounts for 15 to 20 percent of sales. One challenge is to educate customers about the drive-thru option. “The biggest thing is just the nomenclature of it,” he says. “On the back of our menu, we have a telephone icon and we refer to the call-ahead drive-thru window.” The information is on the Donatos Web site too.

Ulrey says Flyer’s staff lets customers know they can pick up orders at a window. “You educate them,” he says. “On the phone we say, ‘Is this going to be pickup, delivery or drive-thru?’ ” Direct mail pieces also mention the drive-thru. Gamm says opening the QSP entailed changing the mindset of Pizza Patron employees. Many were used to customers calling, then waiting for delivery or arriving twenty minutes later. “Now an order comes in and the clock is running,” he says. “You have a few minutes to get it done.”

The chain plans to open more QSP locations. The next one will be in a former Popeye’s Chicken location that has a drive-thru. Gamm says the new format gives the chain more options in site selection. “We can get into real estate that wouldn’t work with our model previously,” he says. “It’s only going to get better. We are very optimistic about growth.” ?

Talk to the Sign ”

pizzaOnTheGo002

Drive-thru customers want to speak to someone or something. That’s not because they have a complaint, but because they are used to yelling into a microphone to place an order. Unfortunately for these frequent users of drive thru fast food, the pizza drive-thru is different. With pizza, “drive-thru” usually means “call or order online, then pick up at a window.” There is no microphone outside.

“It’s a long term ongoing education,” says Tom Santor, spokesperson for Columbus, Ohio-based Donatos. “They drive up and ask, ‘Do I talk into this sign?’ ”

Kim Trotta, of the family owned Trotta’s Pizza and Drive-Thru in Cincinnati, Ohio, says she has seen a few people talk to the signage outside the building, a former car wash. “When you first proceed into the entrance of the drive-thru, there is a small sign that says our hours. It’s funny … sometimes people talk into it. We let them talk into it, then we walk over to them.”

Nora Caley is a freelance writer specializing in food and business topics. She lives in Denver, Colorado

The post 2009 July: Pizza on the Go appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-marketing-matters/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-marketing-matters/ Muscles produce force. Muscles create motion. Muscles incinerate fat. And therein lies a paradox. Most attempts at weight loss involve dieting instead of exercise. Successful, long-term fitness comes from working out, not from starving. Dieting is the absolute worst thing you can do if you’re trying to lose weight. Starving yourself has the reverse effect […]

The post 2009 June: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Marketing MattersMuscles produce force. Muscles create motion. Muscles incinerate fat. And therein lies a paradox. Most attempts at weight loss involve dieting instead of exercise. Successful, long-term fitness comes from working out, not from starving.

Dieting is the absolute worst thing you can do if you’re trying to lose weight. Starving yourself has the reverse effect by causing even more weight gain over time. That’s because severe dieting causes muscle mass to shrink. The less muscle you have, the less fat you’ll burn.

Do you realize that marketing is the only expense in your business capable of generating revenue? All other expenses are nothing but dead weight that is carried by the success of your marketing efforts. In your pizzeria, marketing is the muscle that burns the fat. Bottom line: it pays the bills.

While most pizzeria owners would love to have more money to spend on marketing, when cash fl ow dries up marketing is almost always the first expense on the chopping block.

In tough times, it’s tempting to cut back a little here and there. I get that. I also understand that rent, payroll and keeping the walk-in stocked are top priorities. That said, exercise extreme caution when turning a critical eye to your marketing budget. Your goal is to invest those dollars more efficiently, not to cut them. Ideally, we want to force each marketing dollar to do the work of 10.

Begin your belt-tightening by following these tips, that way you don’t feel the urge to slash your advertising:

? Cut wasteful advertising that does not produce more than it costs

? Use programmable thermostats

? Change the filters in your HVAC

? Trade pizza for window washing, bug spraying, etc.

? Clean your oven (you’re paying to heat everything in it — even the junk at the bottom)

? Clean the fins on your refrigeration compressor coils

? Measure and weigh your toppings

? Use only one small trash can in the kitchen (people throw away less when they have to keep hauling the bag to the dumpster)

? Look into a better rate on credit card processing

? Consider a prime vendor agreement with your distributor to bring overall food costs down.

Now, closely examine your results from mass marketing. Keep in mind that anything pulling a 2 percent response rate means you’ve wasted 98 percent of your money the minute you write the check.

Invest in marketing that targets your current customers. After all, they’re 700 percent more likely to order from you than a total stranger.

Also, you need to realize that simply generating one extra visit per month from a customer will have a profound impact on your profits. That’s because, other than food cost, that extra visit won’t cost you any more rent, payroll or fixed overhead. That extra visit is packed with profit.

It’s gut-check time. Look in the mirror and make a promise not to cut your marketing — because, if you do, you’ll trade a very brief reduction in spending for a long-term debt balloon. Cut the fat, not the muscle. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 June: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Stage Act https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-stage-act/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-stage-act/ I In these increasingly competitive times, standing out has become more important than ever. Offering top-notch food and service is the first step, but sometimes you’ve got to take it a little further. Featuring live entertainment may give you the edge you need to move ahead of the pack. Need convincing? Consider Brian Hogan, co-owner […]

The post 2009 June: Stage Act appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Stage ActI In these increasingly competitive times, standing out has become more important than ever. Offering top-notch food and service is the first step, but sometimes you’ve got to take it a little further. Featuring live entertainment may give you the edge you need to move ahead of the pack.

Need convincing? Consider Brian Hogan, co-owner of Shorty’s Pizza. Hogan and his partners have two Georgia locations, one in Atlanta and one in Tucker. They offer live music and dancing at the Tucker restaurant.

When building out the Tucker site two years ago, they realized there was room for a stage and decided to go for it. Their motive? They wanted to find a way to keep people staying in their seats and to also attract an after-dinner crowd. “In a small town, the dining tends to end early,” explains Hogan. “People leave around 9:00. Live music offered us a way to get a new group in (the bands don’t start until 9:30) and to keep people here longer.”

Then there is the appeal of becoming a destination point, and offering customers in this hard-pressed economy more value for their dining dollar, says Phil Willis, owner of Mission Pizza & Pub in Fremont, California. Willis has offered live music for 15 of the 20 years he’s been in business. This (along with his high-quality product, he is quick to add) has helped him turn customers into steady regulars. In fact, says Willis, they’re in a growth mode; business is up 10 percent over last year.

Live music also leads to higher ticket prices, says Maria Fiore, co-owner of Café Fiore, in Ventura, California. She has offered live music and dancing since “day one,” five years ago. Although table turns may slow down a tad, this is more than compensated for by the fact that people generally stay longer and spend more money, says Fiore. Willis agrees. “Most people tend to order more drinks,” explains Willis, whose restaurant serves beer and wine only. “And there is no labor involved in opening up a bottle of beer, so the margins are very good.”

Locating talent isn’t difficult, say these operators. Once your first band hits the stage, the rest is a breeze. “If you offer music, the people find you,” says Hogan. “I could fi ll up every night of the week with bands.” Mark Langley, owner of Clifton’s Pizza in Louisville, Kentucky, says when he first opened 19 years ago (he’s offered live music from the start) he found musicians by going to other places that offered entertainment and also through word-of-mouth and customer suggestions. Now that he’s firmly established, the musicians come to him — and he has the stacks and stacks of audition CDs to prove it. In fact, he adds, sometimes the number of people approaching him about playing can be a little overwhelming.

But thanks to the Internet, checking out musicians and getting a feel for how they fi t with your restaurant has gotten easier — every band has a MySpace or Facebook page, says Fiore. She tries to go with local musicians as much as possible because these bands tend to bring in their local followings.

stageAct02

Hogan likes to use local bands also, although he also features “national bands” on his stage.

“We’ve found a niche,” he explains. “If you can find local bands that have a lot of friends, but they don’t play more than several times a month so there aren’t that many venues where their friends can go to see them play, you can really draw in a crowd.” (See sidebar for additional suggestions.)

Live entertainment can be very affordable, says Langley, adding that a small percentage of his operating budget is devoted to this. Featuring a single or a duo is one way to go (he offers dinner-type music, such as acoustic or jazz combo). Langley also invested in a sound system, which allows him to bring in bands pretty cheaply, since they don’t have to provide their own.

Willis doesn’t pay bands (his lean is towards country and blue grass). Instead, he guarantees them $100 in the tip jar and provides dinner and drinks. Fiore has top-40 bands playing Thursday through Saturday and does pay them. She estimates about 10 percent of her operating budget goes to entertainment, but says that live music brings in at least 30 to 40 percent additional revenue.

Hogan’s strategy depends on the band. “If a band approaches us, we offer them $100 and let them decide what to charge at the door and let them keep that,” he explains. “But for others, we’ve paid as much as $2,000.”

For pizzeria operators considering whether to offer live music, Langley advises that they have to be ready to stick with it. “There are times when it’s not profitable and the musicians are playing to an empty room,” he says. “Then there are times when it is. You just have to take the good with the bad. But this has helped us stay competitive. Even in this economy, we’re still pulling people in. In fact, we just had one of our busiest Saturdays ever.”

Also, unless the musicians stick to original work, you’ll have to carry licenses (ASCAP and BMI), says Willis. Otherwise, you’ll face stiff fines. ?

Making Music Work

You’re a restaurant first; music is a value-added component, so make sure it doesn’t overwhelm your primary business. Maintain control by:

? Investing in your own sound system, says Willis. This way you, not the band, control the volume. He purchased his in parts on eBay. Keep it simple, says Hogan. “Lots of people try to overdo the sound system,” he says. “But the more complicated it is, the harder it is to use.” His before-buying advice? Ask musicians what they like.

? Matching the music to your clientele and ambiance/noise level. Remember that certain types of music can inspire unruly behavior, especially when alcohol-fueled.

? Getting to know the local music scene. What bands draw the crowds, and what kinds do they attract?

Pamela Mills Senn is a freelancer specializing in writing on topics of interest to all manner of businesses. She is based in Long Beach, California.

The post 2009 June: Stage Act appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Recession Buster https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-recession-buster/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-recession-buster/ ‘Tis the season to be frugal? Consumers are finding their disposable cash at an all time low. The reality of a recession has hit home. Consumers now have to be more discreet than ever or change their ways — and change does not come easy. Dining out is still a large part of the American […]

The post 2009 March: Recession Buster appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 March: Recession Buster‘Tis the season to be frugal? Consumers are finding their disposable cash at an all time low. The reality of a recession has hit home. Consumers now have to be more discreet than ever or change their ways — and change does not come easy. Dining out is still a large part of the American lifestyle, but its trends often mirror the economy.

Many operators in the pizza industry are experiencing drops in sales and profits. How can an operator adapt to the changing times and keep his customer base alive and well? Here are a few suggestions adopted from trends I’ve seen throughout the restaurant industry:

? Rebates – People love them. Like an operator, a consumer looks at the bottom line. How can you offer rebates? Maybe you already do and all you need to do is adopt some consumer friendly language, such as, ‘Buy 5 XL pizzas and receive a $5 rebate check good on your next pizza purchase’. A rebate can be as simple as a gift certificate. Obtaining a rebate is a consumer motivation. This tactic can increase the frequency of a consumer’s purchases. We tend to call such buying incentives “reward programs”, but in trying times consumers’ loyalty can wane. Renaming your program will attract a consumer with language they are becoming increasingly familiar with. Using gift certificates as your rebate will also heighten awareness of this ‘product’ on your menu. Statistics show that an average of 16 percent of gift certificates are never redeemed — pure profit for you. Those that redeem their gift certificates for full value can usually be upsold another 15 percent.

? Value Menus – Fast food giants present their value menus to masses and find success. It is widely acknowledged that upon taking your family to a fast food joint, your wallet becomes $25 lighter. You did not experience quality or value, yet you still go. Why? Because they have successfully positioned themselves as a value meal replacement. Can we do a similar thing? Sure. Take your quality product and create a $9.99 menu. I am not advocating deep discounts. I am promoting that you take the time to ask yourself “What can I offer for 9.99?” This will give the perception that we are not only a quality product, but a value, too — and value is a top concern for consumers in a recession. Try to come up with five items: a small pizza plus sodas, a medium pizza, an XL pizza with a thin crust and lite cheese (lower food cost, health benefits) and so forth. Once we attract the price-conscious consumer, the sale comes naturally. Ask yourself, “Did I order from the value menu the last time I went to a fast food joint?” Another trend we see in fast casual is that $5.99 seems to be the magic number of what the market will bear for a meal. Once again, can we apply that to our operation? Can you offer a sandwich, chips and drink for $5.99? It doesn’t have to be a steak or bacon. Why not ham, or a veggie, or a smaller version of one of your signature items? People are looking for an affordable way to get through these times without making major lifestyle changes. Position yourself to be a reasonable option, then work to increase their frequency as you gain top-of-mind awareness.

recessionBust01

? Consumer Appeal — Combo ads with perceived value still remain the most popular in our industry. It now takes a little more to get them in the door, though. Add a tag (or “bottom headline”) to your ad. You may also have to communicate your message in more appealing ways. Take this short letter, for example: “Bring your kids to my pizzeria on Halloween and receive a ‘treat’ — plus, get your picture taken with our mascot (costumed employee … ). We will e-mail you a copy of the picture.” Now, you have their e-mail address in your database. The marketing cost? Minimal. The same tactic can be applied to any holiday, and it’s an excellent way to show some goodwill, create traffic, build a database and communicate your message in a very cost-effective way.

recessionBust02You – Zig Ziglar once alleged, “You cannot tailor-make the situations in life, but you can tailor-make the attitudes to fit those situations.” The media is full of gloom and doom. Your positive attitude in the face of adversity will project to consumers that you are a thriving survivor. If you are not personally adding value, you are decreasing the profits of the company. Just remember that your pizzeria may not be all things to all people, but you can be all things to your customers if you put yourself in their shoes and adapt your persona to appeal to their interests. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He leads marketing seminars at International Pizza Expo and is a frequent contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 March: Recession Buster appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-a-pizza-my-mind/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-a-pizza-my-mind/ One of my first assignments as a consultant was to implement a turnaround for a group of pizzerias. They were hanging on by a thread. They had cashed in all of their CDs, 401(k)s and charged their credit cards to the max. I had made several visits to the operations. They were buying their food […]

The post 2009 July: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: A Pizza My MindOne of my first assignments as a consultant was to implement a turnaround for a group of pizzerias. They were hanging on by a thread. They had cashed in all of their CDs, 401(k)s and charged their credit cards to the max. I had made several visits to the operations. They were buying their food at good pricing and had perfect portion control in place. After putting their financials under a microscope, it became clear to me that theft was probably happening. Since the management and crew knew me by sight, I decided to insert my manager, G.I. Joe, undercover for a week. He was to be hired in as a driver / rookie pizza maker and determine who was stealing and how much was being skimmed. He checked in every night and gave me a briefing. It turned out that there was a GM who was dipping heavily and several drivers who were in collusion. They were stealing over a grand a week. We nailed them red-handed and the turnaround began. A year later, my client went from losing $40,000 a year to making $75,000. The $2,000-a-week difference saved the operation.

I have been talking to dozens of operators recently, and many of them have stumbled on to some very serious theft taking place right under their noses. It seems when the economy starts heading down, the cash shortages head up. Is it coincidence or desperation?

Last week I was talking to a client and he told me how he caught a veteran employee stealing from the cash drawer. This employee ran the register during lunch and had memorized the total pricing for the lunch specials. When a crowd gathered at the register, he left the drawer open and collected the right amount from every customer — but didn’t ring every transaction into the POS system. Every 4 or 5 customers he’d close the drawer and play it straight for a while — then he’d do it again.

To accomplish this mental feat of counting how much money the “till drawer” owes you, the average scammer uses “counters”. When pennies or dimes are in the wrong change slot, or paperclips or anything out of the ordinary is in the drawer, counting could be going on.

This scam is only one of the dozen or so that I have discovered at my shop. Some of the most prevalent scams are:

Drivers using coupons they cut out and claimed the customer redeemed at the door. Taking perfectly good food and beverage out to the dumpster under wraps and retrieving it after closing.

Assigning deliveries to other drivers.

Stealing money from the petty cash box.

Stealing cash from the night deposit and feigning an error in addition when the bank calls the next day.

Giving freebies to friends and family.

Theft of company property other than food and cash.

If you suspect that you have a silent partner, develop a few safeguards and traps to catch them. Unannounced cash drawer swaps are very enlightening. Here is my quick-fi x list for slowing the loss:

Drivers will not take coupons at the door that weren’t calculated when the customer called in the order. The exception is a customer can call the store back when the driver is at the door and get the transaction changed on the original order.

All garbage going to the dumpster will be bagged in clear plastic bags. Every bag will have a cup of bleach poured into it before it is tied off. These bags will accumulate at the back door in a plastic wading pool. Every hour or so the manager will walk the trash out to the dumpster.

Fingerprint recognition is a sure-fire way to eliminate accidental or intentional delivery switching at the POS system.

The manager on duty owns the petty cash box. The individual cashiers own their cash register drawers. Overs and shorts will slow down or stop. (While were on it, cash overages scare me more than shortages. This is a positive indicator of theft.)

Two employees count the night deposit and sign the deposit slip. Shortages will stop.

Cashiers can’t ring up family.

Mark all company property with your name. Never let the bookkeeper / accountant touch the money. This list is a starter list so you can do an internal audit on your operation. Things that are measured quite often improve. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 July: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-commentary/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-commentary/ Pizza Today is celebrating the entire month of September with an upcoming issue that’s sure to stand out. Though we feel like we give you the best business advice and how-to information every month, we’re planning something extra special for our September edition. You’re not going to want to miss what we have planned. I […]

The post 2009 July: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: CommentaryPizza Today is celebrating the entire month of September with an upcoming issue that’s sure to stand out. Though we feel like we give you the best business advice and how-to information every month, we’re planning something extra special for our September edition. You’re not going to want to miss what we have planned.

I can’t give away too many details just yet. Just know that we’re planning a major industry event … in print. Think of all the expertise and excitement you find at International Pizza Expo every March, then envision it rolled up tightly and neatly packaged in a convenient, mobile, on-demand product.

Is the picture getting any clearer? Mark your calendars now. The date is obvious — double-check the headline. This is a party unlike any you’ve ever attended before.

While we’re talking about new and alluring things, don’t forget to follow us on Twitter and Facebook, where we’ve recently launched accounts to stay better connected with you. We’re easy to find, and our updates are sure to inform, entertain or provoke thought.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 July: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Did You Know https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-did-you-know/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-did-you-know/ 16 percent of gift cards are never redeemed According to a Pizza Today Web poll, 52 percent of pizzerias serve coffee You can follow Pizza Today on Twitter / www.twitter.com/pizzatoday Montana has 278 pizzerias Giuseppi’s Original Store / Pizzeria Paradiso / Sam & Louie’s Giuseppi’s Original Store Hilton Head Island The Plaza at Shelter Cove […]

The post 2009 July: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Did You Know16 percent of gift cards are never redeemed

According to a Pizza Today Web poll, 52 percent of pizzerias serve coffee

You can follow Pizza Today on Twitter / www.twitter.com/pizzatoday

Montana has 278 pizzerias
Giuseppi’s Original Store / Pizzeria Paradiso / Sam & Louie’s
Giuseppi’s Original Store

Hilton Head Island
The Plaza at Shelter Cove
Hilton Head Island, South Carolina 29928
(843) 785-4144

www.giuseppispizza.com

 

Pittsburgh natives brought Hilton Head Island a taste of home, and locals eat it up. Aside from pizza, however, are the Weggies –– Giuseppi’s trademarked signature sandwich. Ingredients are folded and baked into the company’s handmade dough and topped with lettuce, tomato, onion and its own ranch dressing. The Original Weggie features ham and pepperoni and is served with a pickle spear and chips. Sure you can share, but who wants to?

Pizzeria Paradiso
Dupont Circle 2029 P Street NW
Washington D.C. 20036
(202) 223-1245

www.eatyourpizza.com A wood-burning oven fi red at 650 F takes center stage at this two-unit pizzeria in Washington, D.C. Owner and chef Ruth Gresser has four restaurants under her belt — and given Pizzeria Paradiso’s upscale menu, it isn’t hard to see why. Here, you’ll fi nd pine nuts, potatoes, salami, sun-dried tomatoes and pancetta among the pizza toppings. We especially like the di Mare Pizze, which features tomato, mussels, garlic, parsley and Parmesan.

Sam & Louie’s
5658 N. 103 Street
Omaha, Nbraska 68134
(402) 614-4405

www.samandlouiesnyp.comIs it possible to fi nd New York-style pizza in the Heartland of America? Yes, if you’re dining at Sam & Louie’s, which has several locations throughout Nebraska. The franchised company has a simple menu of pizzas and sandwiches that are sure to please. The Chicken Cordon Bleu pizza caught our eye –– a rich, creamy Alfredo sauce topped with grilled chicken, Canadian bacon and broccoli really stands out!

The post 2009 July: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]> 2009 July: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-five-questions/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-five-questions/ Matthew Ptasienski owns and operates Windy City Pizzeria in Louisville, Kentucky. Located in an ailing part of the River City, about halfway between the University of Louisville and historic Churchill Downs, Windy City, as its name implies, offers its customers a taste of Chicago. PT: You’re pretty much a one-man-show here, right? MP: Pretty much. […]

The post 2009 July: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

fiveQuest01Matthew Ptasienski owns and operates Windy City Pizzeria in Louisville, Kentucky. Located in an ailing part of the River City, about halfway between the University of Louisville and historic Churchill Downs, Windy City, as its name implies, offers its customers a taste of Chicago.

PT: You’re pretty much a one-man-show here, right?

MP: Pretty much. I’m the only one working. I only have one employee. I have a delivery driver who works evenings. He’s extremely competent, and he can do pretty much everything in the shop except cook. And he does. And I can do anything in the shop, so between the two of us he handles all the deliveries and I handle all the cooking. Everything else in between, whoever can do it … does it.

PT: You seem to have a lot of regular customers who either live or work in your neighborhood. Have you gotten to know most of your customers well?

MP: I may not know what everybody’s name is, but I know probably 75 percent of the faces.

PT: Why not hire servers? Do you not have the volume necessary for that?

2009 July: Five QuestionsMP: It’s strictly a business standpoint. In this economy, it’s extremely difficult for me to predict my business day-today. Every time I walk through this door, I have no idea whether I’m going to be slammed or dead. And there’s no rhyme or reason for it. There are very few people in this neighborhood who are willing to come in and work on a Friday, Saturday evening and have one day where they make $6 in tips and the next day they make 50 bucks in tips. There are few people who could put up with that unpredictability. If I hire them and in the first two days they’re here they make 8 bucks in tips in five hours, they ain’t gonna stick around. It’s impractical.

PT: How do you go about cultivating regular customers?

MP: My philosophy is that if I can get them in there the first time, I can get them back. We’ve got a real unique product. I think it’s a high-quality product.

PT: When you first opened, did you find that people in Louisville were familiar with Chicago-style pizza?

MP: No. It took a long time. I opened in the first week of November (11 years ago), and I didn’t start doing stuffed pizza until probably February (of the following year). It was a completely foreign concept to this neighborhood. This neighborhood doesn’t offer a whole lot of variety as far as dining, so it was completely new. Some people took to it really quickly, and some people were put off and didn’t like it at all.

The post 2009 July: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-marketing-matters/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-marketing-matters/ You still standing? Congratulations. It’s been pretty tough lately, to say the least. The good news? If you’ve made it this far, you stand a good chance of surviving this downturn and popping out stronger than ever on the other side. As the weak players fall by the wayside, make sure you’re grabbing up your […]

The post 2009 July: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Marketing MattersYou still standing? Congratulations. It’s been pretty tough lately, to say the least. The good news? If you’ve made it this far, you stand a good chance of surviving this downturn and popping out stronger than ever on the other side.

As the weak players fall by the wayside, make sure you’re grabbing up your fair share of their customers. Fact is, right now is a great time to be sweeping your trade area with a solid message — because as less viable pizzerias trim the ad budget, it means there is less clutter for consumers to sift through. Fewer ads to compare means more opportunity to gain “share of mind and wallet.”

Just the other day I headed out to grab some lunch at a nationally known Tex-Mex restaurant. It’s close to my office and I go there about once a week. I got out of the car … stood confused for a moment … looked up, then down, then sideways. Had I driven to the wrong place? Where was it? Then it hit me — they were suddenly out of business. The sign was already gone.

Can you imagine the huge opportunity this opens up for a sharp Tex-Mex restaurant owner in the area? This is like hitting the mother lode on the first swing of the pick. A fl yer (dropped off to local businesses in person) offering a “no strings attached FREE lunch” would pack the place. When people show up for the free lunch, I would see that each one left with a menu and a hand-written thank-you card that could be used for a free side dish or drink on their next visit (this is called a stealth bounce-back).

In general, value propositions seem to be a key message right now. Wal-Mart keeps pounding this message: “Save Money. Live Better.” They show how much you’ll save each year by preparing one extra meal a week at home ($800). KFC has done a great job of promoting their $4 meal, complete with drink. Domino’s Pizza CEO Dave Brandon starred in the company’s “bailout” commercials. The list goes on. Get out there and reintroduce your pizzeria, your menu and yourself to your neighborhood. Clearly state the benefits they’ll get by choosing your pizzeria over others. Package some meal deals and point out the savings they’ll get by buying more from you. Make it easy for them to make a decision.

Seize this rare opportunity to position your pizzeria to take advantage of trimmed ad budgets and failing competitors. Understand that if people don’t know you’re around, they obviously can’t call or stop by. It’s really back to basics here –– pizzeria marketing 101. Sure it’s a little more work; and it will cost a few bucks. But, if you want what others don’t have, you need to do what others won’t do. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 July: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-simple-ideas/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-july-simple-ideas/ Grape Expectations Many operators make the mistake of overpricing their wine list. When this happens, greater sales are sacrificed. The aim of most pizzerias that serve wine should be to keep prices in the range of $5 to $9 per glass. Only upscale Italian restaurants should deviate from this standard. As for pricing whole bottles, […]

The post 2009 July: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 July: Simple IdeasGrape Expectations

Many operators make the mistake of overpricing their wine list. When this happens, greater sales are sacrificed. The aim of most pizzerias that serve wine should be to keep prices in the range of $5 to $9 per glass. Only upscale Italian restaurants should deviate from this standard. As for pricing whole bottles, traditional theory holds that a threefold markup on all wines is acceptable. Take heed though: this method leads to too high a price on upper-end selections. Try a three-times markup on low end wines and a two-times markup on high-end varietals. This will keep costs manageable for the end user, but still provide you with a fair profit.

Pressing Issue

If your dough is shrinking on you after you form it, the solution could be simpler than you think. In fact, it may just need to relax. How? Let it ferment longer. Or you could even use a fl our with a lower protein content. Just be sure, if you press your dough, that its oil content is at least five percent of the fl our weight.

Seafood Secrets

Consider cooking or grilling seafood ahead and adding it as a topping after your pizza comes out of the oven. This helps control the doneness of the seafood, which can dry out thanks to the oven’s high heat.

simpleIdeas02

Cream of the Crop

Believe it or not, heavy cream is a terrific pizza sauce enhancer. Swirl some of it into a tomato sauce just a few minutes before taking it off the heat. The cream will add a softness and richness to the sauce and will cut some of the tomato’s acidity.

The post 2009 July: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-a-pizza-my-mind/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-a-pizza-my-mind/ A few months ago, I had the pleasure of spending a few days with a client, Carl Hixon. Carl is the proprietor of Georgio’s Pizza in Pensacola, Florida. Every morning, he picked me up at his oceanfront condo and we went to work. One morning was different than the rest. When I walked out to […]

The post 2009 June: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: A Pizza My MindA few months ago, I had the pleasure of spending a few days with a client, Carl Hixon. Carl is the proprietor of Georgio’s Pizza in Pensacola, Florida. Every morning, he picked me up at his oceanfront condo and we went to work. One morning was different than the rest. When I walked out to hop in his truck, I couldn’t help but notice a very large white shopping bag on the roof of his Honda. It had an unmistakable Georgio’s logo on it. It looked like Carl had set it on the roof and forgot it.

In reality it was a ploy. Carl and I really hit it off because his mind is mischievous, like mine. Upon close examination and explanation, Carl peeled the bag off the roof. It was custom-made from extra heavy vinyl and metal wire reinforcing corners. It had a solid bottom and four 50-pound grip magnets. Drain holes in the bottom made it waterproof. It was very well constructed and looked hurricane proof. As we made our 10-minute drive to the restaurant, we became the center of attention for dozens of fellow commuters. They honked, waved, pointed, shouted, waved their hands and made signals to alert us to the fact that we had a bag on the roof of the truck. I couldn’t believe the attention we received. We smiled, waved back and even stopped and thanked them for bringing it to our attention.

In retrospect, I think it would be very memorable if, when we were alerted that the bag was on the roof, we had regular paper shopping bags — logo printed on — to give to the folks we ran across. In the bag would be a menu, bounce-back certificate, refrigerator magnet and other goodies.

I’ve mentioned this idea to a select group of friends, and they are probably going to give it a whirl. In an ocean of horses, the lone zebra stands out. What a way to put a smile on everyone’s face.

If you’d like his spin on how it has worked out for him, Carl has agreed to let Pizza Today print his e-mail address: carlhixon@cox.net. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 June: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Bing in the Green https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-bing-in-the-green/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-bing-in-the-green/ If you’ve overlooked your restaurant’s outdoor decorating, now’s a great time to dig into exterior design. Experts say landscaping around your pizzeria isn’t a frivolous expense: paying attention to your green spaces outside will help you attract more customers, which translates into more greenbacks for your cash register inside. You wouldn’t settle for a restaurant […]

The post 2009 June: Bing in the Green appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Bing in the GreenIf you’ve overlooked your restaurant’s outdoor decorating, now’s a great time to dig into exterior design. Experts say landscaping around your pizzeria isn’t a frivolous expense: paying attention to your green spaces outside will help you attract more customers, which translates into more greenbacks for your cash register inside.

You wouldn’t settle for a restaurant with boring white walls and no interesting interior details, yet many eatery owners disregard landscaping as an unnecessary expense. “Landscape design is really no different than interior design; they merely work with different media,” explains veteran landscape designer Renee French, owner of Land Spectrum, a commercial and residential landscape design firm in Irvine, California. “With landscaping, the designer is working with plants and flowers instead of paint and wallpaper.” She says you should have a color scheme that echoes through not only flower color, but plant and leaf colors, as well.

Some pizza restaurants are so ingrained in a city’s local lore that they could basically operate out of a hole in the wall and they’d still have great business. But for most places, looks really do matter when it comes to attracting customers. “The way you design your landscaping definitely projects an image to potential customers,” says Jerri Pick, a senior associate at Land Arc West, a L.A. metro area landscape design fi rm. “A great landscape can take a restaurant that sort of melted into the background and really help it get noticed from the street, which means more customers stopping in to give it a try and see what this place is all about.”

If you have a limited budget and have to focus on one small area of your business to spruce up with landscaping, choose the front entrance. “It’s so important the entrance to the building sets the stage for what’s to come once the customer is inside,” French says. “Nice pottery planted with attractive accent plants can direct patrons to the front door and make a wonderful welcoming statement.”

The architecture of your restaurant is often a determining factor in landscaping choices. For eateries located in strip malls or other attached buildings, designing green spaces may be more of a challenge, but in these cases, it’s just as — if not more — important to set your space apart from the rest of the look-alike crowd. “A professional landscaping company will have designers on staff who have the expertise to create an attractive yet practical design based upon the physical requirements of the site as well as the client’s needs and wishes,” French explains.

If you want to landscape your restaurant but can’t swallow the price for a professional design and installation, you can try to do it yourself. Just remember that you’re not saving any money if you’re losing time taking care of business matters or you choose plants that won’t look good or thrive in your local climate.

“A professional landscape company can offer a well-thought-out design with the right combination of plant material, lawn areas and hardscapes,” says Darren Schelsky, co-owner of SLI Schelsky’s Landscape and Irrigation Inc. in Eugene, Oregon. Schelsky says while it may mean more up-front cost, hiring a skilled landscaping firm may save you money in the end. “A well-trained crew and modern equipment help ensure the landscaper can install the job efficiently and properly the first time. They will also usually offer a warranty on the material and labor, as well.”

Landscape design isn’t just about planting the right shrubs and flowers, though. It also includes details that compliment and enhance the green space, like seating design, walkways or water features. “We’re seeing an increasing trend in incorporating colorful outdoor furniture, trellis structures, and seasonal plantings in business landscape design,” says Mike Albert, a LEED accredited professional at Design Workshop, Inc., an Aspen, Colorado-based landscape architecture and planning fi rm. Albert says other trends he sees are water features like fountains, which will not only give that “Italian city” feeling to your outdoor space, but can also provide a “white noise” filter that can downplay negatives of outdoor areas like traffic or city noise.

Pick says when you’re choosing planters, consider going for that Italian feel with details like whitewashed terra-cotta planters, and maybe even adding some cascading rosemary to them to boost the sensory stimulation.

And if you have practical needs like fencing in and decorating an outdoor eating area, try to carry through with your restaurant’s overall feel. “You see so many dining patios miss out on landscaping opportunities they could have capitalized on to create a dining area with a real ‘wow’ factor,” says David Dubois, president and CEO of L.A.-based Mission Landscape. “You want people to see your restaurant and think, ‘I want to know what’s going on in there.’ You want it to be eye-catching and inviting.”

Once you’ve had your restaurant’s outdoor look designed and installed, don’t forget to include excellent maintenance into your upkeep budget. Even if you’ve designed a low-maintenance look, that doesn’t mean you can plant it and forget it.

“Low-maintenance doesn’t mean ‘no maintenance,’ ” French says. “All plants require some form of maintenance throughout the year.” Using an outside maintenance company or contracting with the fi rm that installed your landscape may be an added expense, but if you’re dedicated to improving the look and feel of your restaurant with vibrant exterior areas, it’s a good investment. “It’s well worth the money to not lose plant material to improper care,” French says. “In other words, let the restaurant owner focus on what he does best and let the landscape company do what they do best.” ?

Outside In: Great interior plantscaping

You may want to keep your restaurant’s temperature cool during the summer months, but French says warming up your interior design with plants and other earthy details is a good move any time of year.

“Interior plants add a warm, earthy feel to any environment, and they have the added benefit of improving your interior air quality,” she says. But make sure you don’t go Tuscan Villa on the outside and English Garden on the inside. Coordinate your interior and exterior organic designs so the spaces flow seamlessly together despite their physical separation.

One way to do this is ask your exterior landscape designer if anyone at the same fi rm specializes in interior plant services. Even if they don’t, they might be able to refer you to someone who can help you choose the right indoor plants to create the ambiance and decor you’re looking for.

Alyson McNutt English is an award-winning freelance writer specializing in home, health, family and green topics. She lives in Huntsville, Alabama.

The post 2009 June: Bing in the Green appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Creating Consistency https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-creating-consistency/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-creating-consistency/ In order for their staff to stand out, operators should consider what their staff is wearing. Are the employees easy to spot? Are their shirts clean and wrinkle-free? Are their shoes appropriate? Do they look professional? Are their clothes accurately representing the image and style of the restaurant? What do customers see when they look […]

The post 2009 June: Creating Consistency appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Creating ConsistencyIn order for their staff to stand out, operators should consider what their staff is wearing. Are the employees easy to spot? Are their shirts clean and wrinkle-free? Are their shoes appropriate? Do they look professional? Are their clothes accurately representing the image and style of the restaurant? What do customers see when they look at your staff? Because a picture is worth a thousand words, what the staff wears sends a message about a restaurant. Operators should make sure that message is the right one.

“Uniforms are a very important branding element. It is a great way to further your brand, and a great way to show the culture of the restaurant or reinforce the style of the restaurant,” says Kimber Johnson, creative director with Lamb Creative and partner with 360 RDD in Scottsdale, Arizona. “You decorate, create menus … uniforms are an inexpensive way to almost decorate your restaurant.”

Ron Santibanez, founder and president of Profit Line Consulting in Moreno Valley, California, agrees that “uniforms play an important role in the branding of any restaurant.”

creatingConsistency02

Uniforms should make spotting an employee easy, because hungry customers want service fast. Uniforms are not just pretty, either — they can put the focus on the good work of good workers.

“Sharp-looking uniforms possibly attract better employees,” Johnson theorizes. “When you look better, you feel better. Looking sharp — go 120 percent of the way — presenting yourself well is in your best interest. You are at a disadvantage if you don’t do uniforms, because the other guy will.”

When choosing the type of uniform, whether it is dress shirts and ties or t-shirts and caps, or something more extravagant, operators should keep their employees’ comfort and budget in mind. No one enjoys working in uncomfortable conditions, and that includes what clothes are made of and how well they take a beating in the washer and dryer — because an employee who lives on tips cannot afford to keep replacing a poor-quality uniform.

“We live in fashion forward times. There is more opportunity to dress your staff, more brands, and more options. It’s a good time to put your staff in great-looking uniforms; ten years ago it wasn’t like that,” Johnson says, adding that seasonal temperatures like 115 degrees during an Arizona summer can dictate some uniform choices.

“Regarding the life of uniforms, pick options that are going to wear well; good brands, good fabrics that are not going to shrink in the wash. Make smart choices with uniforms, because your employees will appreciate it. Give access to products they won’t have to replace all the time. Blends tend to be better, but it depends on where you are; some, like the all-cotton, are driven by climate and culture,” Johnson says.

Asking questions while concentrating on the staff’s needs will help operators find the right uniform. Uniforms should be a perfect fit for all the employees.

“Companies tend to design the uniforms for the female; they assume they’ll have a female wait staff. You can find a good balance with your employees — different shirts for males and females — not exactly the same, but complementary,” Johnson says. Establishing a dress code policy is also important when it comes to uniforms. Operators may consider addressing issues and making rules on things such as piercings, tattoos, footwear, use of perfume or cologne, even make-up and hairstyle in the dress code policy.

“Dress codes should be established so that employees cannot add accessories that distract from the overall appearance. Uniforms should be replaced when they appear worn,” Santibanez said. Johnson agrees with making the dress code clear and well-documented by posting the uniform designs and policy where the staff easily can see them.

creatingConsistency03

“It’s important that the employer stick to the specs. Make people go home and change. Make policy, document it, and implement it so there are no questions,” Johnson says. Although establishing a dress code policy is essential to producing a successful uniform, operators can change the uniform itself when the time is right.

“It is reasonable to change it up. Uniforms are not the same as a logo,” Johnson said.

Specific uniforms can dress up or dress down a restaurant’s image. And with so many options from all-cotton to fabric blends, t-shirts to polo shirts with baseball caps to button down dress shirts with ties, operators can design the uniform that best fits their restaurant. Even a general dress code like white shirts and black pants or red shirts can help operators define the look of their staff and promote their restaurant’s image. Because when a staff stands out in a positive way, customers will sit down ready and eager to be served. ?

DeAnn Owens is a freelance writer based in Ohio. She specializes in features.

The post 2009 June: Creating Consistency appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-did-you-know/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-did-you-know/ The restaurant industry employs 13 million people in the United States. According to Technomic 77 percent of consumers eat pizza more than once per month, and 35 percent eat pizza more than once per week. 2008-2009 In a recent Pizza Today.com poll, 64 percent of operators said their March 2009 sales were flat or up […]

The post 2009 June: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Did You Know?The restaurant industry employs 13 million people in the United States.

According to Technomic 77 percent of consumers eat pizza more than once per month, and 35 percent eat pizza more than once per week.

2008-2009

In a recent Pizza Today.com poll, 64 percent of operators said their March 2009 sales were flat or up compared to March 08 sales

Iowa has 1,266 pizzerias.
Tomatina / Wig and Pen Pizza Pub / Abbot’s Pizza Company

Tomatina
1338 Park Street
Alameda, CA 94501
(510) 521-1000

www.tomatina.com Dough, sauces and dressings made from scratch. Artisan, hand-stretched pizzas. Fresh, seasonal ingredients. Unique menu combinations. Beautiful, airy restaurants. There’s plenty to love about Tomatina, the five-store Bay Area operation based in Alameda. The company is proud of its piadine, a warm-from-the-oven flatbread topped with salad. Part wrap, part sandwich, part pizza, the piadine is indeed unique. No wonder customers on the east side of the Bay can’t get enough!

Wig and Pen Pizza Pub
363 North 1st Avenue
Iowa City, IA 52246
(319) 351-2327

www.wigandpeneast.com We’re not exactly sure what it means, but we nominate Wig and Pen for the most unique pizzeria name in the nation! The company offers pizza in three different thicknesses, ranging from thin to a Chicago-style stuffed. We’re partial to the Battered Zucchini Sticks and the Breaded Ravioli, but it’s difficult to go wrong with Wig and Pen’s varied menu.

Abbot’s Pizza Company
1407 Abbot Kinney Boulevard
Venice, CA 90291
(310) 396-7334

www.myspace.com/abbotspizza Abbot’s touts its New York-style pizza, but it definitely has a California twist. Though it sells slices, its gourmet whole pies are the real conversation starters. The Five Onion pizza (leeks, shallots, red onion, green onion and yellow onion, along with fontina, mozzarella and Romano cheeses and an olive pesto sauce) may not be for everyone, but it has its devotees. For something trendier, Abbot’s offers the Spicy Chicken — a red-sauce pizza featuring marinated chicken with a jalapeño medley.

The post 2009 June: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-dough-doctor/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-dough-doctor/ Take-and-bake pizza is growing in popularity, and I constantly get questions on how to make it without preparing special dough. At one time or another, you may have been asked to prepare a par-baked pizza for a customer. What you actually did was make an early version of a take-and-bake pizza. Years ago, we used […]

The post 2009 June: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Dough DoctorTake-and-bake pizza is growing in popularity, and I constantly get questions on how to make it without preparing special dough. At one time or another, you may have been asked to prepare a par-baked pizza for a customer. What you actually did was make an early version of a take-and-bake pizza. Years ago, we used to call them par-baked pizzas, or if we got it from the supermarket, it might have been referred to as a deli pizza.

With the advent of dedicated take-and-bake pizza stores, plus the availability of take-and-bake /bake-to-rise pizzas in supermarket frozen-food display cases, the take-and-bake pizza has finally taken on an identity of its own. Today’s take-and-bake pizza is made on a raw, unbaked dough skin, which allows the dough to rise during baking in the consumer’s oven, imparting a more desirable appearance, eating texture and flavor to the freshly baked pizza.

While we can develop dough specific to making take-and-bake pizzas as the take-and-bake chains have done, can we also alter our regular pizza dough to allow it to be successfully employed in this growing segment? There are two basic approaches that we can take. Both call for modifications only to the dough management procedure, so we don’t need to worry about making changes to the dough formula itself.

The first procedure of the two is probably the easiest to implement. Let’s assume that the dough has been through your dough management procedure and has just come out of the cooler. You will need to experiment a little to determine the minimum time to allow the dough to sit at room temperature before opening and shaping it. Then, begin opening all of the dough balls needed for take-and-bake pizzas into pizza skins. Place the opened skins onto wire screens and store on a wire tree rack in the cooler. Try to get the skins into the cooler as quickly as possible after opening them. The object is to keep them as cold as possible.

As soon as you have a rack filled with skins, allow it to remain uncovered for an additional 30 minutes, then cover the rack with a suitable plastic bag to prevent drying. After the dough skins have been in the cooler for an hour, transfer them to a location convenient to the prep table so they are always nearby when an order is received for a take-and-bake pizza. Keep in mind when making the dough skins that many home ovens may not accommodate pizzas much larger than 14- or 16-inches. Dock the dough skin and place it onto a piece of oven parchment paper, or one of the ovenable trays designed specifically for take-and-bake pizzas. If you use an ovenable tray, it is suggested that it be lightly oiled before placing the dough skin onto it. This will ensure a satisfactory release of the dough from the tray if the consumer holds the pizza in their refrigerator for a longer time than recommended. Brush the dough skin lightly with olive oil, or blended oil, then dress it to order with sauce and toppings as normal. The pizza is now ready to be wrapped and sent home with

the consumer. Some stores will send the pizza home with just the wrap on it, while others like to place the wrapped pizza into a box for additional protection. In either case, be sure to mark the pizza “KEEP REFRIGERATED”, “DO NOT FREEZE” and add a use-by date, too. Provide complete baking instructions with the pizza for both gas and electric ovens, and it’s probably a good idea to also mark it with a “DO NOT MICROWAVE” label while you’re at it.

The second procedure is the least intrusive –– it requires the least amount of forethought or preparation to implement. The one drawback to this procedure, however, is that it tends to give the shortest shelf life and is least tolerant to any temperature abuse that the pizza might receive at the hands of the consumer. In this procedure, the dough is handled completely in your normal manner right up to the point where the dough is opened to form pizza skins. As soon as the skins are formed, they are placed on wire screens and stored in wire racks in the cooler. Be sure to leave the racks of dough uncovered in the cooler for at least 30 minutes to ensure adequate cooling of the dough skins, and then cover the racks of dough with a plastic bag to prevent drying. For a take-and-bake order, remove a dough skin from the rack and dock it well, then brush it lightly with olive oil or a blended oil, place it onto a sheet of oven parchment paper, or one of the ovenable trays designed specifically for take-and-bake applications. Be sure to lightly oil the tray before placing the dough skin into it, as this will ensure a satisfactory release of the crust from the tray in the event that the consumer holds the pizza in their refrigerator longer than the recommended time, and then dress it with sauce and the desired toppings. The packaging would be the same as stated above for the first procedure. The reason why this procedure doesn’t give a finished product with quite as much tolerance to consumer abuse is because of the potential for additional fermentation time that the dough can receive when handled in this manner. In the first procedure, the potential fermentation time has been reduced by as much as three hours, which can add substantially to the dough’s tolerance to consumer (storage time and temperature) abuse.

In some cases, complaints may be received from the consumers that the dough/crust doesn’t color up well during baking in their home ovens. If you should experience this, you will need to prepare special dough just for your take-and-bake pizzas. The only formula modification that you will need to make is to increase the level of sugar added to the dough to 5 percent of the total fl our weight (fl our weight x 5 then press the “%” key and read the amount of sugar to add in the display window of your calculator). The added sugar will contribute significantly towards obtaining a darker crust color in a consumer type oven. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas

The post 2009 June: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-five-questions/ Fri, 08 Mar 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-five-questions/ Tom Iannarino owns and operates Terita’s Pizza in the Northland area of Columbus, Ohio. Iannarino’s father, Gus, founded the restaurant in 1959, two years before Tom was born. The younger Iannarino grew up in the family business — which only offers carryout service — and personally runs the store daily. PT: Terita’s is about to […]

The post 2009 June: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 June: Five QuestionsTom Iannarino owns and operates Terita’s Pizza in the Northland area of Columbus, Ohio. Iannarino’s father, Gus, founded the restaurant in 1959, two years before Tom was born. The younger Iannarino grew up in the family business — which only offers carryout service — and personally runs the store daily.

PT: Terita’s is about to celebrate its 50th anniversary. How does that feel?

TI: It feels great. My dad started this business back in ’59 on a spur of the moment. He’d been in the insurance business. People thought it would never last, and now here we are 50 years later. It’s the only job I’ve ever had.

fiveQuest02PT: You’ve never worked anywhere else?

TI: I was interested in the fire department and did work part-time in a township, but that’s my second love.

PT: What’s the biggest challenge you face as a smallbusiness owner?
TI: The everyday change of the product prices. Every time you turn around a product is going up on you. It’s neverending and it really hurts us small people. We just have to take it and bite the bullet, though. Dad drove it in my mind to never cheapen the product.

PT: How has the recession affected your business?

TIfiveQuest03: I can’t really say it’s been affecting us. We’re all carryout. We don’t deliver or have dine-in, and it’s been that way for 50 years. People can grab a couple of pizzas and feed their families rather than go out to a sit-down restaurant. It’s a lot cheaper. I can’t really complain.

PT: Can you share a secret Terita’s has learned after half-a-century in business?

TI: Well, when things get tough, a lot of people end up cheapening their products. That’s a mistake. We don’t do that.

The post 2009 June: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Commentary: A Customer Service Failure https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-commentary/ Thu, 28 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-commentary/ The pizza arrived blackened. And by that I do not mean merely overcooked or even slightly burned on the bottom — I mean “end of times” black. We posted a picture of it on our Facebook page (search: Pizza Today) with a short caption and it went viral. The comments and shares from pizzeria owners […]

The post Commentary: A Customer Service Failure appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Jeremy White, Commentary — A Customer Service FailureThe pizza arrived blackened. And by that I do not mean merely overcooked or even slightly burned on the bottom — I mean “end of times” black. We posted a picture of it on our Facebook page (search: Pizza Today) with a short caption and it went viral. The comments and shares from pizzeria owners ran deep. They could not believe a pizza shop would send the charcoal black pizza to a customer.

Neither could we. We needed a pan pizza for a photo shoot and simply did not have time to make it ourselves before our deadline. We called an independent pizzeria just blocks away from our office and placed the order –– anonymously, of course. When we opened the box, our jaws dropped. Our managing editor, Mandy Detwiler, placed a call to the shop. She asked to speak to the manager regarding a burned pizza. After five minutes on hold, Mandy was informed the manager was busy helping in the kitchen because someone didn’t show up to work that day (the customer’s problem?). Mandy was promised a return call from the manager.

Well, the return call came — but not from the manager. Again, too busy. But the employee was courteous and apologetic. She explained the reason for the burned pizza (their inexperienced crew had turned the deck ovens up too high in the morning) and offered to make it right by sending a gift card. That did nothing to satisfy our needs for a photogenic pizza or to remedy our hunger, but it was a gesture that, as pure customers, we appreciated. She was working to make it right.

The best part of the story — at least it gave me a chuckle — was when the employee called Mandy back to get the address to which the gift card should be sent. “908 South 8th Street,” Mandy said … “Care of Pizza Today magazine…” There was a gasp at the other end of the line. The poor girl couldn’t believe they just sent a national magazine a product even a hog wouldn’t eat. But, in reality, we are absolutely the best office in America for this sort of mistake. We understand. Others do not. At some point it becomes not about the poor product that was served, but about the service the unhappy customer receives post-mistake.

What would you personally have done in this situation had that call come into your pizzeria? Would you have returned the call yourself? Would you be happy if you learned that the hostess instead of the manager called the customer back when the customer specifically asked to speak to the manger? Would you have delivered a new pizza immediately along with the gift card? These are all questions that our staff has asked one another and our operator friends since the blackened pizza left us all feeling blue.

I’d love to hear your thoughts on how you would have settled the matter if it occurred in your pizzeria. Please e-mail me at the address below.

Best,
Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post Commentary: A Customer Service Failure appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Conversation with Juli Ghazi, Pure Pizza, Charlotte, NC https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-conversation/ Thu, 28 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-conversation/ Pure Pizza Charlotte, North Carolina Pure Pizza, a farm-to-table pizzeria opened in Charlotte’s 7th Street Market in May 2012. The location allows Pure to source many of its ingredients at the market. What makes our pizza healthier is a combination of things. It first starts with the dough we use — our organic ancient grain […]

The post Conversation with Juli Ghazi, Pure Pizza, Charlotte, NC appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2013 March: ConversationPure Pizza
Charlotte, North Carolina
Pure Pizza, a farm-to-table pizzeria opened in Charlotte’s 7th Street Market in May 2012. The location allows Pure to source many of its ingredients at the market.

What makes our pizza healthier is a combination of things. It first starts with the dough we use — our organic ancient grain crust is a nutritionally rich proprietary blend of ancient grains without the added sugar, molasses, high fructose corn syrup or other fillers in a lot of other pizza dough. It’s the pure grains delivered to you in pizza dough form. Since our bodies need good carbohydrates, this dough has been really well received by our diabetic customers.

The sprouted ancient grain is a proprietary blend of grains including, but not limited to, quinoa, amaranth and buckwheat. It has only a small amount of wheat to provide the gluten necessary to transform it into pizza dough. Because it is only a small percentage of wheat, it tastes nothing like traditional wheat crust. The flavor profile is nutty and earthy and quite unique. The characteristics of the crust are light and airy, thin with the perfect amount of chew and crisp.

We then use an organic, low-sodium tomato sauce and a variety of low-fat cheeses as the base for an unbelievable finished product. Our toppings are sourced through our local farming community or organic grow houses in the Southeast. We believe in supporting agriculture that practices organic and sustainable farming methods. Inherently, it all goes into our bodies — the chemicals, antibiotics and hormones used in most conventional/commercial approaches — therefore we choose to be a part of a healthier solution for our future.

Our current location adds to our mission because we are nestled inside of an urban space — The 7th Street Public Market. We are surrounded by other locally focused food purveyors with a common goal of offering high quality, local and organic foods that focus on our region. It’s a very collaborative space. We are fortunate because we buy from several of the other shopkeepers — things like cheese, produce, bacon, ground beef and olive oil/vinegar. We are a “location within a location” so there are definite pros and cons. We are the benefactor of ambient traffic flow, but then again, we are one of the major drivers of foot traffic within the market.

Because we are a different kind of pizzeria, we really had to make a strong connection with those pizza lovers out there. And, because of our location, we had to establish our own identity. So well before we sold our first pizza, we were social media crazy!

It was a hard sell at first to convince my business partner of the need to hire a professional videographer to film us. But when he saw the first video produced and the response to it from our social media outlets, we were off to the races to produce more. The intention was to create a visual interpretation of Farm-2-Fork. We went on location to a variety of our partners to show who they are and what they do; everything from a mushroom farm, a 40-year organic farm, one of Charlotte’s favorite local breweries and a bee keeper. The followers really connected in a resounding way. We had fans says, “How can I be craving something I’ve never tasted!”

The post Conversation with Juli Ghazi, Pure Pizza, Charlotte, NC appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
My Turn: Michael Bausch — Andolini’s Pizzeria, Tulsa, Oklahoma https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-my-turn/ Thu, 28 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2013-march-my-turn/ What movie would you rather see: one on the life and times of Babe Ruth or one about Barry Bonds? I think even the most ardent Giants fan wants to be in with the original. Think of other originals and their imitators: the Beatles to the Monkees, “Baywatch” to “Acapulco H.E.A.T,” “Armageddon” to “Deep Impact,”and […]

The post My Turn: Michael Bausch — Andolini’s Pizzeria, Tulsa, Oklahoma appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2013 March: My TurnWhat movie would you rather see: one on the life and times of Babe Ruth or one about Barry Bonds? I think even the most ardent Giants fan wants to be in with the original. Think of other originals and their imitators: the Beatles to the Monkees, “Baywatch” to “Acapulco H.E.A.T,” “Armageddon” to “Deep Impact,”and everything in between. Then ask yourself: “Is my pizzeria a true original or an imitation?”

We see it all the time in movies, TV and music — and we call it out as phony. What we seem to not call out is when it happens in the restaurant industry. Exactly the same generic Chinese joint, the same enchiladas at Señor Fill-in-the-Blank’s and the same stock photos on the wall at every pre-packaged pizza place. Even Original Ray’s ain’t original.

You may be an independent, but is your business independently minded? Are you buying the same stock items from your food vendor and doing the same stock things with those items that every pizza place is doing? Saying: “But we use grated Parm instead of shredded!” is not a real differentiator. Maybe you’re lucky and you’re the only one in town doing it (now), but if someone could open shop and duplicate everything you do, including using grated Parm, then you are anything but safe. Just being “Home of the_____” is not enough. You need to dig deep and be the original You — and have your brand follow that lead.

That’s why YOU have to build a brand, and then respect that brand. Cultivate that brand: what are the ideals of your brand? What does it say about what’s important at your place? Figuring out if it says anything at all at the moment would be a good place to start.

In 2005, Andolini’s Pizzeria hit a point where money was tight. Anyone could buy the same frozen raviolis, throw some sauce on them and –– boom!, we would become just another pizza and Italian place. Facing that reality, we decided instead to make everything from scratch.

Along with that we decided to come up with food items that no one else was doing. We were always asking ourselves: “What would we need to do and be to survive the New York or San Francisco dining scene?” and not just simply to make it in Tulsa.

That strategy has paid off for us and I write this not to say: “Hey look at me! I think I’m fancy and special.” No, I write this because I wish someone said it to me the day Andolini’s Pizzeria opened and saved me some heartache. I wish someone had reminded me that being an individual is why you opened this place. Don’t try to do your competition’s brand better than they do; try to invent a new brand identity that has never been done. At the very least, that hasn’t been done in the place you’re operating.

When someone copies you, know that it’s a sign of desperation. Don’t be desperate yourself and return the favor. Just be you. I don’t remember the Beatles trying to cover “Daydream Believer.”

Here’s where to start: what is generic about your store? The menus, the pizza names, even the pepper shakers — what have you seen already? Now slowly change that in your image. Does your logo and name inspire confidence or does it perpetuate clichés? Is it instantly recognizable as you? There is no one right answer to this other than to say if someone plopped into a seat at your restaurant in Anytown America, when he left, would he know and remember where he had just been? Or would he (or she) more likely say: “Yeah, I’ve think I ate there once. It was pretty standard.” If you got into this to make fantastic pizzas, then I applaud you. Get that idea and goal out to as many people as possible by increasing and bettering your brand.

Michael Bausch owns Andolini’s Pizzeria in Tulsa, Oklahoma.

The post My Turn: Michael Bausch — Andolini’s Pizzeria, Tulsa, Oklahoma appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Success! https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-success/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-success/ The state of the U.S. economy is no laughing matter, but pizzeria operators are serious about remaining profitable in the face of the recession. That’s the message that came out of International Pizza Expo 2009 this spring. Nearly 5,700 operators attended the 25th Anniversary edition of the show at the Las Vegas Convention Center March […]

The post 2009 May: Success! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 May: Success!The state of the U.S. economy is no laughing matter, but pizzeria operators are serious about remaining profitable in the face of the recession. That’s the message that came out of International Pizza Expo 2009 this spring. Nearly 5,700 operators attended the 25th Anniversary edition of the show at the Las Vegas Convention Center March 10-12, and their overriding mission was to propel the industry forward with the help of vendors and industry experts.

homeRun02

“The show was a smashing success,” says Jeremy White, Pizza Today’s editor-in-chief. “I’m sure a lot of people, particularly exhibitors, walked in not really sure what to expect. The number of pre-registrations were lower than in recent years, and that was a direct reflection of the doom and gloom we’re hearing about in the daily news. But what’s going on in the financial world didn’t deter pizzeria owners from turning out in near record numbers.”

homeRun03

In fact, International Pizza Expo 2009 turned out to be one of the largest shows in the Expo’s 25-year history. When asked why he thought the turnout was so high, White pointed to the resilience of pizzeria owners.

“These people don’t have the backing of large corporations and investors with bottomless pockets,” he says. “They’ve built their small businesses with sweat equity, and they’re proud of what they have, as they should be. When the economy tanks and we’re looking at one of the worst recessions in U.S. history, you better believe pizzeria operators are going to tighten their belts and go to work. They aren’t simply trying to keep a stock price at a certain level — this is their livelihood. If they don’t stay profitable, their business goes down and they’re in the unemployment line.

homeRun04homeRun05homeRun06

 

“The attendees at this year’s show were more serious than I’ve ever seen them be before. They were there to take in every seminar, to examine every product or service or idea on the show floor. They were ready to buy as long as the purchase was going to enable them to increase sales or operating efficiency in some fashion. It was invigorating to see.”

This year’s show featured two keynote speakers — Mike Mrlik of Gatti’s Pizza and Joey Todaro of La Nova Pizzeria. In addition, there were more than 60 concurrent educational seminars that covered everything from wine to customer service. In “Talk of the Town,” Scott Anthony offered tips for getting your pizzeria mentioned in the local press. In “How to Recession-Proof Your Business,” Bryan Dodge argued that it’s the people — not the food — that make a pizzeria special.

Other seminars paved the way for pizzerias to be more eco-friendly or gave leadership tips. But they all had one thing in common: “Each of the seminars were led by dynamic, qualified experts and were geared toward offering solutions to the problems today’s pizzeria owners face,” says White. “The goal is for our speakers to throw out ideas that our attendees can put into action immediately. They don’t want to wait until August to make meaningful changes. They want to take control now.”

homeRun08homeRun09homeRun10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

While the seminars are a key component to the tradeshow, the glitz and glamour often accompany the competitive events. And International Pizza Expo organizers took the competitions to an entirely new level this year.

“The show gave away more prize money than ever before,” White says. “It amazes me that Bill Oakley and his staff, who plan and produce the Expo, somehow fi nd a way to make it bigger and better every year. The Expo gave away $32,000 in prize money this year, plus another $25,000 to end the show with the Mega Bucks Giveaway.”

homeRun11

This year, the International Pizza Challenge was divided into two categories: traditional and non-traditional. Scot Cosentino of Goodfella’s Pizza in Staten Island, New York, took top honors in the traditional competition. Grazziano Bertuzzo, meanwhile, won the non-traditional category. Bertuzzo, from Brian, Lecce, Italy, then squared off with and defeated Cosentino in a blind-box competition between the two winners. The additional round required the use of a secret ingredient — fresh mushrooms — and carried a $5,000 cash prize (both Cosentino and Bertuzzo were awarded $10,000 for winning their respective categories) as well as “World Champion Pizzaiolo” bragging rights. It was Bertuzzo’s second consecutive win.

Let’s not forget the “Rockin’ Party,” which featured the World Pizza Games fi nals. The Games featured fi ve different disciplines, all but one of which involved pizza dough: freestyle acrobatics, fastest dough, fastest box folding, largest dough and longest spin. For results, see the sidebar above. “The World Pizza Games were a ton of fun,” says White. “The Rockin’ Party is a great place to unwind and meet people within this industry, and the entertainment and ‘wow-factor’ provided by the Games are second-to-none. It’s truly a can’t-miss event at the Expo every year.”

In fact, says White, those who missed the show can view some of the action on Pizza Today’s Video Spot. “Just go to PizzaToday.com and play the featured video,” White says. “Throughout the year we’ll be highlighting footage we captured at International Pizza Expo 2009. We’ll also be conducting pizzeria tours, looking ahead to next year’s Expo and, of course, bringing Chef Jay (Pizza Today foodstylist Jerry Washington) back for his demonstrations and delightful dishes.”

homeRun13

World Pizza Games Results

 

 

 

 

 

homeRun12

First Division Freestyle Acrobatics
1. Justin Wadstein, Kianti’s Pizza & Pasta Bar, Santa Cruz, California
2. Akaogi Kazuya, Aromavita, Japan
3. Jamie Culliton, Grimaldi’s, Tucson, Arizona

Fastest Dough
1. Richard Allen, Cousin Vinnie’s Pizza, Dayton, Ohio
2. Bruno DiFabio, Country Cottage, Buffalo New York
3. Giuseppe Lucia, 210 Giglio Pizzeria, Italy

Fastest Box Folding
1. Justin Stokes, Sparky’s Pizzeria, Urbana, Ohio
2. Mo Rashad, Cousin Vinnie’s Pizzeria, Dayton, Ohio
3. Mike Kelly, Grimaldi’s, Tucson, Arizona

Largest Dough
1. Spencer Glenn, Pizza My Heart, San Jose, California
2. Eric Corbin, Grimaldi’s, Tucson, Arizona
3. Giuseppe Lucia, 210 Giglio Pizzeria, Tucson, Arizona

Longest Spin
1. Akaogi Kazuya, Aromavita, Japan
2. Jamie Culliton, Grimaldi’s, Tucson, Arizona
3. David Sommers, Mad Mushroom Pizza, West Lafayette, Indiana

This report compiled by members of the Pizza Today and Pizza Expo staff.

The post 2009 May: Success! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-commentary/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-june-commentary/ This past spring wasn’t an overly joyous time for Domino’s Pizza. In April, an employee at a franchised store in Conover, North Carolina, used a video camera to document her co-worker in the act of violating numerous food safety measures. The pizza maker — actually, he was constructing sandwiches at the time — made hundreds […]

The post 2009 June: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 June: CommentaryThis past spring wasn’t an overly joyous time for Domino’s Pizza. In April, an employee at a franchised store in Conover, North Carolina, used a video camera to document her co-worker in the act of violating numerous food safety measures. The pizza maker — actually, he was constructing sandwiches at the time — made hundreds of thousands of stomachs turn in the video that quickly went viral on YouTube.

It was a nightmare for the delivery giant, which already was struggling with lackluster sales in its U.S. stores. Thanks to the action of two wayward individuals, a brand that has built a reputation over half a century was quickly and severely damaged. That’s the power of the Internet. That’s the power sites like Twitter, Facebook, MySpace and YouTube wield.

Though it’s now June, I am writing this column in April. Domino’s is getting mixed reviews for its response to the crisis, and rightfully so. While I sympathize with the position in which Domino’s found itself after the video got traction, I can’t understand why it took the company so long to go into crisis-response mode. We now live in an age where information hits the masses instantaneously — but Domino’s didn’t have any meaningful response to the video until two days after it was first posted on YouTube. In the meantime, the problem only worsened as more people viewed the video and blogged about it online.

Perhaps the Domino’s braintrust hoped the video would go unnoticed if they didn’t draw attention to it. Perhaps, being a giant, the company simply moves slowly by virtue of the amount of red tape it has to cut to get anything accomplished. I don’t know. But I do know this: for consumers, the video was the ultimate scarecrow.

“How often does that happen in other Domino’s stores?” Americans logically wondered. But the video didn’t just taint the Michigan-based franchise — it tainted all restaurants, in my opinion. If this can happen in a Domino’s store in North Carolina, is it out of the question that it can also happen in an independent pizzeria in Des Moines or a seafood restaurant in Portland?

It’s no secret that things like this occur from time to time in professional kitchens. Though the foodservice industry does its best to hide such cases, I’ve worked in enough restaurants and have watched enough hidden-camera television shows to know that the public can’t always trust those who handle its food.

Thankfully, acts of this nature are few and far between. The overwhelming majority of foodservice workers are honest, safety-conscious people who realize their actions can affect the health of others.

But the hoards that viewed the embarrassing Domino’s video can’t be faulted for wondering how prevalent these acts are within the foodservice industry. Right or wrong, all restaurants are facing a public indictment over this — yours included. You can’t be in your restaurant at all times, but you are responsible for what happens in it, even while you’re away. If you’ve not already taken steps to ensure something like this doesn’t happen to you, do so now, before it’s too late.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 June: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-a-pizza-my-mind/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-a-pizza-my-mind/ The pizza business is currently drifting in unchartered waters. The old model of making, baking and serving a praiseworthy pizza with a smile just isn’t enough to pay the bills anymore. What are we to do to prosper in the future? I’ve heard this question a thousand times at International Pizza Expo and other events […]

The post 2009 May: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: A Pizza My MindThe pizza business is currently drifting in unchartered waters. The old model of making, baking and serving a praiseworthy pizza with a smile just isn’t enough to pay the bills anymore. What are we to do to prosper in the future? I’ve heard this question a thousand times at International Pizza Expo and other events this year. Here is my take on how to deal with the “new” normal way of thriving in the pizza business.

I’m going to make a big assumption here. Your pizza, salads, sandwiches and other menu offerings are absolutely the best. If you have any doubts on your products, you’d better be working on raising the bar. I’ll make another big assumption –– your entire staff is on their game. They have emotionally bought in to your way of doing business, have the service mentality DNA gene and have been trained to over deliver service.

Praiseworthy pizza as well as memorable service are the new watermarks for being recession proof.

The overwhelming majority of operators I visit and work closely with are at the top of their game in product and service. The big roadblock that keeps them in the “just getting by” lifestyle is, in my humble opinion, accountability.

To whom do you answer when your profitability tanks? Do you know where to look for and how to follow the money trail? Or do you play the blame game? I can’t tell you how many times I’ve asked the question, “What are you doing different to change your status quo?” Well, what are you doing different? Have you developed an iron grip on portion control? Are you getting timely accurate financials from a real accountant that really understands your business? Do you understand accounting? Does this person ever challenge your financial decisions and percentages? I predict that in the future, only the business savvy entrepreneurs will thrive.

Nobody ever told me that I would need a depth of knowledge that would rival a lawyer and accountant when I opened the first Big Dave’s Pizza in 1972. Back then in the dark ages, all you needed was praiseworthy pies and service with a smile. You also had to enroll in the School of Hard Knocks. My personal tuition bill ran into six figures with all the bad decisions I made. I know I have an MBA and probably a PhD if I ever quantified the money I lost, left on the table and just plain had stolen from me in my career. Then again, there was no one to ask and nowhere to go for answers. Now, there is. See you on the Pizza Today Bulletin Boards. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 May: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-did-you-know/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-did-you-know/ Americans spend approximately $1.55 billion a day dining out.” 58 percent of respondents to a recent PizzaToday.com operator survey say pizza accounts for 70 percent, or more, of their food sales. 91 percent of restaurants in the U.S. have fewer than 50 employees, according to the National Restaurant Association. New Mexico has 346 pizzerias. The […]

The post 2009 May: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Did You Know?Americans spend approximately $1.55 billion a day dining out.”

58 percent of respondents to a recent PizzaToday.com operator survey say pizza accounts for 70 percent, or more, of their food sales.

91 percent of restaurants in the U.S. have fewer than 50 employees, according to the National Restaurant Association.

New Mexico has 346 pizzerias.
The Wedge Pizzeria / Victoria’s New York Pizzeria / Manville Pizza & Restaurant
The Wedge Pizzeria

517 S. Riverside Drive
Iowa City, IA 52240
(319) 337-6677

www.thewedgepizza.comPizza by the slice is a way of life here. This is a no-frills pizza joint with a simple menu: pizza, salads, lasagna, calzones and breadsticks. The specialty pizzas steal the show with options like Thai peanut sauce, bean and garlic sauce, white cheddar and barbecue shrimp. Okay, maybe there are a few frills. But they hit the right spot!

Victoria’s New York Pizzeria
3605 Balboa Street
San Francisco, CA 94121
(415) 221-9596

www.victoriaspizza.com San Francisco is adorned with great restaurants. Victoria’s makes a name for itself in the city’s Richmond District with pizza-by-the-slice and whole pies in fi ve different sizes: 12-, 14-, 16-, 18- and 24-inches in diameter. The 24-inch “family size” pizza is actually equal to four of the 12-inch pies — but it’s not four-times the price. In fact, it’s a real value at $22 for a cheese or $25 for a one-topping. Speaking of toppings, Victoria’s doesn’t go overboard with the offerings. There are 23 options for customers, ranging from spinach and ricotta to chorizo.

Manville Pizza & Restaurant
31 South Main Street
Manville, NJ 08835
(908) 526-1194

www.manvillepizzanj.com When you’ve been in business for 40 years, you’re doing something right. Manville Pizza & Restaurant has succeeded through four decades by serving a full Italian and pizza menu with everything from appetizers to steak sandwiches and dinner platters. The pizza is traditional and simple with the usual suspects for toppings. The gourmet pizzas offer interest, especially the Fried Calamari Pizza. Priced at $22.50, this pie teams what Manville does best — pizza — with a popular Italian starter. Lastly, Manville recently added online ordering, proving that even an old establishment can roll with the new world order.

The post 2009 May: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Dough Doctor: Preventing Bubbles on Pizza Crusts https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-dough-doctor/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-dough-doctor/ How to prevent my pizza crust from bubbling in the oven? I hold a special place in my heart for bubbles and blisters on pizza crusts — because this was the first problem I ever worked on. To prevent them, what you need to concentrate on are dough temperature and fermentation time. In studies that […]

The post Dough Doctor: Preventing Bubbles on Pizza Crusts appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

How to prevent my pizza crust from bubbling in the oven?

I hold a special place in my heart for bubbles and blisters on pizza crusts — because this was the first problem I ever worked on.

To prevent them, what you need to concentrate on are dough temperature and fermentation time. In studies that we have conducted, we found that fresh dough exhibited the most pronounced tendency to bubble. But as we allowed the dough to ferment prior to forming and baking, the severity of bubbles began to decrease. With normal yeast levels (0.375 percent instant dry yeast, 0.5 percent active dry yeast, or 1.25 percent compressed/fresh yeast), and a finished (mixed) dough temperature in the 80 to 85F range, the bubbles are minimized after 2.5 hours of fermentation time at ambient temperature (approximately 70F). Longer fermentation times do not result in any further reduction in bubbles.

However, if you take the proper storage steps, you can pretty much eliminate bubbles. Start by taking the dough balls immediately after scaling and balling and place them in dough boxes, cross-stacked for two hours. Be sure to wipe them with salad oil to prevent them from drying out in the cooler. After two hours, downstack them and allow them to ferment overnight. Allow them to sit at room temperature for two hours before you use them and you’re ready to go.

doughDoc02From these observations we can safely say that fermentation is one of the keys to reducing bubbling in our pizza doughs. The second main cause of bubbling crusts, and possibly the most common today, has to do with both temperature and tempering of the dough balls after removal from the cooler. If the dough is at cooler temperature when taken to the oven for baking, an open invitation has been extended for bubble development. However, if the dough has been allowed to warm slightly, at room temperature, bubbling can be diminished or completely eliminated. Some stores have found that allowing the dough balls to warm 5F above the cooler temperature is all it takes. We have found that by allowing the dough to temper at room temperature for 2 hours prior to opening the dough balls up into skins, bubbling is all but a bad memory. Keep in mind that dough that has been tempering at room temperature for roughly two hours will have a three-hour window of time in which to use it before it starts getting gassy.

doughDoc01Since it is my policy to never toss dough away, unless absolutely necessary, I will take any dough that is approaching the three hour limit, and open it up to full or nearly full size, then place it onto screens and store it in the cooler on wire tree racks, covered with a plastic bag to control drying. When getting ready to use this pre-opened dough, be sure to allow it to temper at room temperature again, this time for only 20 to 30 minutes before dressing and baking it. Failure to do so will only take you on the road back to bubbles.

Lastly, there is the dough docker. Dough dockers are designed to help control bubbling. But they don’t do anything to prevent it, or address the problem at its root cause. If you do happen to have one of those doughs that just seems to have a penchant for bubbling, the dough docker might prove to be your salvation. But, first, see if you can address the problem and eliminate it from your dough.

The late Tom Lehmann was a former director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas and Pizza Today’s longstanding resident dough expert. 

>> Explore answers to more common pizza dough questions in Troubleshooting your Pizza Dough: What’s wrong with my pizza dough? <<

The post Dough Doctor: Preventing Bubbles on Pizza Crusts appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-five-questions/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-five-questions/ Russell J. Weiner is Chief Marketing Officer for Domino’s Pizza. Formerly Pepsi’s Vice President of Marketing, Colas, Weiner has been named one of Brandweek’s Top 10 Marketers of the Next Generation. Domino’s has 5,047 U.S.-based stores and 3,726 international locations. The company’s growth in recent years has come overseas, while domestic stores have struggled. PT: […]

The post 2009 May: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 May: Five QuestionsRussell J. Weiner is Chief Marketing Officer for Domino’s Pizza. Formerly Pepsi’s Vice President of Marketing, Colas, Weiner has been named one of Brandweek’s Top 10 Marketers of the Next Generation. Domino’s has 5,047 U.S.-based stores and 3,726 international locations. The company’s growth in recent years has come overseas, while domestic stores have struggled.

PT: Can you compare and contrast what it’s like to work for Domino’s and Pepsi?
RW: They’re very different. When you work for a company with a lot of brands versus a company that’s singularly focused on one brand … everything we do when we wake up every single day is focus on Domino’s Pizza. But there really are a lot of similarities if you think about it. The household penetration of soda is very high, and the household penetration of pizza is very high. In a way, each company makes its business trying to insulate losses in certain areas of the business and trying to grow in others. I think 2009 will be a very good year for Domino’s.

fiveQuest02PT: What attracted you to Domino’s?
RW: Domino’s is one of the few QSR brands that’s a real exciting brand. I consider myself a brand guy. I get real excited about the brands I work on. There’s something about the Domino’s brand and the 49 years it’s been around. I’m getting into a brand with a rich history and that’s fortunate enough to work with one of the premier ad agencies.

PT: You’ve probably looked back at Domino’s past marketing efforts, both good and bad. Fudgems wasn’t a high point. What measures will you take to ensure something like that isn’t repeated on your watch?

fiveQuest03RW: We are going to be very data-focused here. We’re not going to put out a bad product — and I’m not saying it was a bad product; I wasn’t here then — because we won’t launch a product if the data doesn’t support it. I’m a real stickler when it comes to research. We are going to treat everything going forward as though it is a permanent menu product.

PT: You probably can’t divulge any product launches at the moment, but is there anything you think is going to do particularly well that you can talk about?

RW: I feel confident everything we’re going to do in 2009 is going to do well. We’re doing some of the same type of thinking that was done behind sandwiches … incremental items to drive sales.

PT: Do you interact with franchisees much to get their input on advertising initiatives?

fiveQuest04
RW: The best part of my job is talking with the franchisees. I feel like I have the perfect job. I’m in the corporate environment, but every day I talk to a small- or medium- sized business owner. I’m an emotional guy, and I really enjoy talking to the franchisees about their businesses and hearing what they think will work. I may not always have the same opinion as them, but I never disagree with them because we’re all partners in this together. If they don’t do well, we don’t do well. If we don’t do well, they don’t do well.

The post 2009 May: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Perfect https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-il-pizzaiolo-pizza-perfect/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-il-pizzaiolo-pizza-perfect/ Brothers Amir and Ali Arab have been in the pizza business a long time. Though they didn’t exactly enter the circle of pizzeria owners by choice, they couldn’t imagine any other career these days. When the Arabs graduated from college in the 1970s, tensions between America and their native Iran were high. As was discrimination. […]

The post 2009 May: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Perfect appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
perfectPizza01Brothers Amir and Ali Arab have been in the pizza business a long time. Though they didn’t exactly enter the circle of pizzeria owners by choice, they couldn’t imagine any other career these days.

When the Arabs graduated from college in the 1970s, tensions between America and their native Iran were high. As was discrimination. The Arab brothers had difficulty finding gainful employment, and they eventually had to go to work in the foodservice sector to make a living. It wasn’t long, however, before Amir felt like he was ready to open his own shop in Nashville. So, in 1983, Pizza Perfect was born on Granny White Pike. Then, in 1990, Amir opened a second location at 21st Avenue South, near Vanderbilt University. While the original Pizza Perfect store is no longer in operation, a new parlor in nearby Bellevue is open and houses a large laser-tag area above the pizzeria. It was quite an investment for the Arab brothers.

2009 May: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Perfect

“We just opened the laser tag area, so it’s too early yet to tell how well it’s going to do,” confides Amir. “But we think it’s going to be busy and take off.” It better. The construction costs doubled thanks to a visit from the local Fire Marshal.

“It’s a 12,000 square-foot-building that we own,” says Amir. “We lease out half of it, and the rest is dedicated to Pizza Perfect. The laser tag section is around 2,300 square feet. We had planned on it costing $120,000 for that originally, but it turned into a $240,000 investment because we had to install a sprinkler system throughout the entire building.”

 

perfectPizza03

Since the Bellevue shop is in a neighborhood, Amir says it has been hit hard by the current recession. “It’s down about 20 percent right now,” he says. “This store (the Vanderbilt unit) is only down five percent. (The recession) has hit us pretty bad. But what we’ve done to counter that is to actually improve the quality instead of take away from it. Times like these, the last thing you ever want to do is compromise your quality.”

Sage advice indeed. And lest you think Pizza Perfect’s short downturn dropped revenue into the gutter, think again: the two stores combine for about $2 million in gross sales.

perfectPizza04

More than anything else, the flagship store at 21st Avenue South in Nashville has benefited from great site selection. Not only is it across from Vanderbilt, but it also sits close to a major hospital and a stone’s throw away from many music industry players.

“The music industry is what put us on the map,” says Amir. “A lot of the Northerners involved in the music industry came in here when we fi rst opened because we serve a New York-style pizza. That’s what they were used to getting in the north and that’s what they wanted.”

 

 

perfectPizza05Before opening, says Ali, the brothers “went to New York ourselves and ate a lot of pizza by the slice and watched how people made it. We wanted to taste it and check it out.”

Pizza by the slice is a real driver for Pizza Perfect, particularly at lunch. “We do sell a lot of whole pies, too,” says Amir, “but a lot of people love slices for the convenience and value. We put out a lot of pizzas here because of that. I only have two ovens (at the Vandy operation), but I’m putting $1.4 million a year out of these ovens.”

 

 

perfectPizza06Lunch accounts for a whopping 45 percent of sales at the Vanderbilt location. Because of that, the ticket average ($7) is significantly lower than the Bellevue store ($15), which is fancier and does more dinner business.

“We get so packed in here at lunch from Mondays through Fridays,” says Ali. Food costs run about 33 percent. Amir acknowledges that number isn’t ideal, but says there’s a reason for it.

perfectPizza07“Yes, our food costs are high, but our food waste is low,” he explains. “It’s because we buy high quality ingredients and we haven’t raised our prices for a while. We did raise them about five percent 18 months ago, but then things went crazy with the cost of fl our and cheese and gas, so the price increase really never caught up to us.”

While the prices of those items have fallen back in line, the potential benefits of that have since been offset by the shrinking U.S. economy. Amir has weathered a handful of recessions since opening Pizza Perfect, but says the current one will go down in history.

perfectPizza08“This is the worst one,” he says. “The main thing we have been doing is just going back to the basics. Pizza is still the best place for your money. We offer more than cheap eats — we provide good food at reasonable prices.”

The Arabs have also turned to their vendors for assistance where applicable. “One of the things I’m doing is asking my suppliers for help, stressing that now is the time to help us,” he says. “The economy is really hurting us, but with us, like I said, it’s about getting back to the basics: making sure you have a clean restaurant and offer good quality and service. It’s important to remember that value doesn’t necessarily mean cheaper. That’s what’s going to help us out.”

Jeremy White is editor-in-chief at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 May: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Perfect appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Location, Location, Location https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-location-location-location/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-location-location-location/ Thinking of expanding to another location? Now, more than ever, intelligent site selection is essential — who can afford a hit or miss approach in this economy? Some larger operations, like Marcos Pizza, use site selection software. With 170 locations, this chain, headquartered in Toledo, is poised to open hundreds of additional restaurants. Their software, […]

The post 2009 May: Location, Location, Location appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Location, Location, LocationThinking of expanding to another location? Now, more than ever, intelligent site selection is essential — who can afford a hit or miss approach in this economy?

Some larger operations, like Marcos Pizza, use site selection software. With 170 locations, this chain, headquartered in Toledo, is poised to open hundreds of additional restaurants. Their software, designed by Pitney Bowes, allows them to quickly determine if their target customers are present and present in enough numbers to translate to good sales potential, says Byron Stephens, vice president of new business development.

Stephens attributes a significant part of their sales growth to this technology, but smaller operators needn’t fear they’re at a disadvantage without this kind of assist. Managed correctly, traditional approaches can bring you a winning location. Let’s take a look at three general categories you need to consider when scouting for a new location; the area surrounding the site, the site and the building.

Although Frank Salese, owner of Junior’s Italian and two other restaurants in Burlington, Vermont, says he “has a nose for opening restaurants,” he nevertheless does the requisite demographic research when he’s checking out an area. He drives through the neighborhoods and visits the local city hall and Chamber of Commerce to determine if there’s any pending construction or projects that could impact the site under consideration. He also looks for a strong, nearby fast food presence.

“They do the traffic research,” he explains. “They put them where the traffic is going to be and I know this will translate into traffic for me.” Also see what the business activity/daytime population is, if this is important to your concept, says Dennis Lombardi, executive VP of foodservice strategies at WD Partners, a Columbus, Ohio-headquartered consulting fi rm. “And try to determine how the neighborhood is changing,” says Lombardi. “You want to find out how durable the community is. Is it getting better, worse or staying them same? I’ve heard of people going to local churches and asking how the community is changing.”

This is important, agrees Becky Black, VP of operations for Alhambra-based Shakey’s Pizza. “We’re moving forward with aggressive growth, but most of our existing locations have been in the same trade areas for years,” she says. “When a trade area changes from when we signed the lease, it affects us because then the synergy changes.”

Consequently, says Black, you want to investigate how the area might change over the next 5-to-10 years to see if there is a projected growth decline in your target market. Also consider the area’s lifestyle and whether it works with your concept, says Paul Travis, strategic marketing consultant for OneAccord LLC, a Belleview, Washington-based consulting firm.

“Does the way people live their life in that area fit with your concept?” he says. “Look at the neighborhoods and see the trends. Do you see empty properties? This can either indicate decline or the potential for construction, which can end up choking a location’s revenue.”

Travis suggests looking at the surrounding average income. He typically uses a three-mile radius, but for a downtown location, he’d narrow this to a 10-block radius.

When it comes to the actual site, think like a consumer, Salese advises. Drive around and enter the location from all directions. How accessible is it? How convenient is it to pull into?

Also consider:
? How close it is to your existing location, says Lombardi. Too far away and it might be challenging to operate; too close and you could cannibalize business from your other location.
? Find out the site’s history, says Travis. “If restaurants have failed in that location, you’re going to have a challenge. If there’s a lot of restaurant churn, there has to be a reason for it.”
? Look at the businesses immediate to you, says Salese. Are they compatible with your concept?

As for the building, be mindful of parking rules and regulations, says Salese. Some states base the number of parking spaces on the seating and on the concept. For example, in his downtown pizzeria, parking isn’t an issue, but for his dine-in restaurant it was.

Also, says Lombardi, don’t be suckered in by “false economies.” Although it might seem less expensive to move into an existing restaurant, as opposed to building out a site, you could end up spending more money in the long run.

“Think about the age of the building,” he says. “Buildings don’t last forever. If it is 15-years-old and its lifespan is 20, this is going to cost you money. You also have to consider what it would cost you to bring it into code compliance.”

Another false economy is making a decision based on price. He often sees operators back away from paying for a premium location and opting for a lesser one because of the price — and struggle because of this decision. “You pay for a good site once,” he says. “But you pay for a bad site year after year.” ?

Pamela Mills-Senn is a freelancer specializing in writing on topics of interest to all manner of businesses. She is based in Long Beach, California.

The post 2009 May: Location, Location, Location appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: POS-itive Thinking https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-positive-thinking/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-positive-thinking/ Megan Nicholson and her partners run seven high-volume pizzerias in Wisconsin. On an average day at one of Nicholson’s Glass Nickel Pizza Company locations, approximately 800 to 1,000 orders will filter into the kitchen. One POS misstep and Nicholson knows the trouble that could follow: a kitchen in confusion and frustrated customers none-too-eager for a […]

The post 2009 May: POS-itive Thinking appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: POS-itive ThinkingMegan Nicholson and her partners run seven high-volume pizzerias in Wisconsin. On an average day at one of Nicholson’s Glass Nickel Pizza Company locations, approximately 800 to 1,000 orders will filter into the kitchen. One POS misstep and Nicholson knows the trouble that could follow: a kitchen in confusion and frustrated customers none-too-eager for a return visit or delivery order.

To combat common mistakes, Nicholson and her crew have committed themselves to extensive training on their POS system, thereby ensuring that the operations’ customer service element moves with efficiency and effectiveness.

“When you have staff trained well (on the POS system), then the customer can get their order in and feel confident they’ll get what they’ve ordered,” Nicholson says. “It certainly helps to make the customers’ visit that much more enjoyable when things go off without a hitch, and that type of service will keep them coming back.”

Though most operators know the perils of shoddy POS training, not all dedicate themselves to learning the system thoroughly and then providing staff the necessary support so they too can fulfill their daily duties. Taking the time to properly train staff on a new POS system can surely curtail errors, fulfill a customer’s expectations, and, better yet, heighten the bottom line.

“You just can’t throw staff in front of the computer and say ‘Sink or swim,’” says Kevin Wendland, the ASSAL Corporation’s director of training for InTouch POS. “Any business that has staff not trained properly also has a staff not armed to rectify problems quickly — and that’s the thing most likely to send customers out the door unhappy.”

When it comes to effective staff training on a new POS system, training experts offer these must-do tips: ? Wise owners attend the training. The number one thing that will lead to an operation’s successful use of a new POS system remains an owner present during each step of the training process, including time in training with both the POS company representative as well as the pizzeria’s staff. Since an owner is the final line of defense — not to mention the sole individual with a vested interest in seeing the investment perform — owners must intimately understand the system’s functions.

“If owners are involved, then everything goes beautifully from there,” Wendland assures. Better yet, owners who commit themselves to learning the additional features, such as accessing coupons and building a customer database (and, more importantly, understand how those features are best utilized), frequently witness an immediate return on their investment. “If operators don’t take the time to learn these features and only focus on input, then they’ve overpaid for a glorified cash register,” says Chris Clark, a training and installation specialist with Washington-based SpeedLine POS.

? Be prepared for the company’s training representative. Every minute the POS company’s representative must spend waiting for contractors or drilling holes into a counter is a minute lost on training, the representative’s primary duty with the on-site visit. Operators physically prepared for the installation and training can maximize their training session, eliminate wasted time, and ensure a thorough understanding of the system.

“Operators need to know from day one that they’re ready for that installer to get on site,” Clark says. “Not being ready is a big mistake operators make and one that can be easily avoided.”

? Overstaff in those first days of a new system. Too many operators make the mistake of not wanting to spend on labor during the training period and first two weeks of the system’s operation. Clark advises all of his clients to overstaff and specifically encourages owners to relinquish control for a few days as they learn the POS system. To avoid interruptions, Clark has even taken owners off-site to do training on a laptop.

An installer/trainer will only be on site for a limited time, which should compel an operator to have staff on hand solely for training during those days, ideally assigning no more than four staff members to a computer terminal and providing each individual ample time to interact with the system. “There will always be instances, such as out-of-the-box requests or dividing up a check, that will have the staff at a loss if they haven’t been properly trained,” Wendland says. “But you can combat these issues simply by showing each staff member the buttons appropriate for their use.”

? Allow for repetition and exploration. Learning a new POS system and its controls is about repetition and exploration, which is why Michael Anthony, a product specialist with Microworks POS Solutions, stands a strong proponent of slow-time role playing. At slow points, direct the staff to experiment on the system and navigate the various screens, learning to name guests, transfer items, and input unique requests.

Like Clark, Anthony also urges operators to overstaff during the first week of the system’s live run so staff members receive sufficient time to gain experience and confidence. “This is specifically important for managers,” Anthony says. “You need all of your management staff to be well-rounded and not merely proficient in one area.”

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2009 May: POS-itive Thinking appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Protecting Plastic https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-protecting-plastic/ Wed, 27 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-protecting-plastic/ When Mario DiBiase opened Brooklyn, New York’s Aperitivo Cafe in April 2008, he set high priority to customer convenience and security. Such aims are what led DiBiase to become a testing site for VeriFone’s pay-at-the table wireless system, which allows DiBiase’s wait staff the ability to run a customer’s credit or debit card transaction directly […]

The post 2009 May: Protecting Plastic appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Protecting PlasticWhen Mario DiBiase opened Brooklyn, New York’s Aperitivo Cafe in April 2008, he set high priority to customer convenience and security.

Such aims are what led DiBiase to become a testing site for VeriFone’s pay-at-the table wireless system, which allows DiBiase’s wait staff the ability to run a customer’s credit or debit card transaction directly at the table.

“Wireless gives the customer peace of mind,” DiBiase says. “They’re not seeing their card disappear into a back room. They can take comfort in the transaction happening right in front of them.” Increasingly, media outlets report stories of stolen credit card numbers and identity theft. Unfortunately, restaurants big and small have been unable to avoid such misdeeds, highlighting the issue for both consumers and operators.

Restaurants “are popular (targets) because the cards are in and out — you eat here one day and don’t come back for several months. Also, restaurants don’t normally do background checks on wait staff,” says Jay Foley, executive director of the San Diegobased Identity Theft Resource Center.

Credit card fraud, the most common form of identity theft, stands a precarious reality for the restaurant industry, where plastic payment accounts for nearly half of the nation’s dining excursions and the liability for any security breach falls on an operator’s shoulders.

National chains such as California Pizza Kitchen, El Pollo Loco, and Boston Market have all faced recent well-publicized security breaches while local spots have gotten burned as well. One Sacramento eatery incurred a $90,000 fine from a credit card issuer when hackers accessed consumer data.

Despite the risk, few operators wish to eliminate credit card payment. In addition to the convenience credit cards offer customers, tickets often rise when customers use credit instead of cash or check. One Visa study of 100,000 quick-service restaurants found customers spending an average of 30 percent more when they paid with plastic.

Indeed, even with safeguards, there remains unquestionable risk. Most common, employees can copy or “skim” a customer’s card by stealing the magnetic coding or adding a tip without patron consent. “Raiding the trash” for credit card receipts and paperwork can also be a potential goldmine for thieves. Online intruders can infiltrate POS systems and seize consumer data as well.

“If customers find out that they cannot pay with their credit card in a secure way at your establishment, then it will have an impact on your base income as well as your base reputation,” Foley says.

Aware of the identity theft issue, credit card companies have forged relationships with merchants to address inside as well as outside violations. American Express, for instance, works closely with its merchant partners to reduce fraud on various fronts, explains American Express spokeswoman Sarah Meron.

The New York-based charge card issuer works to educate merchants about monitoring systems capable of preventing the authorization of fraudulent charges, fraud prevention seminars, and one-on-one meetings with merchants to provide fraud prevention recommendations. Other carriers, including Visa, MasterCard, and Discover, claim similar programs to limit fraudulent activity and a merchant’s liability.

In late 2006, the five major credit card companies took a bold, collaborative step in forming the PCI Security Standards Council, a laser-focused organization to protect credit card data. Today, when a merchant reaches full cooperation with the PCI’s Data Security Standards (PCI DSS), a 12-step security program, it meets the requirements of all payment brands and minimizes its risk of a security breach.

Recognizing that the Council’s 12- step program can be overwhelming for a merchant, particularly a modest operation, and looking to identify a way in which businesses could report progress rather than noncompliance, the Council unveiled its Prioritized Approach in early 2009.

A step-by-step guide for merchants, the Prioritized Approach identifies six security milestones and puts operators on the path to addressing their most critical security needs first.

1. If you don’t need it, don’t store it: remove sensitive data and limit data retention, a primary area of risk for businesses.
2. Secure the perimeter: protect the perimeter, internal, and wireless networks, which represent the point of access for most compromises. Operators should install and maintain a firewall separating the POS system from the Internet and WiFi.
3. Secure applications: secure application processes and servers, particularly since application weaknesses are a key access point used to compromise systems and obtain access to cardholder data. Routine antivirus upgrades will help.
4. Control access to your systems: protect the cardholder data environment through monitoring and access control. In short, know who is accessing your network. Operators should disable remote access capabilities and change their system passwords from default settings.
5. Protect stored cardholder data: deploy controls for protecting stored cardholder data, particularly if your business has determined it essential to store an individual’s information.
6. Finalize remaining compliance efforts: complete PCI DSS requirements and ensure all controls are in place, including the policies, procedures, and processes needed to further protect cardholder data. From the major chains to the momand- pop operations, PCI SSC Chairman Lib de Veyra emphasizes awareness. “Everybody has to be vigilant because it’s your reputation on the line, and there could be financial implications as well,” he says.

Wireless devices offer convenience, efficiency, and consumer peace of mind

While European waiters have utilized wireless credit card terminals for years, the U.S. market has listlessly adopted the technology.

While the wireless units run approximately $500, integrating the units into a restaurant’s existing POS system brings additional costs.

A few compelling reasons continue pushing the wireless issue to the forefront of operators’ minds.
? Processing the credit card in the customer’s view significantly decreases the possibility of skimming and the merchant’s subsequent liability.
? Tables often turn quicker as staff members run transactions at tableside and eliminate frequent trips to a workstation.
? Pin-based transactions cost the operator less than credit payments.
? Customers often appreciate the convenience. DiBiase, in fact, credits the seamless nature of wireless payment with attracting repeat business to Aperitivo Cafe.

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2009 May: Protecting Plastic appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Black Rock Pizza Co. https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-il-pizzaiolo-black-rock-pizza-co/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-il-pizzaiolo-black-rock-pizza-co/ Every now and then, we come across a concept that just seems to be doing everything right. Was it born under a lucky star? Rarely, but with the right infusion of marketing, quality control and dedication, it somehow seems to flourish even in an ever-weakening economy. Meet Sparks, Nevada-based Black Rock Pizza Co. Its creative […]

The post 2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Black Rock Pizza Co. appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

Every now and then, we come across a concept that just seems to be doing everything right. Was it born under a lucky star? Rarely, but with the right infusion of marketing, quality control and dedication, it somehow seems to flourish even in an ever-weakening economy.

Meet Sparks, Nevada-based Black Rock Pizza Co. Its creative menu, heavily involved ownership and emphasis on fresh ingredients has earned it annual sales of just over a million dollars. The concept –– based on its desert roots –– is the brainchild of owners Dave and Linda Winchester, Wyoming transplants who once owned a chain of convenience stores.

 

After 30 years in the convenience store industry, the couple found themselves burned out. Their stores had been known for their deli and roasted chicken as much as for the retail and gas side of the business, and the Winchesters began looking at other options. “We’ve always been food-oriented,” Dave Winchester says. “We’ve always been has a passion for food. Linda has always been a great cook and had a passion for cooking, especially baking.”

Before giving up the convenience business, Linda began taking culinary classes and refining her skills in the kitchen, and the couple loved dining out.

So they decided to open their restaurant, and with limited capital, settled on pizza. “Gourmet pizza was something that was not heavily done in this area,” Winchester says. “There had been some gourmet pizza places (but) most of them were quick-serve.”

The Winchesters based their concept on one of their own personal favorites, Montana-based MacKenzie River Pizza Company, located near their eldest son’s university. They wanted their own restaurant to be exciting and fresh. “I don’t want to just run a food business,” Winchester explains. “I always want to be in your memory after you come here. You can always remember the places you’ve been where you had the ‘best of” something.”

The early days were difficult, Winchester concedes. “At fi rst it was what you read and hear –– it was a lot rougher than we thought. Way rougher than a convenience store. You build a convenience store, most residents will give you a chance early on. Restaurants aren’t necessarily so. I figured if we had good food and worked on the service –– we didn’t know that much about service –– that people would come.”

They realized it would take more than great menu to succeed –– (“I can remember the $200 day. It was heartbreaking,” Winchester says.) so they hired a consultant and formed a game plan to step up marketing and tighten operations.

“If you invite people in, then it has to be good,” he adds, “and our food is good. I don’t say that because we say it’s good – you’re always talking to and getting a feel from the customers. Otherwise, you can delude yourself … you only have the best pizza if the customer says so.”

Sales began to climb steadily and the Winchesters added more staff to handle their 25 tables.

Today, marketing plays a heavy hand in Black Rock’s success, thanks in part to the Winchesters’ creativity at designing promotions that foster repeat business. They created a database and a rewards program (boasting 3,300 members) and market directly to those customers. Past promotions include a “no peek” envelope in which customers won a prize by returning with the envelope during the month of January. That boasted a return of 49 percent.

They also handed out pieces to a 1,000-piece puzzle and put one together themselves, pulling out a few pieces. The customers who matched their piece to a hole in the puzzle won a prize. Recently, Black Rock has added a large, branded catering truck able to pump out 180 pizzas an hour using a rotating oven versus the more traditional 90 an hour with impingers. They’re hoping to step up site-based catering which will expose more people to its offerings.

The company doesn’t offer delivery, and Winchester said that while it is “almost a must for some types of pizzas, gourmet pizza doesn’t hold up as well. In gourmet, reputation is everything. … Another thing is –– and I’m not a control freak –– but we still work this restaurant. We’re here 60 to 80 hours a week. Once that thing hits the door, it’s out of your control and you’re talking about losing that ability to satisfy the customer. That’s a real issue.”

Black Rock’s menu includes appetizers, salads, gourmet pizzas, sandwiches, pasta and desserts, and everything –– including the mouth-watering cakes and pies –– is made in-house save for a raspberry vinagrette and a Basque chorizo they import and smoke themselves. The top seller is The Smoke Creek, featuring fresh turkey sausage, shredded pepperoni (a major point of differentiation from its competitors), crumbled bacon, smoked red onion, smoked Roma tomatoes, and green bell peppers topped with Romano cheese. The diversity in the menu –– 30 signature pizzas on two types of crusts and seven different sauces –– ensures that repeat customers can always find something different. The relatively small sizes of the pizzas (an 8-inch single and a 12-inch double) encourage sharing.

“We cut everything small so that every bite has every ingredient in it,” Winchester says. “I think that is so important that when you take a bite of pizza, all those flavors and all of that freshness comes out.”

Black Rock uses specialty cheeses on all the pizzas, fi lling ingredients to the very edge of the dough –– Winchester says he hates to see plates of uneaten crusts coming back into the kitchen. Pizza accounts for 50 percent of Black Rock’s sales. All of the meats are smoked in-house, including tri-tip beef and pork shoulder, and “it’s one of the things that makes us unique in a Western way,” Winchester adds. “We want to be Navatan. We’ve always live in the west and we want to be Western.” Aside from the meat, many of the menu items take their names from the western culture, such as Rattlesnakes” –– thin strips of sirloin steak, marinated in buttermilk, drizzled with chipotle sauce and served with ranch dressing on the appetizer menu and the “Wagon Tire BBQ” –– garlic studded tri-tip steak, mushrooms, sauteéd onions, provolone and the company’s own barbecue sauce a multigrain roll).

Now that Black Rock has established a name for itself, are there any plans for growth? Winchester said he’s looked at opening another store, “but the catering will have to be successful for us to be able to afford to. One of the things we learned in the convenience store business is when you open up another location, you lose control unless you’ve got a heck of a system and are able to hire super people. It takes years to develop people. I don’t know if I have the years left in me.” Instead, if the catering takes off, he’d rather put his attention and focus there. “I love this concept of being able to go out and handle a thousand people. I know it’s going to be a heck of a job, but I’m excited about being able to roll in there, kick out those pizzas, pack up and go and know that everybody’s happy.” ?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Black Rock Pizza Co. appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Plus https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-il-pizzaiolo-pizza-plus/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-il-pizzaiolo-pizza-plus/ Often, restaurants go overboard when it comes to menu planning. From a laundry list of tired appetizers to a plethora of pizza styles and desserts fresh from the freezer, some menus can stretch into several pages. But is it really necessary? And can a pizzeria subsist on just a handful of favorites? If Sparks, Nevadabased […]

The post 2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Plus appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Often, restaurants go overboard when it comes to menu planning. From a laundry list of tired appetizers to a plethora of pizza styles and desserts fresh from the freezer, some menus can stretch into several pages. But is it really necessary? And can a pizzeria subsist on just a handful of favorites? If Sparks, Nevadabased Pizza Plus is the example by which operators should consider, then yes. Here you’ll find a list of tried and true pizza staples, ever-popular wings and a handful of appetizers designed to enhance the overall meal –– not just to increase check totals.

Owned by Dan Blake who originally partnered with his then in-laws, the first store opened in 1981. His in-laws had been looking for an investment and Blake had experience working at a Shakey’s Pizza franchise when he was a teen. “We kind of jumped in not really knowing what was going on,” Blake admits. It was a “very slow beginning. It took several years to get going.

“One of the worst things is that we were under capitalized, so we really had no advertising but word-of-mouth. That’s a very slow advertising. It takes time. It took us probably three to fi ve years to build up a strong core business. We discounted things we shouldn’t have discounted. It was just a learning experience.”

 

Being a primarily family-run business, Blake brought on board Dennis Cain as director of operations in the company’s infancy to strengthen its center, and sales soon started to rise. Today, the company sits at about $5 million with four stores in the Reno area.

Blake credits some of his initial success to partnering and sponsoring local sports teams. “Then they would come in after the games,” Blake says. “That was one of our building blocks.”

As the company’s business began to pick up, Blake and his team decided to take a hard look at Pizza Plus’ menu, adding a set list of combos designed to feed crowds. For example, one of the most popular –– and the one Cain credits for a sharp rise in sales in the late 1980s and early 1990s –– is a large two-topping pizza, two and a half pounds of chicken wings, steak-cut fries, carrots, celery and dip for only $29.99 (the order feeds four to six people). Combos comprise about 65 percent of sales and more than 7,000 pounds of wings are sold in the four restaurants every week.

“We really combined pizza and wings,” Blake says. “That’s our jingle –– ‘It’s Our Thing … Pizza & Wings!’ and we really wanted to brand that. We really wanted people, when they think of pizza and wings, they think of Pizza Plus.”

Aside from the combos, Pizza Plus offers a short list of specialty pizzas ranging in price from $12.99 for a 10-inch small to $24.99 for an 18-inch “mondo.”

Dough is made daily at one store and shipped to the three other locations and the rest of the prep, including grating the cheese and making sauce, is done in-house.

Beer and wine are available and used to make up as much as eight to nine percent of sales; in recent years, however, thanks in part to the increase and success of sports bars, alcohol sales account for only one percent of sales. “Over the years, pizza parlors were the places to go after games and sporting events,” Blake says. “I think the national awareness of groups like M.A.D.D. (Mothers Against Drunk Driving) and the public awareness probably (also) have something to do with it.”

As a result, Pizza Plus targets kids’ sports teams, families and groups and leaves the major alcohol sales to the casinos and bars in and around Reno.

Pizza Plus added delivery in the mid 1980s, which also helped to increase (and now comprises roughly 25 percent of) sales. “Slowly but surely we grew to the point where we had to open another store,” Blake says, and in 1993 they opened the second Pizza Plus store. Since then, two more stores have been added.

Recently, the operators began to take a harder look at how to weather –– and conquer –– the slumping economy. ”

At the end of 2007, we began to see signs of what was happening –– that the bubble was about to burst,” Blake says. “Early in the year we got hit with the wheat price increases –– we went from $10 a bag to $25 overnight.”

They attended a seminar on recession-proofing a business held at the Mall of America in Minneapolis. “Before that, all I was hearing was hunker down, cut expenses, just try to ride out the storm,” Blake says. During the seminar, he realized that it is up to operators to increase business rather than simply relying on the status quo.

“You have to stand out (and) learn how to be a zebra in a crowd of regular horses,” he says. “You’ve got to be the one that stands out. What do your customers know you for? What are you famous for?”

After the seminar, Blake came to understand that Pizza Plus didn’t exactly have a brand, so they created an icon of a pizza guy and began using it in the marketing and on their menus. People then began identifying the icon with the company.

A further new addition was the creation of a customer loyalty program to encourage repeat business. Customers have a card that is swiped, and they get e-mails and newsletters once a month with special offers. The VIP program “gives us a format to kind of reach out,” Blake says.

The positive results of the branding and the addition of the loyalty program created a rise in sales last year even as Pizza Plus’s competitors have begun shuttering some doors. “I like to think that’s certainly because of the efforts we put into the customer service part of it and the marketing program,” Blake adds. “We’ve changed completely what we were doing.”

With four stores in the Reno area, is franchising in the company’s future? Blake has considered it, but believes it is a step he needs to learn more about before taking the leap. “It would possibly be a great way to grow,” he says, “but in this economy right now we need to stay focused on profit margin and making sure when this thing turns around, we’re in a good position. I think anybody left standing is going to be in a fairly good position.” He cites at least eight pizza shops that have closed in his area recently as part of the reason for holding right now.

Instead, the company took over the concession stand during the Pop Warner football season last year at the Golden Eagle Regional Park, a multiple use sports park that brings in more than one million visitors a year. The move correlates with Pizza Plus’ emphasis on working with teams.

“We always sponsor a lot of teams, but this year we sponsored more,” Blake says. “It’s a good community give-back and tie-in program. There’s been a lot of recognition and response.” ?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 March: Il Pizzaiolo: Pizza Plus appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Love at First Sight https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-love-at-first-sight/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-love-at-first-sight/ Diners often come to restaurants as part of a romantic evening, but is there romance behind the scene as well? According to Vault.com’s 2007 Office Romance Survey, 47 percent of U.S. employees (across a variety of industries) have had an office romance, while 20 percent say they ended up marrying or engaging in a long-term […]

The post 2009 March: Love at First Sight appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Love at First SightDiners often come to restaurants as part of a romantic evening, but is there romance behind the scene as well? According to Vault.com’s 2007 Office Romance Survey, 47 percent of U.S.
employees (across a variety of industries) have had an office romance, while 20 percent say they ended up marrying or engaging in a long-term relationship with a co-worker.

Now, think outside the cubicle. Restaurant staffs are predominantly young and single and work in an atmosphere that encourages intermingling. “Employees work in close quarters under sometimes-stressful circumstances. Employees typically work the same or like schedules and talk about life when business is slower. Over time, employees build relationships and like spending time together outside of the restaurant as well,” says Kathy Johnson, senior vice president at Godfather’s Pizza, adding that romance, therefore, is “very common.”

While work may seem like a good place to meet a potential spouse, there are a myriad of problems that can develop starting with neglected duties and ending with sexual harassment lawsuits. So what is a restaurant to do when love blossoms?

“You certainly can’t outlaw it. People are people,” says restaurant consultant Bill Martin. “As soon as it starts to affect their work or other workers, that is a function of what kind of relationship you have with your staff and whether you are talking with people all the time,” Martin adds.

At Zachary’s Pizza in Tucson, Arizona, owner David Ellis agrees with this type of approach. “I expect my employees, because they are adults, to behave in an appropriate manner at work. I would be inclined to give guidance if I thought something was inappropriate.” In fact, Ellis recently dealt with two servers who tended to lapse into starry-eyed conversations with one another while they were supposed to be working. “They would start talking and forget where they were. Things would be going on around them and they wouldn’t be aware. It was a little bit aggravating to some people. We would have to use their names and snap them out of it,” Ellis says. When he discussed the matter with his head waitress, she pleaded the lovebirds’ case, reminding Ellis that her spouse once was Zachary’s assistant manager.

Ellis remembered that back when this head waitress and assistant manager were dating, he hadn’t even been aware of the relationship until the gentleman came for advice about “real love.” “He had been seeing her for a while and I hadn’t even been aware she was the one. Usually, that is not something that is shared (with owners). I’m not invited to parties and usually am outside the realm of knowledge,” Ellis says.

Some would say Ellis was lucky that he didn’t experience any problems when his head waitress and assistant manager became involved. A supervisor dating at work can lead to problems more serious than neglected duties.

“You have at least the perception of favored treatment. Either the person will get a better deal than the average or a worse deal than the average,” Martin says. To combat this some restaurants have strict policies against supervisor/ employee relationships.

“We do not have any sort of rules for subordinate employees other than the workplace is not the place for affection to be shown. We don’t allow the intermingling of managers,” says Matthew Boyd, co-owner of Buffalo Brothers Pizza and Wing Company. This policy is made clear to managers upon being hired.

Restaurants “have to build camaraderie and this tends to be defeated if you allow managers to pick and choose who they want to be with,” Boyd says. There is no warning or reprimand. “It is a one strike and you are out kind of thing.”

Godfather’s has what it calls a “nepotism” policy, forbidding employees to date or live with a subordinate. “We approach supervisors if we suspect nepotism. If they admit interest, we offer a transfer to a new location. We never approach the subordinate employee,” Johnson says.

“The best situations are when the employee approaches us and asks for help solving the problem. They know our company doesn’t allow these types of relationships in the workplace, but they want to continue dating. We’re eager to help both individuals because we don’t want to lose quality employees. If a person denies there’s a relationship and is dishonest, he or she will be terminated when it’s revealed,” Johnson adds.

Although Martin is pretty anti-Big Brother when it comes to relationships, he does believe restaurants should have a written policy against sexual harassment. “The only way to protect yourself is to have a very strong, clear, religiously enforced sexual harassment policy that says don’t do it,” he says.

This is the approach that Hungry Howie’s Pizza has taken. “Our stated policies are to protect all employees from any form of discrimination, including sexual harassment,” says President Steve Jackson.

“If (employees) feel any unwelcome pressure to become involved with any official, manager, supervisor, employee agent, or non-employee of the company with whom (they) interact in the courts of performing (their) work responsibilities we urge (them) to use the complaint procedure,” adds Al Newman, Hungry Howie’s director of training. ?

Sexual Harassment

Policies dealing with employee relationships and sexual harassment are becoming “more common” amongst larger restaurants, but they are not “standard” for smaller companies even though a “best practice for policy” should be a “best practice no matter what type of operation or ownership structure,” says William Bender of W.H. Bender & Associates.

A quick search on the web shows that sexual harassment suits can be costly, with estimates for average settlements ranging from $88,000 to even $1 million.

According to an article written for FindLaw by Duff, White and Turner, LLC, “an employer can avoid or reduce automatic liability if it can show both (a) that it exercised reasonable care to prevent and promptly correct any harassing behavior and (b) that the employee unreasonably failed to take advantage of any complaint procedure.”

In the article, the firm recommends that companies not only have sexual harassment policies, but also make sure employees understand them, perhaps by annual reviews and signed acknowledgments. Bill Martin, the Restaurant Doctor, agrees. “Make the policy something you talk about so it is not just, ‘Read this and follow the rules.’ Make sure everyone understands what it means,” Martin says.

Monta Monaco Hernon is a freelance business, technology and features writer based in La Grange Park, Illinois.

The post 2009 March: Love at First Sight appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-a-pizza-my-mind/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-a-pizza-my-mind/ When trying to figure out what it will cost you to open a new pizzeria, it’s important to remember that your menu offerings will determine your equipment needs. Simply put: the more you offer, the more you’ll need. A simple operation, for example, will only need one exhaust system and won’t use a deep fryer. […]

The post 2009 April: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: A Pizza My MindWhen trying to figure out what it will cost you to open a new pizzeria, it’s important to remember that your menu offerings will determine your equipment needs. Simply put: the more you offer, the more you’ll need. A simple operation, for example, will only need one exhaust system and won’t use a deep fryer. When it comes time to purchase equipment, you’ll need to determine whether to buy new or used. My personal recommendation is to buy a mix of both. If the customer doesn’t see it, I would normally opt for used. If it’s vital refrigeration or a POS system, I prefer new or, at the very least, like new. Ovens are a big unknown. New ovens are not inexpensive. But buying a set of used, beat, tired ovens is a nightmare. After all, all of your signature pizzas will be baked in it. If you decide to go with used, buy them from a reputable equipment company that specializes in rebuilding them. These ovens must have a 90-day warranty.

If I bought any used ovens I’d want the opportunity of test-baking my product in it before purchase. See the sidebar for a typical equipment list/pricing budget.

While it’s easy to get caught up in the big stuff, it’s important to keep in mind that it also takes a plethora of small wares to run a pizzeria. From refrigerator thermometers to lids to fl our racks, the list of what you’ll need nearly reaches 100 items and $7,000 in cost. And this is a conservative estimate of what you’ll need to open. You’ll replace many of these items, such as tongs and spoodles, more often than you’d like! If you’d like to see the complete list I’ve put together, log on to PizzaToday.com to download your own copy. ?”

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 April: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Top Dog https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-top-dog/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-top-dog/ In challenging economic times, you need your best employees to stay on the job, keeping customers coming back for more pizza. Unfortunately, that’s a tough order when you consider the low employee retention rate in the restaurant business. One way to keep your star employees at your pizzeria longer is to get them excited about […]

The post 2009 March: Top Dog appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Top DogIn challenging economic times, you need your best employees to stay on the job, keeping customers coming back for more pizza. Unfortunately, that’s a tough order when you consider the low employee retention rate in the restaurant business.

One way to keep your star employees at your pizzeria longer is to get them excited about their career future. This can be accomplished by establishing a mentor program that matches seasoned workers with promising new-hires.

“There’s more to running a restaurant than cooking food and serving guests. Nearly anyone can take an order, but to really excel in this industry, workers need to learn the finer points of customer service and running a business. Sometimes, the only way for an employee to learn that is to watch somebody else as part of a mentoring program,” says Matthew Kaufman of Q-Principle, an Atlanta, Georgia-based consulting company that specializes in customer service leadership.

“Mentoring programs help employees understand why and how things are done at your restaurant, and how it all translates to profitability,” says Gayle Gregory, a Portland, Oregon workplace consultant. “When employees have mentors, they gain a sense of ownership.

They’re more likely to show up on time, are ready to do good work, and are eager to be a part of a team that cares about the total customer experience.” Sound enticing? Here are some ways to effectively establish a mentoring program at your pizzeria.

First, set expectations before you start. Talk to your workers about what they hope to learn and accomplish with mentoring. “It’s important to establish employee needs upfront, so you can make sure you are both getting what you want out of the deal,” says Kaufman. “Hopefully, they’re gaining know-how and the ability to do their job, and you’re gaining a loyal employee who’s helping to make your pizzeria a better place.”

Communicate whether or not you’ll launch a formal, established mentoring program with set meeting times, or an informal, open-door type relationship. Either way can work, says Kaufman, as long as they match the personalities of everyone involved. “A mentor program should be in keeping with how the rest of the business operates. If you have a small restaurant with a very relaxed atmosphere, it’s probably best for the training program to be relaxed,” he says.

When setting expectations, consider the health of your company. If business is on an upswing, share that information. Employees may have the opportunity to work more hours and make more money if they learn the ropes in a mentoring program. But if sales are down and you think there’s a chance you might have to lay off some people in the near future, consider restricting the mentor program to only a few of your most promising workers.

Also, consider pairing top level talent with new-hires. Veteran/newhire pairings generally mean that the new worker watches the expert do job-related tasks. Then, the new worker begins to perform those tasks, gradually improving until they’re able to do the work independently.

To be successful, these pairings need buy-in at the highest levels, says Bruce Kolbinsky, senior vice president of franchise operations at Stevi B’s Pizza Buffet, an Atlanta-based chain with 26 franchisees and five corporate owned units. “The top person at each of our franchises spends a large amount of time with each new employee on their very first day. That way, the new employee has the benefit of feeling like they were actually trained, and not just thrown into the job,” says Kolbinsky. It makes a huge impression on a new-hire if the owner or high-level manager is willing to take the time to show them the ins and outs of business.

Next, maintain positive communication. James Higgins, owner of Puget Sound Pizza in Tacoma, Washington, is a firm believer in providing an encouraging atmosphere while training employees. “We try not to have an adversarial work environment,” he says. “To manage that, we have to keep communication levels high. Our pizzeria has a high retention rate, so it works.”

Higgins doesn’t implement a formal mentoring program, but he says that with good, informal communication and positive feedback, employees learn how to do their jobs effectively.

Also, don’t forget the back office. Make room in your mentoring program to educate high-performing, trustworthy individuals on back office instruction. “When you identify someone that you believe has the ability to lead, it’s up to you, as the manager, to groom that person for the next step,” says Kaufman. “That employee needs to know about your policies, your values and your approach to doing business.” As your restaurant grows, it’s just as important to have someone who can help you with vendor relationships, marketing and bookkeeping, as it is to have an excellent server.

Once you’ve done the necessary planning, start your mentoring program. At all points along the way, evaluate your results, says Gregory. Don’t just assume that your plans are working. Instead, take a look at hard numbers to see if you’re reaching your goals (see sidebar). Try to identify the impact of mentoring on your restaurant. If successful, your pizzeria could soon be enjoying longer-term employees and happier customers. ?

Goals Checklist

When establishing a mentoring program, it’s important to establish specific, measurable goals that you hope to achieve. Here’s a checklist of common objectives you might want to use for evaluating progress from your program’s start to its end.
? Fewer mistakes at the cash register. As mentors show employees specific tips for reducing counting errors, there should be fewer times when money comes up short.
? Fewer employee absences. As employees become more engaged with their mentors, they should be more committed to their job roles, potentially reducing the number of unnecessary absences.
? Fewer customer satisfaction complaints. As employees observe how seasoned colleagues offer customer service, they should be able to improve their own interactions with customers, hopefully decreasing the number of overall complaints.
? Increased number of employees ready for supervisory role. This is subjective, but it’s still an important indicator of the program’s success.

Margarette Burnette covers small business, finance and health for a variety of print and online publications. She is based in the Atlanta, Georgia, area.

The post 2009 March: Top Dog appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Ask Chef Jeff https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-ask-chef-jeff/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-ask-chef-jeff/ Q: I know you can save a lot of money buying in bulk, like pallets of sauce. But then you’re tying up inventory dollars that can be used for operations. So, to what extent should you buy ahead? A: It all depends on your cash flow. Cash is king. When you have it and can […]

The post 2009 April: Ask Chef Jeff appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 April: Ask Chef JeffQ: I know you can save a lot of money buying in bulk, like pallets of sauce. But then you’re tying up inventory dollars that can be used for operations. So, to what extent should you buy ahead?

A: It all depends on your cash flow. Cash is king. When you have it and can buy pallets of sauce or other products that will save you substantially, you’re typically using previous earnings or profits to save on future expenditures. You don’t generally buy a year’s worth of something, however, unless it is a substantial saving and will not expire. Tying up that much inventory can result in the inability to operate effectively in other areas of your business.

There are some items, like cucumbers, that end up going rotten before I use them all. Am I better off just buying a dozen at time in the grocery store so I’m not wasting any?

It depends on the market price. Cucumbers vary from 50 cents to $1 each in the store. If you can get a case of 75 cucumbers for $35, you’re talking 47 cents each. If they’re $1 in the store, you’re better off buying a case even if you only use 40 and waste 35. If that’s the case, create a cucumber salad recipe and give a two-ounce soufflé cup with every sandwich instead of a pickle. That will also set you apart from your competition!

How do I choose the right candidate through the interview process?

I have implemented an observation day. After interviewing someone that I think is a great candidate, I have them come in for a paid observation day. I explain that it is not simply to stand back and watch, but it really is like the first day of training. Tell them you want them to show you what they are capable of. It’s their chance to observe your business and determine if they want to work for you — and your chance to see if they have what it takes to make it. If they stand around like a bump on a log, get rid of them, do a payout for the couple of hours they were there and save the headache of all the paperwork and training.

How do I fire someone who performs poorly and avoid having to let them collect unemployment?

It bothers me so much to see employers keep staff who consistently perform below standard. You need to use performance-counseling slips.You need to warn the employee in writing what they are doing wrong or what they need to change to meet the company standard. Let them know, in writing, that continued poor performance will lead to termination. Make two copies. Have them sign a copy and put it in their file. When you fire them and they try to collect, that will be your safeguard. ?

Jeffrey Freehof, owner of The Garlic Clove in Evans, Georgia, is Pizza Today’s resident expert. Send your questions to: Ask Chef Jeff, c/o Pizza Today, 908 South Eighth Street, Suite 200, Louisville, Kentucky, 40203

The post 2009 April: Ask Chef Jeff appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-commentary/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-commentary/ We are now nearly midway through the second quarter of 2009. The pizza industry has felt the burden of the greater American economic picture, but the dismal landscape outside our piece of the foodservice sector hasn’t kept operators from moving forward. There is no doubt times are tough. If your comp sales are fl at, […]

The post 2009 May: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: CommentaryWe are now nearly midway through the second quarter of 2009. The pizza industry has felt the burden of the greater American economic picture, but the dismal landscape outside our piece of the foodservice sector hasn’t kept operators from moving forward. There is no doubt times are tough. If your comp sales are fl at, you’re doing well. If they’re only down 3-5 percent, you are in the same boat as much of the rest of the industry.

But there’s light at the end of this proverbial tunnel. In fact, a bright beacon of hope shone in mid-March at the International Pizza Expo. In Las Vegas, of all places, light is in ready supply. The 2009 version of International Pizza Expo was no exception. When the exhibits closed for the final time on Thursday, March 12, approximately 10,000 pizza professionals had gathered under the same roof to advance our industry. The show had more than 900 exhibiting companies and nearly 5,700 attendees. The latter number virtually mirrors the attendance at International Pizza Expo 2008, which turned out to be the second-largest Expo in history.

To put it simply: this year’s Expo was a resounding success. For me personally, it turned out to be the most enjoyable Expo I’ve ever worked. Not because it was the show’s 25th anniversary or because it was so busy, but because I could sense the palpable resolve and vitality that threaded its way through the air. The hard-working pizzeria owners in attendance weren’t rolling over in the face of adversity. They were fighting back. They were unified in their determination and I didn’t feel a sense of desperation. Instead, I picked up on an urgent desire to utilize education to the fullest by way of the Expo’s seminars — and to put new ideas to immediate action. The attendees were hungry, but in a healthy way. Driven might be a better word.

As I walked the show floor or sat in the Pizza Today booth, I had scores of pizzeria operators pull me aside to share a quick ‘Thank you.’ They weren’t thanking me personally — they were thanking Pizza Today and International Pizza Expo. They shared stories of how a certain article in the magazine or a certain product they found on the show floor of a past Expo helped catapult their business to profitability. Many told me they wouldn’t be in business today if it weren’t for the magazine or the tradeshow. As you might imagine, these remarks served as an elixir — they reminded me of why the staff of Pizza Today and International Pizza Expo take their tasks so seriously. Thank you to everyone who took a moment of their time to say hello during the show. Your feedback is essential to us here at Pizza Today.

If you were at this year’s Expo, then I have no doubt it rejuvenated you and gave you hope that better days for this industry are just around the corner. In fact, it should have told you that this industry is healthier than you dreamed to imagine before March 10. Pizza has finally shed its passive defensive mentality and moved into attack mode. There’s momentum to build on — don’t back down now.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 May: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Best of the Best https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-best-of-the-best/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-best-of-the-best/ After 20 years of being voted “best of the best” of pizzerias in Tucson, Magpies Gourmet Pizza is expressing its gratitude to the voters. The award was bestowed by an independent newspaper, the Tucson Weekly. Local diners, rather than restaurant critics, journalists or industry insiders, polled their taste buds to make the decision. They cast […]

The post 2009 April: Best of the Best appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Best of the BestAfter 20 years of being voted “best of the best” of pizzerias in Tucson, Magpies Gourmet Pizza is expressing its gratitude to the voters. The award was bestowed by an independent newspaper, the Tucson Weekly.

Local diners, rather than restaurant critics, journalists or industry insiders, polled their taste buds to make the decision. They cast the crucial ballots that named the pizzeria best over about a dozen others in the city.

Mike Acedo, vice president of Magpies, which has five locations in Tucson, said the award is more than just a nice compliment. It is a well-known mark of excellence that diners in Tucson recognize. “It’s very meaningful,” Acedo said. “It’s gotten to the point where everybody votes on it. You get some status from it. And that issue (of the Tucson Weekly) is probably their most sought issue of the year.”

While Magpies has never pursued awards, other pizzeria owners do. Some operators believe it is better to receive an award voted on by consumers. Others insist a national industry award that recognizes culinary excellence has more credibility. An award means little, however, until a pizzeria capitalizes on it in their advertising, operators agreed.

Take Magpies as an example. Being named Tucson’s best of the best of pizzerias is a focal point of their advertising. “It’s the basis of a lot we do,” Acedo said. “Mostly we do print and direct mail. We also put it on our Web site, on our boxes and our flyers.”

Recently, the award became an even bigger part of the campaign when the company decided it needed to step up its marketing efforts. For the first time, they are expanding their advertising to run ads on local television. “We need to advertise. We’ve seen a dip in sales because of the economy,” Acedo said.

“Our campaign (which launched in January) is going to thank the people who, for the last 20 years, have voted us the best of the best of Tucson.”

Capitalizing on awards is especially important for independent operators and smaller chains who need to stand out from big chains, said George Hadjis, president of Oggi’s Pizza & Brewing Company which has 20 stores in southern California and Arizona.

simplyTheBest02“In the pizza industry, there is a lot of competition,” he said. “We gravitate toward any way we can differentiate ourselves. Branding yourself with awards really works.” His company has won numerous awards for both their pizza and their beer. Some have been consumer-based, such as one of his stores that won best pizza in Huntington Beach, California, and others have been industry awards. “I know we value both sorts of awards as bragging rights. That’s why we go after them,” he says. One competition he is particularly proud of winning was the Brewers Association’s 2004 World Beer Cup — which recognized the chain from thousands of others as the best small brewery. That award and others have been part of the company’s advertising on television, radio, in newspapers and on their Web site. The campaign also features LaDamien Thomlinson, a star football player for the San Diego Chargers.

“When you have someone of that stature pushing championship beer and award-winning pizza and beer, it all connects,” Hadjis said. Another frequent competitor for awards is Dave Smith II, owner of Smith’s Pizza Palace Plus in Emporium, Pennsylvania. He enters about six national competitions a year. These culinary contests are offered at events like the International Pizza Expo, which is held annually in Las Vegas. Smith acknowledges that few of his diners know the significance of the Pizza Expo or would recognize other industry organizations that bestow awards. Despite that lack of name recognition, he insists such awards are viewed by diners as seals of approval.

“If they see that you’re doing well in the eyes of the pizza industry, then they know that your pizza must be good,” Smith said. When he wins an award, he places the plaque in his restaurant and sends a news release about it to the local newspaper. “That’s the beauty of it,” Smith said. “It’s free publicity. The newspapers eat it up.”

Both Hajdis and Smith said they see sales increase after an award is announced. “Besides the pride, we get better sales,” Hadjis said. “I know our sales spike at all of our stores. I know our sales stats and there is an increase of about 20 percent.” Like Smith, he also makes sure plaques won at competitions are hung on the walls of all of his company’s stores. The awards also build camaraderie and pride among franchise owners who look forward to competitions.

“All of our franchisees wait every year to hear if we won an award,” Hadjis said. Pizzeria owners who worry about returning from a competition without a first place and a shiny plaque to put on their walls should not be concerned, Smith and Hadjis agreed. They say that operators can choose to publicize their awards or not.

Letting the world know about your achievements is the beauty of winning an award. In a market where consumers have so many choices, Hadjis says it gives a pizzeria instant credibility. “Pizza is a very subjective thing,” Hadjis says. “There are so many pizza restaurants and styles. How can you argue that your pizza is best unless you’ve won an award? Branding yourself with awards really works.”

With entrance fees, airfare and hotels, Smith estimates he spends at least $600 or $700 for each industry based culinary competition he enters. He says the free publicity he gains when he lets local newspapers know about an award he has received makes the cash outlay worth it.

“It’s about what you’d spend if you put an ad in the newspaper,” he says. Independent pizzerias like Smith’s need to find creative ways to market their businesses and awards are one way to do it, says Darren Tristano, executive vice president of Technomic Inc., a Chicagobased restaurant consulting firm.

“I think it’s always going to be a positive. The negatives are minor,” Tristano said. Awards are even more important as technology offers new and different ways to advertise, he says. “I think awards are becoming more important because we’re seeing a shift to on-line for people to find out about places,” Tristano says.

Text messages are another way that pizzerias may get the word out about an award to diners. Tristano said the only negative to a pizzeria winning an award could be for loyal customers who have a hard time getting a table after one is announced. “If some loyal customers have to wait or can’t get their favorite table, that could be a downside,” Tristano said. “As the trendiness wears off, you’re going to want to keep those loyal customers.” ?

Annemarie Mannion is a freelance journalist based in Willowbrook, Illinois.

The post 2009 April: Best of the Best appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-marketing-matters/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-marketing-matters/ Editor’s Note: Scott Anthony is guest-writing this month’s “Marketing Matters” column. Free publicity? Nothing is free these days — or is it? I know one thing for certain. When it comes to press, I don’t want my pizzeria just randomly mentioned by whomever, whenever or wherever. Ultimately, I’d like to control the image I have […]

The post 2009 May: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 May: Marketing MattersEditor’s Note: Scott Anthony is guest-writing this month’s “Marketing Matters” column.

Free publicity? Nothing is free these days — or is it? I know one thing for certain. When it comes to press, I don’t want my pizzeria just randomly mentioned by whomever, whenever or wherever. Ultimately, I’d like to control the image I have created and to generate more awareness of myself and what my business is all about.

None of us have the resources of a major corporation. We can’t advertise on prime-time network television or do weekly mass mailings. But, there are little things we can do to make a big noise. They aren’t secrets, either. They’re simple little tricks of the trade that we all know — yet we don’t always execute them in the proper way to get the desired results.

First, you have to decide who you want to be (USP) and how you want to accomplish that. Then convey that message to your demographics. Gear your marketing and media placement in the direction to develop your niche.

Examples:
? Be community-minded. I sponsored a parade, hosted a fundraiser and buy local ingredients.
? Best Pizza – Why can I say that? What separates me from the rest?
? Gourmet Pizza – I offer healthy alternatives, unique products.
? Sporty Image – I sponsor a baseball league, I display sports memorabilia, teams eat here, a famous athlete ate here.

Develop your business around this theme or image. Make your community aware of it and make them like you by showing the positive benefits your business brings to them. Creating this awareness lends itself naturally to bringing on the free publicity.

Remember that you are part of community. You are not on your own, so make a list of those who you can align with to help promote your image. Examples:
? Police – I support safe driving; I use anti–theft devices; my drivers always wear seat belts.
? Red Cross – Am I there when a disaster strikes? Do I help others, do I donate?
? Make-a-Wish – Is there anyone who does not have a soft spot in their heart for a sick child?
? Fire Department – Everyone loves, respects and needs these guys. Do you?
? Big box stores, like Wal-Mart, are generally willing and have budgets to donate to a good cause. Wal-Mart, for example, has a set goal to raise a specific amount of money for the Children’s Miracle Network annually. Can you provide a fundraiser?
? Think of other local businesses or organizations that are influential in your community.

The PR departments in these types of organizations have great resources that will help you promote your image for free just by aligning yourself with them. They also have their own employees and databases that are now being made aware of you and your product! And they all like to talk about good things going on around town. Be part of that.

It is a good idea to have some kind of relationship with each type of media. Don’t just approach them when you want something for nothing, and don’t burn bridges by throwing the nagging salesperson out when they come calling.

Know the editor(s), news directors and food critics, and be familiar with their work – what exactly they do and how they do it. When was the last time you sent a free pizza to a media outlet and attached a note saying, “I really enjoyed your last article on……” Just let them know you are around.

Also, bear in mind that an editor’s job is no walk in the park. If you can make their job easier, your chances of having your story published increase significantly. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He leads marketing seminars at International Pizza Expo and is a frequent contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 May: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-commentary/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-commentary/ These days, there are more ways to communicate than ever before. I don’t necessarily think that means we communicate better, but we at least communicate more — and there’s something to be said for that. With that in mind, Pizza Today recently launched accounts on Facebook and Twitter, two of today’s most popular and powerful […]

The post 2009 April: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: CommentaryThese days, there are more ways to communicate than ever before. I don’t necessarily think that means we communicate better, but we at least communicate more — and there’s something to be said for that.

With that in mind, Pizza Today recently launched accounts on Facebook and Twitter, two of today’s most popular and powerful social networking sites. Not that we think you care what we had for lunch or what music we’re listening to, but we do think you’ll enjoy the ability to easily and quickly communicate with us on a variety of issues. So, do us a favor and join us the next time you log on to Facebook or Twitter.

While we’re on the subject of the World Wide Web, don’t forget about our growing presence there. PizzaToday.com is a vast resource for pizzeria owners. Our Bulletin Boards have more than 20,500 pages of information — and we add to that daily. If you have a question, our boards are the absolute best place in this industry to find an answer. So bookmark our Bulletin Boards and visit them as often as you can. You can find them by visiting PizzaToday.com and then clicking on the News & Views heading.

Don’t forget to check our editor’s blog frequently as well. There, the staff of Pizza Today ask pertinent questions and offer our insight/ thoughts on a variety of topics. I won’t tell you it’s earth-shattering, but it is often thought provoking.

Lastly, we captured tons — and I mean tons — of video footage at last month’s International Pizza Expo in Las Vegas. Throughout the rest of this year, you’ll see some of that popping up in our Video Spot from time to time (top right corner of the PizzaToday.com home page). If you weren’t there, take a look at what you missed! See you in the cyber world.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 April: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-simple-ideas/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-may-simple-ideas/ A Pizza Fraternity Each month, Pizza Today strives to provide you with scores of tips and helpful insight that you can use to build your business. But we can’t cover every topic in every issue — our page count is finite! When you have a question or problem that’s burning a hole in your mind, […]

The post 2009 May: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 May: Simple IdeasA Pizza Fraternity

Each month, Pizza Today strives to provide you with scores of tips and helpful insight that you can use to build your business. But we can’t cover every topic in every issue — our page count is finite! When you have a question or problem that’s burning a hole in your mind, get it answered immediately on the Pizza Today Bulletin Boards. Simply log on to PizzaToday.com and look for the “Bulletin Boards” tab under the “News & Views” heading on the navigation bar. Registration takes just a moment and then you’re ready to go. And remember, what comes around goes around. Be sure to answer questions as well as ask them.

Give it a

Lift If you use a deck oven, you might want to consider placing a screen underneath your pan when baking a deep-dish pizza. While the extra step may seem unnecessary at first, the screen works to lift the pan off the stone and reduces the possibility of you burning the bottom of your pizza. Remember, these deep-dish pies bake for a long time, often around 45 minutes.

Closing Time

While not an everyday occurrence (thankfully), late-night robberies are a restaurant-industry risk. Here are some steps you should be taking to keep your closing employees safe:

? Never have an employee close alone

? Use bright exterior lights

? Purchase an alarm system

? Utilize convex mirrors

? Arrange equipment and furniture in such a manner to prevent entrapment

? Use a drop safe

? Purchase video surveillance equipment

? Form a good relationship with local police.

Pest Prevention

Spring and summer means outdoor pests are looking to find a way in, and your protein supply (think fl our, more specifically) is a welcome mat for them. The following measures can help you overcome your battle with insects in and around your restaurant.

? Clean and sanitize food prep surfaces and floors

? Keep food in covered containers

? Clean stove and grill hoods and exhaust system

? Cover garbage receptacles and keep outdoor garbage receptacles away from the building

? Fix leaks in faucets and roofs

? Keep drains and gutters clean

? Use plastic bags for wet garbage

? Direct condensation from air conditioning away from the building

? Seal any cracks or openings near windows, doors, vents, pipes, etc.

? Inspect deliveries from suppliers

? Install air curtains on exterior doors

? Get rid of excess cardboard; don’t store supplies in cardboard shipping containers.

The post 2009 May: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-did-you-know/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-did-you-know/ America’s restaurants are expected to generate $566 billion in sales in 2009, according to the National Restaurant Association. According to a PizzaToday.com Web poll, 38 percent of operatos say their “large” pizza is 16 inches in diameter. North Carolina has 1,880 pizzerias 69 percent of pizzerias offer catering. Carminuccio’s Pizza & Catering / Puget Sound […]

The post 2009 April: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Did You Know?America’s restaurants are expected to generate $566 billion in sales in 2009, according to the National Restaurant Association.

According to a PizzaToday.com Web poll, 38 percent of operatos say their “large” pizza is 16 inches in diameter.

North Carolina has 1,880 pizzerias

69 percent of pizzerias offer catering.
Carminuccio’s Pizza & Catering / Puget Sound Pizza / Hot Tomato Cafe

Carminuccio’s Pizza & Catering
76 South Main Street
Newton, CT 06874
(203) 364-1133

www.carminucciospizza.com When you are voted as having one of the best 10 pizzas in America by Gourmet magazine, it’s safe to say you rock! That’s the distinction owned by Carminuccio’s, an oldworld-style pizzeria that opened in Connecticut in 1997. The pizza here is simple and conjures the food’s humble roots. It’s accompanied by a bevy of salads, wraps, subs and Italian dishes. From homemade meatballs to Chicken Genovesa, the menu is diverse. And, of course, it includes a Clam Casino (a white pizza with baby clams, roasted pepper, bacon, onion and minced garlic) pie. It wouldn’t fi t in Connecticut otherwise!

Puget Sound Pizza
317 South 7th Street
Tacoma, WA 98402
(253) 383-4777

www.myspace.com/pugetsoundpizzaVisit Puget Sound Pizzas’ MySpace page and you’ll notice the rock right away — literally. With Van Halen’s 80s hit “Jump” piping through the speakers, it won’t take you long to notice that this establishment isn’t your run-of-the-mill pizzeria. Among other things, PSP is known for its breakfast. Any day that begins in a pizzeria is a good day as far as we’re concerned!

Hot Tomato Café
201 East Aspen Avenue
Fruita, CO 81521
(970) 858-1117

www.hottomatocafe.comNo doubt about it, this place is hot! Which, naturally, is another way of saying it rocks. Opened by a pair of mountain-biking enthusiasts, Hot Tomato Café is a biker’s paradise. Its location is ideal, and what’s better than pizza as a reward for a grueling mountain ride? The menu at Hot Tomato is limited: salad, breadsticks, pizza (both whole and by the slice), calzones and stromboli. We dig the one out-of-the-ordinary item — the sausage rolls. What’s not to love about spicy Italian sausage wrapped up with ricotta, sweet peppers and provolone, and then baked in a pizza dough and served with a side of marinara? That’s worth climbing a mountain for.

The post 2009 April: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-dough-doctor/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-dough-doctor/ For some of us, achieving a crispy crust pizza is like chasing down that legendary Golden Fleece, but it really doesn’t have to be such a massive undertaking. Below are some tips to get you on your way: Tip No. 1: The protein content of the flour can influence the potential crispiness of the finished […]

The post 2009 April: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
doughDoc01For some of us, achieving a crispy crust pizza is like chasing down that legendary Golden Fleece, but it really doesn’t have to be such a massive undertaking. Below are some tips to get you on your way:

Tip No. 1: The protein content of the flour can influence the potential crispiness of the finished crust. We have found that fl our with a protein content of at least 12 percent is necessary to achieve maximum crispiness. Since most “pizza fl ours” contain anywhere from 12 to 14 percent protein content, most of us should be okay in this regard. But, if you happen to be using an all-purpose or H&R type fl our, the lack of protein in the fl our might be limiting the potential crispiness of your crust.

Tip No. 2: Fermentation has a great influence on crispiness due to the softening effect that it has on the dough. The softer, more relaxed, dough consistency allows for improved expansion properties of the dough during baking, resulting in a more open, porous internal structure within the crust. This open structure effectively inhibits heat transfer through the crust, allowing the surface of the crust to reach a higher temperature during baking, thus creating a crispier finished crust.

Tip No. 3: The amount of water added to the dough can have a significant effect on the crispiness of the finished crust, but not in the way you might think. It’s actually the addition of more water to the dough that helps to create the conditions for a crispier finished crust. The water will make the dough somewhat softer, allowing it to more freely expand during those critical first few seconds of baking. This creates the desirable, open crumb structure that effectively blocks some of the heat transfer through the dough and allows for a better bottom bake (ultimately leading to a crispier finished crust).

Tip No. 4: Incorrectly finished dough temperature can wreak havoc on your efforts. If the dough temperature is too high, we may find that the dough exhibits a pronounced tendency to “blow” during storage.

Tip No. 5: Incorrect dough management procedures can also affect crust crispiness for reasons similar to those cited in Tip No. 4 above. For example, if the dough is allowed to ferment at room temperature for any significant amount of time prior to taking it to the cooler after mixing, the dough will begin to ferment, making it less dense, more open and porous. In essence, the dough becomes more difficult to cool down in the cooler, leading to over-proofed dough balls in the box.

doughDoc02

A similar problem can develop if we bypass the important cross-stacking step when putting the dough up in the cooler. The cross stacking of the dough boxes allows heat to freely escape from the dough, resulting in effective and consistent cooling of the dough. If the dough boxes are not cross-stacked, the heat is trapped within the dough boxes. Since yeast is a living organism, it produces heat (heat of metabolism) as it metabolizes nutrients and ferments. This, too, will result in dough balls that are either grown together, blown or just wet and sticky on the following days. Assuming we’re baking in the right type of oven, on the right type and color of pan or disk (if used), and the baking time and temperature are within reason, these tips might provide just the ticket to getting the crispy crust we’ve been looking for. You might note that many of the tips seem to have a common denominator — that is to allow the dough to rise slightly (oven spring) during the first few seconds of baking, which helps to establish an open, porous crumb structure within the dough/crust, thus preventing excessive heat transfer through the dough. This allows for more of the bottom bake to go into baking and drying the bottom of the dough, ultimately resulting in a crispier finished crust. Don’t worry about the top of the pizza not getting sufficiently done when you block some of the heat from the bottom of the oven. The top heat of the oven will handle the top of the pizza just fine. But if you should find a problem, it is easily corrected by either increasing the oven temperature or extending the baking time slightly. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2009 April: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-five-questions/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-five-questions/ Jim Frye is founder of the Italian Oven Café, a spin-off of sorts from his original Italian Oven concept. The Italian Oven went public in the 1990s, but floundered shortly thereafter. Now Frye is resurrecting the concept in an abbreviated form, following the lead of concepts like Starbucks and Panera Bread. Currently, there are two […]

The post 2009 April: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>

2009 April: Five QuestionsJim Frye is founder of the Italian Oven Café, a spin-off of sorts from his original Italian Oven concept. The Italian Oven went public in the 1990s, but floundered shortly thereafter. Now Frye is resurrecting the concept in an abbreviated form, following the lead of concepts like Starbucks and Panera Bread. Currently, there are two Italian Oven Café stores in operation: one in Pittsburgh and one in West Palm Beach, Florida, where the company is newly based.

 

 

 

fiveQuest02

PT: What served as inspiration for bringing back and tweaking the Italian Oven concept?

JF: Back in 2001, I was watching with great interest what Starbucks and Panera Bread were doing. They were offering an affordable alternative to casual dining that was a little nicer than fast food and a little more casual than full-service dining. I had been plotting my comeback with The Italian Oven and started fleshing out the idea of turning The Italian Oven restaurant into a fast casual restaurant.

 

fiveQuest03

PT: What specifically appealed to you in terms of offering a smaller restaurant in this type of business model?

JF: I could see where we could build a smaller store that was less costly to build and less expensive to run in terms of having no table service and having a smaller staff. But we’ve still kept a wood-fired oven as the centerpiece of the menu.

 

fiveQuest04

PT: What are your growth plans?

JF: The idea was to create a brand that we could take on the road and grow and sell franchises. We’ve had in excess of 100 franchise inquiries since we opened our store in West Palm Beach. Some of those are just people coming in to kick the tires, but probably 10-15 percent of those have a very serious interest in building an Italian Oven Café someplace. That’s one of the reasons we chose West Palm Beach for this prototype store — people visit here from all over the world, particularly during the peak season.

fiveQuest05

PT: Speed of service is crucial in this type of concept. How are you doing in that regard so far?

JF: Within seven to nine minutes, people get their food. That’s the average transaction time, including the amount of time it takes them to place their order. A food runner brings the food out to them at the table. We put a good meal in front of them very quickly, and we use nicer napkins and dinnerware and nicer materials. Since there is no table service, there’s no tipping. People appreciate it a great deal. We get great frequency from our key constituents.

PT: What’s your average guest check?

JF: It’s just a little over $10.

The post 2009 April: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Get Involved https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-get-involved/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-get-involved/ Walk into any store, and you’ll probably spot a cause-related marketing campaign –– from a red dress symbol on a carton of yogurt to symbolize the fight against heart disease in women to a smile logo on a tube of toothpaste that shows support for dental care for children. Pizzerias are getting in on cause […]

The post 2009 April: Get Involved appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Get InvolvedWalk into any store, and you’ll probably spot a cause-related marketing campaign –– from a red dress symbol on a carton of yogurt to symbolize the fight against heart disease in women to a smile logo on a tube of toothpaste that shows support for dental care for children.

Pizzerias are getting in on cause related marketing, too –– from the huge chains that have paired up with big national charities to little momand- pop pizzerias that help out in the local community. Whether you’re big or small, using philanthropy as a marketing tool can help not only your chosen charity, but your bottom line, too.

“It’s a win-win situation,” said Matthew Ptasienski, owner of the Windy City Pizzeria in Louisville, Kentucky. Ptasienski picks a day each month to donate 10 percent of proceeds to charity –– usually a local Catholic group that provides direct financial help to area families struggling to pay a mortgage or keep the lights or heat on. “I’ve always thought it was the responsible thing to do as a business owner, and I know my business is a little bit better on those days, and the whole reputation serves me really well.”

If you’re interested in starting your own charity partnership program, it’s a good idea to be strategic. So, here are some tips from marketing experts and pizzeria owners who have done it .

For starters, it’s important to choose the right charity. If there’s a rule of causerelated marketing, it’s this: customers should be able to draw a logical connection between the cause you sponsor and your business.

“In the past that meant if you were a hair salon, you picked a charity like Locks of Love that provides wigs to children, or if you were a restaurant you picked some kind of hunger charity,” said Paul Jones (owner of the boutique marketing firm Alden Keene), who blogs at causerelatedmarketing.blogspot.com. “It’s not as true today –– research demonstrates that people just have to understand the relationship.” So, for example, if you’re a pizzeria owner and want to support a breast cancer charity because one of your loved ones is a survivor of the disease, that’s fine –– but tell your story.

Once you know what cause you want to support, then choose a specific charity. A national chain should choose a national charity and a local restaurant should choose a community organization, recommends David Hessekiel, president of the Cause Marketing Forum, which offers tips and advice at causemarketingforum.com.

Before signing on with your chosen charity, be sure to check them out by doing an online news search –– you want to avoid any groups with scandals or questionable reputations, of course –– and looking at their ratings on Web sites such as Guidestar.org or Charitynavigator. org, Jones recommends. Also, he suggests choosing a group that’s been around for at least five years: “A group that’s been around that long has been vetted by time.”

Next, craft the campaign. There are almost as many ways to approach a cause related marketing campaign as there are good causes. Two big things to consider are: what kind of campaign would work well with your business, and how could you best help the charity?

The most common type of cause-related marketing campaign is transactional cause marketing, Jones said: “You might say ‘Buy today’s special dessert and the restaurant will make a donation to some cause.’” Studies have shown, he said, that the larger donation you promise to make, the more likely the customer is to buy the item you’re trying to move.

At Galactic Pizza in Minneapolis, Minnesota –– which bills itself as a socially responsible business — the menu advertises that $1 will be donated to Second Harvest Heartland, a hunger relief organization, for each order of the Roma-tomato-and-basil Second Harvest Heartland pizza. “I just wrote a check for $1,439 –– we sold that many last year,” said owner Pete Bonahoom. “And they can purchase something like $9 worth of food for each dollar.”

But a straight donation of money isn’t the only way to go. At Hello Pizza in El Paso, Texas, chef and owner Larry Gold each summer holds a pizza making party for kids who attend a camp run by Gold’s wife, a special education teacher. It costs Gold about $500 to put on, but it’s worth it. “It really puts a smile on the kids’ faces,” Gold says.

Getting the word out about your campaign can be pretty simple. If you’re donating a portion of sales from a specific item, simply put a note on your menu and on your Web site –– and give your servers an incentive to mention it. “If you don’t incentivize it, only the most outgoing servers will mention it,” Jones said. “Try holding daily contests in which the waitperson who does best gets a song download or a few bucks of gas money.”

It’s also important to tell your customers exactly how the charity benefits. “Operators should avoid, at all costs, weasely language like: ‘A portion of the proceeds will benefit the Cancer Society.’ Instead, be transparent: ‘For each lava cake you buy with your meal, we’ll donate $1 to the Cancer Society,’” Jones said. “Cause marketing trades on trust. You can show your trustworthiness by being transparent. You’ll get better results, too.”

One bonus of cause-related marketing is that it really lends itself to public relations efforts. For example, Galactic Pizza gets a lot of media coverage. Its socially responsible stance — and the fact that its delivery workers dress as superheroes — draws attention and the charity partnership is almost always mentioned in articles. “We’ve been all over the place –– local, national and international,” Bonahoom said. “Somebody even brought in an article from Iraq which was in the military publication. I’m not sure how we ended up in there.” Bonahoom said the cause related marketing helps give customers a connection to his business: “What we try to do is establish a relationship with the customer on a meaningful level rather than trying to hit the lowest price point.” ?

Allie Johnson is a freelance writer based in Kansas City.

The post 2009 April: Get Involved appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Il Pizzaiolo: Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-il-pizzaiolo-frankie-johnnie-luigi-too/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-il-pizzaiolo-frankie-johnnie-luigi-too/ Calfornia-based Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! has one of those storied histories dating back to the 1950s when a Connecticut native moved West and opened a pizza parlor.642-427 He was later joined by Frank D’Ambrosio Sr. Fifty years later, D’Ambrosio’s sons, Don, Nick, John and Frank, now man the helm of Fulfillment Systems Inc., the […]

The post 2009 April: Il Pizzaiolo: Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
frankJonAndLuigi01Calfornia-based Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! has one of those storied histories dating back to the 1950s when a Connecticut native moved West and opened a pizza parlor.642-427
He was later joined by Frank D’Ambrosio Sr. Fifty years later, D’Ambrosio’s sons, Don, Nick, John and Frank, now man the helm of Fulfillment Systems Inc., the holding company that owns and operates six restaurants throughout California and a sausage company their father founded (taking it from 600 pounds a day to 30-40 tons a day. That same sausage is used in their restaurants as well).

 

 

Dig below the surface of the corporate entity, though, and you’ll find that Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! with three stores under it’s umbrella, is more than a slick package. It’s an old fashioned Italian dinner house, the kind the brothers most likely grew up in as kids. From the red checkered tablecloths to classic dishes like Veal Scaloppini Marsala and Rigatoni e Spinaci, Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! is Italian through and through, exactly what its owners want. And given its sales of $15 million a year –– a far cry from its initial $22 first-day sales –– they seem to be doing it successfully. (Fulfillment Systems also owns two units know as Giorgio’s and a fine dining establishment as well.) “The concept is so identical, says John D’Ambrosio, who serves as the company’s CEO. “The only difference is that Frankie & Johnnie’s are in freestanding buildings and Giorgio’s are in in-line shopping centers. Their menus are identical (and) the operations are identical. We always talk as if they were one.”

frankJonAndLuigi03Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! offers dine-in and “a tremendous” carryout business, but does not offer delivery, D’Ambrosio says. “We didn’t want the hassle or the liability. Also, I’d rather have people pick up food and then they see the other foods. I think it’s almost a better marketing tool to get them in the stores and see what else we offer.”

D’Ambrosio cites a major point of difference that sets Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! aside from its competitors –– unlike many other pizzerias, Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! is a full-service concept. That includes table service and a full bar at each of the stores.

frankJonAndLuigi04Why full service over a less laborintensive counter service concept? “It just wasn’t our mentality,” D’Ambrosio says. “I just always hated it. It was cold, it was impersonal –– it just wasn’t us.” D’Ambrosio and his brother, Frank, keep a fi rm hand on quality and control, and that has kept the concept initially small (read on to learn more about upcoming expansion plans).

“Some guys don’t care about control. They just care about growth and having an exit strategy,” D’Ambrosio says. “I think this is the key: my brother Frank and I –– and my other brothers, too –– I think have a genuine sense of hospitality and that’s why we couldn’t do the self-service thing. It goes back to when we were kids and you’d invite somebody in with ‘Come in, sit down and I’ll get you a cup of coffee.’ I think with a genuine sense of hospitality and a genuine sense of urgency of getting the job done and making sure things are done right, you move a lot slower. You delegate maybe a little less and when you try to keep your standards high, you don’t grow too fast.”

frankJonAndLuigi05Like many operators, D’Ambrosio says staff training “is much more difficult today than it was 20 years ago. It takes a lot longer to train staff … you have to educate them on the food, how to sell it and how to serve it. It’s very difficult to find people who view it as a profession.”

In the past, D’Ambrosio has tried sales incentives as a retention tool, but ultimately “you just hire the best attitude we can, we try to train them the best we can, we try to follow through with that training … and then we monitor the best we can.”

 

 

frankJonAndLuigi06The crown jewel of Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! is its menu. This is no simple pizza and pasta set-up. Instead, diners can enjoy a meal of Calamari Fritti (Semolina herb-crusted squid served with cocktail and tartar sauce at $9.50), Baked Salmon Risotto (oven baked salmon served over risotto with onions, artichoke hearts, red bell peppers, mushrooms, green onions and sun-dried tomatoes at $11.95), oven-baked manicotti (stuffed with herbed ricotta and topped with creamy pesto, béchamel and marinara sauces and served with spinach aglio olio at $9.50) and topped off with tiramisu or cheesecake.

And while those dishes might seem high-brow to many Pizza Today readers, make no mistake: pizza is king here too, with specialty gourmet pizzas like Johnnie’s Favorite (pesto, roasted chicken, roasted red bell pepper, artichoke hearts, black olives, bruschetta tomato, ricotta cheese and mozzarella cheese at $24.95 for a 16-inch large) sitting along side staples like barbecue chicken ($19.95 for a large) and pepperoni ($18.50). Pizzas are baked in a rotary oven which affords more room in the kitchen.

frankJonAndLuigi07Being a full-service restaurant extends to the full bar, which D’Ambrosio says is an accommodation to his guests, with hard liquor becoming a larger part of the restaurant beginning about 10 years ago.

“Sometimes you might lose a party because you don’t serve cocktails,” D’Ambrosio adds. Still, he says that hard liquor sales are low compared to beer and wine in his establishments. (Alcohol accounts for about 10 percent of sales).

frankJonAndLuigi08With six stores in all under their belts, is expansion in the company’s future? “We were going to expand in the Central Valley on a 5-year plan to do about 15 stores, but as everything started turning to hell in 2001, 2002, I pulled the reins back in wondering if it was the right time or not and it was a good thing I did,” D’Ambrosio says. “Now is the time to re-implement that plan of expansion.

“Business is like a tomato. You can’t let it ripen because then it rots and falls off the vine. You’ve got to keep it green. We’ve got so many tenured people in our system that we’ve got to keep it moving for them to move up, or we’ll lose them.”

D’Ambrosio says he hopes to open three more stores and is developing a fast food concept that will pair the company’s signature pizza with offerings using the company’s sausage.

Bottom line, the D’Ambrosio family has weathered much in their 50 years in the restaurant industry, and John says there are several factors to that success. First, “it’s a balancing act of putting away money in the good times, because you know there are going to be bad times,” he says. “Another big challenge is keeping up on store maintenance … they wear out. You have to keep them fresh and keep them alive.”

Maintain food quality and keeping the menu fresh to avoid recipe erosion are also critical elements to longevity. “If you have good food and good service at a moderate price in a clean, friendly atmosphere, they will come,” D’Ambrosio says, “and that has not changed since the first restaurant in Ithica 6,000 years ago.”?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.642-432

The post 2009 April: Il Pizzaiolo: Frankie, Johnnie & Luigi Too! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-simple-ideas/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-april-simple-ideas/ Well Seasoned Did you recently get some new pizza pans or screens that need to be seasoned? Start by washing them in warm water and mild soap to remove any manufacturing lubricant or dirt. Rinse right away and towel dry. Then pass the screens through the oven to heat and further dry. Now, you’re ready […]

The post 2009 April: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 April: Simple IdeasWell Seasoned

Did you recently get some new pizza pans or screens that need to be seasoned? Start by washing them in warm water and mild soap to remove any manufacturing lubricant or dirt. Rinse right away and towel dry. Then pass the screens through the oven to heat and further dry. Now, you’re ready to season. First, wipe the screens or pans with a towel that has been saturated with salad oil. Put them in a 425 F oven for 15 minutes. Stack them after they are finished. Next, crank the oven up to your normal baking temperature and put the screens and pans back in for another 15 minutes. They’re ready to go!

Remember, don’t wash your seasoned pans and screens. Instead, clean them by placing them in the oven at the end of the day and sanitizing them with the heat. If you have to wash them, don’t soak — this will cause the seasoning to peel off. The more you use your seasoned screens or pans, the darker they’ll become. That’s a good thing. As they blacken, you’ll likely find that the bake time can be decreased slightly to compensate for the faster heat absorption.

Don’t Cry

You may be considering using onion to enhance the flavor of your tomato sauce. Keep in mind, however, that onion can add either sweetness or bitterness to a sauce, so proceed with caution. Fresh onions that have been chopped and sautéed with a pinch of sugar until very soft will add sweetness to a tomato-based sauce. Onions that are put in a sauce raw will cause a sauce to taste bitter. Best to avoid that

Power Savers

Looking to cut your energy usage/bill? Who isn’t? Here are some quick tips:
? Closing air vents in unoccupied rooms, such as a party room, can save 10 percent on cooling costs.
? Raising the thermostat by one degree can save 2 percent on cooling costs.
? A breeze created by a ceiling fan can make a customer feel just as comfortable at a temperature 6 F warmer.
? Using a dehumidifier can make customers feel more comfortable at a warmer temperature.

Give it Away

As a business owner, your first inclination certainly isn’t to give away free food. After all, you don’t pay your bills if you don’t make money. That said, keep in mind that there’s no marketing buzzword more powerful than “free.” If you are doing a direct mailing, scrap the usual “10 percent off” offer — it trains your customers to expect a discount every time. Before long, your customers are conditioned to only buy from you when they have a coupon. Instead, offer a free order of breadsticks or garlic knots with the purchase of a large pizza. You’ll still make a profit and your customers won’t expect a freebie every time.

The post 2009 April: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Checking In https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-checking-in/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-checking-in/ Travelers, whether they move to their destination by land, air or sea, often arrive at their hotels roadweary and hungry. And, more often than not, they ask their concierge for dining recommendations. Which means you need to cultivate a good relationship with the front desk staff members in your area. For pizza delivery, William J. […]

The post 2009 March: Checking In appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Checking InTravelers, whether they move to their destination by land, air or sea, often arrive at their hotels roadweary and hungry. And, more often than not, they ask their concierge for dining recommendations. Which means you need to cultivate a good relationship with the front desk staff members in your area.

For pizza delivery, William J. Callnin, chairman and managing director of Cayuga Hospitality Advisors, Inc., in Virginia Beach, Virginia, said, “I believe if the product is top-notch, it only ties the hotel guest closer to the hotel by offering it to guests.” According to Charles Dorn, CCM, managing director of The Dorn Group Ltd., a hospitality consulting firm in Rye, New York, targeting hot spots as well as building and maintaining a good relationship with a hotel, specifically the front desk staff, are keys to bringing out-of-town business to your restaurant’s door.

“It depends on the level of the hotel. It’s extremely difficult to have a huge presence in a five-star hotel,” Dorn said. “For example, hotels like the Ritz Carlton or Four Seasons can produce a product similar in caliber because they have the staff. They may not have a strong relationship with local restaurants. They don’t want a pizza box walking in through their lobby.”

Claire Belilos, owner of CHIC Hospitality Consulting Services in Vancouver, British Columbia, agreed that outside restaurants may not find an easy recommendation from a luxury hotel that has an in-house restaurant or kitchen staff.

“In the past, large hotels forbade their front office staff, including concierges, from recommending ‘outside’ restaurants and food services, but rather asked them to encourage guests to enjoy meals in the different restaurants of the hotel itself,” Belilos said, adding that most upscale hotels did not allow food to be brought in from the outside, due to food sanitation purposes.

In order to get hotel guests’ business, Dorn suggests looking into different markets. “Take out the luxury hotels, and there is a huge market for business,” Dorn said.

According to Dorn, the number of orders an outside restaurant would receive from an upscale hotel is significantly lower than what you could get from other hotels in other markets. He recommends that operators look for hot spots like independently owned hotels; franchises where the operators will have more flexibility; new properties that are looking for relationships with local restaurants and properties that are somewhat isolated, such as large convention centers. He cautions that corporate-owned hotels may have strict rules about recommendations and a specific restaurant may have already cornered the market.

Once an operator has found the right establishment, developing a relationship is crucial. “Talk to the front desk manager, the general manager or the owner, depending on the size of the hotel,” Dorn said. “There must be a good working relationship between the restaurant and the hotel. The restaurant has to be able to work with the hotel and its rules. It can’t be a hands-off relationship. No two hotels are the same.

“There is no easy answer,” Dorn adds. “A local restaurant has to be aggressive. The bottom line is that the way to get to people is through their stomachs.” Dorn also said that a restaurant and a hotel can have a formal or informal relationship. He suggests that a way to establish an informal association is to offer the general managers or the owners a free meal for them or their staff, on specific occasions, like a staff meeting. “The hotel has to get something back,” Dorn says.

If the word-of-mouth recommendation is not possible, or even if it is, there is another way to get your restaurant noticed by guests at a hotel — paid advertising.

Belilos suggests operators contact management about advertising options in the hotel’s guest directory or magazine, which highlight places to visit in the city, as well as recommended establishments. Another advertising possibility is the in-house television channel that larger hotels use to advertise their own services and facilities, like the spa or shopping opportunities.

Dorn has even seen a menu or a table tent in the guest’s room as a promotional tool for a restaurant. “The F& B director would not appreciate the competition, of course. But in limited service hotels, I don’t see any problem if the products are simply advertised in guestrooms as an available service,” Callnin said.

All travelers deserve a good night’s sleep and a good meal. By discovering the right hotel to work with and establishing a profitable relationship, operators can start feeding weary travelers the second they ask the front desk staff, “Where can I get a good pizza around here?” ?

Talk to the front desk manager, the general manager or the owner, depending on the size of the hotel. There must be a good working relationship between the restaurant and the hotel. The restaurant has to be able to work with the hotel and its rules. It can’t be a hands-off relationship. No two hotels are the same.

DeAnn Owens is a freelance journalist living in Indianapolis. She specializes in features and human interest stories.

The post 2009 March: Checking In appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Falling Short https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-falling-short/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-falling-short/ Unexpected staffing shortages can make your life — and your employees’ — an unholy nightmare. If customers are negatively impacted by the reduced manpower, your bottom line can take a pretty horrifying hit as well. And yet, in this economy, where operators are focused on cost-cutting, encountering this problem has become likelier than ever. While […]

The post 2009 March: Falling Short appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Falling ShortUnexpected staffing shortages can make your life — and your employees’ — an unholy nightmare. If customers are negatively impacted by the reduced manpower, your bottom line can take a pretty horrifying hit as well. And yet, in this economy, where operators are focused on cost-cutting, encountering this problem has become likelier than ever.

While it’s true you don’t want to overstaff, it’s dangerous to run too lean; reducing labor to the bare-bones minimum will end up costing you more than you save, says Arjun Sen, president of Restaurant Marketing Group, a Centennial, Colorado-based consulting company.

“Restaurant operators need to ask themselves, is the guest paying less? Is the guest coming with lowered expectations? Of course the answer’s no,” Sen says. “So reducing labor means serving the customer with less while they’re paying the same, or more, for a reduced experience and hoping they won’t notice.”

But they will, Sen continues. Through their “Leaky Bucket” study on customer attrition, they discovered that a series of minor slips (slow greeting, late-to-table beverages, etc.) are viewed just as negatively by customers as one big mistake. In fact, the minor ones are often more detrimental because, unlike a major mess up, they typically pass unnoticed and unaddressed.

Sudden shortages happen, however, even if you’ve staffed properly (see sidebar). People call in sick, or fail to show up at all, and then you’ve got a problem.

Cross-training is one of your best contingency plans, Sen says. Jeff Miller, owner of three Extreme Pizza franchises in the San Francisco Bay area, cross-trains his drivers and cooks on the POS system so they can step in when cashiers go missing (managers are cross-trained on all stations).

Cashiers are usually his least reliable employees since they’re typically high school or college students, explains Miller. At the same time, because 60 percent of their business is delivery and the cashiers answer the phones, manning that position is essential.

Suzette Megyeri, co-owner of Bambino’s Italian Eatery in Colorado Springs, says at least half her staff is cross-trained. Employees look at learning new positions as advancement opportunities. Anyone interested in promoting to manager must be willing to cross-train on all positions.

Managers offer an important defense against shortages. Ron Inverso, owner of Ron’s Original Bar & Grill in Exton, Pennsylvania, normally has two managers per shift. If they’re down by two servers (one down generally isn’t an issue) a manager will wait tables. Since all managers have gone through a kitchen training program, they can fi ll in there as well.

And then there’s another resource — you, the owner. Seven years into the business, Miller is still making deliveries. Megyeri comes in on her days off. And Anthony Marku, owner of Anthony’s Pizzeria & Italian Restaurant, a three-site operation in Orlando, still busses tables. His only complaint? “Because our restaurants have (won local awards) people recognize me. The problem is, they know I’m the owner so they don’t tip me,” he laughs.

Being proactive rather than reactive can help you get the upper hand on shortages. A good move? Identify areas where shortages are likelier to happen and compensate accordingly, either with cross-training, beefing up the staffing for that position, or employing other strategies. Marku says it’s his morning shift that’s most vulnerable to no-shows. Consequently, he requires employees to arrive an hour earlier, giving his managers time to find replacements.

For especially busy times like holidays or special events consider implementing an on-call policy. Miller does this for certain things like Super Bowl, asking a couple of people in all positions to remain on standby until a specified time.

Hiring more part-time staff might give you a greater cushion against shortages, For example, Megyeri says that most of her 30 employees are parttime. Each shift generally requires ten employees. Consequently, on a typical day, she’ll have at least 10 people with the whole day off they can call if necessary.

Establishing firm policies can also give you better control. Inverso’s approach is typical. “Employees are responsible for covering their shifts,” he says. “If they don’t, or if they’re late, or if they don’t call ahead of time, we issue an incident report. Get two or three of these and they’re out. “You hate to fi re them because they’re kids,” he continues. “But you can’t set a precedent. You have to set the policy, make sure everyone knows it and follow it.”

But firings are rare because employees like coming to work, Inverso says. In fact, the operators appearing here say they focus on creating pleasant environments that emphasize teamwork and accountability as a deterrent to no-shows and shortages.

“You want to create a sense of being part of a team,” says Sen. “Define the goals (we want fewer than two percent customer complaints), have a daily report card in front of them, and celebrate when you reach that goal.”

And if faced with a serious shortage, fess up to customers, Sen says. “Tell them the problem and what you’re doing to rectify it,” he says. “Reward them for their patience by offering them something free. It’s better to let them know rather than hoping they won’t notice.” ?

Calculating staffing requirements

Ron Inverso, owner of Ron’s Original Bar & Grill in Exton, Pennsylvania, doesn’t know how others calculate staffing requirements; he only knows that his system helps him keep his levels on target. Here’s how he figures it out:

First look at projected sales (A). Multiply this by your payroll budget percentage you want to meet (B) to determine the dollar amount you can spend on payroll (C). A x B = C.

Then, from your previous history (take a three-week average) determine what your average payroll cost is for the week (D). From this same period, take the average hours you spent (E). Dividing D by E gives you the average hourly rate (F). D/E = F.

Divide your payroll budget (C) by your average hourly rate (F). This is your hourly budget, the number of hours you can spend to meet your budget considering your projected sales. The hourly budget can be additionally broken out by FOH, production, delivery and management.

Pamela Mills-Senn is a freelancer specializing in writing on topics of interest to all manner of businesses. She is based in Long Beach, California.

The post 2009 March: Falling Short appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Get Local https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-get-local/ Tue, 26 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-get-local/ Stop 50 Wood Fired Pizza, an Indiana independent pizzeria that’s just over the border from Chicago, has a smart, eclectic wine list. There’s a rare Pinot Noir from northern Italy, a plush Amarone, a Spanish rosé. And then there’s a Riesling from — wait, Michigan? That isn’t as strange as it might seem. Over the […]

The post 2009 March: Get Local appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Get LocalStop 50 Wood Fired Pizza, an Indiana independent pizzeria that’s just over the border from Chicago, has a smart, eclectic wine list. There’s a rare Pinot Noir from northern Italy, a plush Amarone, a Spanish rosé. And then there’s a Riesling from — wait, Michigan?

That isn’t as strange as it might seem. Over the last decade, the United States has become a nation of winemakers. A state like Iowa, famous for corn, soybeans and hogs, now boasts a breathtaking 70 wineries. South Dakota and even North Dakota have wineries. Texas, a state where priests were planting grapes more than 300 years ago, produces renowned bottles from the hill country outside of Austin. In fact, there are now wineries in all 50 states –– yes, that includes Alaska –– and their ranks are growing rapidly. And compared to Alaska, Michigan seems like a perfect place to plant a few vineyards

At Stop 50, owner Chris Bardol isn’t stopping at a token Midwestern wine. In addition to Round Barn Winery’s riesling, which is made just a half-hour up the road, Bardol is adding a couple more Michigan wines and tasting bottles from Indiana and Ohio, too. “It’s at the beginning stages,” Bardol says of his local wine selection. It’s a natural project for him: Stop 50 prides itself on buying locally and not carrying mass-market brands. “We don’t do any large domestic breweries, so we wanted to carry that same thought process into the wine.”

And local wines aren’t languishing on the menu anymore, says Round Barn’s general manager, Chris Moersch. “It used to be like pulling teeth to get our wines into accounts,” he says. “That’s totally changed.” In fact, Round Barn’s wines are now in more than 150 restaurants. In part, as Moersch says, the shift is generational: “Twenty- and thirty-year-olds are much more open to local products. They like to make up their own mind.” But the way people think about wine has evolved, too, and as more Americans drink wine, the quality of regional wines has shot upwards.

At Pizzeria and Bar Bianco, a place that draws pizza cognoscenti from across the country, owner Chris Bianco stocks local Arizona wines. In fact, says Rod Keeling, president of the Arizona Wine Growers Association, Bianco’s such a believer in Arizona wine that he even testified before a legislative committee in support of local wineries.

“People will even try a wine or a beer because it is local,” says Bardol. “It’s actually an advantage.” The success of local beer –– craft beer from local breweries is now seen as a prestige product over beer from national breweries –– has made local wine seem less strange and more legitimate. And for pizzerias in tourist areas, local wines have an obvious selling point, Bardol says. “If they’re just in town for a little bit, where else are they going to see it?”

It’s tough to get more local than the half-dozen bottle list at Redwood Pizzeria in Felton, California, in the hills above Santa Cruz. Ask owner Evan Borthwick where his wines come from, and he says things like, “It’s up on the top of the ridge,” or “That’s literally a stone’s throw from the pizzeria.” All Redwood’s wines come from within a few miles of the pizzeria. That’s an extraordinary situation, but any pizzeria near a winemaking area would do well to emulate Borthwick’s model. He’s successfully cross-promoted Redwood through the local winery tasting rooms, winery associations and brochures. When the owner of a winery recommends Redwood for a pizza and a glass of his wine, that recommendation means actual business, Borthwick says. He’ll post flyers for special events at the wineries and they return the favor. It’s a deal that not only brings in customers, but reinforces Redwood’s brand as a local and organic business.

Getting wine is exceptionally easy for Borthwick. “I’ll call on a day’s notice when I’m down to the last bottle of Chardonnay, say,” he says, “and the wine maker will drop off the wine himself,” saving him shipping costs and cutting carbon emissions. That’s unusual, of course. But in many states, wineries can sell directly to restaurants instead of going through a distributor (which interstate sales typically require). That’s an opportunity to develop a relationship with a fledgling winery, which may cut its prices in order to get into a restaurant. Winter’s an especially good time to contact a local winery — that’s their slow season.

But if you go through a distributor, you may have to push to get access to local wines: distributors are used to selling mass-produced corporate wines. Also, Bardol says he typically pays a little more for local wines because he’s ordering in small quantities. “What I have to look at is how I’m going to price it to be competitive on the menu,” he says. Nevertheless, the Round Barn Riesling lands at the low end of the list, coming in at $5 a glass and under $20 a bottle. And even if he had to pay more, Bardol says, he’d do it, because that’s what customers expect from Stop 50: something surprising, local, and good. “It’s worth it to not have the big brand names,” he says. ?

getLocal2Think Local

Many American regional wineries grow standard European wine grapes like merlot or Chardonnay. But Midwestern or Southern wineries often grow less-familiar hybrid grapes like Chambourcin or Vidal because the European varieties don’t do well in extreme climates. Don’t dismiss them: they can be excellent. Here’s a primer on a few lesser-known winemaking states:

? New York. The North Fork, with its Bordeaux-like weather, is home to many stellar wineries, specializing in world-class Merlot and Cabernet Franc.

? Virginia. Thomas Jefferson once planted grapes at Monticello. Today he has many imitators. Look for lush Viognier or the local grape Norton.

? Michigan. Perhaps the most underrated wines in the country, Michigan’s best, especially its German-styled whites, can compete against almost any from the West Coast.

? Florida. Look for sweet wines from hotweather- loving hybridized grapes. And keep an eye out for dessert fruit wines, too.

? Idaho. Seriously. The cold nights here make for steely, high-quality white wines.

Nicholas Day is a freelance writer who covers food and drink for a variety of publications. He resides in New Haven, Connecticut.

The post 2009 March: Get Local appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-simple-ideas/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-simple-ideas/ What’s Up, Doc? Bugs Bunny loves carrots, and you should, too. Why? Because they’re the perfect way to sweeten a pizza sauce. That’s right, carrots have a built-in natural sugar, so they are excellent for that use. Wash and skin a large carrot and cook it with sauce. Discard the carrot after the sauce is […]

The post 2009 March: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Simple IdeasWhat’s Up, Doc?

Bugs Bunny loves carrots, and you should, too. Why? Because they’re the perfect way to sweeten a pizza sauce. That’s right, carrots have a built-in natural sugar, so they are excellent for that use. Wash and skin a large carrot and cook it with sauce. Discard the carrot after the sauce is cooked. It’s that simple.

Kid Friendly

We all know families are the backbone of your business. Here are some tips to make your place a welcome spot for the little ones:
? Speak directly to the child, not the parents. Ask them their name, then use it when you reference them.
? Bend down to their level and look them in the eye so as to be less threatening.
? Offer to have the children’s meal prepared as soon as possible, before the adults get their food.
? Have moist wipes on hand.
? Offer the kids coloring sheets and crayons to occupy them while they’re waiting.

To the Woods

So what if you don’t want to sweeten your sauce, but would instead prefer to give it more of an earthy profile? Try dried porcini mushrooms. Reconstitute them in warm water and strain the water through a fine mesh cheesecloth. Save the water, which has a lot of flavor, and add it to the sauce along with the softened mushrooms. A white sauce for pasta using heavy cream, rehydrated mushrooms and grated Parmesan cheese is a real winner!

All Knotted Up?

Here are some tips to keep in mind next time you make garlic knots for your appetizer menu:
?For denser, chewier garlic knots, make them to order. Use your regular aged dough, cut and form the knots, then bake immediately without further proofing.
? To prevent garlic bits from burning at high temperatures in a pizza oven, strain the mixture before applying to the dough. Or, apply only after baking.
? To come up with your own distinctive flavor blend, substitute extra-virgin olive oil for some or all of the butter.
? For variety, sprinkle on freshly grated Romano cheese, chopped oregano, chopped fresh basil and/or crushed red pepper after tossing the knots with the garlic mixture.
? For a more mellow flavor, use roasted garlic instead of fresh garlic cloves.

The post 2009 March: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Start Up Tips https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-start-up-tips/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-start-up-tips/ I have opened seven restaurants for myself and at least 30 more for clients in my career. The last one to open was last August in Ohio. I’ve designed fl or plans for stores smaller than my garage (900 square feet) all the way up to a couple of giant family entertainment places pushing 40,000 […]

The post 2009 March: Start Up Tips appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Start Up TipsI have opened seven restaurants for myself and at least 30 more for clients in my career. The last one to open was last August in Ohio. I’ve designed fl or plans for stores smaller than my garage (900 square feet) all the way up to a couple of giant family entertainment places pushing 40,000 square feet. The smallest location I designed was 450 square feet in the food court of one of the busiest malls in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. When the rent is high and the space available is tight, you have to get creative and utilize every inch of available space.

In this report, I’m going to attempt to detail a few of the things you’ll need to keep in mind if you’re opening a pizzeria. I’ll work under the assumption that you’re opening in a location that is approximately 24 by 55 feet (or 1,320) square feet. This operation is a closed up shoe store. It sits in the middle of a strip-mall with generous parking and a back door that leads to an alley. The neighbors are a video rental store, beauty salon, jewelry store and an insurance office. The only operation that is open after 5 p.m. is the video store. This allows you much greater parking in the evening when you’ll need it. Retail rental space and foodservice space are as different as night and day. Retail requirements are basically floors, walls and ceiling, plus one restroom, a small HVAC and plumbing requirements. Foodservice establishments have much higher mandated requirements.

The build-out and finished space will be inspected by the local building authority as well as the health department. Many times the fire department and other zoning and business offices will get their two cents in prior to your opening. Your new operation will need to have heavy-duty electrical service. I look for at least 300 amps. We’ll need at least a 2-inch gas line to supply the HVAC and pizza oven with enough volume and pressure to operate at full capacity. Your local building department will probably allow one unisex restroom for your employees because you don’t offer on premises dining. It will probably have to be handicap accessible. Your entrance and back door will also have to comply with ADA, meaning at least three-foot-wide doors. This is a good thing, because every piece of commercial food service equipment is designed to fit through a 36-inch door. Your plumbing requirements will often state that a huge water heater be installed for pot, pan and smallwares washing. Even though you don’t offer dine in and have zero fried food, you’ll most likely be forced into a grease trap (interceptor) between your sink and the city sewer.

I’ve seen small (30 gallon) to large (1000 gallon) required sizes. These vary from state to state and inspector to inspector. Delco pizzerias create almost zero grease but are lumped into the restaurant category. Once the restroom size and confi guration is established, you’ll also need to buy a threecompartment sink. These sinks are made from stainless steel and usually have drain boards at either end. Many health department rules state that the sink compartment size must be large enough to place the largest piece of equipment you’ll need to wash in it. This is the mixing bowl from a 60-quart mixer. This rule is often overlooked and a regular size sink with a sprayer will be accepted. Next, we’ll need at least one handwashing sink in the food prep area, if not two.

Many locals also require a vegetable-washing sink. If you opt for selling soft drinks from a fountain, you’ll need a cold water line and a fl oor drain. Your kitchen and prep area would certainly be a great place for another fl oor drain for fl oor mopping and scrubbing. While we’re talking about fl oors, think industrial strength, smooth, non-porous, easily cleanable, non-slip surfaces. Your plumber will most likely have to saw out concrete to place your grease trap, water lines and underground drains. If you have a wooden fl oor with a basement or crawlspace, this is an easier task.

Your pizza oven location will need to be established so the gas pipe can be routed (usually overhead). Plumbers usually install HVAC systems. The air conditioning that the bookstore had will not cool your kitchen once the oven fi res up. Most places add an additional rooftop unit of fi ve to 10 tons depending on how hot and humid it gets in the summer. Next up on the list is your exhaust fan and hood. This is referred to as ventilation and has different requirements from state to state. If you are required to install a system with make up air, your basic ventilation costs will triple.

For every square foot of air drawn out of the building, that amount — plus extra fresh air — must be pulled in and often times tempered (warmed or cooled to 70 degrees) to pass inspection. These roof top units are energy hogs, but help keep fl ying insects, dust and dirt outside. When you enter a building with make up air, you feel a little breeze of air across your face when you fi rst open the door. As you can see, the requirements for foodservice establishments are much higher than a typical retail space.

When you are making your short list of possible locations, look for the one that will require the least amount of mechanical rehabbing. Closed down restaurants are often a good deal because they have the basis HVAC, plumbing and electrical requirements in place. Be aware that some locations for some reason are perceived as losers. If there is a pattern of defunct restaurants, beware and move on. You will probably need to hire an architect and/ or engineer to draw blueprints and specifi cation sheets. These prints are often necessary to obtain a building permit. Most agencies will specify a set of sealed working prints before remodeling is started. The engineer seals the prints with a raised embossed seal much like a notary. When looking for an engineer, seek out one with restaurant experience. They will understand the fl ow of people and product and allow for subtle things like where the trashcans are located. Experience really pays off here.

Next month: I’ll offer some insight on your equipment needs. Stay tuned. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 March: Start Up Tips appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Whats in a Name? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-whats-in-a-name/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-whats-in-a-name/ It’s not unusual for pizzeria owners to trademark their store’s names. But some owners are taking their quest for brand originality beyond the store sign and onto the menu by registering trademarks for distinctive offerings. Does registering a menu item trademark make sense for your business? Ask yourself these questions to determine if the legal […]

The post 2009 March: Whats in a Name? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Whats in a Name?It’s not unusual for pizzeria owners to trademark their store’s names. But some owners are taking their quest for brand originality beyond the store sign and onto the menu by registering trademarks for distinctive offerings. Does registering a menu item trademark make sense for your business? Ask yourself these questions to determine if the legal legwork is a good investment for you.

First, is the name central to your brand or business strategy? Drew Militano started thinking about healthier pizzas long before it was trendy. In the early 1980s, the co-owner of Gerlanda’s in New Brunswick, New Jersey, fi rst experimented with a recipe for a wholewheat pizza dough.

“We fooled around with the recipe for a while, and our customers were liking it,” he says. “We just called it wheat pizza, though. Then one day I was by myself and all of a sudden, it hit me: ‘Wheatzza.’ I called my lawyer the next day to start the trademark process.” He was sure he wanted to protect the name not only because it so fittingly described his product but also because he saw future marketing potential in the catchy crust. “I felt it had value,” he explains. “I don’t know exactly what that value is in dollars, though we’ll know if I ever sell it. But it makes our brand unique. People search us out and say, ‘I’ll have a Wheatzza,’ or ‘make that one a Wheatzza!’ It’s great.”

Militano says when he first trademarked the name, the Wheatzza wasn’t exactly his top seller. But he’s gone from making about 50 Wheatzza crusts each week in 1984 to 50 a day in 2008. “I named my corporation the Wheatzza Corporation (and) my Web address is wheatzza.net,” he says. “I decided when I came up with this that this is mine and I want to make it a brand. We’re not just a little pizzeria around the corner; we have something no one else can say they have: the Wheatzza.”

Next, consider if you are in a hot competitive environment. The legal lightbulb went on for Michael Nicholson, owner of Glass Nickel Pizza Company in Madison, Wisconsin, after a someone approached him about opening an independent branch of Glass Nickel.

“This person decided he was going to open his own pizza shop, and he took the recipe for our best-selling pizza and named it something fairly similar,” Nicholson says. “At that point, we knew we needed to do something to protect our names.”

After contacting his legal counsel, Nicholson began the trademark process for his top-selling pie, a pizza with a chunky tomato sauce base that’s piled high with spinach, red onion, tomatoes, mushrooms, the Glass Nickel house blend cheese and topped with feta cheese. He had always called it “Fetalicious”, and he knew it was time to legally protect his best-seller’s memorable name.

“It was a light-bulb moment,” Nicholson says. “We take all our cues from our customers, and this was their favorite and it had been their favorite for a while. So they voted with their orders, and we liked the ingredients and the name and knew this was the pizza we needed to protect.”

Next, it is time to consider your cost-to-benefit ratio. For any business investment, understanding the costto- benefit ratio is essential. Trademark decisions are no different. But what many people don’t know, says Cynthia Lynch, the administrator for Trademark Policy and Procedure at the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), is that you can gain “common law” trademark protection without any cost at all.

“In the United States, you can gain trademark rights just by using your mark (the name you want to trademark),” she says. “You definitely get additional legal presumptions and benefits by having an official trademark registration, but it’s not the case that without that, you have nothing.”

You can even add the ™ mark to your unique menu items without registering them, says Karin Segall, a Manhattan lawyer who specializes in clearance and registration of domestic and international trademarks. She says for owners who aren’t worried about legal battles surrounding stolen names and are simply looking to officially “mark” a fun menu item or unique name, common law trademarks can be a great solution. But if you’re going to be investing a lot in advertising and branding based on an item, she recommends you go ahead and initiate the registration process because it can save you money in the end.

“Before you do anything with it, you need to clear the name,” she says, explaining the clearing process involves thorough searching to make sure no one else is using your desired trademark. Segall says individuals can do a search online via the USPTO’s Web site as well as more conventional Google searches. “Doing your own search is certainly a good starting point,” she says. “But its best to have a lawyer do it because there’s a certain art to these searches and just because you didn’t find something doesn’t mean it’s not there.”

If you decide to go ahead and register your trademark, Lynch says restaurant services usually fall into a single “class,” and cost about $325 for the mark. If you choose to use a lawyer, obviously you’ll also incur any legal fees associated with researching and applying for the trademark, as well.

One of the most common problems Lynch sees in trademark applications at the USPTO is very basic: choosing a name that you can’t trademark. “We have criteria for what we can and cannot register, and we are ordered not to register a term that is generic, like ‘breadsticks,’ for example,” she says. “The philosophy behind the law is that your competitors should be able to use whatever terms they need to use to describe their item.”

Nicholson, owner of Glass Nickel Pizza Company, says he thinks it makes the most sense for pizza shop owners to go ahead and hire a lawyer, however, to navigate the trademark process for you. “Find an attorney with reasonable fees to do the leg work for you,” he says. “After all, you have a pizza shop to run!”

Nicholson sees his trademark as more than legal protection: it’s advertising, as well. “You’d pay as much to advertise in a hotel guide book and not bat an eye at it,” he says. “And people remember it and notice the trademark. Our regular clientele tell us how excited they are that Fetalicious is trademarked because they really take pride in it, too. They were there when it began and helped it become what it is today.”

Militano agrees, noting just an “R” in a circle sets you and your items apart from the crowd. “We operate in a college town, and this is no exaggeration: there are 14 pizzerias within five blocks of each other here,” he says. “But because of Wheatzza, I’m not just the average ‘sling a pie for five bucks and give it to a college kid’ guy. I made a brand that is memorable and means something. And it’s legally mine.” ?

The Payoff of a Trademark

Lauren Teton, a product naming expert and consultant, offers these tips on choosing the perfect trademark for your favorite menu item:
? Try some rhyme time. There’s a reason we remember catchy jingles or even the Dr. Seuss books we read as children: rhyming and alliterative names stick in our brains better than run-of-the-mill titles or stories. “I have found names that rhyme are memorable and really have the ‘fun factor,’ which makes them easy and entertaining to say,” she explains.
? Keep it simple. Make sure your trademarked item’s name will be something your customers can easily understand. She cites the case of two Italian restaurants with diffi cultto- pronounce names: Sfuzzi and Scuisa. “You had to be a chi-chi insider to know how to pronounce them, and even if you knew how to say them, you’d have to be an insider to know how to spell them to call for a reservation,” she says, noting that these restaurants are no longer in business.
? Make it mean something. Teton loves the name of Gerlanda’s “Wheatzza” pizza. Not only does the name say exactly what the food is—a pizza with a whole-wheat crust—it is unusual while still being something our brains understand easily when we hear it. “If you can choose a name that implants itself in the brain, you will have an advantage over the competition,” she says.

Alyson McNutt English is an award-winning freelance writer specializing in home, health, family, and green topics. She lives in Huntsville, Alabama.

The post 2009 March: Whats in a Name? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: A Grand Theme https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-a-grand-theme/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-a-grand-theme/ Fifteen years ago, Don Bellis wanted to bring the concept of wood-fired pizza to the west coast. A little homework with other business owners told him that the new restaurant would be his life, and he’d likely spend more time at the restaurant than at home during the oncoming years. So he decided to create […]

The post 2009 March: A Grand Theme appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: A Grand ThemeFifteen years ago, Don Bellis wanted to bring the concept of wood-fired pizza to the west coast. A little homework with other business owners told him that the new restaurant would be his life, and he’d likely spend more time at the restaurant than at home during the oncoming years.

So he decided to create a restaurant around a theme that appealed to him and his business partner, Jay Gigandet: classic rock.

Beginning with creating the menu for Rock Wood Fired Pizza around classic rock songs, they also embraced a décor that could probably best be described as industrial salvage chic. Think flames painted onto bathroom stalls. A crumbling brick wall in a dining room. Rusted steel beams overhead in the bar area. And, in some restaurants, vintage vehicles.

The theme is mostly a reflection of the owners’ sense of style. They’ve simply dreamed up features they’d like to see in restaurants and added in the elements as they built. It’s cost them –– but what it has brought them is local notoriety and, in the end, paying customers.

But, Bellis notes, any restaurant that embraces a theme needs to make sure it has the food to bring customers back. No one will eat bad food just to look at a cool room.

“Atmosphere and theme will only get you so far,” Bellis says. “If you don’t have quality food to back it up, you’ll never make it. We can get them in the door with our theme, but once they have the food, they’re hooked for life.”

Others agree. Randy White, CEO of White Hutchinson Leisure & Learning Group, a restaurant consulting fi rm based in Kansas City, notes that food has to come first. “Everybody thinks a theme will create an experience, but it doesn’t really,” White says. “The downfall of the themed restaurant in the past was the themes raised the construction price and they had to raise the price.”

Themes can be as subtle as choosing colors and textures for the interior of a restaurant, White says. He points to Panera Bread as a successfully themed restaurant, mostly because it feels comfortable and brings patrons in with its mix of neutral colors and casual textures. It’s comfortable and homey, and customers feel they can sit and stay, which is what the restaurant operators want. “The truth of it is, with great theming, sometimes people don’t notice it,” White says.

To choose a theme, first choose your food, then decide the price point you’d like to hit. If you want to draw families with children, use bright colors and resilient furniture and finishes that can withstand tough traffic. If your restaurant is designed to draw a more high-dollar diner, consider dark wood, brass, marble finishes and more reserved colors.

One of the strongest elements that can help determine the theme and mood of the restaurant is lighting, as well as acoustics. White says these two pieces are neglected in many restaurant plans, and they might determine if a restaurant gets repeat business more than any other element. “There is an art to doing lighting appropriately,” White says. “Same for acoustics, and many restaurants totally ignore acoustics. Loud environments induce stress in people. I’ve been in restaurants where the wait person has to stoop down to hear you.”

Most themes these days tend towards casual, White says, as the American appetite is swinging towards affordability. “You don’t see as much high end,” White says. “The price points are more affordable, especially if you are targeting families.”

For Billy Lane, owner of Pizza Lane in Sumter, South Carolina, creating a theme was a way to distinguish his restaurant from all of the other pizza restaurants around. Lane was operating as a Pizza Inn franchise, and when he reached the 20-year anniversary with Pizza Inn, he decided against signing a new franchise agreement. He wanted to create a place that honored the local history of his town and capitalize on his own love of antiques. Over the past 15 years, he has added various elements to the restaurant that come from some of Sumter’s long-time businesses and remind patrons of years past. For the younger crowd, it can be an education in the history of their hometown.

“Everything in the restaurant, including the architectural pieces, and drug stores, service stations, barber shop, everything I could get that was legitimate memorabilia, I have it,” Lane says. “All of the people in this town love to come in and reminisce.”

The first room in the restaurant incorporates old teller windows from a bank. Two other rooms borrow their theme from local theaters that once operated in the town, while the last is styled as an old filling station.

“I think if I would have kept my same décor, which was run of the mill Pizza Inn décor, I don’t think I’d be in business today,” Lane says. “When you walk into our restaurant, it’s like coming into a carnival. It’s incredible. It changed everything. People want to come in because of it.” ?

Tips for creating a themed dining room

It’s not as simple as scattering sports memorabilia around. A theme needs to consider every aspect of your restaurant. Here are some basic tips for successful theming from designer Randy White:

? Start with the food. The type of food should have a large part in setting the décor.

? Determine a price point. Remember, custom details cost, and can drive up the cost of construction and, ultimately, the price points on the menu. Be careful that your décor isn’t so expensive that it causes you to raise costs.

? Select casual details for family friendly, lower price points. Bright lighting is one element that can help set that mood.

? Select upscale materials for a high-end menu. Neutral colors, dark wood, brass and marble, as well as low lighting, signal a higher price point.

Robyn Davis Sekula is a freelance writer living in New Albany, Indiana.

The post 2009 March: A Grand Theme appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-a-pizza-my-mind/ The average customer spends less than 40 seconds looking over your menu. In that time, the brain kick-starts into overdrive and a purchasing decision is made based on emotion, comfort zone, curiosity and cost. Some of your menu choices contribute lots more cash to the bottom line than others. Some of your menu items are […]

The post 2009 March: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: A Pizza My MindThe average customer spends less than 40 seconds looking over your menu. In that time, the brain kick-starts into overdrive and a purchasing decision is made based on emotion, comfort zone, curiosity and cost.

Some of your menu choices contribute lots more cash to the bottom line than others. Some of your menu items are very popular, as well as profitable. The rest are not.

The trick is to identify which items are winners and which are losers. You may also wonder how you can influence the speed-reading customer to order the most profitable entrees. One thing to bear in mind is this: it is not about selling more pizza — it’s about selling more of the most profitable menu items.

And, when you try to identify your most profitable items, here’s another hint: it’s not about the food cost percentage.

I use a system that I call Menu Profit Max. Here’s how the idea works: Let’s look at your large specialty pizzas. You may offer a chicken, taco, veggie, Margherita, Hawaiian, house special and my favorite, the Bodacious BLT. You have done the work and have established a food cost in percentage and a food cost in dollar amount. The cost of ingredients to make the pizza subtracted from the menu price is the ever-important contribution margin (CM). These pizzas will typically run between 25-35 percent food cost. A few of them will yield higher than average CM ($13 to $17 per sale), and some will only yield $7 to $11 per pie gross profit. If you were only going to sell a fixed finite amount in an average week’s time, which ones would you like to sell the most of? The high or low CM pizzas?

Let’s say my shop sold, hypothetically, 1,000 specialty pies a week. My fl iers and menus were redesigned based on historical ordering data from my POS system reports. My new menu design, layout and visual appeal steered my customers to order more of the more profitable pizzas. Twenty cents here, 50 cents there and pretty soon we’re talking thousands of brand-new profit dollars. This procedure is repeated in every category of entrees: appetizers, sandwiches, salads, pasta, beverages and so on.

By renaming, re-pricing, repositioning or removing entrées, your bottom line will balloon with no additional increase of customer counts. This strategy is used by Web-based retailers, airlines, grocery stores and many retail giants. They track the most purchased and profitable items and entice you to order them when you purchase. You only need three pieces of data to make this strategy a reality: menu price, food cost in dollars and the number of times each item was ordered in a month’s time.

Parting thought: 1,000 pizzas times an extra 50 cents CM will add $500 to your bottom line. We haven’t even started on the rest of the menu, like wings and salads. Get started today. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 March: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Best Foot Forward https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-best-foot-forward/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-best-foot-forward/ An epic chain reaction has seized the entire planet. This will most likely be the ugliest financial fall-out most people have ever seen. Today alone, 11 pizzerias will slam their doors shut forever. A shake-out like the one gripping the entire world right now will take the weak players first. But even good operators will […]

The post 2009 March: Best Foot Forward appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Best Foot ForwardAn epic chain reaction has seized the entire planet. This will most likely be the ugliest financial fall-out most people have ever seen. Today alone, 11 pizzerias will slam their doors shut forever. A shake-out like the one gripping the entire world right now will take the weak players first. But even good operators will be confronted with dwindling sales as recession-battered customers cut way back on discretionary spending. So, you can sit around waiting for a tornado to spin you and your dog to Oz, or you can deal yourself an ace.

Your first ace is a powerful USP. That’s because the best way of eliminating your competition is to separate yourself from them. And the proven way to accomplish this is to craft a “Unique Selling Proposition” (or USP, for short). A USP is that distinct and appealing statement that sets your pizzeria apart from every other “generic” pizza shop. A USP that resonates in your marketplace can be the difference between surviving and thriving.

Let’s look at a few from outside the pizza industry: “When it absolutely, positively has to be there overnight.” Of course that’s Federal Express. Tylenol is “the pain reliever doctors use.” Volvo says: “Drive safely.”

Of course, other delivery businesses offered overnight service before Federal Express coined their famous phrase. Dozens of pain relievers contain the same stuff as Tylenol. Most cars have the same safety features as Volvo. So why have these companies taken ownership of a common feature in their industry? Because they grabbed it and ran with it — before their competitors did.

The big one in pizza is: “Better Ingredients. Better Pizza.” You cannot think of the USP without linking it to its source, Papa John’s.

It’s a sad fact though that most pizzeria owners don’t have a USP. Only a “me-too” nondescript business that gets by solely on the momentum of the marketplace. They make no promise, they offer no benefit, they have no justifiable reason for anyone to choose them. So, it’s no surprise that most pizzerias, lacking any type of USP, merely get by. Failure rates are high because they offer no reason to choose them over their competitors.

Now think about it … why should someone switch from their current pizza shop to yours? Are you offering a compelling promise, unique feature or special service? I know what you’re thinking — “We make the best pizza in town.” (Yawn). Would you abandon your favorite steak house because another claimed “Best steaks in town?”

It’s foolish to expect a major surge in business when you’re blowing the same horn everybody else is blowing. You just simply will not stand out from the crowd.

There are three steps to a powerful USP:

  • Unique benefit
  • Guarantee
  • Repetition

Simply boasting of the “best pizza in town” just puts you right smack-dab in the middle of the herd. Exactly where you don’t want to be. However –– what if you added some real “teeth” to that same phrase? Here is the USP I adopted for my shop: “The best pizza you’ve ever had, or your money back –– every penny.”

The guarantee does some very heavy lifting for us here because subconsciously it says that our pizza must be good or we couldn’t make that guarantee. I credit those twelve words with my own explosive sales growth.

Okay, let’s get to it. With paper and pen, write several one-paragraph statements that convey your big promise. A promise that resonates in your marketplace and a promise you can deliver on (no pun intended). Then, ruthlessly edit the best paragraph until you have a concise sentence that offers up the crispest, clearest Unique Selling Proposition your customer can seize upon.

So, what’s your USP? What do customers think about you when placing an order for pizza? Better yet, what do you want them to think? Why should they call you instead of someone else? What is so special about you?

Remember, “Best Pizza in Town” ain’t it. Your USP must say: “Buy my pizza –– get this specific benefit.” Is your USP low price? How low? Can you back it up? (We will beat the lowest price by $2 or you get it free). Are you putting out “high-end” pizza? Remember my USP? Not only did I claim “best,” I went further and backed it with a money-back guarantee.

Enforce your USP with an “Iron- Clad Guarantee.” A strong guarantee is what’s known in marketing as “risk reversal.” Instead of trying to persuade a potential prospect to fork over his hard earned money to try you out, you promise him that if he’s disappointed for any reason whatsoever you will refund his money with no hassles! To make my point, put yourself in the customers’ shoes and decide which pizzeria would get your money. They are identical in every way, except for what’s on their front doors.

Tom’s Pizza — No checks. No refunds.

Tom’s Pizza — Your complete satisfaction guaranteed, or your money back!

Which place would you choose?

Develop a high voltage Unique Selling Proposition that makes people think of you and you only. Live up to it. And, put it on everything: menus, fl yers, door hangers letters — everything!

A USP defines you to the world. After all, anybody can scream “Best Pizza in Town.” But guess what? Nobody can say “Better Ingredients. Better Pizza.” except Papa John’s, because they have defined themselves and removed the guesswork.

A solid USP must be clear, concise, and forceful. It must sell your product, not just sound cool. Domino’s created urgency with its 30-minute guarantee in the 1980s. Papa John’s creates desire — after all, its claim of “better” implies other pizzas are inferior. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 March: Best Foot Forward appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-commentary/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-commentary/ 2009 is an important year for International Pizza Expo — it’s the trade show’s 25th anniversary. Additionally, Pizza Today celebrated its 25th anniversary last year. I’m honored and proud to be a part of these two wonderful industry assets, and know that their quartercentury of helping pizzeria operators improve business is an achievement worthy of […]

The post 2009 March: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Commentary2009 is an important year for International Pizza Expo — it’s the trade show’s 25th anniversary. Additionally, Pizza Today celebrated its 25th anniversary last year. I’m honored and proud to be a part of these two wonderful industry assets, and know that their quartercentury of helping pizzeria operators improve business is an achievement worthy of celebration. That’s exactly what we’ll do March 10-12 in Las Vegas. We’re giving away $25,000 cash to close the show, and we’re throwing another of our popular “Rockin’ ” parties on March 11. I hope you can make it. I know you’ll be glad you did.

Do me a favor when you’re at the show. Budget a few minutes to stop by the Pizza Today booth and say hello to our staff members. Meeting you and learning about your pizzerias is a yearly highlight for us.

In the meantime, I want to send out a most sincere “thank you” to those who support the Expo and Pizza Today each and every year. From our advertisers and exhibitors to our readers and attendees, you are the reason we exist. We value the lasting partnerships we’ve formed with you over the years and we’re eager to advance those relationships in 2009 and beyond.

Pizzeria owners everywhere know 2009 will be a tough year. But strides can be made and there is ground to gain if you put together a solid marketing and product plan and stick to it. We’ll continue to provide the industry’s best advice month in and month out, and I know our advertisers — those companies who provide the industry’s backbone — will continue seeking products that make your businesses more effi cient and more profi table.

Lastly, if you get a chance when you’re walking the show fl oor this month, seek out the companies that invest in your business by advertising in Pizza Today and thank them for their support of our great industry. They’ll be glad to hear from you, and they may even cut you a deal on a product or service!

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 March: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Control is Crucial https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-control-is-crucial/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-control-is-crucial/ Climbing commodities, fewer diners, eroding economy: does it spell “d-o-o-m” for your pizzeria? Not if you take control of your crucial costs — those that we can control on a daily basis. The total of these controllable costs are termed “prime cost.” Simply put, prime cost equals the sum of your food and labor costs. […]

The post 2009 March: Control is Crucial appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Control is CrucialClimbing commodities, fewer diners, eroding economy: does it spell “d-o-o-m” for your pizzeria? Not if you take control of your crucial costs — those that we can control on a daily basis. The total of these controllable costs are termed “prime cost.” Simply put, prime cost equals the sum of your food and labor costs. These expenses need to be monitored with the vigilance of Scrooge McDuck. Prime cost is typically expressed as a percentage; ideally, 60 percent or lower. This percentage is found by adding our total food cost and labor cost together, then dividing that number by total gross sales.

 

Let’s start with food cost, which is the sum of all the ingredients used to create your product. Most operators include boxes and paper in this category. I like to advise my peers to manage from the front door, not the back. Cutting quality is a sure way to cut customer counts. That being said, how can you control food costs?

Begin by buying smart. Secure a prime vendor agreement instead of using your time and money to shop around for the best price. In this kind of agreement, the distributor seeks to obtain a high percentage (90 percent) of the operator’s purchasing in exchange for preferred pricing for key items. Industry Consultant Big Dave Ostrander espouses this benefit.

“I have monitored almost every client I assisted in negotiating their prime vendor agreement,” he says. “The majority of them see an instant five percent reduction. When the numbers are in at the end of the year, the clients realize more like an eight percent improvement in food purchases.”

You also should weigh the benefits of having an exclusive contract with minor vendors, such as your beverage or produce provider. This tactic is called “recession partnering.” For example, by exclusively carrying one particular soda company’s products, I can save dollars per case and benefit from rebates, signage and free point-of-sale materials. I not only lower my cost this way, but I also increase my sales — thus lowering my prime cost percentage. Additionally, it also allows me to lower my inventory.

Our next recommended step is to create recipe-costing cards for every item on your menu. Consultant David Scott Peters of TheRestaurantExpert. com says: “Include everything down to a single piece of lettuce. Making these cards and training everyone to religiously use them eliminates waste and over-portioning. Plus, it provides a great training too.”

Take a long, hard look at your menu. Run a few reports through your POS system. Combine your recipe costing cards with your POS reports. Examine closely to see what items are ordered most often and how much they cost you to make versus what your profit margin on them happens to be. You’ll see the poor performers on your menu. These are the ones that don’t sell or that lose you money. They need to go. You want popular, high-profit menu items only.

Once you identify these menu VIPs, highlight them. Encourage customers to purchase them. You may need to work with a professional menu-design company to achieve the best results, but it will be a worthwhile investment.

Next, let’s focus on labor. Cutting customer service is a sure way to cut traffic, it’s important to hire and effectively train the right people. Jim Laube, president of RestaurantOwner. com, recommends a series of interview questions that give insight. When you ask “Do you enjoy serving and taking care of other people?” your potential hire will likely answer in the affirmative. So follow up with this: “Describe one or two instances in which you served or cared for someone else and it was particularly gratifying.”

If the response is genuine, the applicant should be able to provide you with specifi cs. Listen for positive feelings created though the act of doing something special for others. Hiring people who love to take care of others helps create positive experiences and gives their guests another reason to come back again.

Since training an employee is estimated to cost upwards of $1,500, can we really afford turnover? For that reason, it’s important to train with an eye to developing key people who will stand out as superstars. Like grooming a child to eventually take over the business, we need to set clear guidelines and expectations for our key employees. While we don’t have to open up the books for them, we do need to explain how and why things are done as this has a direct effect on whether you have any cash in the bank to pay bills, make payroll and take home.

Is it possible to trim some payroll hours? Probably. What you need to do is measure productivity by comparing sales per hour versus the labor cost per hour. You need to do this for each day of the week, every hour of the day. This will allow you to manage the fl ow and not be understaffed or overstaffed.

Remember that your total labor cost is made up of all wages plus taxes, benefits and payroll insurances. While taxes and insurance are regulated, there are ways to lower your costs. Ohio Restaurant Association member Ann Reichle encourages operators to belong to trade communities. “It saves me over $1,000 annually on workers’ compensation alone,” she says.

Prime cost percentage is the one number every operator must pay attention to. Daily monitoring of costs will help you catch a problem before it turns into a major revenue loss. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania and a frequent contributor to Pizza Today and the Pizza Expo family of tradeshows.

The post 2009 March: Control is Crucial appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-did-you-know/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-did-you-know/ 77 percent of pizzerias apply between 4 and 6 ounces of sauce on a 14-inch pizza. In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 86 percent of respondents said they had a sales increase of at least 10 percent on the day before Thanksgiving. 48 percent of American pizzerias serve beer. Alabama has 720 Pizzerias Mack […]

The post 2009 March: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Did You Know?77 percent of pizzerias apply between 4 and 6 ounces of sauce on a 14-inch pizza.

In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 86 percent of respondents said they had a sales increase of at least 10 percent on the day before Thanksgiving.

48 percent of American pizzerias serve beer.
Alabama has 720 Pizzerias
Mack & Manco Pizza  / Theo’s Pizzeria / Caioti Pizza Café
Mack & Manco Pizza
918 Boardwalk
Ocean City, NJ 08226
(609) 399-2548

Sure there might be a pizza joint on every corner in Ocean City, but Mack & Manco has a long list of awards to back up their claim as the best pizza on the shore. Part of the allure is the fact that pizzaiolos make pizzas fresh in front of the customers and each slice is different. Locals say don’t even bother with toppings –– a traditional slice of cheese is the way to go!

Theo’s Pizzeria
1157 Broadway
Somerville, MA 02143
(617) 666-8232

Remember the show “Two Guys, a Girl and a Pizza Place”? It’s based on this college-town pizzeria where buttery crust and gooey cheese please the late-night crowds. A favorite is the Red Sox Pizza piled with pepperoni, barbecue chicken and roasted pepper. Don’t knock it ‘til you try it!

Caioti Pizza Café
4346 Tujunga Avenue
Studio City, CA 91604
(818) 761-3588

This bistro-style pizzeria was formerly owned by the late pizza visionary Ed LaDou, and the menu is truly a work of art. Chef Erik McBeth has created a strong following by using fresh, wholesome ingredients that make Caioti’s menu items more than just a quick bite on the run. Here, you’ll find nourishment in the form of California-style pizzas and salads that transcend the ordinary. An example? How about the Lamb Sausage pizza with lemon-grilled eggplant, roasted garlic, feta and mozzarella cheeses and kalamata olives. Beautiful!

The post 2009 March: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-dough-doctor/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-dough-doctor/ Like other types of yeast leavened bread doughs, pizza doughs will benefit from fermenting for a period of time before using or baking. Fermentation provides dough conditioning, making the dough easier to shape. It also reduces the propensity of the dough to bubble during baking, and it does wonders for the flavor of the dough, […]

The post 2009 March: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Dough DoctorLike other types of yeast leavened bread doughs, pizza doughs will benefit from fermenting for a period of time before using or baking. Fermentation provides dough conditioning, making the dough easier to shape. It also reduces the propensity of the dough to bubble during baking, and it does wonders for the flavor of the dough, too. Depending upon the temperature at which the dough is fermented, you can get different fermentation flavors. For example, if the dough is unusually soft, due to high absorption (added water), or if it is stored (fermented) in a cool environment, the yeast and bacteria present in the dough will tend to produce greater amounts of lactic acid, producing a flavor in the finished crust more along the lines of that of a sourdough. A dough that is made with a low absorption (50 percent or less), or which is allowed to ferment at room temperature, will tend to produce more acetic acid, resulting in a flavor more like that which we would associate with commercially produced white pan bread. This is one of the reasons why you see so many formulas/recipes for artisan bread that call for overnight refrigeration/ fermentation of the dough.

Fermentation itself is important to the performance of our pizza dough. The effects of fermentation combine to help mellow or weaken the gluten forming proteins, resulting in a finished dough that is more easily stretched to shape, and which doesn’t possess so much snap-back that it refuses to maintain its shape. The weakening effect upon the fl our proteins is also responsible for developing a more tender eating characteristic.

The main by-product of fermentation, carbon dioxide, works to leaven the dough both before and during baking. This leavening effect is what produces the desired lightness in the finished crust (which, in turn, is responsible to a great degree for the crispiness and crust color development of the finished crust).

Since so many good things come from the effects of fermentation, one might be inclined to think that more is better, but that isn’t necessarily the case — too much fermentation can result in a dough that is excessively gassy, or so weak that it is diffi cult to shape properly, not to mention the fact that it probably won’t rise very well either, and remember those acids that are formed as a by-product of fermentation? If your dough gets too acidic as a result of excessive fermentation, those acids will impede crust color development, making it difficult to get the desired color on the finished crust. Then, too, there is flavor –– an over fermented dough will have a very strong and pronounced “fermentation” smell. Some operators have likened this smell to that of a brewery, and they’re not too far off base, as the aromatics are both due to the by-products of yeast fermentation.

In some instances, we might see a dough that has not been given sufficient fermentation. Think of an emergency dough, where you came in to open the store early in the morning only to be met by the pungent smell of fermentation — and a mess in the cooler. Now you’re faced with the task of cleaning up the mess, tossing out the “blown” dough, and making an emergency dough to get you through the day. Since you will only have a few hours at most to get the emergency dough up and running, you can bet that it will be short on fermentation time.

Even though we double the yeast level in our emergency dough, the flavor will still be somewhat lacking. Because of the shorter fermentation time, the same level of acids won’t be developed, which can result in a dough that colors more quickly in the oven, possibly necessitating a slight reduction in bake time or temperature. And lastly, since the effect of the various acids and enzymes from the yeast haven’t had sufficient time to mellow, or soften the gluten forming proteins, the dough might feel a little stiffer or stronger, and exhibit more snap-back at forming than your regular doughs. To some extent, this can be compensated for through the addition of a small amount of L-cysteine/PZ-44 to the dough. Even at this, you will most likely find that the dough isn’t as light/ airy as your regular dough, and this can make the finished crust more chewy and less crispy.

As you can see, fermentation is a very important aspect of making a quality pizza/pizza crust. The main thing to keep in mind is that it isn’t so much a matter of how much fermentation you give the dough, but rather how well you control the fermentation.

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2009 March: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-five-questions/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-five-questions/ Bear Silber co-owns Pizza Party, a one-store operation in Santa Clara, California. Once a Pizza Party customer, Silber, age 26, is in the process of buying the property from the couple that previously owned the pizzeria. At this point, they are equal partners in the business. PT: What made you want to buy a pizzeria? […]

The post 2009 March: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Bear Silber co-owns Pizza Party, a one-store operation in Santa Clara, California. Once a Pizza Party customer, Silber, age 26, is in the process of buying the property from the couple that previously owned the pizzeria. At this point, they are equal partners in the business.

PT: What made you want to buy a pizzeria?

BS: I’ve always wanted to do something in the culinary field. I’ve done a lot of different jobs in the past: I’ve tutored; I’ve been a P.E. coach, a plumber, a carpenter. I’ve done marketing and Web design. I was at a point where I wanted to settle into a career. I’ve never been classically trained and it was getting a little late for me to go to culinary school, so I looked around at places I could get involved with without having that training. I looked at ice cream parlors, delis, doughnut shops and pizza parlors. I settled on pizza because it has a family atmosphere and you have people sitting around for a while and hanging out in your pizzeria. In an ice cream parlor, they stay maybe 15 minutes and then leave.

PT: Have you made any changes since buying in to Pizza Party last fall?

BS: I’ve made a lot of changes. I came in here and redid the Web site and logo. I wanted to change the name, but it was already changed a few years ago and you can’t continue to change the name all the time. But Pizza Party does represent what we do. I also redid the menu, both the items and the graphics.

PT: What items did you add or drop from the menu?

BS: I dropped very little, if anything. But we added wraps and they’re doing very well. We also added jalapeño poppers and root beer fl oats, and we’re going to add artisan pies soon. We have specialty pizzas, but I want to take a three-tiered approach and offer the regular sausage and pepperoni pizzas, the specialties like veggie or BBQ chicken, and then have the artisan pizzas. I’ve been taking baby steps and still have a ways to go, but every day I try to do a little something different.

PT: Why didn’t the poor economy deter you from getting involved in pizzeria ownership?

BS: I had no idea about that. I got to the point in my life where I didn’t have a career and I really wanted to make one for myself. It was the right time for me personally. I didn’t want to wait two years until the economy got better. Look at McDonald’s. They’re doing great right now. Even in this economy, someone is going to do well.

PT: You’re really into marketing through the social networking sites, aren’t you?

BS: Yes. I’m doing a lot with Yelp and Twitter. The day after the Super Bowl, I got on Twitter and offered a free mini pizza to the first person who came into the pizzeria wearing a Steelers jersey. I’ve put up trivia questions and given the first person to respond with the correct answer a small pizza –– things like that. It’s not quite driving in people yet. I think it will take some time to catch on. But, when you think about it, how many millions of people are there on Facebook? It’s slow to come around, but you’ll see people building on it more and more. It’s fun to get a dialogue started with your customers.

The post 2009 March: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Know When to Fold https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-know-when-to-fold/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-know-when-to-fold/ Nobody ever wants to have to file for bankruptcy, but in these tough economic times, more and more pizzeria owners are being forced to do so. “Pizza used to be a bulletproof business,” says attorney Marvin Wolf, the New Jersey State chair of the National Association of Consumer Bankruptcy Attorneys. “This economy is different.” Wolf […]

The post 2009 March: Know When to Fold appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Know When to FoldNobody ever wants to have to file for bankruptcy, but in these tough economic times, more and more pizzeria owners are being forced to do so. “Pizza used to be a bulletproof business,” says attorney Marvin Wolf, the New Jersey State chair of the National Association of Consumer Bankruptcy Attorneys. “This economy is different.” Wolf has noticed that a couple of local pizzerias have closed in his own New Jersey neighborhood. “It used to be that people skipped expensive dinners in tough economic times and went out for pizza. Now they are eating at home it seems.”

He is right. Around the country, small pizzerias are shuttering their doors for good. And those that are not closing are at least feeling the pinch. Even the big pizza companies are not immune. Midland Food Services, a Pizza Hut franchisee based in Ohio, filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy back in August.

Pat Steen, the director of marketing for Midland declined to talk, but did say that anyone filing for bankruptcy ought to “consult their own attorney” and described their process as more of a “reorganization” than an ending.

According to Wolf, “hiring a qualified and knowledgeable attorney,” is the first step towards a less painful process.

Many wait too long, says attorney Mark Zuckerberg of Indianapolis, Indiana. “There is this public perception that people have run up all this debt on purpose,” he says. “That is just not true. So often when people come to me they have been throwing good money after bad for such a long time they are in more trouble than they would have been had they just come when the trouble began.”

Zuckerberg sees small business clients who have been digging into their employee withholding taxes in an effort to save a failing business. “Everybody is hopeful, they put their blood into this business,” he says. But many times this will not work and then people are also in trouble with the Internal Revenue Service.

According to Wolf, there are two major signs that it is time to consider filing. The first is an inability to pay suppliers —”are your liabilities greater than your assets?” he asks. The second is an inability to pay debts. “If it is taking you more than 180 days to pay your debts, that is when you are in trouble,” Wolf says.

“Generally, a petition is filed with the Bankruptcy Court setting for the debtor’s identifying information and financial circumstances,” says attorney Patricia Glover of Roswell, Georgia. “The petition is in a very specific format and should not be attempted without an attorney.”

A good lawyer is also important in terms of determining first, whether a case is a bankruptcy and second, what kind of bankruptcy needs to be filed. Because they are a corporation, Midland fi led for Chapter 11, the most oft-cited form of bankruptcy. But it is not the only one. Most smaller pizzerias are likely to file Chapter 7 or Chapter 13.

In a Chapter 7, all assets are liquidated and sold to repay creditors. In a Chapter 13, funds are rearranged so that debts can be repaid, but the business remains open. In a Chapter 13, creditors must be repaid more than they would in a liquidation to make it worth their while.

Once it is determined what type of bankruptcy is to be filed, the owner must gather all relevant information and documents, a painstaking process, which can be extremely time-consuming, says Wolf. Once the paperwork is completed, it is time for the hearing in which a trustee of the court examines the petition.

“Creditors are also notified of the hearing date and may appear in order to question the debtor,” Glover says. “From that point, the process to get a debtor a discharge varies depending upon the type of petition filed and the complexity of the case.”

Bankruptcy laws are federal laws, but each state governs what property may be retained in a bankruptcy different. For many smaller owners, the process is made even trickier by the amount of personal assets invested in the business. In a corporation, like Midland, there are no second mortgages or personal assets as collateral, but for a smaller company, a business failure can leave the individual proprietor open to personal lawsuits as well.

In this case, more often than not, the individual will also have to file a personal bankruptcy. As in the business bankruptcy, the owner must prove that he or she cannot pay creditors and is, “an honest but unfortunate debtor,” says Wolf.

For many, the decision to fi le for bankruptcy is the best decision they have ever made, says Wolf who claims to have a drawer full of letter from clients grateful for the opportunity to start fresh. On the other hand, he also has a drawer full of the opposite. “It is all in what you make of it,” he says.

Glover agrees. “The positives of fi ling a bankruptcy are relief from otherwise insurmountable financial obligations and a fresh start. The negatives are generally confined to poor credit immediately after the discharge and the possible loss of assets under a liquidation scenario,” she says.

Despite it’s obvious drawbacks, Wolf says bankruptcy is one of the beautiful things about doing business in the United States. “America is designed so you can fail.” ?

The 5 Different Kinds of Bankruptcy

The kind of bankruptcy that a business files is not always the same and will require consultation with legal counsel to determine which filing makes the most sense. The five types of bankruptcy are:

? Chapter 7. This applies to an individual, a couple or business partners. A trustee is put in charge of identifying which assets will be exempted from bankruptcy. The rest of the assets are then sold and distributed among creditors. ? Chapter 9. This type of bankruptcy proceeding particularly deals with municipalities.
? Chapter 11. Usually only applies to business corporations. It usually involves restructuring, debt consolidation and other means of reorganization.
? Chapter 12. This type of bankruptcy is exclusively for family farmers and fishermen. All debts are paid out of future earnings.
? Chapter 13. A bit like Chapter 11, but for an individual. The filer is allowed to retain his property and pay off his credits out of his future salary.

Sasha Brown-Worsham is a freelance writer in Somerville, Massachusetts. Her work has appeared in a variety of publications.

The post 2009 March: Know When to Fold appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Lobbying for Dollars https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-lobbying-for-dollars/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-lobbying-for-dollars/ Professional tennis star Andre Agassi used the catch phrase, “image is everything” when appearing in television spots for Canon. The same can be said for certain investments made by restaurateurs, such as upgrading a restaurant’s lobby area. While it can be difficult to gauge the return on investment, a lobby upgrade can be effectively done […]

The post 2009 March: Lobbying for Dollars appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Lobbying for DollarsProfessional tennis star Andre Agassi used the catch phrase, “image is everything” when appearing in television spots for Canon.

The same can be said for certain investments made by restaurateurs, such as upgrading a restaurant’s lobby area. While it can be difficult to gauge the return on investment, a lobby upgrade can be effectively done for a minimal cost — and it can go a long way toward further improving the restaurant’s brand.

Lobby upgrades are generally made for two reasons. The first is to provide customers with a more comfortable or interesting environment when they are picking up food or waiting for a table. The second is to create a different brand, one that often may resonate with a more upscale clientele.

The value of upgrading a restaurant’s lobby depends largely on customer demographics, says Michelle Bushey, partner and creative director of Vision360, an architectural and design firm in Dallas that specializes in designing interiors for restaurants internationally.

In the last 12 to 18 months, as the country’s recession has begun to take hold, the restaurant industry has witnessed two significant trends: a scaling down of consumer dining habits, and more emphasis for families on eating meals together, Bushey claims. As a result, the redesign of many lobby interiors has included a “fast, but casual” atmosphere that includes more comfortable seating and a “lounge” setting.

For restaurants with dine-in seating, Bushey recommends having a “to-go” area that targets takeout customers and allows them to receive and pay for their orders in a more efficient, timely fashion. That separate podium or designated “to go” area can help cut down on the number of customers waiting in the lobby area, reducing the need for additional seating.

However, Bushey does recommend that dine-in restaurants include at least four to six seats for customers who are waiting for a table or take-out order. For many customers, the key may be quality over quantity when it comes to such seating.

“It is always going to be hard to quantify the value of a more comfortable and inviting lounge area, but those restaurants that incorporate comfortable seats or sofas rather than hard benches may see an increase in customer satisfaction for those customers who do have to wait,” Bushey said. “It can make a wait seem not as long.”

Vitello’s Italian Restaurant in Studio City, California, may not have a large lobby area, but ownership has made a concerted effort to make the lobby an attraction in its own right. On the left-hand side of the lobby is a colorful wall plastered with nearly 500 autographed celebrity photographs. This wall invariably draws a crowd, even in the midst of Los Angeles’ Hollywood area, says Vitello’s Manager Craig Warner.

On the right side of the lobby is an impressive array of wine racks that hold hundreds of bottles of wine and contain information about some of the restaurant’s unique selections. And when customers fi rst enter they are greeted by a suspended, life-size wax figure of a “thinner” Marlon Brando that was purchased at a local auction several years ago.

“We’re trying to bring a Hollywood feel to our restaurant and when customers fi rst walk through our doors they get the feeling that this is a place where many stars have eaten over the years,” Warner said.

While Pronto Pizza in the New York City market may not have a “Hollywood” feel to its lobby area, owner John Porcello did invest in some structural and non-structural upgrades within the last two years to his Broadway location. These investments have given the pizzeria more of an upscale feel. Porcello feels that these upgrades make sense because many of his customers are upper class executives from some of the best-known employers in the Big Apple. Many of them stop in for a quick lunch, just a short walk from their Manhattan offices.

“It’s obviously important to have a clean atmosphere but we wanted to give our customers something different,” he says.

That “difference” includes smoked mirrors, brass lighting and more white light, new tile and brighter colors on the walls. It also included some artwork of pizza and Italian food. These lobby upgrades “weren’t too expensive” according to Porcello, but they did achieve their intended impact — getting rid of sterile lobby seating and replacing it with some warmth.

As part of the upgrades, Porcello also added a full-size glass window where onlookers from the busy sidewalk can watch pizzas and other menu items being made.

Best of all, Porcello says his Broadway location achieved higher sales of a few percentage points after the lobby upgrades were completed in 2007. For him, the image is one of a more upscale pizzeria that attracts customers of all demographic and socioeconomic backgrounds.

“It’s the little things that make a difference,” Porcello says. “We wanted to add some class given the area where (that location) is.”

Showing off an impressive lounge area can increase customer loyalty, something that Old Town Pizza in downtown Portland, Oregon, can attest to. For over two decades, the sit-down and take-out restaurant has given its customers a uniquely antique or vintage environment, one that is emphasized in its lobby area with plush vintage chairs, couches, coffee tables and artwork.

Since many employees at Old Town Pizza are local artists and musicians, their work is often displayed or publicized in the restaurant’s lounge. The entire restaurant also mimics this environment with original pieces of art and antique chairs scattered throughout the establishment.

Such an atmosphere, combined with a menu comprised of organic meals made from Oregon-grown products, has made Old Town Pizza a “must see” for local residents and out-of-town guests. But the brand of the restaurant is first emphasized from when the customer enters the lobby said General Manager Simon Carrillo.

“Customers often first come to see the atmosphere in the restaurant, but ultimately they’ll come back for the food,” he says.

The floors in Old Town’s Pizza lobby have been redone to include dark marble, while other areas of the restaurant are hardwood floors. Regular customer surveys prove that the restaurant’s environment is why the majority of its customers prefer to dine-in when possible. Such an environment is also why the restaurant has been featured in several local and regional publications.

“We offer our customers something different and the way our lobby is arranged has worked for us for many years,” Carrillo said. “We want to make coming to Old Town more than a meal, but an experience they want to have again.” ?

Mike Scott is a Michigan-based freelance writer who covers a variety of business-related topics.

The post 2009 March: Lobbying for Dollars appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-marketing-matters/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-marketing-matters/ Risk. From the French word “risqué,” meaning “naughty.” Do me a favor and take a look at your ring finger. Is it longer than your index finger? By how much? A recent study by Cambridge University discovered that men with longer ring fingers, compared to their index fingers, tended to be more successful stock traders. […]

The post 2009 March: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Marketing MattersRisk. From the French word “risqué,” meaning “naughty.” Do me a favor and take a look at your ring finger. Is it longer than your index finger? By how much?

A recent study by Cambridge University discovered that men with longer ring fingers, compared to their index fingers, tended to be more successful stock traders. Why? They take more risks.

The 20-month study found that traders with longer ring finger ratios raked in 11 times more money than those with the shortest ratio. The study also revealed that the most experienced traders made nine times as much money as the least experienced traders. This indicates that risk-takers, on average, out-perform those with decades of experience.

And when you look at the most experienced traders only (those with the longer ring finger ratio), they made five times more than those with a shorter ring-finger ratio.

Now this same ring-to-index finger ratio has also been documented in sports performance. Athletes bearing the longer ring-to-index finger ratio tend to perform a lot better on the field of play.

The length of these two fingers are determined in the womb by the exposure to the male hormone, androgen. Previous research has discovered that this exposure can lead to increased confi dence, persistence, heightened vigilance, quick reaction times and a taste for risk.

Do you have the magic ring finger ratio? Are you doomed without it? Doubtful. The fact that you’ve opened your own business already puts you in a very rare category. You took a risk most will never take. Beware, though, there are two very different kinds of risk: reckless risk and calculated risk.

Betting it all on red is reckless. Saying “hit me” when you’re sporting two fives at the blackjack table is calculated. Likewise, signing a lease on a building that’s had six different restaurants come and go in the last five years, just because it “feels right,” would be pretty reckless. Taking over a pizzeria in a good location that failed because the previous owner was incompetent — that’s calculated.

So, in this time of economic uncertainty, is it wise to hunker down and weather the storm? Or is it the perfect time to take some calculated risk? Remember, risk is all about taking decisive action while others hesitate. Will a risk and decisiveness move you higher? Generate more success? Create increased momentum? What’s the alternative? Play it safe; don’t rock the boat; hope things fix themselves?

Listen, it was the confident, fearless, fire-breathing entrepreneur in you that signed a lease, bought equipment and hired employees. That same bold, confident beast will serve you even now, in this economy, as you do what others fear to do.

Here’s your short list:
? Attend International Pizza Expo this month and fill your mind with new knowledge.
? Explore and adopt the amazing new technologies that are revolutionizing pizza marketing (do you know what they are?).
? Step up your marketing as others pull back. Fortunes are made in times like these. This is the time to be bold, the time to zig while others zag.

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 March: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Oh Man! https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-oh-man/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-oh-man/ Manicotti gets a bad wrap. Often misunderstood as being labor and time intensive, in reality it’s an easy-to-prepare, versatile dish that appeals to many discerning palates. The term “manicotti” actually refers to a large, tubular pasta shape. The traditional manicotti entrée stuffs a ricotta and cheese mixture into those pasta tubes or wraps pasta sheets […]

The post 2009 March: Oh Man! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Manicotti gets a bad wrap. Often misunderstood as being labor and time intensive, in reality it’s an easy-to-prepare, versatile dish that appeals to many discerning palates.

The term “manicotti” actually refers to a large, tubular pasta shape. The traditional manicotti entrée stuffs a ricotta and cheese mixture into those pasta tubes or wraps pasta sheets around. It’s then covered with tomato sauce and baked.

2009 March: Oh Man!Mark Sciortino, chef/owner of Marco’s Italian Restaurant in Buffalo, New York, grew up eating his grandma’s manicotti. “Every Sunday we’d go to her house, and she’d make it,” he says.

When Sciortino opened his restaurant 20 years ago he transplanted grandma’s recipe –– and grandma –– to the kitchen. “My grandmother made the batter, shells and put it together. We baked it,” he says. “When she passed away, my mom took over. She’s a grandmother now, so it truly is a grandmother’s recipe.”

For the dish, fresh pasta shells encase a ricotta, Romano, garlic, basil, parsley, eggs and pepper mixture. The rolled crepes bake seam side down between layers of tomato sauce.

“It’s not a hard recipe,” says Sciortino. “Although, if you don’t have the right touch, the shells can come out too thick. You want a thin crepe that’s nice and airy. Think of it like a pancake, and roll the batter all the way around the sauté pan. The further the batter spreads out on the pan’s edge the thinner your crepe will be.”

It’s easy to bake large amounts of manicotti at one time. “Just layer it in a baking pan like you’re preparing lasagna. Put tomato sauce between each layer,” recommends Sciortino. Food cost-wise Sciortino admits that increased dairy prices have raised his food cost to 17 to 19 percent. “It’s not outrageous,” he says. “You make money with it. It’s also more cost effective than, say, lasagna because you don’t have meat, and manicotti appeals to vegetarian diners.”

What Sciortino really saves is labor. “The prep is so simple. We make the shells ahead of time. Then stack it in Tupperware until service,” he says.

Manicotti has no limits. Consider stuffing it with a blend of cheeses including mozzarella, Parmesan, Asiago, goat or bleu. Pack manicotti with sausage, ground beef, grilled chicken or roasted vegetables. It also pairs well with tomato cream, marinara, Alfredo or white sauce.

Rob Evans, owner of Romio’s Pizza & Pasta in Moorpark, California, (Romio’s is a 15-unit franchise with operations in California, Oregon and Washington) takes a Greek approach to this Italian dish. Spinach manicotti is filled with spinach, ricotta, crushed red pepper and feta. Evans covers pasta rolls with shredded mozzarella and housemade marinara and bakes in a conveyer belt oven at 550 F for about six minutes.

“The feta adds a distinct taste. You get the buttery velvetiness of mozzarella with the feta’s tart saltiness,” he says.

Evans estimates a 35 percent food cost for the dish, but says that’s comparable to other baked pastas on the menu. “Because we use expensive ingredients it does have a higher food cost,” he says. “We just increased our menu prices $2 to compensate for increase costs in dairy, flour and gas surcharges.”

He’s contemplating adding shrimp to manicotti this summer and pairing it with a garlic cream lemon sauce.

Salvatore’s Pizza and Pasta, in Hoover and Inverness, Alabama, successfully takes creative liberties with its basic manicotti parmigiana (two shells stuffed with ricotta and mozzarella, covered in tomato sauce and mozzarella). In addition to manicotti parmigiana, Salvatore’s menus manicotti with spinach, mushroom marinara parmigiana; manicotti with mushroom Alfredo (manicotti covered with mushrooms and housemade Alfredo); and manicotti chicken pesto marinara (manicotti covered with grilled chicken, pesto and marinara sauces and mozzarella).

Walter Caron, Salvatore’s manager, likes pairing manicotti with different sauces since sauces are already on-hand, and it lets guests sample different flavor profiles.

“The marinara/pesto manicotti is fabulous,” says Caron. “Some people find pesto overbearing. This way the marinara cuts the pesto taste, and the pesto cuts the marinara taste. It’s an awesome combination.”

At Mexi-Italia, inside Circus Circus Hotel in Las Vegas, executive chef Bob O’Brien builds manicotti with a mixture of ricotta, shredded mozzarella, Parmesan, salt, garlic, white pepper, chopped fresh spinach and egg. Each roll is baked in a 375 F oven for ten minutes and is covered top-to-bottom with fresh marinara and topped with shredded mozzarella.

“We used to make the pasta fresh, but now we use Barilla,” he says. “When we started pushing 1,200 covers a day, it was too hard to keep the pasta consistent.” O’Brien admits some guests aren’t familiar with the dish. After trying it, they become fans. “It’s very affordable and good for the price,” he says.?

Marco’s Gramma’s Manicotti
Courtesy of Mark Sciortino, chef/owner, Marco’s Italian Restaurant Yield: 15 servings

Batter
8 eggs
1 stick butter
4 cups milk
4 cups flour
1 teaspoon salt

Filling
5 pounds ricotta
1 cup Romano cheese
1 teaspoon fresh chopped garlic
1 tablespoon fresh chopped basil
1 tablespoon fresh chopped curly parsley
3 eggs 1 teaspoon black pepper
12 ounces tomato sauce parsley for garnish
1 ounce of shredded mozzarella In a large bowl, beat eggs until fluffy.

In a large bowl, beat eggs until fluffy. Melt butter and add 2 cups of milk. Add butter/milk mixture to eggs. Using a mixer, add flour and remaining 2 cups of milk and salt. Mix until creamy. Add more milk if mixture becomes too thick. Create a crepe by pouring a 2-ounce ladle of batter into a 10- inch non-stick pan. Flip only once. Cool finished crepes on wax paper. Mix all filling ingredients in a large bowl. Scoop 2 to 3 tablespoons of filling mixture into each crepe. Place 6 ounces of tomato sauce on a baking pan. Place filled and rolled shells seam side down and cover with 6 ounces of tomato sauce. Bake 30-40 minutes at 350F. At service, top with parsley and shredded mozzarella.

Melanie Wolkoff Wachsman is a freelance writer in Louisville, Kentucky. She covers food, business and lifestyle trends.

The post 2009 March: Oh Man! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Phone it In https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-phone-it-in/ Mon, 25 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-march-phone-it-in/ Just because everyone has a phone doesn’t mean they know how to answer it, especially when it comes to business. Pizzeria operators know how important the telephone is to the success of their business because a larger percentage of sales is generated from phone-in orders. So, having the right person answer the phone can be […]

The post 2009 March: Phone it In appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 March: Phone it InJust because everyone has a phone doesn’t mean they know how to answer it, especially when it comes to business.

Pizzeria operators know how important the telephone is to the success of their business because a larger percentage of sales is generated from phone-in orders. So, having the right person answer the phone can be crucial to a day’s bottom line. But, what qualities should that “right” person have? How do you keep customers calling in again and again? When a customer calls in to order a large pepperoni pizza on a busy Friday night, who do you want answering that call? How do you want your business to be represented?

Harris Eckstut, founder and principal of Eckstut Restaurant/Small Business Coaching and Consulting Services in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, said that “although it isn’t essential to have one sole employee to answer the phone, it is essential — even critical — that the person (or people) permitted to answer the phone should have a great phone personality with a clear voice that is easily understood.

“By phone personality, I mean a fun person who is bubbly/ enthusiastic/ enjoyable to speak with; which, by defi nition, will promote higher check averages. Which is what good salespersonship, and the raison d’etre for being in business, are all about.”

Juanita Ecker, president of Professional Image Management in Troy, New York, said it’s definitely more professional to have someone whose main job is to answer the phone, but added that most companies simply aren’t able to do that.

According to Ecker, the ideal phone person is “someone who can give their undivided attention to the caller.” She also said acting rushed, even if the employee is busy, is not the way to handle calls — it sends out a negative message.

“It comes across to the caller as ‘you’re not important,’ ” Ecker said. Bill Stephens of Bill Stephens Associates in San Antonio, Texas, advises that the employee responsible for answering the phone be pleasant, interested, concerned and intelligent.

“They are not getting paid to speed talk –– they are communicators, so they must speak intelligibly and be easily understood,” Stephens says, adding that good telephone equipment should be used by the employee. He also cautions that a wireless phone and additional production duties assigned to the phone person can be disastrous.

“Give them back-up jobs, not timedriven, so they can stop and give their complete attention to the incoming calls,” Stephens said. “They should be naturally sales-oriented. You can force them to upsell, but if it comes naturally, the results will be very rewarding. Give them a specific item/items to sell and a commission on their sales. This could bring parity to the production and sales persons and the tipped delivery people.”

Ecker agrees that the phone person is the perfect person to upsell customers by suggesting options such as extra cheese, a liter of pop, or an order of garlic bread because the customer may not be aware of these menu offerings.

To find the ideal phone person, Nancy Friedman, president and founder of The Telephone Doctor Customer Service Training of St. Louis, Missouri, recommends interviewing the candidate by phone first. “That is how you can tell if they have a good telephone voice,” Friedman said. During an interview, she adds, a candidate should act out exactly what duties he or she will be performing on the job.

Friedman also said that it is extremely important, mandatory in fact, for the phone person to confirm orders. “Don’t just say, ‘yeah, I got it,’ ” Friedman says. Also, Friedman stresses the importance of a big smile.

“You can hear a smile,” Friedman insists. Putting people on hold should always be handled with consideration, according to Friedman. She suggests saying something like, “I’m going to check on your order, can I put you on hold?” Friedman said that the phone person should always tell the caller why he or she is being put on hold before it happens.

Ecker agrees that putting customers on hold should be done with kindness. “If you have to put someone on hold, don’t just say ‘I’m going to have to put you on hold, click.’ Ask, ‘is it okay if I put you on hold?’ It’s more courteous,” Ecker said. “And when you come back, always say ‘thank you for holding.’ Don’t keep a person on hold for too long, like 15 minutes, because you have a long line of customers. Help one or two customers and get back to the person on hold and let the customers in line know you’ll be right with them as soon as you help the caller. People hate to be put on hold because they think no one will get back to them.”

The ideal phone person may be out there ready to go, but more than likely he or she will have to learn a few things before the first official “hello, may I take your order?”

According to Friedman, the success or failure of the employee who is responsible for answering the phone comes down to training.

“The major problem is that young kids are not getting trained. Young kids, high school and college kids, want to be good. It has to be up to the pizzeria owner who says, ‘If you’re going to work at my store, you’re going to get a week’s worth of training, and not on-the-job training,’ ” Friedman said. “People think it is common sense and it’s not.”

So, the next time your phone rings with an order, be sure the person answering it is ready for the challenge. The great personality of an employee plus good training provided by the operator can result in the right phone person for a business who will keep customers calling again and again. ?

DeAnn Owens is a freelance journalist living in Indianapolis. She specializes in features and human interest stories.

The post 2009 March: Phone it In appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Pizza for Breakfast? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-pizza-for-breakfast/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-pizza-for-breakfast/ Expanding your hours into the earlier part of the day can bring in a whole new customer base: the breakfast crowd. Some pizzerias continue to showcase their pizza recipes with a breakfast-style version, while others stick to the basics (like omelets and French toast). Whatever way you decide, there is a defi nite ability to […]

The post 2009 February: Pizza for Breakfast? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Expanding your hours into the earlier part of the day can bring in a whole new customer base: the breakfast crowd. Some pizzerias continue to showcase their pizza recipes with a breakfast-style version, while others stick to the basics (like omelets and French toast). Whatever way you decide, there is a defi nite ability to increase your profi ts and better compete with local restaurants that offer a breakfast menu.

Gabriel Pellegrini, owner/chef at Sagra, a trattoria in Austin, Texas, rolled out a Sunday brunch in June. “A lot of our competitors, other restaurants, have brunch and have been pretty successful,” says Pellegrini.

Turns out it was a good move. Sagra, open since 2007, earned the title of “best brunch” from Citysearch.com readers in 2008. Served on Sundays only, there are 10 items on the brunch menu, including frittatas cooked to order and a few pastas (Tortellini alla Pesto and Lasagnetta Verdura). Two dishes are cooked with a cracked egg on top: Sagra Pizza (tomato, egg, pecorino, spinach, mozzarella and truffl e oil) and Linguini alla Carbonara (house-cured pancetta, fresh peas, egg and Parmesan sauce). “We try to keep the food as simple as possible,” says Pellegrini. “We also try to overlap as many things as possible.” To avoid extra costs on his part, Pellegrini elected to use the same fl atware and plates he’d already been setting out for lunch and dinner. One way he maximizes his brunch profi ts is to charge $5 for side orders (like house-cured pancetta, herbed polenta or roasted new potatoes). Sagra also charges extra for a build-your-own brunch option.

“The best thing is to keep it simple. And not try to overextend it, because it’s only one day per week,” says Pellegrini. While on Friday night he schedules a crew of seven workers in the kitchen, for brunch only two are required, and he ensures setup responsibilities are simple enough that they need only arrive a couple of hours before opening.

In October, Bill Rizzuto, owner of Rizzuto’s Wood-Fired Kitchen & Bar in West Hartford, Connecticut, added brunch to his menu. Because the 5,000-squarefoot restaurant is inside an affl uent shopping center with a gym, boutiques and other restaurants –– and therefore provides heavy pedestrian traffi c –– attracting diners didn’t take much effort.

For $20, diners get access to an antipasti buffet (with artisan cheeses, salami and prosciutto), a dessert buffet and a selection from the menu that’s cooked to order and served tableside.

“The breakfast pizza is the most popular item,” he says. Three eggs are cracked on top before placing the pizza in the oven. The pizza also has smoked pancetta, roasted peppers, thinly sliced potatoes, sautéed onions and mushrooms. “It comes out of the oven looking like a perfect woodfi red pizza. People can tear off the crust and dip it in the egg yolk. It’s so good!” Other breakfast entrées are steak and eggs, French toast and eggs Benedict.

Many pizzerias, however, serve breakfast daily. Of Happy Joe’s Pizza & Ice Cream’s 64 locations, 24 serve breakfast, with the fi rst location launching its early-morning meal seven years ago. A few serve weekend brunch. “Competition with pizza in general makes you get really creative,” says Kristel Whitty, part owner and director of marketing. “The whole idea is offering a solution for the guest that fi ts their lifestyle.” Aside from egg scramblers for breakfast, staff can take orders for omelet pizza.

“We basically build an omelet on top of cheese and bake it in an oven,” says Whitty.

To cope with the problem of being associated as only a place to eat pizza for lunch or dinner, Happy Joe’s began offering morning deliveries to businesses. “Instead of bringing donuts to the offi ce, you can have an omelet pizza delivered,” says Whitty.

For breakfast, Good Pizza, located inside the Good Hotel in San Francisco, serves three types of calzones stuffed with scrambled eggs. The same recipe used to create pizza dough for meals after 11 a.m. is used for the calzones. In one, the ingredients are sun-dried tomatoes, feta, spinach and onion. In another are bacon and fontina. Breakfast staples like granola with dried fruit and organic milk, oatmeal, organic yogurt and pastries are also on the menu, which has a grab-and-go style that appeals to hotel guests and neighborhood residents. Because the hotel’s mantra is very eco-friendly, countertops and to-go products are made of recycled paper, and oregano and basil are grown on site.

The pizza spot’s original mission was to cater to hotel guests’ dinner needs. “But as the only eatery in the hotel, we needed breakfast service at the hotel in the morning too,” says Dave Hoemann, vice president of food & beverage for Joie de Vivre Hospitality. Just one staff person mans Good Pizza, operating both the cashier and the pizza oven behind it. A barista station is also inside, so whether a morning cappuccino or a latte during the afternoon with a slice of pizza, that need can be met.

Consider adding upscale coffee and espresso drinks to the breakfast menu, because a latte can drive up a customer’s bill more than a single cup of coffee will. Sagra chose to offer coffee served in a French press, which yields a richer, more robust taste, “and then we don’t have to deal with refi lls,” says Pellegrini. “With these, we just drop the French press on the table and leave. If they want more, they have to pay more.” ?

Breakfast Menu

How do you promote your new breakfast menu when all your pizzeria is known for are pizza pies for lunch or dinner? To let customers know your options go farther than a meat lovers special or four-cheese pizza, try offering a special promotion valid only during breakfast hours.

For instance, Gabriel Pellegrini, owner/chef at Sagra in Austin, Texas, offers $.75 Mimosas to get people in the door for his Sunday brunch. “It’s kind of a pull to get people in so we can sell people eggs for $10,” he says. Interestingly, he found that the most popular breakfast drink continued to be a Bloody Mary, but the initial pull of Mimosas worked for fi rst-time brunch-goers.

Kristine Hansen is a freelance writer covering food, beverages, travel and green living. She lives in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

The post 2009 February: Pizza for Breakfast? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Say What? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-say-what/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-say-what/ Reality: One out of every 10 of your pizza patrons may have trouble hearing. And those who speak English as a second language want clear communication. With consumers clutching their wallets tightly and burying their credit cards deep in their pockets, relationships between diners and pizzeria staff can make or break your business. Repeat pizza […]

The post 2009 February: Say What? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Say What?Reality: One out of every 10 of your pizza patrons may have trouble hearing. And those who speak English as a second language want clear communication.

With consumers clutching their wallets tightly and burying their credit cards deep in their pockets, relationships between diners and pizzeria staff can make or break your business. Repeat pizza customers improve your bottom line, but those who must ask, “Repeat that, please?” may go elsewhere or retreat to the sad land of frozen home-baked pizzas. After all, it isn’t necessary to hear anything to select one at a grocery store.

Vince Mottola is co-owner of four Vince’s Italian Restaurant and Pizzeria stores and the son of Italian immigrants who started the Seattle-area business in 1957. A fi fth restaurant, their newest project, Pizzeria Pulcinella, just opened. The keys to operating a profitable, popular business for over half a century, says Mottola, are “food quality and consistency, followed closely by how the guests perceive your sincerity and enthusiasm to serve them.” Mottola knows how to please his hearingimpaired customers.

Retaining this diner isn’t diffi cult or expensive. The secret is communication. Vince’s service receives great ratings and reviews – for good reason. Mottola makes employee training a priority, teaching staff his personal way of interacting with customers. He says, “I’m sensitive to body language with my guests … I pay complete attention to my guests and try to focus on my guests and not be distracted by things that are not a priority at the moment. I make eye contact with the guest when speaking.” People who can’t hear well use their eyes to substitute for their ears.

Licensed Audiologist Michele Hillard, M.A., CCC-A, of Eastside Audiology in Issaquah, Washington, says, “A big part of dining out is enjoying the atmosphere. You want to make your diners feel welcome.” Because you’ll rarely know if a person is hard-of-hearing, teach your staff that every time you talk to any customer: ? Face the customer when speaking, with your face in good light. Almost everyone who is hearing-impaired lip-reads some, without training. Never put anything in front of your mouth – block your lips, you block communication.

If he can’t see your face, he can’t hear you. The lighting where pizza orders are taken is crucial. If dim light glows down from the ceiling behind a server, he can stand to the side so light falls on his face. Also, a candle might be placed on the table. If the light is directly above the table, or from a lantern on the table, the server can lean slightly forward, facing the patron as he takes the order. If orders are taken and picked up at central locations, brighten these spots.

? Get the customer’s attention before speaking –– don’t talk into a void. Perhaps wave an order pad or reposition something on the table until he looks at you. A diner who’s told you he’s hearing-impaired will not object to the light touch of a finger on his hand or shoulder: he’s used to this.
? Lower background noise. Mottola says, “Italian music is a very important part of the atmosphere. The music level needs to be comfortable so that the guests can enjoy the melody and the words, which is an important part of the Italian culture, but the music should not be so loud as to affect the conversation the guests have between themselves or with the staff.” Perhaps designate one “quiet corner”: disconnect music speakers, increase lighting, add soundproofing. Direct hearing-impaired customers to seats there.
? Don’t shout. Every hearing loss is unique, like fingerprints. Hearing aids boost hearing but don’t make it normal, as eyeglasses restore vision. Speaking louder can result in less comprehension, not more – and disturbs nearby diners. Instead, enunciate clearly without exaggeration. If you speak rapidly, slow down. If one word fails after you’ve used it twice, try another.
? Jot down crucial words if you aren’t being understood. Often only one or two key words are “missing.” Show these to your puzzled diner and watch the relief when your conversation is back on track.

Use creativity with these ideas in your pizzeria. Mottola teaches his servers to observe body language: “If I think a guest has misunderstood me, I will quickly respond. I reposition my body … or ask if I have been understood. I am not afraid to do this, to be quick to respond to any possible confusion. Otherwise, they could be disappointed in their experience.”

These suggestions will help with all your pizzeria customers, including those for whom English is a second language. They’ll appreciate the extra attention. Audiologist Hillard says, “Don’t be shy … (try) any method of communication that seems to work. People are sometimes uncomfortable when faced with a new situation. Customers will pick up on (an) employee’s discomfort. They’ll feel uncomfortable if the server feels uncomfortable. The experience will be more enjoyable if the staff communicates clearly in a manner anyone can understand.”

Once at ease with hard-of-hearing patrons, you can become more assertive. Advertise in magazines, newsletters and on Web sites catering to the hearing-impaired and groups with a high percentage of those people. With permission, leave pizza flyers that state “we welcome the hearing-impaired” at places like senior centers. When you provide an exceptionally nice dining experience for these customers, referrals may start to arrive. Referrals lead to repeat referrals, which lead to more referrals …. Beginning to see the $$? ?

Hear This!

? 31 million Americans are hearingimpaired. 14.9 percent of children ages 6-19 have some hearing loss.
? Many people with hearing loss either deny it or keep it secret. If they have trouble understanding you – Did he say ‘peppers,’ or ‘pepperoni’? – they may never return to your pizzeria.
? Hearing Loss Association of America (www.hearingloss.org): local chapters meet monthly. Hearing-impaired learn coping skills and trade information – including the best places to dine!
? English is not the first language for almost 20 percent of Americans. Visitors from abroad and non-native English speakers need unmistakable messages from pizza servers.

Joyce Lindsey O’Keefe is a freelance writer based in Bellevue, Washington.

The post 2009 February: Say What? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Your Lifeline Awaits https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-your-lifeline-awaits/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-your-lifeline-awaits/ By now, you’ve surely seen plenty of restaurants in your city or county close. It’s a sad fact: during an economic recession, the foodservice industry will suffer casualties. Thankfully, the pizza category, as a whole, typically fares better than other dining segments when the financial markets tighten. But the current recession isn’t a minor one, […]

The post 2009 February: Your Lifeline Awaits appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Your Lifeline AwaitsBy now, you’ve surely seen plenty of restaurants in your city or county close. It’s a sad fact: during an economic recession, the foodservice industry will suffer casualties. Thankfully, the pizza category, as a whole, typically fares better than other dining segments when the financial markets tighten.

But the current recession isn’t a minor one, and it’s unrealistic to think that hundreds, or possibly even thousands, of pizza establishments won’t go out of business in 2009.

Is your pizzeria safe from the storm? Are you feeling the pressure? Is every facet of your operation running as effi ciently and profi tably as possible?

If you feel the least bit uncertain about your immediate or long-term viability, offi cials at International Pizza Expo say they have help for you. In fact, they say, attending the tradeshow this year is more crucial than ever before.

“Attending an industry tradeshow even during an economic slowdown — is the best vehicle to obtain new knowledge, insight and ideas that can help you position your pizzeria for future growth and prosperity,” says Bill Oakley, executive vice president of Macfadden Protech LLC, which produces International Pizza Expo as well as publishes Pizza Today.

This year’s show is scheduled for March 10-12 at the Las Vegas Convention Center, and it happens to be the Expo’s 25th Anniversary.

“As an independent pizzeria owner, you may be under pressure and worried about how you’re going to survive in this new economy,” Oakley says. “The fact is, you may need to slow down in order to speed up your business. You may also need to do some creative thinking to come up with some innovative marketing ideas to boost your business.”

Jeffrey Freehof, who pens the “Ask Chef Jeff” column in Pizza Today and also leads seminars at International Pizza Expo, has seen the tradeshow up close and personal from both sides of the aisle: before he was involved with the convention, he was an avid annual attendee. Still is, he insists. As owner of The Garlic Clove in Evans, Georgia, he has a business to run and gets many of his ideas at the Expo. Freehof says he agrees with the assessment that walking the show fl oor and attending the seminars this year is more important than ever.

“Restaurants are closing all around me, and things are certainly tighter than ever,” he says. “I’m certain one of the reasons I’m still standing is because of all that I gather at Pizza Expo, whether it’s marketing ideas or money-saving tools and equipment. Even though I’m busy giving demos, as an operator I make time to see every booth and always walk away with ideas and product that help me thrust forward in this diffi cult business climate.”

Scott Anthony, a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania, feels the same way. Like Freehof, he also has led seminars at the tradeshow and frequently contributes articles to Pizza Today.

“For 2008, the saying was: ‘If sales are fl at, you did well.’ Unfortunately, many did not do well. As an industry, we all battled high food costs, increased wages and climbing utilities in the midst of a recession. Many of our contemporaries struggled, and some even failed,” says Anthony.

“Pizza Expo promotes the pizza industry and its many contributions to our society. The innovative ideas that Expo has yielded have positively changed the way I do business. The conferences at Pizza Expo have kept me from being a casualty of this system of things. My sales were up two percent in 2008. Reaffi rming relationships with vendors and sharing ideas with fellow operators at Beer & Bull are vital to keep up with industry trends. Now, more than ever, I see the need to be there and be on top of my game.”

The seminar lineup, says Oakley, is designed to propel pizzerias to increased profi tability. “The one thing that really separates International Pizza Expo from all of the other general foodservice shows is our educational component,” he says. “There’s not another food show around where you’ll fi nd 60-plus seminars and demonstrations devoted to a single industry, except International Pizza Expo. In fact, I like to think our pizzafocused seminars and demonstrations alone are worth the price of admission. But the bottom line is that there’s always something new you can learn or see at Pizza Expo that will improve your pizzeria and bottom line.” ?

The post 2009 February: Your Lifeline Awaits appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Budget Crunch https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-budget-crunch/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-budget-crunch/ There’s an old rule of thumb that a marketing budget and rent should be 12 percent of total sales. The theory is that if you have low rent, say 5 percent of sales, you are in a less desirable location and need to advertise more to make up for it. On the other hand, a […]

The post 2009 February: Budget Crunch appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Budget CrunchThere’s an old rule of thumb that a marketing budget and rent should be 12 percent of total sales. The theory is that if you have low rent, say 5 percent of sales, you are in a less desirable location and need to advertise more to make up for it.

On the other hand, a rent factor in the 8-percent to 10-percent range usually means you have a high visibility location that allows you to advertise less. I can assure you, though, that is not always the case. You may have gotten into a lease at a higher rate than you should have. Maybe you’re paying a bit higher because of a low vacancy rate in your town — even for a “B” location.

So, does the 12 percent rent/ad budget rule make any sense? Not to me. I’m fi ne paying more for a better location, but why on Earth would I restrict my ability to make money by keeping the brakes on my ad budget? After all, advertising is the only expense you have that can generate more than you put in to it. The food in your walkin won’t multiply itself. Your work force doesn’t work any harder on payday. Your building doesn’t get any bigger even though your rent goes up. But, advertising has the power to move the masses and bring back three, four, fi ve and even ten dollars or more for every dollar spent.

Why wouldn’t you spend more to make more? I determine a budget based on the performance of my marketing and on how much money I want to make. Not as an add-on to my percentage of rent. To arrive at a budget, I begin by asking three questions:

1. What is your exact ticket average (fi gured over the last 30 days)? If you are still in the Stone Age with no POS, you’ll have to do some tedious math.
2. Exactly how many times per year does an average customer purchase from you? Now you can certainly fi gure this out on a couple of month’s worth of data.
3. What is your food cost?

For easy math, we’ll use these numbers: Average ticket $15 x 18 purchases per year = $270. Now, subtract 25 percent food cost and you’ve got $202.50. Government statistics reveal that 17 percent of all people move every year. So, roughly speaking, people stay in the same house or apartment for about fi ve years. So, $202.50 x 5 = $1,012.50.

Alright, now every time a new customer walks in the door you’re looking at a nice tidy stack of cash –– not just a $15 one-time transaction. The question is, what will you invest to acquire a $1,012.50 asset?

In theory you could spend hundreds of dollars per customer and still come out smelling like a rose. But I would scold you severely if your marketing were that feeble. The fi rst example shows Pizzeria “X” doing $100,000 a year with a $5,000 marketing budget and a $20,000 profi t. Double the marketing to $10,000 and sales inch up 25 percent to $125,000 — but profi ts climb 38 percent to $27,500. If you’ve got world class marketing and a bunch of daydreaming competitors, a 50-percent sales increase causes a profi t explosion of 100 percent, jumping take-home cash to $40,000. I’m not making this stuff up –– I’ve got a calculator right here. And keep in mind that sales in my own pizzeria surged by more than 1,000 percent, so a measly 50 percent jump isn’t even close to being out of the question.

Why don’t some pizzeria owners spend more on marketing? Because they perceive marketing as a necessary evil to be doled out only when sales fall off a cliff. After all, they’ve got a tank full of gas, a big screen TV and cable … life is good. It’s only when the banker comes knocking at the door that they begrudgingly spend a nickel or two to get the party started again.

Once you understand that it’s not what you spend but what that expense produces, you’ll leave the realm of the clueless behind and be able to make an intelligent decision instead of just guessing and throwing darts.

You know those book-of-the-month and CD clubs? They’ll send you eight books or CDs for a dollar? The advertising and production costs alone guarantee that they’ll lose money every time someone joins. But they’re no fools. What they’ve done is made a super generous offer to hook new members because they’ve tested and calculated the lifetime value of a customer. They already know that for every 100 new members they acquire, 35 percent will continue to buy six books or CDs per year for three years .

And those tacky “But wait – there’s more!” commercials on TV selling kitchen gadgets for $19.99? Again, they are making a terrifi c offer to gain the fi rst purchase … then they start using direct mail to sell you more kitchen thingamabobs. They are very shrewd and it all boils down to “customer lifetime value.”

Pizza is a wonderfully “re-consumptive” product. That’s why it’s critical to get more and more customers into your stable and away from competitors.

Look at your budget with this in mind … a big, fat SUV gets 12 miles to the gallon. A Toyota Prius gets 46 miles to the gallon. The Prius will take you to the same place at about a fourth of the cost. Good marketing will do the same.

The instant you understand that marketing is all about “buying” customers with enormous lifetime value, you will be empowered to take the brakes off your marketing budget and let your profi ts run.

My experience is that most pizzeria owners don’t spend enough, restricting their success as a result. So, fi gure out what a customer is worth to your business. Polish your marketing. Track your results. And then spend what it takes to get where you want to go. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profi ts in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 February: Budget Crunch appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Delivering the Goods https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-delivering-the-goods/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-delivering-the-goods/ When Gary Cooney opened the first of his four Chicago pizzerias in 1981, local customers craved Waldo Cooney’s pie. His South Side Chicago outfi t set a delivery radius of one mile, plenty to keep the cooks, drivers and phones busy on any given evening. Fast forward 27 years and Cooney shares a new reality. […]

The post 2009 February: Delivering the Goods appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Delivering the GoodsWhen Gary Cooney opened the first of his four Chicago pizzerias in 1981, local customers craved Waldo Cooney’s pie. His South Side Chicago outfi t set a delivery radius of one mile, plenty to keep the cooks, drivers and phones busy on any given evening.

Fast forward 27 years and Cooney shares a new reality. Shifting area demographics and increased competition forced Cooney to reevaluate his business plan, including his flagship store’s delivery radius.

“Originally, I wasn’t so focused on the competition; there were only two to three pizzerias in our area and we were just focused on taking care of the people in our immediate area,” Cooney says. “But the ballgame changed. The city changed.”

At the century’s turn, Cooney expanded his delivery area, pushing it gradually—a half-mile here, a half-mile there. Today, Cooney’s delivery radius extends three miles, a hefty area to cover in Chicago’s urban landscape. In recent years, he’s extended the delivery boundaries of his subsequent stores so that the delivery areas touch. Where one drops off, another assumes control.

“There’s a lot of competitiveness out there and we had to go for every person we could get,” he says. “But at some point, yes, you have to draw the line. You can’t keep pushing those lines out if it’s not cost effective or safe.”

For many pizzeria operators, the issue of delivery radius is a finicky one demanding balance between time and revenue, not to mention quality and customer satisfaction. Travel too far for customers and time could outweigh profits; set the boundaries too short and potential customers could be lost.

“Delivery area is an ongoing dilemma in our store,” says T.J. Banning, who owns two Rosati’s Pizza locations in Illinois.

When Banning opened his first store eight years ago in Yorkville, Illinois, a once rural community being consumed by suburban Chicago sprawl, he took to the road himself to define the store’s delivery radius. It was, he confesses, more art than science, but the necessary step. Merely looking at a map, one unlikely to identify the community’s latest street additions, wouldn’t produce answers.

“A map couldn’t show me things like traffic, population density, driver safety, stop lights, and trains,” Banning says. He called local direct mailing and promotional companies to get residential counts. “That was a free resource to see where people are in town,” he adds.

In recent years, Banning’s redefi ned the Yorkville spot’s delivery area. Residential growth arrived in a different area than Banning had initially predicted, while the town’s rural roads struggled to keep pace with the swelling traffic. At times, he’s contracted his area; at others, he’s expanded. Even today, with a delivery radius under three miles, it remains a work in progress. He monitors new subdivisions, competition, and traffic patterns while maintaining one golden rule.

“I never wanted to jeopardize the quality of our customers’ orders and go for too much quantity,” he says. “That was a hole I didn’t want to dig.” At the Ann Arbor, Michigan, headquarters of Domino’s Pizza, time is king.

An industry pioneer with delivery, Domino’s sets a strict delivery radius for all of its 5,000-plus U.S. outlets: deliveries can only be made to locations within a nine-minute rush hour drive.

If the pizza can be made, boxed, and on the road in 15 minutes, the nine-minute delivery window gives the driver six minutes of padding to meet the 30-minute mark that the company once guaranteed. When a Domino’s store opens, in fact, a corporate representative drives around during rush hour to set the location’s delivery radius.

“It all starts from the perspective of the consumer and how long they’re willing to wait. Our research says the sooner, the better,” says Domino’s Pizza President Patrick Doyle.

From staffing to computer systems, delivery influences all of his Domino’s decisions. “It’s the way we chose to differentiate ourselves 48 years ago. Everything we do is done with delivery in mind,” Doyle says.

Over the years, operators have learned delivery radius “tricks” to boost the bottom line. For instance, Cooney couples his advertising with delivery area. To maximize his marketing dollars, he matches his delivery boundaries to meet the advertising medium’s zone over advertising that serves too expansive an area.

Banning turns to his drivers for insight. From the frontlines, drivers can report on dangerous intersections, road construction projects, or the cost-effectiveness of making deliveries to a given area, all critical factors in defining a delivery radius. Banning also established a method to deal with orders arriving from outside his defined area. He directs his phone staff to offer the customer an incentive for carry out, such as a two-liter of soda or free breadsticks.

“This way you’re not totally losing the customer,” he says, noting that most customers appreciate the simple offer.

Cooney reminds all operators to be mindful of staffing and the tasks they are being asked to perform. An expanded delivery radius might demand more drivers, more back-of- the-house staff, and an investment. “You must have the workhorses to take care of the situation. We have to service the customers every day, every hour, not just when it’s convenient for us to do so,” Cooney says.?

The delivery debate: missing sales or avoiding a headache?

While Domino’s Pizza President Patrick Doyle says Domino’s does everything “with delivery in mind,” many other operators refuse to afford delivery such hallowed ground. Though delivery accounts for 35 percent of the nation’s pizza sales, some establishments pay it no attention. Are such operators missing sales or avoiding a headache?

“Missing profits,” assures Rosati’s Pizza Owner T.J. Banning, who owns two Rosati’s Pizza locations in Illinois of the non-delivery outlets. “Up to 70 percent of my customers have never entered my store. Plain and simple, delivery opens you up to customers you wouldn’t otherwise get.”

To launch delivery, operators must first consider numerous factors, including population density, traffic, and safety. For some, the list proves overwhelming and complex; for others, worth the trouble given the potential profits. Such a decision cannot be hurried or reactive, but rather well-conceived and executed.

“You bet delivery can be a headache, but if you go into it organized and knowing the area, it can be smooth and profitable,” says Banning.

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2009 February: Delivering the Goods appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Get a Grip https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-get-a-grip/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-get-a-grip/ Right behind food cost is your second most expensive controllable expense: labor. Labor cost, or L/C, is usually referred to as a percentage of gross sales. I stayed on top of hourly labor like a hawk. My point of sale system served as my time clock and provided real time labor amounts in dollars as […]

The post 2009 February: Get a Grip appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Get a GripRight behind food cost is your second most expensive controllable expense: labor. Labor cost, or L/C, is usually referred to as a percentage of gross sales. I stayed on top of hourly labor like a hawk. My point of sale system served as my time clock and provided real time labor amounts in dollars as well as percentage of gross. My manager’s pay was a combination of salary and bonus based on performance. The biggest area he was in charge of was achieving an ideal prime cost. Prime cost, or P/C, is defi ned as the combination of total food cost (F/C) and labor cost. Every operation varies somewhat because of service style and prevailing wages. At Big Dave’s Pizza, the prime cost was 55 percent. We ran about a 30-percent F/C and a 25 percent L/C. These percentages could move just as long as the P/C stayed at 55 percent.

Most operations I work with hover around 60-percent prime. To accurately state the correct labor percentage one must take into account several areas. The fi rst is salaries and wages, both management and hourly. In addition, one must add in payroll taxes (FICA-Medicare) worker’s comp insurance, any medical insurance and other benefi ts. These expense categories should be grouped together under payroll on your profi t and loss statement.

The snapshot that you get from your POS labor screen usually doesn’t refl ect anything but labor that is on the clock. The above soft costs usually will add 5 to 6 percent of additional costs to the real number that will be refl ected on your fi nancials.

The steps we implemented to achieve a terrifi c labor cost were written in stone. Every week my manager and scheduler projected the next week’s sales based on prior weeks’ same-sales. Once that dollar amount was determined we knew how much money we had in the budget to spend on labor. Hypothetically, if a store had weekly gross (less sales tax) sales of $10,000 and their ideal labor cost percentage is 30 percent, you’ll have $2,500 to spend on wages and salary. The soft costs will add another 5 percent, so you’ll hit 30 percent when the week is said and done. The fi rst days we scheduled were Friday and Saturday. I wanted to have those two very busy days covered with my most productive, trained staff. I call it “put your aces in their places.” I slotted my fastest pizza-makers, drivers and counter crew in their most productive slots for the shift. These days were normally two or three times as busy as weekdays. During peak sales shifts my productivity increased. Everyone on staff was working full speed. I often recorded 12 and 13 percent labor hours. These highly productive sales bursts helped shore up high labor days when sales were low. It still takes a minimum amount of staff to deliver great service and food. During slow weekdays, I couldn’t help but run higher than average ideal labor. The trick is to have the week or payroll cycle balance out.

Consistent numbers are almost impossible to achieve unless your staff is highly trained. One highly trained cook or driver can out-produce two or three under-trained employees. One of my fastest pizza-makers was Mark H. This guy could hand stretch, spin, sauce and cheese a 14-inch pizza and put it in the oven in 19 seconds. His only request: “Don’t let my table run out of ingredients and stay out of my space.” Mark was trained and mentored by Cookin’ Correlle. Sarah F. could take a phone order, repeat it back and suggestively upsell extra cheese or breadsticks in 48 seconds. The customer never felt rushed. Sarah was trained by my manager, G.I. Joe. I was the slowest order taker at 63 seconds. My head prep cook, David J., could mix, weigh out, roll and refrigerate a 75-pound batch of dough singlehandedly in 21 minutes. I trained David J. He was a nut case and required gentle handling. These folks had one thing in common: they shared a fundamental principal of Big Dave’s –– a high sense of urgency. They also had time expectations they shot for. We timed every operation in the store and knew how long it took to complete almost any task. Tasks that are measured improve. If you don’t have the bar set, times will vary.

Every one of my superstar eagles started out on the bottom of the schedule when they were a probationary newbie. Ninety-percent of all new hires were sponsored by an existing eagle. After you worked for me for six months, you could sponsor a new hire. After a deep and through background check and a group interview, the newbie was brought into the family. The newbie’s sponsor took on the responsibility of transforming their friend into an awesome, competent, quick and smiling customerpleasing crew person. Every sponsor entered into a handshake contract with me at the time we hired in their friend. If their friend was doing well at the end of 10 weeks I gave the sponsor a $100 bill from my wallet. If for any reason the newbie wasn’t with us at 10 weeks, the sponsor gave me $50. I never got any half-hearted endorsements. These folks put their money where their mouth was. If no one would sponsor a potential new hire I assumed there was a good reason … and passed on the hire. ?

Cross-Training is Key

When the majority of your staff is cross trained so they can perform tasks and duties outside of their normal job, you’ll never fear being understaffed for any rush. Although you are paying more, the pure productivity of this kind of crew will cost much less than staffi ng with average people. This is how we held our labor percentage very close to 25 percent. This intensive training costs money. You have to decide if you want to invest the time and money into new hires. You may think, “What if I get them all trained up and they quit?” I say, “What if you don’t and they stay?”

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 February: Get a Grip appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Il Pizzaiolo: 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-il-pizzaiolo-3-tomatoes-a-mozzarella/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-il-pizzaiolo-3-tomatoes-a-mozzarella/ When Nancy and Jeff Roskin moved from Connecticut to Scottsdale, Arizona, they felt the pizza in their new home left something to be desired. So they made their own. “We decided to open up because the pizza here was disgusting,” says Nancy, a straight-talking East Coaster who worked as a paralegal and an interior designer […]

The post 2009 February: Il Pizzaiolo: 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Il Pizzaiolo: 3 Tomatoes & a MozzarellaWhen Nancy and Jeff Roskin moved from Connecticut to Scottsdale, Arizona, they felt the pizza in their new home left something to be desired. So they made their own.

“We decided to open up because the pizza here was disgusting,” says Nancy, a straight-talking East Coaster who worked as a paralegal and an interior designer before turning into a restaurateur. “The food overall was great, but the pizza wasn’t any good at all. The area needed a good pizza restaurant. We didn’t move out here to open a restaurant. We didn’t move with that in mind.”

In June 2000, 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella was born. Despite the fact the Roskins did not have restaurant ownership experience under their belts (Jeff was in real estate, though he had owned businesses previously), they knew a good pizza would be welcome in Scottsdale.

“We hired a consultant to get us started and that was a worthwhile investment,” says Nancy. “And we had a fabulous chef. She was 24 and we got her from the Scottsdale Culinary Institute. She was a recent graduate and she ran the restaurant. She was awesome.”

Unfortunately, the chef grew tired of the long hours this industry requires and moved on. “She wanted to have a life,” Nancy explains. “It’s the nature of this business that you have to work a lot of hours, yet there’s a lot of down time, too. And you have to be here on nights and weekends and holidays.” “You have to be open when everyone else is off work,” Jeff adds. “That’s one of the most diffi cult things about foodservice.”

Like the Roskins, the pizza recipe at 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella actually came from Connecticut. Knowing they wanted a product similar to what they used to eat back on the East Coast, the Roskins decided there was no sense trying to replicate an established taste through timeconsuming trial and error. Instead, they opted to purchase recipes and procedures from a master baker in Hartford.

“He helped us create our pizza,” says Jeff. “We paid him $5,000 and he gave us our dough recipe and taught us how to make it.” The dough is far from the only thing made in-house. In fact, aside from actually boiling down tomatoes into sauce, everything at 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella is scratch made. Sure, it’s labor intensive. But it also provides the restaurant with a quality image and an immediate point of difference from other eateries.

“We really do make everything in our stores,” Nancy says. “I wouldn’t have it any other way. We make our own breads, even: focaccia, sandwich bread, wholewheat crust. Everything. We make our own cannoli shells, tiramisu and cupcakes, too.”

For the sauce, the 3 Tomatoes kitchen staff starts with canned crushed tomatoes and makes additions to it from there. “We make two different sauces,” says Nancy. “Our Margherita is a traditional sauce and our Neapolitan is a chunkier tomato sauce.”

The menu at 3 Tomatoes covers the bases but is far from exhaustive. Because everything is made in house, Jeff says it’s important not to go overboard with the selections. Too many options, he explains, would simply be too taxing on the kitchen crew.

“When we fi rst opened, we didn’t want to have any pasta at all,” he says. “We just wanted to do upscale pizza, panini and salads. It’s not really our focus, and we didn’t necessarily have all the equipment to pull off a larger menu. But we eventually broke down and created fi ve pastas — and they all sell very well. We also do some soups now, too. Homemade, of course.”

Adds Nancy: “I’m really fussy about what I serve. I won’t serve what I won’t eat, and I won’t eat processed food.” Does the 3 Tomatoes customer base know the lengths the Roskins and their staff go through to menu truly fresh food? “Some of them do,” says Jeff. “The longtime customers who’ve been coming in for years now and who we’ve gotten to know have a pretty good idea.”

Nancy agrees, but adds that “I don’t think most of our customers realize the extent of what we go through, really. I mean, it’s possible to buy everything premade and run a restaurant without ever having to make anything yourself. It’s disgusting, and there are plenty of places that do that.”

So, why not tell that “quality” story on their menus? It’s something Jeff admits he’d like to do, but the unique physical size of the 3 Tomatoes menu and the unusually expensive menu holders they use leaves little space for anything other than the nuts and bolts of food items, descriptions and price.

“I’d like to be creative and let people know our story,” he says. “And I think that’s something people genuinely enjoy reading. But we’ve got nowhere to put anything like that. We paid $50 each for these (menu holders), so we’re going to be using them for quite some time. Maybe I’ll do a print out sometime to tell our story that way, something I could insert into the menu.”

Nancy says she’d like to add more pastas to the 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella menu because they move so well. It’s a contrast to the early days of running the restaurant, when America was locked in a short-lived love affair with a low-carbohydrate diet.

“The low-carb craze lasted all of three months,” Nancy laughs. “I’m glad it didn’t go on any longer, because some people were really getting into it and a lot of pizza and pasta restaurants got worried. I remember people adding all sorts of low-carb items to their menu and serving things like crust-less pizza and sandwiches with no bread. It’s not what we’re about and not the best-tasting thing, so we didn’t get too much into it. We added a couple of things that would meet that demand if customers asked for it, but that just wasn’t something we were really going to get into.”

Today, as is always the case when the economy sours, pasta sales are strong industry-wide. But don’t look for 3 Tomatoes to add a new lineup of them any time soon. There’s that lack of menu space hanging over the Roskins heads. Plus, they want to stick true to their original streamlined concept. “I so admire In-N-Out Burger for what they’re able to do,” Nancy says of the West coast chain that offers only burgers, fries and milkshakes. “They keep it simple and they’re unbelievably busy.” 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella is busy as well. Besides the Scottsdale location and another company-owned store in nearby Peoria, a franchised store in Las Vegas is bustling.

“They’re busy up there in Vegas,” Nancy says. “I thought it would take a little longer to build it up, because they’re in an underdeveloped area. But they’re doing $20,000 a week in sales.”

Things are so good that a second Sin City location will open soon in North Las Vegas. Meanwhile, the Roskins are trying to find a buyer for their first franchised location, which opened in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and did well before the franchisee closed it. “It was our fififi rst venture into franchising and we’ve learned a lot from it,” says Jeff. “We just didn’t have the right person in place. He seemed like a good fififififi t, he was young and ran the store well in the beginning. That store had sales over $800,000, but he got bored with it and wanted to move on to something else.” The Roskins are ready to get that store back on line, and they’re also excited to debut a new concept they have in the works, 3 Tomatoes Pronto. It’s a scaled-down, counterservice version of the existing 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella brand.

“That’s where the trend is going in restaurants right now,” explains Jeff. “It can be built out for less money, which makes it easier to franchise or to offer market development packages.

Obviously, the less it costs, the more you can sell.”

Jeremy White is editor-in-chief at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 February: Il Pizzaiolo: 3 Tomatoes & a Mozzarella appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: No Speed Limit https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-no-speed-limit/ Sun, 24 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-no-speed-limit/ The pros on ABC’s hit series “Dancing with the Stars” have nothing on managers at wellrun restaurants. Timing a meal is akin to choreographing a dance. If the moves are expertly executed, a guest will give high scores, but just one sloppy sequence could get a restaurant voted out of contention. “The food industry is […]

The post 2009 February: No Speed Limit appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: No Speed LimitThe pros on ABC’s hit series “Dancing with the Stars” have nothing on managers at wellrun restaurants. Timing a meal is akin to choreographing a dance. If the moves are expertly executed, a guest will give high scores, but just one sloppy sequence could get a restaurant voted out of contention.

“The food industry is held accountable by people. Expectations are very high. If someone comes into a restaurant and no one (greets them) within a minute and a half, they could turn around and walk out,” says Neil Neufeld, a partner with Vucurevich Simons Advisory Group (VSAG), a food service consulting fi rm.

VSAG teaches a sequence of service beginning with the “greet,” which should occur within one minute of the hostess seating a guest in the dining room. After a drink order is taken, it should be delivered within two minutes even if it is coming from the bar. Once the drinks are on the table, the server should try to sell an appetizer. And then the fun begins. The server is responsible for ensuring that the appetizers and entreés are timed right and don’t arrive out of order or at the same time. The consensus is that POS systems have simplifi ed the process, but servers still control order placement. Variables include cook time, how busy the kitchen is and how quickly guests are eating.

Returning to VSAG’s sequence, the appetizer should be out within fi ve minutes, but there are exceptions. Servers need to be aware, for example, which appetizers have longer preptimes. “We coach our servers on being able to stretch out the time with guests….They are back within two minutes even if there is no food (and say,) ‘I just wanted to stop by,’ ” Neufeld says.

On the opposite end of the spectrum, servers also need to know which appetizers, like garlic toast, are “gobbled up” quickly, and which, like artichoke dip, are savored says Laura Hansen, COO of Minneapolis-based Pizza Lucé. For the former, the entrée order is sent to the kitchen when the toast is picked up, while for the latter, the server checks the table to see how things are progressing.

“With a large salad or something like that, (the server) watches the table. (They might be) so engrossed in conversation that the food is there, but it will go down really slow,” Hansen says.

Concerning entrées, everyone at a table should simultaneously receive a meal that is hot and fresh. “We are not just a pizza place. We have pizza and pasta, which makes it more diffi cult to time. The secret is communication in the kitchen,” says Jerry Colonna, owner of Delio’s Italian Restaurant and Old World Pizza in Sierra Vista, Arizona. “When the pizza is about fi ve or six minutes from being pulled from the oven, the cook on the pizza side says to the cooks on the pasta side, ‘Roll on spaghetti’.”

At Delio’s, servers are told to wait fi ve to seven minutes after entering the appetizer into the system to order the main course. If it is not busy, they wait until the appetizer is in hand to give the kitchen the go-ahead on the entree. “A good rule of thumb is, ‘When the restaurant is full, the ovens are full,’” Colonna says. He holds servers to a level of accountability. If they don’t deliver food on time or give it to the wrong table, they have to pay for it. “They are each a little business unto themselves.”

Three Brothers Italian Restaurants also alters entrée timing depending on how crowded the dining area is. “If the kitchen is extremely busy, the hots expo will communicate with the pizza man to see how long pizzas are going to take and then the orders will be fi red so that the food and pizza go out together,” says Ravi Repole, director, corporate/franchise staff training division.

Sometimes the wait staff can use suggestive selling to assist a bogged down kitchen. “Good managers will say, ‘We’re starting to fall behind in the back … Let’s work on the cold part of the menu,’ ” Neufeld says.

Proper planning also can help. How well a kitchen and server can handle meal timing sometimes stems as far back as menu development. “If you have a family style restaurant…people are expecting a 35-45 minute dining experience. If you (serve) roasted meat, that will take 20 minutes. That will not work,” says Scott Gilkey, president of Gilkey Restaurant Consulting Group. “If you don’t have the right equipment to cook skins in the appropriate amount of time or heat the topping and ingredients fully in the correct amount of time, you won’t meet the consumer’s expectation.” ?

The Beat Goes On

Training and staff scheduling also are important when it comes to timing.

Additionally, managers have to know the staff. Delio’s Italian Restaurant doesn’t have a set limit to how many tables a server is assigned; it depends on the individual. “Some people are nicknamed ‘two-tables.’ … There are others who can take six or eight,” owner Jerry Colonna says.

Pizza Lucé schedules its “A-squad” for anticipated busy times. “We like to say they are allergic to the tickets. They want to get them fi red up and get them out,” says COO Laura Hansen.

As for training, shadowing seems to be the primary method for the wait staff. “For three to fi ve days, they walk around with the most senior server and parrot their moves,” Colonna says.

In the kitchen, cooks need to be trained to be mindful of timing as well. “There are techniques and coaching skills to teach cooks to organize their station and run the wheel so they can produce the pizza in enough time,” says Scott Gilkey, president of Gilkey Restaurant Consulting Group.

As for who to hire, Gilkey says level of experience should match up with the restaurant’s segment. Fast casual can handle fi rst-time servers, whereas upscale dining needs more experience. “(But,) I believe (timing) can be trained to anybody that has a desire to learn and a willingness to work at it,” he says.

Monta Monaco Hernon is a freelance business, technology and features writer based in La Grange Park, Illinois.

The post 2009 February: No Speed Limit appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-a-pizza-my-mind/ To a certain point, we are masters of our own destiny. To a certain point. The current economy is in uncharted waters. I hope our elected government officials are up to the task of putting the economic train wreck back on the tracks. I’ve seen and lived through some similar economic times. I remember when, […]

The post 2009 February: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
To a certain point, we are masters of our own destiny. To a certain point. The current economy is in uncharted waters. I hope our elected government officials are up to the task of putting the economic train wreck back on the tracks.

I’ve seen and lived through some similar economic times. I remember when, with absolutely no notice, Richard Nixon imposed an executive order that froze all wages and prices for most of a year. This order made it a crime to raise your prices on anything as well as give an employee a wage hike. The economy needed some time to get itself back on track. A few years later, the economy again went into a funk. During Jimmy Carter’s administration, we watched interest rates climb to close to 20 percent. Not a good time to be in the real estate or banking business. A few months after the first Desert Storm, the Department of Defense decreed the closing of many air bases. Wurtsmith AFB closed in my town. I lost half of my customer base in less than a year. Bumper stickers were going around town that said, “Last one leaving Oscoda –– Turn off the lights”. Nine thousand people were reassigned in less than a year. All I saw were 50 moving vans a day heading out of town. A couple of years later, I was setting all-time sales records in a town that shrunk by half. We got through the mess and so will you.

Through it all, the restaurant and pizza industry survived and grew to thrive. We will again. In the last 30 years, food not prepared at home for immediate consumption has almost doubled. America and the world would really rather let someone else cook for them. That would be you and me.

The current economic crunch time we’re in now will pass. Unfortunately, underperforming operations will be driven out of business. Hanging on is not a recommended business strategy. Eventually, your grip will loosen on your lifeline and you may find yourself in a financial freefall.

In the past few months I’ve visited many successful operations. They called me in to see if there was anything they were overlooking that could help bolster their sagging bottom lines. Each one of them has adjusted a certain area that will send lots of newfound money to the bottom line. If our customers are tightening their restaurant spending habits we need to look inside our operations and trim any wasteful spending.

The pizza industry is what we make it. Creating the very best pie possible and serving it with a smile is a must. I’m convinced that the industry needs to raise the bar and do a more professional job on portioning, pricing, purchasing and marketing.

Pizza Today has assembled dozens of expert speakers who will answer all of your questions at International Pizza Expo this year. I hope to see you there. Your future may depend in it. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally soughtafter trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 February: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Did You Know https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-did-you-know/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-did-you-know/ Last year, 3.6 billion pizzas were sold in the U.S. Over 20 percent of Papa John’s sales comes from online and text ordering In a recent poll on PizzaToday.com, 66 percent of respondents said they serve alcohol in their pizzeras. Idaho has 349 Pizzeria Pizza Mondo / Philly Flash Cheesesteaks, Pizza & Wings / Everybody’s […]

The post 2009 February: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Did You KnowLast year, 3.6 billion pizzas were sold in the U.S.
Over 20 percent of Papa John’s sales comes from online and text ordering
In a recent poll on PizzaToday.com, 66 percent of respondents said they serve alcohol in their pizzeras.

Idaho has 349 Pizzeria
Pizza Mondo / Philly Flash Cheesesteaks, Pizza & Wings / Everybody’s Pizza

811 NW Wall St.
Bend, OR 97701
(541) 330-9093
www.pizzamondobend.com

Pizza Mondo is a hand-tossed haven in Bend, a place the locals know they can consistently count on. Started by a pair of attorneys, Pizza Mondo has been in operation since 1996 and recently added gluten-free pizza. The menu is pizza-heavy, but also includes salads, calzones and grinders. The Clubhouse, which features bacon, grilled chicken, baked tomatoes and pepperoncini, packs potent fl avor — while brownies are offered up as a token to those who require a sweet ending.

Philly Flash Cheesesteaks, Pizza & Wings
1901 West Street
Annapolis, MD 21404
(410) 280-2888
www.myphillyflash.com

A true family owned business, Philly Flash gets its name from the DeCesaris’ longtime involvement in Maryland drag racing. Owners Joseph and Donna DeCesaris own the pizzeria and operate it with the help of their four children. While the restaurant has a racing theme, the menu is decidedly Philly. From cheesy fries to sausage rolls, this isn’t your typical pizzeria menu. But that doesn’t keep pizza from being the star of the show!

Everybody’s Pizza
1040 North Highland Avenue
Atlanta, GA 30307
(404) 873-4545
www.everybodyspizza.com

Since 1971, Everybody’s has been a pizza institution in Atlanta. The winner of several “best pizza” awards, Everbody’s has a mouth-watering menu that makes it easy to understand Atlanta’s 37-year love affair with the operation. A plethora of unique toppings, like golden raisins and honeyroast garlic, give this place a special twist. We’re smitten by the pizza sandwiches. The Everybody’s menu calls them “unique and delicious.” We can’t disagree.

The post 2009 February: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]> 2009 February: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-dough-doctor/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-dough-doctor/ Some pizza doughs are made with sugar, and others are made without. Typically, we fi nd that dough destined to be baked at high temperatures is made without any added sugar, while those that will be baked at lower temperatures (425 to 450 F) will contain at least some sugar to assist in crust color […]

The post 2009 February: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Dough DoctorSome pizza doughs are made with sugar, and others are made without. Typically, we fi nd that dough destined to be baked at high temperatures is made without any added sugar, while those that will be baked at lower temperatures (425 to 450 F) will contain at least some sugar to assist in crust color development. Doughs that contain sugar will brown quite quickly when baked at high temperatures, thus prompting their removal from the oven. But be advised, the pizza may not be baked as well as it appears. While nice and brown on the outside, it may be soft and moist on the inside.

Besides affecting crust color development, sugar also provides a source of nutrient for the yeast to feed upon. So if you are holding your dough for several days in the cooler, a small amount of sugar added to the dough formula –– about 1 percent –– may help your dough to perform better after several days of cooler storage. Since much of this sugar will be consumed by the yeast, there will be very little, if any, of it left to contribute to crust color development in the oven. The type of sugar added can have an impact on both the flavor and crumb color of the finished crust, and this is what we are going to review in this article.

When it comes to selecting a sugar for its flavor contribution, we have several choices. Honey comes in a number of color-based grades. The higher the grade, the lighter the color. Since the price of honey is based on its color, the lighter the color, the more expensive — but that doesn’t always mean that it is the best suited to our specific application in a crust. Taking into account the high cost of honey, it makes a lot of sense to use a darker colored, more intensely flavored honey at a lower level to achieve the desired flavor in our crusts. The only time when a lighter colored honey needs to be considered is when a honey flavor is desired and you want to minimize any darkening of the crumb color in the finished crust. If you’re making a wheat or whole-wheat crust, one of the darker colored, lower cost grades of honey will provide both flavor and crumb color improvement to the finished crust and save you a few dollars in the long run.

Molasses can also be added to pizza doughs to impart a unique flavor. But like with dark colored honey and malt syrup, the color of molasses is also dark, so it will have a darkening effect on the crumb portion of the finished pizza crust. The flavor imparted by molasses is truly unique and it blends well with dark colored fl ours such as whole-wheat, multigrain or even many of the more exotic fl ours such as buckwheat, quinua, amaranth, and a host of others. About the only thing to watch for with molasses is to purchase only unsulfured molasses, as other forms of this sweetener can be detrimental to yeast activity, resulting in poor dough performance.

While not exactly a sweetener, fruit juice and juice concentrates have been used in some applications. Some of the more common ones are apple juice, apple juice concentrate, raisin juice, raisin juice concentrate, and prune juice. While these can be effectively used as sweeteners, their main shortfall is with the flavor that they impart. In some products, the flavor may not be an issue, but in others, the flavor might be construed as off, foreign, or different. In any case, this is something that you would have to seriously consider to determine if it might be right for your product or application.

Corn sugar, (dextrose) either as a dry sugar, or as syrup, may also have a unique application in pizza crusts. Dextrose differs from sucrose (regular table sugar or cane/beet sugar) in that it is less sweet, only about 90 percent as sweet as sucrose, and it also imparts a lighter crust color to the baked product than sucrose. What this means is that it can be used to provide some level of sweetness, or nutrient for the yeast to feed upon without getting quite as dark of a baked crust color as would be had with other sweetener forms.

Brown sugar is another sugar type that we see occasionally used. This is really nothing more than white table sugar (sucrose) with a small portion of the black strap molasses added back to the sugar to give it the darker color and slight molasses like flavor. Because of its low level in the sugar, the molasses really doesn’t provide for much flavor, but it does give more of a “natural” formulation than the refined, white sugar.

Finally, lactose, also known as milk sugar, is a truly different type of sugar from those previously mentioned sugars because it is not fermented by the yeast and it also has a very low sweetness, only 15 percent that of sucrose, so it doesn’t really contribute any sweetness to the finished crust. What it does bring to the party is crust color development, or browning. This can come in handy when formulating a dough for a take-and-bake application. Because a take-and-bake pizza will be baked in a home oven, which doesn’t have the strong bottom heat to really bake the pizza well, the addition of 3- to 5-percent lactose to the dough formula will provide for the necessary browning properties without any unwanted sweetness. And since the lactose isn’t fermented by the yeast, you don’t have to worry about the sugar level diminishing with time as the dough/pizza is stored in the refrigerator.

While many of these sweeteners are syrups rather than dry, their flavor and/or color contribution are more significant than that of regular white sugar. You will want to experiment with a lower use level than you are presently using for your regular sugar. A good place to start is to replace the dry sugar with the syrup at the same weight. Due to the water content of the syrup, this will provide about a 20-percent reduction in overall sugar level. You can then make additional adjustments as necessary to achieve the desired flavor and color characteristics. If you are making a natural type of crust, or just want to add more of a “natural” or “healthy” appeal to your existing crust, proper selection of sugar type can play an important roll in the way your consumer perceives your crust and your overall pizza. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2009 February: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-five-questions/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-five-questions/ Marc Able owns the five-unit PieWorks Pizza by Design, headquartered in Shreveport, Louisiana. The company has recently stepped up franchising efforts after streamlining its operations and expects to open two new stores next year.         PT: Your name alone implies your pizzas function as a work of art. How is that carried […]

The post 2009 February: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Five QuestionsMarc Able owns the five-unit PieWorks Pizza by Design, headquartered in Shreveport, Louisiana. The company has recently stepped up franchising efforts after streamlining its operations and expects to open two new stores next year.

 

 

 

 

PT: Your name alone implies your pizzas function as a work of art. How is that carried through to the product?

MA: We’re specialty pizza, and we have more than 60 different toppings. We used a corporate chef for several years in the ‘90s to create a lot of different taste profiles, working not only presentation but also textures, colors and taste. We see “works” as two different things: artwork and (the) works of overwhelming variety.

PT: You offer unusual toppings such as alligator, crawfish and –– gulp –– hot dogs. We have to ask: how well do these sell?

 

MA: It depends on where we are. In North Carolina, we might sell 220 pounds of alligator a year or a year-and-a-half. In Louisiana, we might sell 20 pounds in two weeks. Crawfish, of course, is a big seller in Louisiana. We sell a lot of crawfish. Alligator is not really as popular as it used to be and I’m not really sure why, but crawfish is steadily becoming an ingredient of choice, especially in Louisiana.

PT: Where most pizzerias might offer one or two seafood pies, your menu boasts five. Why so many?

ME: Uniqueness, first of all. A lot of people offer seafood, and we’re a Louisiana-based concept –– it’s very high in food culture here. We have a long history of food taste and culinary sophistication. Seafood just seems to go with what we do and who we are.

PT: Pieworks sits at No. 71 on Pizza Today’s Hot 100 Independents list. How have you used that in your marketing?

 

MA: We use it in our franchising efforts and when we open a new restaurant. We have a number of different awards that we’ve won, and we like to list them, especially when we’re introducing ourselves to a new market. We use the Hot 100 especially when we’re promoting franchises.

PT: We know Pieworks has stepped up franchising –– why now, and what is your expected growth?

MA: We’ve been around since 1990. Although we’ve been offering franchises since 2002, we really haven’t gone after it like we’re planning on doing in the next 12 to 24 months. Primarily, I had felt that we didn’t have a strong enough base. We have fi ve locations now, and three of them are our new prototype. Just now, I think we’re getting a strong enough base to support franchisees regardless of where they are. We’ve had to evolve our concept over the years –– part in the changing times, and part to become more contemporary. We look at offering franchises as a way to grow as our concept evolves.

The post 2009 February: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-marketing-matters/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-marketing-matters/ Nancy and I just returned from an amazing adventure. We traveled to Tokyo, Beijing, Moscow, Amsterdam and Paris. Now, call me funny, but I rarely buy souvenirs while traveling. Just never have. While some people have display cases packed with trinkets from every journey, all I buy are a few postcards because they look better […]

The post 2009 February: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Marketing MattersNancy and I just returned from an amazing adventure. We traveled to Tokyo, Beijing, Moscow, Amsterdam and Paris. Now, call me funny, but I rarely buy souvenirs while traveling. Just never have. While some people have display cases packed with trinkets from every journey, all I buy are a few postcards because they look better than the snapshots I take. I’m just not a buyer. Or, so I thought.

Our tour guide in Beijing took us to a silk factory. I was practically yawning as we entered. But then the girl had us handle real silk cocoons and let me operate the machine that unwound over a mile of silk from a single boiled cocoon. She even had us get “hands on” with making a silk comforter. Then it was off to the factory showroom. I loaded up on silk presents. They also gave us a small gift.

The next day we stopped by a factory where Chinese vases are made. We saw the intricate copper work being performed, the application of colored minerals, the kiln firing, the reapplication of color … and more firing. Then we watched as workers used several polishing stones of varying coarseness to buff the vases to a spectacular shine. Then it was off to the factory showroom where we bought a vase. They gave us a gift.

Nancy was asked if she’d like to learn how to tell a real pearl from a fake. Why not? So we popped into a pearl factory. Our guide pulled a fresh water oyster out of a tank and just about had a knife in it before I intervened, telling her I didn’t want the oyster’s death on my conscience. So, it was straight upstairs to the factory showroom of course. I managed to convince Nancy that the “small” pearl earrings looked better than the big expensive ones. And we were off to the Great Wall (with another little free gift).

The day before leaving, we sat down for a traditional Chinese tea ceremony. After tasting and learning about all the exotic varieties, I bought five tins of tea and a porcelain tea set (I’m not a tea drinker). They also gave us a gift — a pee pee doll (don’t ask).

Lesson: They began each “tour” with a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at how the item is made. This is called “educational marketing.” Once you’re fully mesmerized by the process — bam! Out to the showroom where you begin to explore. Of course you’re already “sold”, so now it’s just a matter of picking out the right item. After the purchase comes a little gift.

They never bragged about the product. Instead they showed me the painstaking care in which it was made. They demonstrated its rarity. They let me sell myself. The after-purchase gift made you feel you’d really gotten your money’s worth.

How you use it: Stop pointing at “price” as your only sales tool. Don’t shout about the “best” pizza in town. Show them. Prove it. Your ads and menus should take customers behind the scenes. Tell them about the fresh ingredients, the home-made sauce, the real garlic. Let them sell themselves on your pizza. Then, give them more than they expected (a little gift). ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 February: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-simple-ideas/ Mon, 18 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-simple-ideas/ V is for Video Did you know you can afford your very own television-style commercial? And it’s easy to do it yourself. All you have to do is shoot a video on your camcorder and upload to YouTube in less than 10 minutes without any fancy software. Then you can post that video on your […]

The post 2009 February: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Simple IdeasV is for Video

Did you know you can afford your very own television-style commercial? And it’s easy to do it yourself. All you have to do is shoot a video on your camcorder and upload to YouTube in less than 10 minutes without any fancy software. Then you can post that video on your Web site. This is an unbelievable free opportunity to show and tell your customers what makes you different. Your own TV commercial on your site. Okay, it won’t be as slick as a professional TV ad, but it’ll get the job done.

A Simple Solution

When added to a tomato-based sauce, garlic often exhibits a gelling affect and causes the sauce to thicken within a few hours. To get around this, simply put the garlic in a bowl of water and heat to a full boil. This will deactivate the enzymes in the garlic responsible for the thickening effect, and you can then add the “deactivated” garlic with minimal side effects.

Caped Crusaders

If you’re looking for a different type of sauce enhancer, consider capers. The type packed in brine is the best kind to use, but rinse them under cold water before adding them to a sauce. A little bit goes a long way, so use them with care. Capers are indispensable to a spicy red sauce, like a puttanesca sauce. Plus, they’ll help liven up a variety of pasta dishes.

Food Costs Killing You?

Is your bottom line being adversely affected by food costs? If so, Big Dave Ostrander has this to say: “After I realized that I was leaving tens of thousands of profit dollars unaccounted for, I studied and achieved the perfect food cost month in and month out. The biggest breakthroughs I discovered were:

? Placing in-line portion control scales on my make line

? Pre-weighing cheese cups

? Placing portion size cheat sheets at eye level with my cooks

? Having high accountability for achieving food cost on my managers’ shoulders. This meant rewards and penalties.” There you have it.

Get started today.

The post 2009 February: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-commentary/ Thu, 14 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-february-commentary/ Recently, I was visiting a pizzeria and discussing its menu with the owner. He does a New York style hand tossed pizza, and he does it well. It’s the workhorse of his menu and he’s very proud of it. When the conversation turned to his appetizer list, he became dismissive. Though he recognizes appetizer sales […]

The post 2009 February: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 February: CommentaryRecently, I was visiting a pizzeria and discussing its menu with the owner. He does a New York style hand tossed pizza, and he does it well. It’s the workhorse of his menu and he’s very proud of it. When the conversation turned to his appetizer list, he became dismissive. Though he recognizes appetizer sales are red hot right now, he insists he wants to be known for his pizza.

As well he should. But, at what price? In today’s market, having great pizza may not be enough. The operator I was speaking with seemed to agree with that point to a small degree. He had a complete menu, but he seemed to treat the nonpizza items as unwanted stepchildren. Case in point: I asked him about his chicken wings.

“Oh,” he said, “those are just on there because people expect us to have them. But we don’t really sell many of them.” “Hmmm,” I replied. “Most places do. Have you tried having your servers push them a little?”

“It wouldn’t matter,” the operator responded. He then named a competitor up the street. We’ll call the place Dave’s Pizza for this commentary. “Dave’s has much better wings, so people go there when they want those.”

I asked what made Dave’s wings better. The operator answered that they were larger and just fl at-out had better flavor.

I couldn’t help but ask why he didn’t upgrade his wings to be more competitive. He more or less dodged the question and said he was thinking of taking wings off his menu altogether. I couldn’t believe what I was hearing. If you try really hard to sell a product and just can’t move it, then, by all means, take it off the menu. But this was a different story altogether. The operator in question admitted he was serving an inferior product and he didn’t care because he had great pizza and that was enough for him.

As for me, I believe that an operation should strive for perfection on every menu item. Sure, you want the best pizza in town. But you also want the best wings, the best hoagies, the best carrot cake … you name it. If you’re going to serve it, do it right. Otherwise, don’t do it at all.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 February: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Cost It Out https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-cost-it-out/ Thu, 14 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-cost-it-out/ In the last month, I’ve presented workshops and seminars to several thousand owner-operators in eight cities. The overriding theme of the seminars is getting back to restaurant business basics. In every single seminar, I’ve asked the attendees to answer the following question: “How much does it cost you to make a 14-inch cheese, pepperoni, mushroom […]

The post 2009 January: Cost It Out appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Cost It OutIn the last month, I’ve presented workshops and seminars to several thousand owner-operators in eight cities. The overriding theme of the seminars is getting back to restaurant business basics. In every single seminar, I’ve asked the attendees to answer the following question: “How much does it cost you to make a 14-inch cheese, pepperoni, mushroom and ham pizza, including the box?”

 

In a typical room of 200 people or so, only two or three will raise their hands and announce the answer. This is scary to me. I realize more than a few are shy and may be embarrassed answering the question in a public group setting. At the same time, though, I lost most of the eye contact in the rooms. Folks were praying that I wouldn’t call on them to answer the question.

Now it is your turn. I’m addressing that identical fundamental question to Pizza Today readers. Write down, right now, how much it costs you to make that pie.

Don’t know the answer? Then you’ve failed the test.

If you are not sure of your exact food cost in percentage, as well as dollars, how can you price your menu? One way is to gather up all of your competitors’ menus and spread them out on your kitchen table and take an average. You don’t want to be the highest or the lowest. But when you do that, you are assuming that the other guys have done the math and have a handle on true costs. I wouldn’t bet the shop on it.

Computing the cost of a pizza is not an easy task, especially when the cost of the raw ingredients is constantly changing. You know you have to do it. Your entire future is on the line. It is time to stop the guessing. Let me describe how it is done.

First, you will need to set aside several blocks of uninterrupted time. I recommend three sessions of two hours. Session one will be devoted to assembling your last two months’ food invoices. You’ll also need to weigh out your topping weights for every pizza, salad, appetizer and any other entree on your menu in ounces (grams). I do this task with a digital electronic portion scale that has a tare (zero reset) function. I first write down my doughball weight, then move on to sauce, cheese and other ingredients as I build the actual pizza on the scale. By using a corrugated pizza circle instead of a dough, I can recycle the toppings after every weight and not waste them. I call this information the Weighout Sheet.

From your invoices, you’ll need to determine price per ounce on each ingredient. If you purchase your cheese by the pound you’ll need to divide the price per pound by 16 to get price per ounce. If you buy your onions by the 50-pound bag you’ll need to compute the edible yield ounces (EYO) per bag. You’ll take into account how many ounces per bag or box of onions or peppers are trim and waste. Do the same on ingredients that are packed in one-gallon jars and number ten cans, like ripe olives and banana peppers. Drain off all of the liquid and weigh the EYO of all of these toppings. This should do it for Session I.

Once you have done the math on the weights and cost per ounce on your pizza as well as salads, sandwiches and other entrees you’ll need to start doing some addition. Welcome to Session II. For pizza boxes, packaging and other things like sheeted dough and disposables, you’ll need to give the ingredient a unit/ each cost. This is right about where I personally dropped the ball.

So far I got the math right, but finding a place to assemble all of the info is a problem. At first, I forced myself to use the huge green accountant’s columnar work sheet paper. Printing tiny and writing all of those numbers in those itty-bitty boxes was almost too much for this ADD pizzaman. After I bought my first computer, I transferred all of the data to a spreadsheet program like Excel. This was a giant leap from pencil and paper until I inevitably entered a value in a wrong cell and crashed the sheet. But since I spent hours and hours doing the algebra for the cells, I usually could find out where I went wrong and fix it. I used this system for many years. I searched the world over for a better way and found none.

After you’ve created and formatted your worksheets you can now start seeing how much it costs to assemble a pizza. You’ll add the sum of the dough, sauce, cheese, pepperoni, mushroom, ham and pizza box. Divide this total into the menu selling price and you’ll finally know the real ideal foodcost for that pie. This will do it for Session II.

Session III is the OMG session. On paper, you should be running, hypothetically, a 30 percent (or less) food cost. In reality, your financials are showing a 37 percent food cost. How can this be? Where is the missing seven percent? That’s a lot of money. It’s quite often the difference between success and failure, real income or living on credit card debt. The key here is replicating each pizza exactly as you did in session one. I’m talking exact portion control by using scales, spoodles or cups to dole out every ingredient, every time. If you are not weighing it, you are winging it. Every ounce counts. Especially in these days of rollercoaster pricing and escalating expenses.

The difference between ideal and actual foodcost is the sum of the following: non-food items on your weekly invoices like hand towels, garbage bags, soap, etc. These purchases should be classified as supplies and not charged to food cost. Most distributors break out non-food items on invoices. I intentionally added in the cost of a pizza box and recommend it if an operation’s gross sales exceed 50 percent in carryout and delivery.

The next area to be concerned about is employee waste. This can be significant. I allowed my managers 1.5 percent here.

The final dark area is theft or under-ringed/reported sales. Every time I visit a pizzeria client and the food cost is way out of whack, I begin scrutinizing these areas right away. You’d be wise to begin doing the same today. Otherwise, you could be leaving thousands of profit dollars behind.

Now, back to the original question. How much does it take you to make that pizza? If you don’t know, get started finding out right now. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 January: Cost It Out appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Il Pizzaiolo: Marcos https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-il-pizzaiolo-marcos/ Thu, 14 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-il-pizzaiolo-marcos/ Jack Butorac knew when he first tasted a Marco’s Pizza that he’d found what he was looking for. As a former restaurant chain executive seeking a new challenge, Butorac wasn’t intent on joining the pizza industry specifically. Instead, he was on a quest to find a small independent company with a quality mission and a […]

The post 2009 January: Il Pizzaiolo: Marcos appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Il Pizzaiolo: MarcosJack Butorac knew when he first tasted a Marco’s Pizza that he’d found what he was looking for. As a former restaurant chain executive seeking a new challenge, Butorac wasn’t intent on joining the pizza industry specifically. Instead, he was on a quest to find a small independent company with a quality mission and a founder with the desire to grow. If he could turn the right stone, Butorac reasoned, he could nurse it into a successful chain.

 

 

 

Then he bit into a Marco’s pie while passing though Toledo. Though it was late into the evening on a weekend, he immediately began working the phones and brainstorming.

“The quality was better than anything I’d had,” recalls Butorac. “It was fresh and hot and just really tasted delicious. I knew right away it was something I wanted to look into.”

 

 

 

Butorac and a group of investors went on to purchase the franchise rights to Marco’s in 2004. Flash forward to today, and the company now has more than 170 stores in 14 states. Marco’s added nearly 40 locations in 2008 and says it plans to have 500 units in operation by the end of next year. Thus far, 735 total locations commitments have been signed.

That’s aggressive, but company officials say they’re prepared to sell, build and service those planned locations. They point to their same-store sales increase of 6 percent systemwide last year (13.1 percent for company-managed stores) as proof that they’re on the right track. Perunit sales at Marco’s were $498,000 in 2003. They now stand at $660,000.

“That was one of our goals early on,” says Butorac. “We had some primary goals and 190 action plans. We wanted to build brand awareness to 60 percent in each store area; we wanted to reach $600,000 for our average store sales; and we wanted to run 15 percent EBIDTA.”

EBIDTA, also known as operational cash fl ow, stands for Earnings Before Interest, Depreciation, Taxes and Amortization.

One of the fi rst things Butorac did after becoming president and CEO of Marco’s Pizza was to assemble a supporting cast. He considers his crew, pieced together from foodservice and outside industries alike, to be “a group of allstars.” Says Butorac: “We have some very impressive, accomplished people on board here. These are people who have already made a very nice career for themselves and decided to join Marco’s because they saw where the company was headed and wanted to be part of something special from the ground up.”

That cast includes Dave Black (executive vice president of operations), Cameron Cummins (VP of franchise marketing and recruitment), Mike Jaynes (VP of sales, research and development), Bryon Stephens (VP of new business development), Don Vlcek (VP of purchasing) and Peter Wise (VP of marketing). Together with Butorac, the aforementioned company officials sat down with Pizza Today last fall to talk about the company’s structure and its future plans. They all agreed the recipe to success starts with a quality product. They are so adamant on that point that they designed a poster that hangs in the kitchen of every Marco’s store. The poster is a mission statement of sorts with a twist — it also serves as a pep talk.

“It’s something that’s very important to us,” says Jaynes. “When you go down through it you see it covers service, product, image. It’s what we want our employees to project to our customers and it really keys in on our freshness and quality.”

When asked how the company goes about getting its employees to buy into its mentality, training was a quick answer. All new hires undergo online training as part of their orientation.

“It’s a Web-based system consisting of 12 modules,” Butorac says. Adds Jaynes: “Marco’s University is meant to enhance what they’ll be learning in the stores from their manager. It’s easy to use and is very direct.”

Of course, there’s a lot that has to happen before that point is reached. First, stores must be sold and built. That’s where the growth goals and action plans come in. A substantial investment in both time and money was given to these points from the very beginning, says Cummins.

“When we retooled the brand, 11 of us were here working,” he says. “Bryon and I worked on growth. We took the good points of chains like Subway, Quizno’s, Coldstone (Creamery) and used what worked. We contacted Walgreen’s, Lowe’s, Home Depot, and CVS — the ones that were really growing — and three of those four pointed us to MapInfo.”

MapInfo, Cummins continues, “did a regression analysis of 400-something variables. They took our typical consumer profile and put that through four additional filters: traffic counts, high schools, shopping malls over 100,000 square feet … and then competitors served as the negative filter.”

In all, Cummins says Marco’s spent “well into six figures” for the information, but the result is the foundation of the company’s future growth. Butorac and his team are using the data to determine precisely where to put their stores — which markets, which streets, etc. As Butorac put it, the information shined some light on a difficult area and will “allow us to pick the low-hanging fruit first.”

The stores are being sold by approximately 20 area reps that Cummins describes as “brand ambassadors.” Single and multi-unit operators alike are taken on, and Cummins says Marco’s meets with the area reps every two weeks as a way of keeping track of progress.

Once ground is broken in a market, Butorac says the goal is to get enough stores in the area to justify television advertising.

“We want to build enough stores to get on TV in a DMA to differentiate our brand,” he explains. Aside from television, Marco’s also utilizes print advertising as well as a new-store promotion called “Free Slice Saturday.” As the name implies, the concept is quite simple.

“Not only do we give away slices of pizza, but at the same time the customer also gets a $6.99 coupon,” says Cummins. “It’s a pretty crazy day, but it actually turns out to be profitable in the long run.”

That’s because the coupon, according to Jaynes, typically has a 30 percent redemption rate.

“It’s not something you want to do in the first week after your store opens,” adds Wise. “But we recommend you do it after the first month.”

At a time when other chains are losing ground, Marco’s recently reported its ninth consecutive quarter of samestores sales increases. Because of its momentum, Vlcek says he’s had an easier time negotiating with suppliers.

“I’ve got vendors saying ‘many of our pizza chains are going down. We want an account like you.’ I was doing a lot of single sourcing from the same people, but when I first got involved with Marco’s I had to educate myself and call people I knew and try to get people interested. Now, we’ve looked at the key components of our cost, and with the economy and everything that’s going on you can’t really give yourself to just one company these days. That said, if we add a supplier or change a supplier, we do it very, very cautiously.”

That approach, coupled with a focus on the end product, is what Black considers to be the Marco’s difference.

“One thing that has amazed me is that the product really is the same after we’ve added all these stores,” he says. “There’s consistency with the product. That’s hard to do. I was scared to death about that. I was scared it would be all over the board, but we have the quality control systems.”

Now, the trick is to continue growing and for the existing stores to stay sharp. Stephens doesn’t see that as a problem.

“We’re going to have 198 locations in Florida, and we have 31 commitments from franchisees right now,” he says. “Some of the other markets we’re looking at for growth soon are cities like Atlanta and Columbus. We’re also looking at Arizona. But all of the markets are making progress.” ?

Jeremy White is editor-in-chief at Pizza Today.

The post 2009 January: Il Pizzaiolo: Marcos appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: The Tech Edge https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-the-tech-edge/ Thu, 14 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-the-tech-edge/ How many different yellow page books are available in your town? What does a decent size ad cost in one of them? What does a full-blown, fl ash animated Web site with video and online ordering cost? Would you be surprised if I told you about $35 to $60 a month? It’s easy to get […]

The post 2009 January: The Tech Edge appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: The Tech EdgeHow many different yellow page books are available in your town? What does a decent size ad cost in one of them? What does a full-blown, fl ash animated Web site with video and online ordering cost? Would you be surprised if I told you about $35 to $60 a month?

It’s easy to get blind-sided by a generational trend. For example, I owned a nightclub in the mid 80s. And at the time I was convinced that a new thing called “rap music” was doomed. I hated it, just like my mom hated the rock ‘n roll I listened to when I was a teenager. But the kids loved it. Boy, was I wrong on that one. Then, in the early 90’s a friend asked me for my e-mail address? Huh? E-mail? Oh yeah that Internet stuff. I told him it was unlikely that I’d ever get an “e-mail” account. After all, I’ve got a phone. I’ll just pick it up and call if I need to talk about something. He gave me his e-mail address and told me that someday I would have an e-mail account. What an idiot … not him — me!

I’m giving you an assignment today. Check out the Web sites of all the major pizza chains. Papa John’s has video telling their core stories about dough and toppings. Pizza Hut uses a fancy flash site to promote new items. Domino’s features their Pizza Tracker. All three heavily promote online ordering.

My suggestion is to launch a Web site or launch the lifeboats. An entire generation is firmly plugged into the Web right now. They use it for everything.

More and more people are using the Web to get instant information. They want it now. Here’s the major advantage to you: instead of blowing a huge wad of money every month in the yellow pages, run a smaller yellow pages ad that lists your Web address. People without a Web address in their yellow page ad may as well show a picture of a tombstone — because most people are simply going to the yellow pages to get the phone number of a business they intend to visit anyway — or for the Web address of a business so they can get more detailed information right now.

Your Web site can do a much better job of selling your place than a yellow page ad ever will. You can list your:

? Menu

? Specials

? Full color photos

? Directions

? Testimonials

? Guarantee

? Online ordering link

? Loyalty program sign-up

? Videos Web sites are cheap to build and inexpensive to maintain.

Be aware, though, the days of basic Web sites are numbered. Flash sites with animation are becoming commonplace and I strongly believe you should pony up and build a site that competes. And since Google is the new yellow pages, keep in mind that your competitors are just one click away. Don’t let them show you up.

All the major chains are hyping online ordering. And Domino’s Pizza even has “Pizza Tracker” that keeps you updated on the progress of your online order, all the way to your front door.

So, whether you’re hip to the Web or not, a majority of your customers are. And the trend is unstoppable. Everything is moving to wireless devices and the Web … everything. Many people simply ignore businesses without a Web site.

Fact: As of February 2008 – 79 percent of all consumers have visited a restaurant’s Web site. 70 percent visit to check out the menu, while 27 percent are there to place an online order.

Fact: Papa John’s will sell $400 million worth of food via online orders this year. Here’s another surprising stat: ticket averages skyrocket when people place orders online. Why? Simple: They are not rushed by an order-taker who just wants to get off the phone so he can get back to texting his friend.

Online ordering invites browsing and exploring the menu and side items. And if your online ordering system is doing its job it will automatically “upsell” for you. It will suggest menu items as customers make selections. It will offer package deals with higher profit margins.

Right now ticket averages are about 18 percent higher with online ordering than with regular table or phone orders (some clients report 40 to 50 percent higher ticket averages because of business orders).

American Express reports that 37 percent of consumers have placed an online restaurant order. Of those, 54 percent say they are “extremely satisfied” with the experience. Many of my own clients are seeing over 100 online orders per month — and that’s within just a few months of launch. This trend is huge. Online ordering is here to stay. Are you? ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profi ts in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2009 January: The Tech Edge appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Get on the Bus https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-get-on-the-bus/ Wed, 13 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-get-on-the-bus/ Fawn Ray looks out on her 75- seat dining room at The Pizza Palace in Camas, Washington, to see a flurry of workers moving about. Without hesitation, she points to her bus staff as an integral part in the establishment’s daily operation, knowing that a quality team of bussers can offer a strong dose of […]

The post 2009 January: Get on the Bus appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Get on the BusFawn Ray looks out on her 75- seat dining room at The Pizza Palace in Camas, Washington, to see a flurry of workers moving about. Without hesitation, she points to her bus staff as an integral part in the establishment’s daily operation, knowing that a quality team of bussers can offer a strong dose of credibility.

“It’s important that the customer’s first impression be a good one, especially since people are more health conscious these days,” Ray said. “If customers sit down at a clean table with clean silverware and napkin holders, it’s natural for them to assume the rest of the business is so. For that to happen, though, there’s a reliance on your bus staff to do their job right.”

Though bussers are often considered the backbone of a restaurant, they remain huddled in an often overlooked, undertrained post. Yet, a prompt, courteous bus staff can do wonders to boost an operation’s image. ”

Bussers are a visible part of the restaurant landscape and as a part of that environment, they’re an asset as well,” says Lou Greenstein, head of Epicurean Restaurant Consulting based in North Reading, Massachusetts. “Customers are looking at dining with new eyes these days and they’re looking and watching things like the actions of bus staff. If a bus staff isn’t handling their business properly or is rude or unkempt, then that’s going to cost a restaurant some credibility with the dining public.”

Adds Ezra Eichelberger, professor in Table Service at the Culinary Institute of America in Hyde Park, New York: A well-trained, friendly bus staff “helps people have confidence in the restaurant and when they have more confidence, they’re likely to visit more often.”

But it’s more than image alone. From the five-star bistros in Miami to the family pizzerias in Phoenix, every restaurant faces the reality of turnover. The more tables an operation can turn, the better sales the establishment will earn. An efficient bus staff does plenty more than clear a table after diners leave; they sharpen an operation’s bottom line.

“If you don’t have a quality bussing team, then the tables won’t turn as they should,” Greenstein says. “That could make the difference between three to four turnovers in an evening.”

And just how do operators boost the efficiency of their bus staff? In a word: training. Eichelberger digs into his past, back when he directed a Manhattan restaurant. On one slow night, two of his busboys took it upon themselves to polish the silverware. Eichelberger watched as one of the employees lifted a knife into the light, noticed a blemish, blew on it, and then wiped it off. At once,

Eichelberger was enchanted by his employee’s attentiveness and motivation while simultaneously repelled by his simple act. Instead of reprimanding the busboy, however, Eichelberger put the blame on his shoulders.

“It was my fault because I never trained him properly,” he said, “and I think all operators need to have that consideration. Are we training the bussers properly and giving them the tools to do their job right? Are we giving them a bottle with disinfectant or a tub without a hole in it?”

Both Greenstein and Eichelberger, veterans of the restaurant industry, offer these four tips for training a quality bus staff:

? Stress the difference between cleaning and sanitizing. Cleaning and sanitizing are not synonyms. While one might “clean” a table, one very well might not have “sanitized” the table with disinfectant and a clean rag; Eichelberger, in fact, has seen a rise in the use of disposable sanitizing wipes. It’s paramount that tables, seats and anything else the dining public will touch be sanitized after each group departs. Every time a bus tub is taken into the back, it should also be sanitized.

? Save it for the back. Bussers should never scrap plates, speak loudly to others, or eat in the dining room. En route to the kitchen, staff might also toss a clean napkin over the cart rather than walking by diners with a bucket full of half-eaten crusts and dirty plates. And bussers should never reach across guests to grab an item. “It all seems like rudimentary stuff,” Greenstein says, “but it’s easy to make mistakes.”

? Cleanliness is next to Godliness. As visible staff in the establishment, bussers shouldn’t be tossed into the dining room wearing t-shirts, jeans and aprons. A greater sense of decorum should be cultivated. Staff should also receive thorough training on the proper handling of clean tableware, such as never touching a glass or grabbing silverware where the mouth has been or will go.

? Thank those who least receive it. If bussers do their job well, then wait staff has a much better opportunity to provide better service, thereby helping the entire restaurant operation. Although managers cannot require tip sharing, Eichelberger says most operations have a system in place to recognize the help of bus staff, one often directed by the servers themselves. “Most servers understand that they should tip out to those who help them. Bussers and bartenders, then, typically share in 10 to 15 percent of the tips,” he said. “Because keeping good help is as good as keeping good customers.” ?

Solo Act:

Should an operator hire personnel only to bus tables?

Hiring staff whose sole responsibility is to bus tables might be an outdated, unrealistic model to follow given the rising costs of labor, which long ago overtook product as the most expensive slice of a restaurant’s budget. As such, many operations look to the general utility worker, an employee who can handle a range of duties from bussing tables to stocking the kitchen.

But for some, a bus staff doing that work alone might be the best bet, so long as they’re not consistently standing around. Eichelberger urges operators to take an assessment of their staff and consider if other units of the restaurant could handle the increased turnover an efficient bus staff could bring.

“Keep in mind that greater turnover at the tables means an increased workload in the kitchen, where they’re also trying to fill pick-up and delivery orders,” Eichelberger said. “There always needs to be a fl ow of some sort to keep the restaurant balanced.”

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2009 January: Get on the Bus appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-a-pizza-my-mind/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-a-pizza-my-mind/ On a typical consulting assignment, I rise and shine early in the morning. I hook up with my client and we usually travel to their location. I can get a lot of work done before the phones start ringing and the lunch shift arrives. Imagine my awe when I arrived at a store at 8:30 […]

The post 2009 January: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: A Pizza My MindOn a typical consulting assignment, I rise and shine early in the morning. I hook up with my client and we usually travel to their location. I can get a lot of work done before the phones start ringing and the lunch shift arrives. Imagine my awe when I arrived at a store at 8:30 a.m. and eight cooks are cranking out food for delivery. They have a large order for a business that needs 40 giant pizzas by 11:30 a.m. Another order is for 100 box lunches. The dining room tables have been re-arranged in an assembly line as the orders are constructed. I have never seen anything so impressive.

Just before the official opening time of 11 o’clock, the owner does a sales reading on the POS system. Almost $4,000 in sales. I was impressed and curious.

I asked my client to explain to me how the phenomenon happens. Off-premises lunch catering sales like this are very rare, but he told me today wasn’t that extraordinary for his business. His restaurant performs like this two or three days a week. After they opened and the tables were put back into their places, they jammed hard for two more hours.

He explained the secrets to his success in the next few minutes. When he first opened, his lunch sales barely held their own. Sales were dismal and often were less than labor expenses. At this point they decided to go for broke. The owner’s wife decided to take off her apron and get out into the community. She started knocking on doors and inviting dozens and dozens of office people to join her for lunch. She also pulled out her four most powerful weapons:

1. Fast, on time delivery. You can never ever be late.
2. Great value for the price.
3. Free samples of her most popular entrees.
4. A line of communication directly to her.

Calling a few businesses a week and providing the office staff with a sampling of your good stuff will reap you huge rewards and goodwill. The rub is this: you have get out of your restaurant and troll your neighborhood to get the sales. They won’t just show up. For much less than any other form of marketing, this tactic will offer a huge return on investment. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2009 January: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-commentary/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-commentary/ Sometimes, I just shake my head in amazement at the “customer service” I receive. Thankfully, I rarely receive poor service in a pizzeria. In fact, I visited both ends of the customer service spectrum this week — and the pizza shop was on the winning end. Let’s start with the bad, shall we? Like many […]

The post 2009 January: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: CommentarySometimes, I just shake my head in amazement at the “customer service” I receive. Thankfully, I rarely receive poor service in a pizzeria. In fact, I visited both ends of the customer service spectrum this week — and the pizza shop was on the winning end.

Let’s start with the bad, shall we? Like many people, my home phone, Internet and cable television connections are all sourced to one company. The bundle saves me money every month, and I haven’t had much trouble with my service. Until recently.

My home phone stopped working on a Thursday night. On Friday, I called my service provider. It was late in the day, so they couldn’t get out to fix it that day. But they could send someone on Saturday. Unfortunately, I had to be out of town on Saturday. I requested a Sunday appointment. I was told the company doesn’t make calls on Sunday, which I understood. So I took a Monday appointment. You know the joy: they’ll be there between 2:30 p.m. and 5:30 p.m. Nice.

One problem: they never came. So I called to get to the bottom of it. I was told my appointment was actually for Tuesday, not Monday. The somewhat mechanical lady on the phone explained to me that I never had an appointment scheduled for Monday. I had one scheduled for Sunday that I had been rescheduled to Tuesday.

“What?” I asked. “I thought you didn’t do Sunday appointments.”

As it turns out, they do in fact schedule Sunday appointments when the problem is the phone, I was told. Now I was really upset. My phone could have been fixed on Sunday and I wouldn’t have had to waste my time waiting for the company to show up on Monday only to find out they made a scheduling error and weren’t coming until Tuesday.

It gets worse. A company representative shows up on Tuesday and fixes my phone in two minutes. After he’s gone I realize that though my phone was up and running, my Internet was now down for the count. So I call customer service once again and am put on hold several times. Finally, the problem gets fixed. No one had a good answer for this question: “Shouldn’t the technician have checked that my Internet and cable were still working after he tinkered with the phone?”

A few nights later, I call my favorite pizzeria to place a pick-up order. The friendly, perky voice on the line informs me that “We now have curbside service, sir. Would you like me to bring your food out to your car?”

It was cold and raining. A no-brainer for me. I pull into the designated spot 25 minutes later. I barely had time to get the vehicle into park before the aforementioned employee was standing next to my window, a big smile on her face and two bags of food in her hands. I look up to see how she spotted me so quickly and notice the camera pointed towards the three curbside pickup parking spots. She got it right the first time and did so with a smile. I wish my cable company could learn a lesson from my local pizzeria.
Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2009 January: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-did-you-know/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-did-you-know/ In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 30 percent of respondents said they sell 200 or more pizzas on a typical Friday night. According to the National Restuarant Association, 21 percent of restaurant operators expect to have have higher sales in six months. Papa John’s sold nearly $400 million worth of food via online ordering […]

The post 2009 January: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Did You Know?In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 30 percent of respondents said they sell 200 or more pizzas on a typical Friday night.
According to the National Restuarant Association, 21 percent of restaurant operators expect to have have higher sales in six months.

Papa John’s sold nearly $400 million worth of food via online ordering last year.
There are 1,512 pizzerias in Missouri
Perard’s Pizza & Italian Cuisine / Datsa Pizza / Cappetto’s Italian Restaurant
Perard’s Pizza & Italian Cuisine
11043-2 Crystal Springs Road
Jacksonville, FL 32221
(904) 378-8131
www.perardspizza.com A friendly staff. Complimentary Wi-Fi Internet access. Curbside pickup. Those are just three reasons customers in Jacksonville feel at home at Perard’s Pizza, a neighborhood favorite with a jumbo menu that serves Italian dinners in addition to pizza, soups, salads, sandwiches, stromboli, calzones, wraps … the list goes on and on. It may be a little overwhelming figuring out what to order at first, but the good news is that the menu caters to all tastes. Plus, customers can always take the easy way out and start off with the garlic knots while making their decision — they’re always glad they did!

Datsa Pizza
907 North Pennsylvania Street
Indianapolis, IN 46204
(317) 423-3940
www.datsapizza.com This place is far from lavish on the inside, but the pizza is inexpensive and filling and comes to the table piping hot. In this economy, it’s difficult for a family to do better than that! Spinach Artichoke Dip served with ciabatta bread is a good place to start no matter where you are, and the pizza is full of flavor thanks to a liberal brushing of garlic butter on the crust. With a downtown location in a major city, close to colleges and hospitals, Datsa Pizza hits its desired demographics right on the spot.

Cappetto’s Italian Restaurant
2285 Trawood Avenue
El Paso, TX 79935
(915) 591-8907
www.cappettos.com Close your eyes and conjure up an image of a traditional Italian-American restaurant in the 1950s. Cappetto’s is that place. Still going strong after opening in 1956, this eatery thrives with pizza, steak, veal and homemade desserts. The sweet tooth in us has a special affection for the Chocolate Walnut Mascarpone Torte: raspberries, mascarpone cream, buttery chocolate cake and walnut praline glaze. What’s not to love?

The post 2009 January: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-five-questions/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-five-questions/ Charles Morrison is CEO of Pizza Inn, the buffet chain based in The Colony, Texas. Ranked No. 19 on our annual list of America’s Top 100 Pizza Companies, Pizza Inn reported more than $150 million in sales last year. Morrison, a former director of strategic planning at Pizza Hut and former president of Steak and […]

The post 2009 January: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Five QuestionsCharles Morrison is CEO of Pizza Inn, the buffet chain based in The Colony, Texas. Ranked No. 19 on our annual list of America’s Top 100 Pizza Companies, Pizza Inn reported more than $150 million in sales last year. Morrison, a former director of strategic planning at Pizza Hut and former president of Steak and Ale, was appointed president and CEO of Pizza Inn in December 2007.

 

 

 

 

PT: What were the primary challenges you faced when you took over as CEO just over a year ago?

CM: The biggest was just our concept and how we needed to make it more relevant to a broader audience, meaning both in terms of customers and franchisees alike. We rolled out a new concept in Denton, Texas, where we re-integrated delivery back into the concept and put more of a nostalgic feel back into Pizza Inn. We had moved away from that over the years. The new prototype has been a great success.

PT: Aside from the prototype’s successful launch, what do you consider to be the biggest accomplishments of the last year?

CM: We implemented a back-to-basics program with our franchisees that included everything from service execution to the dough and the quality of our product. It’s been very successful.

PT: Does this economy favor buffet concepts?

CM: Absolutely. I think our concept in particular can weather this economic storm very well. For $5.99 typically, plus a drink, we offer a variety of fresh-made pizzas on two types of crust, thick and thin, plus fresh salad and desserts — which we call ‘Pizzerts’. All that comes at a very attractive price — plus kids eat free on Tuesdays in many of our restaurants. We feel like our affordability and our high quality make a very strong value proposition.

PT: How did Pizza Inn celebrate its 50th anniversary in 2008?

CM: We celebrated it by bringing back our famed mascot, Jo Jo. He will appear in the restaurants as we migrate to change the look and feel of them. Our customers and franchisees alike have been very excited about him coming back. We can get a lot of play out of him.

PT: How many stores do you plan to open in 2009?

CM: I think in the next year you’ll see us bring more company owned stores and more franchised stores into play. I haven’t given any guidance on that yet in terms of a number, but we’re excited about the new look and feel and we’ll add a number of new stores before our fiscal year ends, which is in June. I think the new restaurant prototype will be a catalyst, and I anticipate that you’ll see a lot of new stores opening in the future.

The post 2009 January: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-marketing-matters/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-marketing-matters/ Barking dogs are a top neighborhood irritant. Why? Because you cannot close your ears like you can close your eyes. Likewise, an obnoxious odor can immediately reverse your direction as though you were shot backwards from a catapult. The opposite is also true … seductive words and a dreamy aroma can invade your mind and […]

The post 2009 January: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Marketing MattersBarking dogs are a top neighborhood irritant. Why? Because you cannot close your ears like you can close your eyes. Likewise, an obnoxious odor can immediately reverse your direction as though you were shot backwards from a catapult. The opposite is also true … seductive words and a dreamy aroma can invade your mind and effortlessly pull you to their source.

 

When I first began marketing my pizzeria, I spent hours and hours writing mouthwatering descriptions for each pizza on my menu.

For example, our Veggie Wedgie Pizza: A rich harvest of broccoli, sweet red onions, whole roasted garlic, green peppers and garden fresh tomatoes with an irresistible blend of mozzarella and cheddar.

Our Northwest Pizza: A lavish blend of smoked salmon, gulf prawns, capers, sautéed mushrooms, sweet red onions, smoked Gouda, fresh rosemary and toasted pine-nuts crown our original recipe olive paste … financing available. (A mental movie intended to perk up the taste buds).

So you can imagine my dilemma when I would overhear an order-taker saying:

“The Veggie Wedgie? Yeah, it’s got a bunch of vegetables on it.” Or the Northwest: “It’s got fi sh and shrimp and onions and stuff.” Ouch!

Well-crafted descriptions on the menu were not getting transferred correctly over the phone. What to do, what to do?

And so I set out to find a foolproof way to insure that each pizza would always be portrayed in the most flattering way.

I immediately ripped down the cheat-sheets in the kitchen. They listed generic items in the order they were to be placed on the pizza. This insured consistency, but at the same time they programmed my crew to speak generically, too.

The cheat-sheet for the Northwest read from top to bottom: Olive paste, cheese, onions, capers, mushrooms, gouda, prawns, salmon, rosemary, pine-nuts. I changed it to: Olive paste, whole-milk mozzarella, sweet red onions, capers, sautéed mushrooms, smoked gouda, gulf prawns, smoked salmon, fresh rosemary and high-mountain pine-nuts.

Then I marched up front and changed every pop-up description in my POS to read the same way. Now when a customer asks about a pizza, the order taker has been immersed in the right language from the menu, to the cheat-sheets, to the POS descriptions. Pretty hard to mess it up.

Another thing I quickly caught on to was this: Until we got really busy, we did our prep during the day (later on it was a night shift). People coming in while we were roasting garlic would roll their eyes and say, “Man, that smells delicious!”

Bingo! So, we started roasting a few garlic cloves just before dinner rush — and we kept putting fresh cloves in the oven as needed. Now, customers could really lock in the fact that we were baking fresh homemade pizza (you never smell fresh roasted garlic at fast-food pizza shops).

It’s no secret that the smell of coffee, fresh baked cookies or bread will help sell a house — because they invoke feelings of “home.”

Sensory input conjures up emotions, desires and memories. It sells products everyday. In fact, that “new” car smell comes straight out of a spray can. ?

Kamron Karington owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and author of The Black Book: Your Complete Guide to Creating Staggering Profits in Your Pizza Business. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today

The post 2009 January: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-simple-ideas/ Fri, 08 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2009-january-simple-ideas/ Avoid the Powder           Garlic is the ultimate sauce enhancer. Whether used fresh, sautéed, crushed or chopped, garlic adds its own unique flavor interest. On the other hand, try to avoid garlic powder in this particular situation; it will add a bitter, heavy aftertaste to a sauce. Taking Stock Another way […]

The post 2009 January: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2009 January: Simple IdeasAvoid the Powder

 

 

 

 

 

Garlic is the ultimate sauce enhancer. Whether used fresh, sautéed, crushed or chopped, garlic adds its own unique flavor interest. On the other hand, try to avoid garlic powder in this particular situation; it will add a bitter, heavy aftertaste to a sauce.

Taking Stock

Another way to change the flavor of a sauce is to add chicken stock or chicken broth. This gives a tomato sauce a quick flavor fix. Add about ¼ cup of chicken stock or broth for each cup of tomato sauce. Use a little less than ¼ cup if using stock to enhance a white sauce. Beef stock is another option for a red sauce. Again, use about ¼ cup of beef broth to 1 cup of tomato sauce.

Herbal Supplements

When using fresh herbs in a sauce, add them near the end of the cooking time. Putting them in too early will alter the taste since fresh herbs do not hold up as well in heat as dried herbs. Conversely, if you are using dried herbs in a sauce, put them in at the very beginning. Dried herbs need time (and heat) to rehydrate and round out their flavor. Generally, you will need to add three times as much fresh herb as dried herb in a recipe. For example, you would use 3 tablespoons of fresh basil in place of 1 tablespoon of dried basil.

Oh, Sugar

Want to sweeten your tomato sauce? Sugar may be a good bet, but use with caution. While it can be used to cut the acidity of tomato sauce, it must be used sparingly because too much sugar will result in a “bottled” taste. Keep in mind that some of the best flavor in a tomato sauce comes from the natural acidity of the tomatoes, so don’t blot it all out.

The post 2009 January: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-did-you-know/ According to Technomic Information Services, 65 percent of consumers say they consider health and wellness issues when ordering pizza. 84.8 percent of Pizza Today subscribers are independent operators. 56 percent of dinner patrons and 30 percent of lunch patrons at table service restaurants with check averages over $25 order dessert, says the NRA. There are […]

The post 2010 August: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Did You Know?According to Technomic Information Services, 65 percent of consumers say they consider health and wellness issues when ordering pizza.

84.8 percent of Pizza Today subscribers are independent operators.

56 percent of dinner patrons and 30 percent of lunch patrons at table service restaurants with check averages over $25 order dessert, says the NRA.
There are 265 pizzerias in Montana.
The Copper Oven / Dante Pizzeria Napoletana / Patxi’s Chicago Pizza

The Copper Oven
6800 State Route 89 Ovid,
New York 14521
(607) 220-8794
www.slowfoodonthego.com

Located at the Cayuga Ridge Estate Winery, newly opened The Copper Oven serves wood-fired pizzas featuring home- and locally produced ingredients. The menu is seasonal and ever-changing. One recent summer offering was 100-percent locally sourced and included carmelized onion, herb chevre and a drizzle of butternut squash seed oil. The restaurant also donates five percent of its profi ts to a locally based program that reduces the cost of fresh, locally grown produce for low income families in the region.

Dante Pizzeria Napoletana

168th & Center
16901 Wright Plaza
Omaha, Nebraska 68130
(402) 932-3078
www.dantepizzeria.com

 

This isn’t just a regular ol’ heartland pizzeria. Owner Nick Strawhecker is certified by the Associazione Verace Pizza Napoletana. That means Omaha residents are privy to pizza as it’s served in Naples. Still, there’s more than Neapolitan pizza here. Dante’s ever-evolving menu is a study in culinary perfection, from warm olives garnished with thyme and chili to the rustic chicken liver crostini and the sheep’s milk ricotta. It’s hard to ignore Dante’s classic Margherita pizza featuring homemade mozzarella!

Patxi’s Chicago Pizza
441 Emerson Street
Palo Alto, California 94301
(650) 473-9999
www.patxispizza.com

 

Customers of these Bay-area pizzerias might not be able to say the company’s name, but it’s hard to speak around a mouthful of the restaurants’ Chicago-style pizza. Co-owner Patxi Azpiroz got his start in the industry at San Francisco legend Zachary’s. From stunning antipasto platters to upscale toppings and craft beers, Patxi’s fits right into an area known for its industry diversity. We especially like the Californian, which features whole wheat crust, low fat mozzarella cheese, red onions, and fresh spinach. How appropriate!

The post 2010 August: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]> 2010 December: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-did-you-know/ December 31 — New Year’s Eve — is one of the five busiest sales days of the year for American pizzerias. Domino’s Pizza reported an 11.7% comps increase for domestic stores in the third quarter of this Year According to a recent PizzaToday.com poll, 75 percent of pizzeria operators anticipate experiencing a sales increase over […]

The post 2010 December: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Did You Know?December 31 — New Year’s Eve — is one of the five busiest sales days of the year for American pizzerias.

Domino’s Pizza reported an 11.7% comps increase for domestic stores in the third quarter of this Year

According to a recent PizzaToday.com poll, 75 percent of pizzeria operators anticipate experiencing a sales increase over the next 12 months.

Delaware has 235 pizzerias
Rubber City Pizza / The Don’s Wood-Fired Pizza / Cicero’s Pizza

Rubber City Pizza
1110 E. Tallmadge Avenue
Akron, Ohio 44310
(330) 633-777
www.rubbercitypizza.com

This Ohio pizzeria is locally owned and operated and proud of it! It’s hard to argue with the insanity behind the company’s “Crazy Mondays” –– a medium 13-inch carryout pepperoni pizza is just $4.99. Still, there’s more to the menu besides traditional pies. We love the signature specialty offerings, including the Chicken Teriyaki (grilled chicken, onions, tomatoes and blended cheeses on a teriyaki sauce) and the BLT (bacon, lettuce, tomatoes, blended cheeses and mayonnaise on a garlic butter sauce). Way to think outside the box!

The Dons’ Wood-Fired Pizza
21018 South Bank Street
Sterling, Virginia 20165
(703) 444-4959
www.thedonspizza.com

When you think of wood-fired pizza, you typically think of those classic, old-school pizzerias that get all the attention in the media. Introducing The Dons’ Wood-Fired Pizza. This D.C.-area pizzeria is getting accolades from local residents and garnering awards for its classic Italian menu. Here, you’ll find classics like the Quattro Formaggi (tomato sauce, mozzarella, The Dons’ fresh mozzarella, Italian fontina, Parmigiano, Romano, fresh basil and olive oil) and the Neapolitan Margherita (tomato sauce, The Dons’ fresh mozz, Parmigiano, Romano, fresh basil and olive oil). We hear the sandwiches are fantastic as well!

Cicero’s Pizza
6138 Bollinger Road
San Jose, California 95129
(408) 777-0690
www.cicerospizza.com

Cicero’s Pizza had a deep and storied history that began in 1968 in Niagara Falls, New York. When then owner Nunzio Cicero moved to Cupertino, California, he was joined by family and watched the area transition from agricultural to the Silicon Valley. Although Cicero closed shop in 1991 and passed away soon after, his family re-opened the following year in a new location in San Jose. Today, Cicero’s legacy continues with thin and crispy pizza topped with fresh ingredients in a family-friendly atmosphere. Long live Cicero!

The post 2010 December: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]> 2010 December: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-dough-doctor/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-dough-doctor/ Q: We are baking garlic knots in our air impingement oven, right along with our pizzas, but the bottom of the knots are getting too dark. Aside from pulling them out of the oven a little before they fully exit the oven, is there anything we can do that might correct this problem?     […]

The post 2010 December: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Dough DoctorQ: We are baking garlic knots in our air impingement oven, right along with our pizzas, but the bottom of the knots are getting too dark. Aside from pulling them out of the oven a little before they fully exit the oven, is there anything we can do that might correct this problem?

 

 

A: The problem you describe is due to the excessive bottom heat, which is needed to properly bake your regular pizzas, so unless you have a split conveyor, it is not practical to reduce the baking time by speeding up the conveyor, and adjusting the baking conditions is out of the question as you would not be able to bake your pizzas while the garlic knots are being baked. The best solution will be in either of the two following approaches:

1) Double pan the garlic knots for baking. This means placing an extra pan under the knots when you place them into the oven. The second pan will help to reduce heat to the bottom of the baking pan, hence reducing the bottom heat (and, hopefully, no more excessively dark bottoms).

2) You might try using an Air Bake pan, available from any supermarket or discount house. These pans are constructed with two layers of metal on the bottom, thus creating a dead air space between the product and the bottom heat of the oven. This is very similar to the double panning described above.

Question:

We have a potential market for our dough at a nearby bar, but they want the dough already formed and frozen. What is the best way to go about this?

Answer:

If you don’t already have a walk in or reach in freezer with some extra space, you may need to invest in a small chest type freezer, then get a couple dozen expanded aluminum baking screens (they don’t need to be seasoned as you won’t be baking on them) and a couple wire tree racks that you can fit into your freezer. Use your regular dough, and open it up to the desired diameter, and place it onto a screen, then put the screen into the rack, which is in the freezer. When the rack(s) are filled, make a note of the time and allow the dough skins to thoroughly freeze for 2-hours, then transfer the frozen dough skins to a food safe plastic bag, fitted inside of a corrugated cardboard box, also stored in the freezer. Just slide the dough skins off of the screens and stack-up inside the lined box. As soon as the box is filled (do not stack more than 12 to 15 skins in a box to prevent damaging the fragile dough skins) twist the open end of the bag to close it, and tuck it down, alongside the dough skins to secure it. Close the box flaps and tape closed. Place an adhesive label on the box showing the product and size, production date, and use by date. The use by date should be projected 10-days beyond the actual production date. Commercially frozen dough can have a shelf life of 12 to 20-weeks, but these doughs were frozen at much lower temperatures than your dough was frozen at. Commercially made frozen dough is frozen at -25 to -40 F, and sometimes even as low as -55 F, but your dough is only being frozen at 0 F, or slightly below that. The higher freezing temperature has a significant, harmful effect upon the yeast. That’s why, in this case, we’ve got to limit the shelf life. Once you have your dough skins bulk packaged, it’s important to keep them frozen at a temperature as close to -5 F as possible. To use the dough skins, we recommend that whatever quantity is needed be removed from the case and placed directly onto the baking tray. Allow it to sit at room temperature for about 30 minutes, then dress and bake in the normal manner.

Question:

We presently use two deck ovens to make our thin and deep-dish pizzas, but we are contemplating changing over to using conveyor ovens for their increased production capacity. Will we need to have dedicated ovens for each type (thin and deep-dish) of pizza?

Answer:

When you say conveyor, I’m going to assume that you mean air impingement ovens.

If you are planning to buy any of the new, high-efficiency air impingement ovens, there is a possibility that you will not need to have dedicated ovens for each of your two pizza types. I’ve personally evaluated all but one of the new generation ovens, and have found –– to my amazement –– that they do a fine job of baking both thin and thick (deep-dish) pizzas side by side in the same oven, at the same time and temperature, using the same finger profile. However, since there are so many different dough formulations, pans, topping concepts, etc., I cannot say for sure that the oven of your choice will bake both of your pizza types side by side, but I do know that the same top and bottom finger profile will work for both, so at the very worst, a split conveyor, allowing for two different baking times, simultaneously, in the same oven chamber should do the trick. To be sure, I would highly encourage you to contact the oven company you’re interested in and ask them if you can test bake your dough/ pizzas in their oven at their test facility. It is a small expense for the security of knowing that your new ovens will indeed be set-up and profiled correctly for your product, and perform as expected right from the start. I just assisted with a start-up of a new, triple deck oven at Kansas State University. We did the homework, and the ovens performed flawlessly from the start.

If, by chance, you are planning to buy older ovens, used or refurbished, you’re probably going to need to go the dedicated deck route, with one oven dedicated to each type of pizza. This is due to the fact that in most cases, the deep-dish pizzas will need to be baked at a different time and temperature than the thin crust pizzas.

A couple of things that you should be aware of: When I did the evaluation of the new ovens, I used the deep-dish pans (dark, anodized finish) and cloud patterned baking disks for all of the testing. So if you encounter problems in baking both pizza types side by side, you might want to give these a try to see if it works for you. Also, I would highly recommend that you consider getting at least one, if not both, ovens set up with a split conveyor configuration. This will allow you much greater flexibility for baking other products along with your pizzas (such as breadsticks, wings, or calzones.) ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2010 December: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-five-questions/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-five-questions/ Q. When formulating your new concept, how did you want it to differ from your smaller location, Italian Gator? A. The smaller location is a walk-up, window service pizzeria specializing in slices and with only 122 square feet of space. It is the feel and flavor of authentic New York City. Piesanos Stoned Fired Pizza […]

The post 2010 December: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Five QuestionsQ. When formulating your new concept, how did you want it to differ from your smaller location, Italian Gator?

A. The smaller location is a walk-up, window service pizzeria specializing in slices and with only 122 square feet of space. It is the feel and flavor of authentic New York City. Piesanos Stoned Fired Pizza was built to be a full service restaurant seating 125 people — with a blend of Italian entreés and pizza cooked in our unique, granite, stone-fi red pizza oven.

Q. Your menu is an eclectic blend of pizzas, fresh-baked breads, seafood, burgers, calzones and plated entreés. How are you controlling your food costs with such a large offering?

A. When creating the menu, we decided that a lot of the ingredients would be interchangeable in most of our dishes, ensuring everything stays fresh. With 20 years of experience and a well-trained staff, we have minimal waste.

Q. You bake your own breads in stone rotary ovens. How well do items like the garlic cheese knots and garlic breadsticks sell?

A. Even with complementary stone baked rolls, our garlic cheese knots are a big dine-in seller. The garlic bread sticks are very popular in our express take-out portion of the restaurant.

Q. You have a series of lunch specials at prix fixe prices. How do these boost your lunch sales?

A. We believe you need to give people excellent food for a fair price with quick, friendly service. Our lunch specials are very popular with customers, starting at only $6.99. When creating the menu, we had to have a system to put out lunch in a timely manner. Our fresh soups, salads, slices and personal pizzas make it very easy to put out high volume and control costs.

Q. As a new business, dining Web sites like Yelp and Urbanspoon. Do you keep up with these reviews and use them to make your business better?

A. These Web sites allow us to gain valuable insight into our customer’s perception of our business, allowing us to correct issues that we otherwise would miss. This allows us to focus on all aspects of the restaurant — including service, food quality and marketing.

The post 2010 December: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Game On https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-game-on/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-game-on/ Tim Chappell could only smile at the hype surrounding the Arkansas-Alabama football game on September 25, knowing well what the fervor would mean for Gusano’s Pizzeria, Chappell’s downtown Little Rock hot spot that serves Chicago-style pies alongside Razorback fandom. Ninety minutes before the game’s 2:30 p.m. kickoff, Razorback fans had fi lled Gusano’s, gobbling up […]

The post 2010 December: Game On appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Game OnTim Chappell could only smile at the hype surrounding the Arkansas-Alabama football game on September 25, knowing well what the fervor would mean for Gusano’s Pizzeria, Chappell’s downtown Little Rock hot spot that serves Chicago-style pies alongside Razorback fandom.

Ninety minutes before the game’s 2:30 p.m. kickoff, Razorback fans had fi lled Gusano’s, gobbling up appetizers, pizza and drinks. Twenty fl at-screen televisions and two projector screens showcased a game undecided until its final minutes.

“Other than being at the game, this is as close as you can be to the action,” Chappell says of Gusano’s, which has become one of Little Rock’s go-to destinations for Razorback football.

For Chappell and his Gusano’s partners, playing to a crowd of Razorback-loving fans is a wise business practice, an annual ritual that packs the restaurant and delivers the establishment’s highest revenue days.

“These are our money days,” Chappell says of Arkansas football game days. “There’s no doubt we’re going to be full.”

In spots throughout the country, pizzeria owners have embraced televising athletic events as a moneymaking play. From NCAA basketball’s March Madness to the World Series, World Cup, and UFC, many operators have captured the sports-enthused crowd with targeted marketing, a high-end audio-visual experience, and a festive atmosphere mimicking the in-stadium experience.

As the Chicago Blackhawks’ Stanley Cup run unfolded last spring, Piece Brewery and Pizzeria capitalized on the euphoria. The restaurant crafted in-house marketing materials for tables, bathrooms, and point of purchase. It also displayed outdoor banners and utilized social media outlets to establish itself as a game-day destination. Patrons responded.

“Being a destination point for these big events is a conscious decision on our part and a viable business for us,” Piece owner Bill Jacobs says. “We were filled during every Hawks game and reaped the benefits of that exciting run.”

Last year, Piecora’s Pizza owner Dan Piecora took the suggestion of a regular patron to televise UFC events in his intimate, 60-seat banquet room. On the first fight night, 50 people attended; at the second Piecora’s fi ght night, fans filled the room, all of them paying an $8 cover to watch the UFC event on a 10-foot HD screen.

“It costs me $925 to show the fight in HD, but it’s worth every penny,” Piecora says. “These folks are eating and drinking, and many of them are new customers that have never been here before.” Piecora’s has now established itself as one of Seattle’s premier spots for an orderly, respectful and fan friendly viewing of UFC. Better yet, the highgrossing events have alleviated a revenue gap created by the recession.

But Piecora — and certainly Jacobs and Chappell — know they have to deliver a crowd-pleasing experience to gain fan interest.

It begins with a game that can be seen as well as heard. The audio-visual experience includes big-screen televisions or projection screens as well as clear, audible sound so fans can keep abreast of game information.

To foster a lively atmosphere that parallels the game-day experience, Gusano’s features former members of the Arkansas band playing the university fi ght song and leading cheers. Their presence, secured by a small fee and complimentary food and drink, contributes to Gusano’s robust reputation as a game-day destination.

“The band differentiates us from everyone else out there,” Chappell says.

At Piece, Jacobs believes his full-service bar, stocked with craft brews, resonates with sports fans who view beer and sports as a natural combination. “For my dollar, having a full bar is central to capitalizing on the sports audience,” he says.

But unlike bars, a pizzeria’s main source of sports viewing competition, generations can enjoy the game together at a pizzeria. Wise operators often play on that all-ages advantage.

A packed restaurant on game-day, however, can be a double-edged sword, particularly since fans will linger and control their dining room real estate. Waiting lists will swell as customers languish at tables, a challenge only combated with the right staffing and mindset.

On Razorback football Saturdays, Chappell loads the schedule with servers, bussers and cooks, all of whom are focused on customer service. Piecora hires a parking attendant during UFC events and directs staff to park on the street to free up his small lot. “The best we can do is to be focused on what we can do and what we need to do to make all customers happy,” Jacobs says of busy game days.

A packed game-day dining room (and no-smoking ban) compelled Ray Perkins, owner of Chubby Ray’s in Louisville, Kentucky, to build a 3,000-square-foot outdoor pavilion outfitted with four fl at-screen televisions. Though costly, Perkins says, the extra space has allowed him to accommodate fans and repel overcrowding issues.

In many cases, operators spend money to make money. Whether payper- view events, NFL Sunday Ticket, or a comprehensive cable package, restaurants often invest in premium TV offerings to appease fans. In other cases, the games trump other business. Piecora, for instance, must schedule his banquet room around monthly UFC events, thereby losing out on private parties. Though frustrating, the benefits are well worth the drawbacks.

“In the end, getting these fans brings far more positive than negative,” Piecora says. “It increases my cash fl ow and exposure while keeping my labor busy.” ?

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2010 December: Game On appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-did-you-know/ According to a Pizza Today Web poll, 71 percent of pizzerias charge a delivery fee. Domino’s Pizza, our 2010 Chain of the Year, experienced a 14.3 percent increase in same-store sales in the first quarter of this year thanks to its new and improved pizza recipe. 52 percent of pizzerias offer deep-dish pizza on their […]

The post 2010 July: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
According to a Pizza Today Web poll, 71 percent of pizzerias charge a delivery fee.
Domino’s Pizza, our 2010 Chain of the Year, experienced a 14.3 percent increase in same-store sales in the first quarter of this year thanks to its new and improved pizza recipe.

52 percent of pizzerias offer deep-dish pizza on their menus.
There are 366 pizzerias in New Mexico

Artichoke Basille’s Pizza & Brewery / Nonna Vivi Wood Oven Pizzeria / Pizza Sola

Artichoke Basille’s Pizza & Brewery
328 E. 14th Street
New York, New York 10003
(212) 228-2004
www.artichokepizza.com

Owned by two cousins who got their start working in a family restaurant in Staten Island, this charming pizzeria is quintessential NYC. Located in an empty storefront, the fledgling restaurant has already garnered several positive write-ups in some of NYC’s venerable publications, and with good cause. Artichoke is pizza as it is supposed to be. Don’t expect a big variety here –– the simple menu features slices of artichoke, margarita, Sicilian or crab pizzas.

Nonna Vivi Wood Oven Pizzeria
1060 Yavapai Drive, Suite 5
Rio Rico, Arizona 85648
(520) 761-2825
www.Nonnavivi.blogspot.com

Though Arizona is more known for it cacti and deserts than its lasagna and pizza, Nonna Vivi Pizzeria is combining the rich cultures of both its local community and its Italian heritage. The restaurant uses local, organicraised and -grown ingredients and bakes in a wood-fired oven. We especially like the Pizza Capricciosa, which features artichokes, mushrooms, ham, Kalamata olives and homemade fresh mozzarella.

Pizza Sola
1417 E. Carson Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15203
(412) 481-3888
www.pizzasola.com

If you build it, they will come –– or so thought two Pittsburgh natives who believed their hometown lacked a true New York-style pizzeria experience. And, they were right. Pizza Sola recently won accolades from Pittsburgh Magazine for its pizza, which features homemade, handcrushed plum tomato sauce made from imported San Marzano tomatoes, 100-percent whole milk Mozzarella cheese and homemade gourmet toppings. We agree that the Mezzo Mezzo is a stand-out: one half is New York while the other is a white “Bianca”!

The post 2010 July: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-did-you-know/ Domino’s has been named our Chain of the Year twice 2003 and 2010 KA-CHING America’s 10 largest pizza companies control more than 23billion in revenue According to a recent PizzaToday.com Web poll, 62 percent of respondents said their ovens are fired by gas There are 3,783 pizzerias in Ohio Nella Pizzeria Napoletana / Caputo’s Pizzeria […]

The post 2010 June: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Domino’s has been named our Chain of the Year twice 2003 and 2010
KA-CHING America’s 10 largest pizza companies control more than 23billion in revenue

According to a recent PizzaToday.com Web poll, 62 percent of respondents said their ovens are fired by gas
There are 3,783 pizzerias in Ohio
Nella Pizzeria Napoletana / Caputo’s Pizzeria / The Dons’ Wood-Fried PizzaNella Pizzeria Napoletana

2423 N. Clark Street
Chicago, Illinois 60614
(773) 327-3400

Yes, we know Chicago has a lot of stellar pizzerias, and you can count Nella among them. This is true Neapolitan pizza. Behind the scenes is Italian-born Nella Grassano, one of only two women in the U.S. to have earned the accreditation of Pizzaiola D.O.C., and Scott Harris, the co-founder and chef of Francesca’s Restaurants. They join a hard-working oven made from volcanic ash and a menu of traditional Neapolitan favorites. We fell in love with the classic Romana: tomatoes, mozzarella, capers, black olives, olive oil, anchovies and oregano.

Caputo’s Pizzeria
4229 Main Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19127
(215) 483-2780
www.caputospizzeria.net

Located in Philly’s fashionable Manayunk area, Caputo’s Pizzeria has a long list of specialty pizzas featuring fresh ingredients and plenty of options. But while pizza might be the name of the game here, there are also calzones, stromboli and sandwiches. You’d be remiss not to try the cheesesteak menu –– there’s a full 12 ounces of meat on every sandwich!

The Dons’ Wood-Fired Pizza
21018 South Bank
Street Sterling, Virginia 20165
(703) 444-4959
www.thedonspizza.com

This isn’t an ordinary pizzeria slinging pepperoni and sausage. Here you’ll find a traditional Caprese salad and upscale toppings ranging from pancetta to roasted rosemary chicken and artichokes. We think the Tommy Guns Tomato & Mozz is divine. It features fresh basil, The Dons’ fresh mozzrella, sliced tomato, Parmigiano, Romano, sea salt and olive oil. Now that’s Italian!

The post 2010 June: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-did-you-know/ 6,067 pizzeria owners and managers attended International Pizza Expo 2010 in Las Vegas In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 13 percent of respondents said they do not have a marketing budget. Meanwhile, 24 percent said they budget five percent, or more, of their sales for marketing. 3.7 billion pizzas will be sold in the […]

The post 2010 May: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Did You Know?6,067 pizzeria owners and managers attended International Pizza Expo 2010 in Las Vegas
In a recent Pizza Today Web poll, 13 percent of respondents said they do not have a marketing budget. Meanwhile, 24 percent said they budget five percent, or more, of their sales for marketing.

3.7 billion pizzas will be sold in the U.S. this year.
Vermont has 195 pizzerias.
Wave Pizza Café / The Good Pizza Company / Pie Guys Pizzeria

Wave Pizza Café
1190 Duck Road Duck,
North Carolina 27949
(252) 255-0375
www.thewavepizza.com

This pizzeria may have hot pies, slices and cold beer, but it’s the beachfront killer view that has guests talking. One look at the menu and it’s easy to see what Wave is all about –– the pizzas (and even the sandwiches) all carry delightful seaside names. We especially like the sound of Blackbeard’s Revenge: pepper, jalapéno, sausage and red onion. Now that’s hot!

The Good Pizza Company
14300 NE 20th Avenue #103
Vancouver, Washington 98686
(360) 573-0355

Don’t let its deceptively simple name fool you –– The Good Pizza Co. has been voted Best Pizza in Vancouver by Vancouver Family Magazine. Aside from its creative menu (the Sante Fé Taco Pizza features refried beans, enchilada sauce, seasoned taco beef, mozzarella and cheddar cheeses, green chilies, tortilla chips, shredded lettuce, sliced tomato, olives and red onion — whew!) the company is known for its 99 cent slices. And oversized they are — for less than a buck, customers get one-sixth of the company’s extra large cheese pizza!

Pie Guys Pizzeria
2222 Rio Grande Street
Austin, Texas 78705
(512) 477-7437

www.pieguyspizza.com

 

Austin, Texas is a haven of music, food and Southern hospitality, and you’ll fi nd it all at this rising Texas star. The founders have built the company with a strong foundation, including a pizzaiolo capable of building New York-style pies, a series of daily specials that foster repeat business (quarter beer night, anyone?) and an eyecatching menu. We like the meatless Farmer Joe, which features carmelized red onions, roasted red peppers, green olives, mushrooms, tomatoes, mozzarella and Parmesan cheeses with house-made tomato sauce.

The post 2010 May: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Did You Know https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-did-you-know/ $1,500,000,000 ($1.5 billion) is spent in U.S. restaurants each and every day. According to the National Restaurant Association 70% of adults say they are more likely to visit a restaurant that offers locally produced food items. CiCi’s Pizza intends to add 500 restaurants over the next 8 years. Michigan has 3,018 pizzerias Pizzeria Guido / […]

The post 2010 November: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Did You Know$1,500,000,000 ($1.5 billion) is spent in U.S. restaurants each and every day.

According to the National Restaurant Association 70% of adults say they are more likely to visit a restaurant that offers locally produced food items.

CiCi’s Pizza intends to add 500 restaurants over the next 8 years.
Michigan has 3,018 pizzerias

Pizzeria Guido / Massey’s Pizza / Belltown Pizza

Pizzeria Guido
15600 NE 13th St.
Bellevue, Washington 98008
(425) 614-0007
www.pizzeriaguido.com

This Washington-based pizzeria turns out Tuscan-style dishes and pizzas using a custom-made open flame brick oven. Using ingredients imported from Italy, here you’ll find traditional dishes like Mozzarella Caprese (fresh buffalo mozzarella, tomatoes, extra virgin olive oil and basil) and pizzas proving that less is more –– ranging from a classic Margherita to Salsiccia (pomodoro sauce, fresh mozzarella and Italian sausage). We love the extensive and generous happy hour menu featuring $4 beer and wines starting at just $3.50 a glass. Paired with calamari fritti ($5.50), it’s one of the best happy hours around!

Massey’s Pizza
4464 E. Main Street
Whitehall, Ohio 43213
(614) 559-2222

www.masseyspizza.com

This award-winning chain of central Ohio pizzerias has been a longtime local secret. Although there are some non-traditional offerings like the Chicken Cheddar Bacon Ranch and the Bar- B-Q Chicken Pizza, it’s the company’s classic pepperoni pizza that has us talking. A 14-inch large pizza sports more than 150 pieces of pepperoni. It’s hard to complain about that!

Belltown Pizza
2422 First Avenue
Seattle, Washington 98121
(206) 441-2653

www.belltownpizza.net

This upscale pizzeria fits right into Seattle’s acclaimed dining scene, and with good reason — here you’ll find gourmet offerings ranging from the Vine Street (sausage, sun-dried tomato and red onion) to the Derby Special (mushrooms, tomato, prosciutto basil and goat cheese). What caught our eye? The Fire in Belltown — roasted red pepper, fresh garlic and red onion on a spicy red sauce. If you can’t take the heat, get outta Belltown!

The post 2010 November: Did You Know appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Did You Know? https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-did-you-know/ Thu, 07 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-did-you-know/ The Most popular pizza size in America is 14-inches in diameter Domino’s Pizza is celebrating its 50th Anniversary in 2010 Halloween October 31 is one of the pizza industry’s five biggest sales days of the entire year. Hawaii has 166 pizzerias Joseppi’s Pizza / Farinella Italian Bakery Pizza & Panini / Perfetto’s Pizzeria Joseppi’s Pizza […]

The post 2010 October: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Did You Know?The Most popular pizza size in America is 14-inches in diameter
Domino’s Pizza is celebrating its 50th Anniversary in 2010

Halloween October 31 is one of the pizza industry’s five biggest sales days of the entire year.
Hawaii has 166 pizzerias
Joseppi’s Pizza / Farinella Italian Bakery Pizza & Panini / Perfetto’s Pizzeria

Joseppi’s Pizza
3179 Sullivant Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43204
(614) 272-2724
www.joseppispizza.com

This family-owned restaurant has been in business for more than 30 years, so it’s no wonder their Facebook fan page is filled with requests for the company’s signature pizzas far outside its delivery area (sorry, Tennessee, –– you’re a bit out of range!). Still, the menu goes beyond the pie. Among its specials is homemade lasagna served in-house as a single portion or for a family via carryout or delivery. We love the value of salad, lasagna and breadsticks sold as a meal!

Farinella Italian Bakery Pizza & Panini
90 Worth Street
New York, New York 10013
(212) 608-3222
www.farinellabakery.com

Owner Alberto Polo Cretara certainly thinks outside the, er, box at NYC’s Farinella Italian Bakery. Here, you’ll find squares of pizza rather than the traditional oversized slice found at so many metro pizzerias. The company bakes its pizza palamstyle on four-foot wooden boards. A full palam feeds five to six hungry diners. Plus, you’ll find everything from traditonal Margherita to calzones featuring sautéed escarole, Gaeta black olives, Sicilian capers, garlic, and pinch of peperonico. Now that’s Italian!

Perfetto’s Pizzeria
9910 Linn Station
Louisville, Kentucky 40223
(502) 426-4644

Even though Louisville, Kentucky, is home to the venerable Papa John’s Pizza, it is also privy to a host of independent pizzerias, as well as the home offices of Pizza Today. Situated a small strip mall amidst office buildings and middleclass neighborhoods is Perfetto’s Pizzeria. Here, the pies are stretched thin, gooey and oily –– just the way New Yorkers like But Kentuckians? Yeah, they’re eating it up, too. Best of all Perfetto’s makes its own sauce. On top of all that, the pizza reasonably priced, making it great for daytime lunch diners gobbling up slices or families looking to share a pie or two.

The post 2010 October: Did You Know? appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-a-pizza-my-mind/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-a-pizza-my-mind/ How your staff performs during the rush is tightly tied to how well prepped they are. And while having dough made, cheese grated and toppings portioned are all essential, I’m talking about a deeper layer of prep: that of being physically efficient and fast. NASCAR pit crews spend days practicing pit stops, changing tires and […]

The post 2010 December: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
How your staff performs during the rush is tightly tied to how well prepped they are. And while having dough made, cheese grated and toppings portioned are all essential, I’m talking about a deeper layer of prep: that of being physically efficient and fast.

NASCAR pit crews spend days practicing pit stops, changing tires and pumping gas rapidly so that under race conditions, every move is second nature. At that level, hundredths of seconds count. My volunteer fire department has elected to formally train at least once a week. Seconds count when a house or business is on fi re or you are trapped in a car wreck and bleeding out. When the pager goes off, you have got to be on your game or possibly be part of a tragedy. When the heat is on, one either shifts into an unconscious competency or is paralyzed with fear. I train the staffs of my clients to be efficient by:

1.) Determining how long each task should take, and;
2.) Timing employees on completing those tasks.

A timer is a great way to objectively measure speed and build a mindset of urgency. It also nurtures healthy competition on staff while shaving dollars off your labor costs. For example, I train just one way to cut a green pepper. I demonstrate how quickly I do it and then expect trainees to copy me. I hand them a bunch of peppers and tell them it should take X minutes to cut all of them to spec. Same with dough production, same with cheese grating or mopping the floor — virtually anything done in a pizzeria can be time standardized.

I expected my crew to set the bar at 100 percent productivity 80 percent of the time. That means when an employee is performing any task at all, it’s at maximum efficiency, even during off-peak hours. And when you’ve blown through the night’s rush or a busy prep period and people could use a break, let ‘em relax. Remember the generally accepted truism that one highly trained and skilled cook can outperform two or more novices? These folks develop their personal high sense of urgency by being really mentored by a master pizza maker. I had several mentors, and every one of these guys had one expectation in common: keep up or clock out.

And remember those labor savings I mentioned? Use them to reward your fastest employees, sometimes with cash or prizes awarded in front of others (I call that building healthy envy), and sometimes with hourly raises. But asking them to perform at full tilt without any gratitude is a recipe for frustration and discontent. When they win, you will, too. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the Internationa Pizza Expo

The post 2010 December: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-commentary/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-commentary/ I can’t wait until the January issue gets in your hands next month. We have worked hard on a redesign, and I’m really proud of the new look. The changes are pretty intense, and I’m confident our new format and columns are going to help pizzeria owners more than ever. While there are many changes […]

The post 2010 December: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: CommentaryI can’t wait until the January issue gets in your hands next month. We have worked hard on a redesign, and I’m really proud of the new look. The changes are pretty intense, and I’m confident our new format and columns are going to help pizzeria owners more than ever.

While there are many changes that carry Pizza Today into the publishing future, one of the new sections I’m most excited about is decidedly retro: we’re bringing back a “Letters to the Editor” page. It’s been well over a decade since Pizza Today has published letters to the editor, and my crew thought it would be fun to revive that nod to magazine tradition while we move forward.

So tell me what’s on your mind (in 200 words or less). Something you love — or hate — about the magazine? Let me know. Did you really dig a recipe or article? Tell me why you loved it. Did you vehemently disagree with one of my commentaries or really think a particular article missed the mark? Let me know. Positive feedback encourages us. Negative feedback helps us improve. Getting a letter to me is easy.

The preferred and most efficient way is through e-mail. Just put “Letter to the Editor” in the subject line and e-mail me: jwhite@ pizzatoday.com. If e-mail is too old school for you, direct message me on Twitter. Pizza Today can be found at www.twitter.com/pizzatoday. Again, make it clear it’s a letter to the editor. You can also fi nd us on Facebook and send us a private message: www. facebook.com/pages/Pizza-Today/135784216462442. Not real computer savvy? No problem. Fax your letter to my attention at (502) 736-9501.

I won’t be able to publish every letter I get due to space requirements. But I look forward to publishing — and sometimes responding to — your comments each month in the magazine. Tear out this page and tuck it in a drawer next to your computer. When we inspire you or hit a nerve, make sure you tell me about it … in no more than 200 words.

WANNA GO FOR A RIDE? While we’re at it, I want to directly solicit your thoughts on a pizza industry event my publisher and I would like to make happen on an annual basis.

A few of us in the Pizza Today office are really into cycling. Since October is National Pizza Month as well as National Breast Cancer Awareness Month, I was thinking Pizza Today should organize a large group ride from one major city to the next. We could pair with an organization such as the American Cancer Society or the Susan G. Komen Breast Cancer Foundation and use the ride to raise money for the chosen charity. Pizzerias nationwide would be encouraged to make a donation (perhaps a percentage of sales on a given day?). Pizzerias along the route we cycle would be encouraged to join in by having their employees cycle along, accept donations from the public, etc. I know from past fundraising experience that the local chapter of the chosen charity will help any pizzeria that wants to be involved by providing marketing for the event. They’ll provide press releases and maybe even signage, flyers, etc. if warranted.

It would be a way the pizza industry could give back to society and make a difference on a meaningful level.

October isn’t the only month we could do this ride in the future. Breast cancer isn’t the only cause we could work to aid. These are my thoughts, but I’m open to suggestions. • What charity should we work to help?
• Where should we do the ride?
Portland to Seattle? Louisville to Chicago? Los Angeles to San Diego? Madison to Minneapolis? St. Louis to Kansas City? Tell me in your first letter to the editor.

Regards,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 December: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-marketing-matters/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-marketing-matters/ “When you do the common things in life in an uncommon way, you will command the attention of the world.” — George Washington Carver What did I do in an uncommon way to gain not just the attention of many, but the loyalty of my customers? Pizza & Prevention. At its conception, this event was […]

The post 2010 December: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Marketing Matters“When you do the common things in life in an uncommon way, you will command the attention of the world.” — George Washington Carver

What did I do in an uncommon way to gain not just the attention of many, but the loyalty of my customers? Pizza & Prevention. At its conception, this event was my way of commemorating the tragedy of 9/11. I needed to recognize our hometown heroes and all they do for us. The basic concept was a community event designed to promote disaster prevention and introduce the community to local volunteer firefighters. How does a pizza shop do that and make this a win-win promotion for everyone? Answer this question: What’s in it for me?

Fire company: I will sell my signature pizza for $9.11, donating the entire amount to the volunteer fire company.

Community: Community members get a great deal on a pizza, plus we have firemen check their smoke detector and provide them with a fresh battery or smoke detector, if needed.

Me: I involve myself in an event with benefits.

A major part of the planning was to locate a co-sponsor to provide the smoke detectors. Enter Nationwide, the Kengersky Insurance Agency.

“I look forward to our involvement each year,” says Nationwide’s Matthew E. Kengersky. “Scott’s hard work and generosity have been the keys to nine years of success doing the event. The direct marketing exposure is substantial, and the goodwill is enormous. Both current and prospective customers give me wonderful feedback.”

Did I mention that I was up to my elbows in dough? The 2010 event sold 3,072 Big Daddy pizzas (24″ x12″), a 25 percent increase over 2009. The week before the event, I have to make projections for sales and supplies needed. Unfortunately, I don’t have storage for that amount of food. Once again it is back to the community. The fire department and I both realize that the people we serve have to be ‘wowed’.

It is not uncommon for people to support the fire department. Doing it in an uncommon way has made people see my business in a new light.

“The fact that one business cares enough to step outside of their normal role of selling food and making a profit, and step into the role of fire prevention and fund-raising, is just plain amazing in today’s economy,” says Scott Depp, Chief Central Fire Department. “I believe that Scott’s business continues to grow — not just on this one day, but throughout the year — because of the customer loyalty he has created with this event. This community has chosen to support his business by being repeat customers and telling others to frequent his business.” This event has gained national attention and plenty of free publicity for me and my town. Together, we have equipped more than 2,000 homes with new smoke detectors and made sure that another 1,000 detectors had fresh batteries. In 2002, we raised $5,800. In 2010, we raised $30,000 in this one-day event. In 2002, we had two impinger ovens running from 2 p.m. till 8 p.m. Now we have a triple deck oven, plus a rented pizza trailer, cranking from 9 a.m. to 11 p.m. to meet the demand. By the third year, ‘Pizza and Prevention’ had become our own holiday of sorts. Now we designate the first Saturday in October for the event.

Organize, plan and consult with others in your community. Use every avenue available to you to do your best. If you do, you will reap the benefits (whether they are profits, accolades or just feeling good knowing your business was a catalyst in making a difference).?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 December: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-simple-ideas/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-december-simple-ideas/ Bravo Broccoli! Broccoli works well in pasta and on salads, but what about pizza? Not only does it add taste, but it also boosts the nutritional value of pizza. To use, blanche broccoli in boiling water for four to five minutes, then submerge it in cold water to protect the color. You’re going to want […]

The post 2010 December: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 December: Simple IdeasBravo Broccoli!

Broccoli works well in pasta and on salads, but what about pizza? Not only does it add taste, but it also boosts the nutritional value of pizza. To use, blanche broccoli in boiling water for four to five minutes, then submerge it in cold water to protect the color. You’re going to want to chop it evenly to spread it over the pizza. Remember that the crown has the most flavor and easiest texture for consumption. Try creating a vegetable “Primavera” pizza with loads of veggies for a healthy alternative.

Keep it Contained

Prep tables are the backbone of your restaurant. It’s here that you house all of the readied ingredients needed to make your restaurant run smoothly. Take a good look at how the compartments latch. Pay attention to the mechanisms used for closure. Magnetic closures tend to break less than those with latches, but they can sometimes pop up accidentially. Train your staff to ensure they’re closing compartments tightly when using the prep table to keep ingredients from drying out. Finally, be sure to keep the gaskets clean. When they become brittle, it’s time for replacement.

Taste versus Texture

We all know that nuts, pine nuts in particular, are the quintessential ingredient in a homemade pesto sauce, but did you know that it doesn’t have to be that way? The key is to maintain a pesto’s integrity by creating that smooth tasting, gritty textured sauce that coats pasta like a warm hug. To create a variation of traditional pesto, try replacing pines nuts with walnuts. You can also leave a recipe’s cheese coarsely ground to enhance the texture. Finally, don’t overlook the power of veggies. Finely diced carrots, zucchini and celery add a unique fl avor to pesto. Bon appetit!

Short Staffed

Let’s pretend you’ve had a couple of servers call –– or text –– that they won’t be coming in for today’s lunch rush. Although you’re going to be short-staffed, there’s no reason why your manager can’t step in and cover a table or two. If managers are going to oversee a staff, they need to be able to smoothly step into place when there’s a gap. Cross-training is great, but your managers shouldn’t be above pitching in when needed.

The post 2010 December: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-a-pizza-my-mind/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-a-pizza-my-mind/ Approximately 50 years ago, Tom and James Monaghan bought a struggling pizzeria named DomiNick’s and made a splash on the Ypsilanti, Michigan, restaurant scene by delivering pizza — for free.       Or so customers thought. The Monaghans merely built the costs of delivery into their margins and quoted one price. With almost no […]

The post 2010 November: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: A Pizza My MindApproximately 50 years ago, Tom and James Monaghan bought a struggling pizzeria named DomiNick’s and made a splash on the Ypsilanti, Michigan, restaurant scene by delivering pizza — for free.

 

 

 

Or so customers thought. The Monaghans merely built the costs of delivery into their margins and quoted one price. With almost no competition for delivery, what later became Domino’s formula worked brilliantly for a while until others matched that service advantage. From then on, most customers believed “free delivery” was here forever.

That is until Saddam Hussein convinced us all otherwise in 1990. Back then he thought it would be cool to send the Iraqi army on a road trip to Kuwait and see if the rest of the world would notice that it was heavily armed. It did — especially the U.S., whose need for Middle East oil put its supply in a precarious position.

Gasoline prices soared and my delivery drivers freaked out. Big Dave’s supposedly free delivery was suddenly costing them, and they couldn’t afford it. The drivers held a meeting out behind the dumpster — to which I wasn’t invited — and they appointed a spokesman who very subtlety asked for more money.

I sympathized with them and promised to raise their run compensation from 50 to 75 cents per run. Since we were delivering about 4,000 pizzas a month, that meant I’d created out of thin air a $1,000 monthly expense. Ouch!

When I told my accountant to comb through every line item on my financials and find a grand in fat, he assured me those funds didn’t exist. When I said they had to be there, he said: “Well, Dave, it looks like you and your wife just financed a raise for the drivers.”

As I fretted over what to do, he asked, “What does it cost you to deliver a pizza?” I had no answer. So we crunched the numbers and discovered that every “free” delivery actually cost me $2.51. I dreaded what I knew he’d say next: “You have to charge for delivery.” I whined and told him he didn’t understand the pizza business. He agreed and told me, “You don’t understand the money business.”

Naturally, I feared customers would hate us for it and go elsewhere, but I had no choice other than to charge a buck per delivery. I experienced some pretty severe tongue lashings, threats of false advertising and bodily harm. Over a buck! I blamed it on Saddam Hussein and the gas crisis. Some accepted it, some didn’t. Some saved the dollar and drove in to pick up their orders. I came very close to caving in under the pressure, but held steadfast. Within 30 days, we dropped from about 4,000 deliveries a month to 3,000. That was scary, but just a couple months later we were back to normal. Long story short, we kept our delivery charge and gradually increased it over the years as needed.

Not everyone joined us, of course — especially large chains. It would take the brutal price slashing, 2-for-1s and 5-5-5 deals of the new millennium to crush margins so thin that most of the industry knew it had to flee the “free delivery” model.

By my calculations, it costs between $3 and $4 to deliver a pizza in 2010. Whether that’s tacked on as a fee, absorbed into the pizza price or spread between both changes with every operator. In addition to the added expense, the hassle factor of delivery created more than its share of grey hairs for me.

Either way, you cannot eat the cost of free delivery if you expect to make money. You might fool your customers into thinking you’re doing it for free, but you’ll never fool your accountant.?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 November: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-commentary/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-commentary/ I was in a local Italian restaurant waiting for a carryout order recently. A family of three walked in and asked for a table. I would estimate the parents to be in their 50s and the daughter to be around 20. They were politely told there would be a wait of 15 or 20 minutes. […]

The post 2010 November: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: CommentaryI was in a local Italian restaurant waiting for a carryout order recently. A family of three walked in and asked for a table. I would estimate the parents to be in their 50s and the daughter to be around 20. They were politely told there would be a wait of 15 or 20 minutes.

The hostess then left her stand to tend to a chore. While she was gone, two college-aged females walked in. They were attractive, and they caught the eye of a young male server who happened to be passing through the lobby. He stopped and asked the young women if they’d been helped yet by the hostess. When they said they hadn’t, he replied: “I have a table for you and can seat you right now.” The hostess returned shortly to find a few angry customers. “Excuse me,” said the woman. “Two girls just walked in and were seated right away.” She paused briefly, then repeated herself, with a twist, for emphasis: “Two young, pretty girls were taken to a table right away by one of your servers.” The hostess was obviously unprepared for the situation and looked somewhat stunned.

She was not sure how to react. Then, the customer spoke up again. “I’d like to know how that happens,” she said. “The old lady is told 20 minutes, while the young ones are seated right away.” Now, let me interject here. I’d seen the whole thing play out. I don’t think the waiting customers were snubbed. I think it was an honest mistake by the server. He saw two customers enter and asked if they’d been helped. He then seated them. His mistake was not checking the hostess’ notebook first. Had he done that, he would have realized the other three were waiting on a table as opposed to simply waiting for another family member or friend to come out of the restroom.

In any case, the slip was much more innocent than the waiting family imagined it to be. Still, the woman did have a legitimate complaint — customers who entered after her family were seated first. (This restaurant does not take reservations, in case you are wondering.)

Still not sure what to say or do, the hostess fetched the manager. The manager immediately apologized and said he would get to the bottom of the situation. He left to speak to the server. He then returned and explained to the woman that a simple oversight had occurred, that the server meant no disrespect, and that he was sorry (again) and would seat her family immediately.

The family followed the manager into the dining room as my food was being handed to me by the hostess, who still looked bewildered.

As I drove home, I couldn’t help but wonder if the manager had ever taken the time to properly train the hostess on how to diffuse an upset customer. Clearly, the poor girl had no clue. The manager handled the situation quickly and with tact, but what if he had not been available at that exact moment for some reason? The restaurant would have lost three customers — for good.

As the initial point of contact to your dine-in customers, a well-trained hostess is critical to your operation’s success. Don’t just hire a pretty face. Take the time to train whomever it is you hire. A hostess doesn’t simply smile, say hello and write down names. The job also requires one to juggle seating assignments, make wait-time forecasts the customers expect to be accurate and, yes, even interact with upset customers.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 November: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Fire in the Hole! https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-fire-in-the-hole/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-fire-in-the-hole/ It is hard to imagine that your dream, your business, can go up in smoke. But fires are a real and daily threat to operators. Ovens, stove tops, grease traps and a variety of other items can literally burn the house down. When equipment like exhaust fans, hoods and ventilation systems fail, fires happen. In […]

The post 2010 November: Fire in the Hole! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Fire in the Hole!It is hard to imagine that your dream, your business, can go up in smoke. But fires are a real and daily threat to operators. Ovens, stove tops, grease traps and a variety of other items can literally burn the house down. When equipment like exhaust fans, hoods and ventilation systems fail, fires happen.

In order to keep your dream, business, employees and customers safe, operators have to be aware of dangers in the kitchen, adhere to local fire codes and practice fire safety — because it only takes a moment to lose everything.

Rob Raia, owner of Colorado Springs-based Borriello Brothers, knows the devastation a fire can cause. In August, a fire broke out in the restaurant due to what appears to be a failed exhaust fan, causing critical damage to the roof.

“The smoke damage was extensive,” Raia said. “The fire started in between the drop ceiling and the roof itself. The whole roof was damaged extensively.” According to Raia, the fire started around 6 p.m. when the restaurant was just starting to get crowded, and the staff was gearing up for the evening.

“The managers took over and got everybody out real quick,” Raia said. “They did what they were supposed to do.”

According to Raia, the roof and ceiling have to be gutted. Although repairs have not started, he is hoping to reopen in three months.

“We do have a contract with a company to clean our hoods every six months,” Raia said. “We do what we’re supposed to do.”

Since fi res can happen anytime and anywhere, even when operators are practicing fi re safety, how can operators protect their businesses better?

Matt Klaus, senior fi re protection engineer with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), says the document NFPA 96, The Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, is a great source on fire codes and fire prevention.

“This document provides the requirements for the design and installation of a fire safe cooking area within a commercial cooking environment,” said Klaus. “There are two main types of systems that are found in commercial cooking areas, an exhaust system and a fire suppression system. The ducted exhaust system is required for all ‘cooking equipment used in processes producing smoke or grease laden vapor’ (NFPA 96 Section 4.1.1 2011 Edition).”
To investigate local fire codes, Scott Dawkins, director of business operations for kitchen exhaust cleaning specialists HOODZ, advises operators to contact their local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) to ensure the restaurant system is being properly inspected and maintained.

“Grease in an exhaust system is a potential fire hazard. In most municipalities, the AHJ is the fire marshal,” Dawkins said. “The AHJ will inform the restaurant owner of the local codes they have adopted in their area. The NFPA 96 outlines the minimal inspection frequency.”

Dawkins says exhaust cleaning companies are contracted by restaurant owners to regularly clean and inspect their systems. The volume of grease vapors the cooking equipment produces determines the maintenance schedule (which can be monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually).

“Hire qualified companies to help keep their investment fire safe. Always inspect the company’s work that is performing the exhaust cleaning and ask them for pictures of the cleaned system,” Dawkins said.

Upon reopening, Raia plans to implement a logbook of maintenance to record what equipment was serviced, when and by whom, and keep warranties accessible.

Dawkins, meanwhile, says operators need to know how the design of their kitchen and location of the equipment can increase or decrease fire risk.

“The restaurant owner will want to ensure they are following the local codes when designing or changing the layout of the kitchen to ensure the proper exhaust system is in place over the various cooking appliances,” Dawkins says. “Ensure all cooking equipment is functioning appropriately and the kitchen staff is properly trained on the necessary precautions.”

Klaus says grease fires are exceptionally challenging because they can provide a suppression challenge; a wet sprinkler will be ineffective and may even cause the fire to spread. “The general concern of the fi re marshals, building officials or responding personnel is that the appropriate systems have been put in place for the hazards present. This can be accomplished by providing the equipment as outlined in NFPA 96,” Klaus says. “Once the system has been properly designed and installed, maintaining and cleaning the system becomes the ongoing battle for the owner and fire department. The build-up of grease within the system can be the source of the fire or contribute to the development of a fire if it is permitted to ignite. Proper cleaning and inspection in accordance with Chapter 11 of NFPA 96 is one way to limit the exposure of a property to grease fires.”

Operators not only need to educate themselves on fire codes and fire safety, but they must also educate their staff.

According to OSHA’s Fire Safety in the Workplace Fact Sheet, “Employers should train workers about fire hazards in the workplace and about what to do in a fire emergency. If you want your workers to evacuate, you should train them on how to escape. If you expect your workers to use portable fire extinguishers, you must provide hands-on training in using this equipment.”

Successful fire prevention requires education and hard work. By following local fire codes, matching up the right systems to the present dangers, maintaining those systems to keep them working efficiently and educating your staff on fire safety procedures, operators can reduce their risk of fire to their businesses and dreams. ?

DeAnn Owens is a freelance journalist living in Indianapolis. She specializes in features and human interest stories.

The post 2010 November: Fire in the Hole! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-five-questions/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-five-questions/ Eddie Cerino owns and operates Eddie’s Pizzeria Cerino in Ohio. Open more than a year, Cerino’s unconventional cooking and menu offerings prove there’s more to pizzerias than pies and pasta.           Q: Your menu items use expensive ingredients like San Marzano tomatoes, seafood and fresh cheeses. How are you keeping food […]

The post 2010 November: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Five QuestionsEddie Cerino owns and operates Eddie’s Pizzeria Cerino in Ohio. Open more than a year, Cerino’s unconventional cooking and menu offerings prove there’s more to pizzerias than pies and pasta.

 

 

 

 

 

Q: Your menu items use expensive ingredients like San Marzano tomatoes, seafood and fresh cheeses. How are you keeping food costs down?

A: We run a 29-percent food cost, which is high for a typical pizzeria and low for a full service restaurant. Controlling food cost always starts with your menu and amount of inventory items, especially perishable inventory. We limit our seafood to two items on the menu –– shrimp and clams. Both come out of the freezer and have no or very little waste. We run one fresh fish special at a time and watch over it like a hawk to maintain proper par levels. Portion control is crucial. We portion everything from all of our different pastas to sauces, proteins and breads. Lastly, we have a very detailed system for hot prep that allows us to make many items from scratch and still maintain consistency in our flavor profiles.

Q: Your weekly specials are inventive! What’s your secret for duplicating these homestyle recipes in a commercial kitchen?

A: We are a company of systems and recipes. We change our specials every two weeks. We limit them to two lunches and two dinners. We have make-cards for the line to ensure that everyone is preparing them the same. We also are very careful that the special fi ts our hot line system. It cannot be too complicated, too many ingredients or take too long to get out of the kitchen. It is very important that the quality of any special be consistent whether there are two checks hanging or 20 checks hanging. This takes careful planning and monitoring.

Q: You make your own desserts, and they’re decadent –– like your Smores Cookie Pizzette and Chocolate Cassata Cake. Why not outsource these like so many other restaurants?

A: I believe that appetizers and desserts are two great ways to differentiate you from the competition. If you are buying desserts from your purveyor or from a local provider, the restaurant across the street could be serving the same item. We do buy a couple desserts from a local purveyor, but we make the rest. We limit the dessert menu and run monthly specials. This controls the amount of prep and inventory and allows us to take advantage of seasonal items.

Q: Your menu transcends pizza and spaghetti. How well do items like cioppino & baked wild mushroom ravioli sell?

A: Selling specials is all about the customer’s confidence in your kitchen. After we opened, it took about six months of aggressive in-house marketing and strong server suggestive selling to get customers to try some unconventional specials. Unconventional for a pizzeria, that is. Now our specials usually outsell most menu items. Once again, it is all about differentiating you from the competition. Offering specials like cioppino or wild mushroom ravioli and preparing them with quality ingredients consistently gives you a leg up on the competition and allows you to build the important “regular” customer base.

Q: You’ve been open more than a year now. What’s the one thing that has surprised you the most about this business?

A: One of the changes I have noticed over the last year is customer knowledge of culinary ingredients and preparation. The plethora of food and cooking programs on television are making for a more educated and adventurous dining public. More so now than at any time in my 30 years in the restaurant business. You can’t brown some ground meat, add it to your marinara sauce and call it Bolognese. This does put pressure on operators to be creative and truthful in their menus and specials. If you don’t, the restaurants down the street will, and take some of your customers along with them.

The post 2010 November: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Food Wars: New York https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-food-wars-new-york/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-food-wars-new-york/ Back in June, I received a call from Marissa Ross, Coordinating Producer for the Travel Channel’s popular “Food Wars” show. The program was filming a pizza showdown in the Big Apple, and the producers wanted me to serve as an expert pizza guest and a judge for the episode, which airs November 17 at 10 […]

The post 2010 November: Food Wars: New York appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Food Wars: New YorkBack in June, I received a call from Marissa Ross, Coordinating Producer for the Travel Channel’s popular “Food Wars” show. The program was filming a pizza showdown in the Big Apple, and the producers wanted me to serve as an expert pizza guest and a judge for the episode, which airs November 17 at 10 p.m. I was flattered and more than happy to say yes. I’ve done television work in the past and always enjoyed it. As a Theatre Arts minor, I’ve always had somewhat of an itch to be on stage. Though television is different from most dramatic stage acting, it certainly has its own challenges and provides a nice break from the day-to-day Pizza Today editorial duties. How could I turn the offer down?

In early July, I flew to New York and stayed in Times Square. It’s always nice to be in the center of a thriving city, whether it be New York or San Francisco. The pace is so much different than what I experience on a typical day in Louisville, Kentucky, where Pizza Today is based.

After getting settled in, the first thing I did was hook up with my friend Scott Weiner, who owns and operates Scott’s Pizza Tours in New York. We met up at Kesté, a highly revered Neapolitan pizzeria that is operated by a true pizza legend, Roberto Caporuscio. Roberto recognized me immediately when I walked in (we’ve met several times at International Pizza Expo in Las Vegas), and the Italian hospitality began. He was pleased to host me, and that became more and more evident as pizza after pizza made its way to my table. Scott and I went through much of the Kesté menu, including a special lard pie that harkens back to the purest of early pizzas. It was more or less a historical and contemporary gastronomical tour rolled into one. I can’t wait to go back to Bleecker Street for round two, which Roberto promised as Scott and I exited his restaurant late into the New York night.

Speaking of Bleecker Street, I’d been informed before heading to New York that the “Food Wars” episode would pit John’s of Bleecker against Grimaldi’s Pizzeria. I knew I was in for a really difficult decision when it came time to vote in front of the Travel Channel cameras. You see, I’ve been to each of these spots dozens of times and hold them in very high regard. I’ve never had anything close to a sub-par pizza from either of these shops. In fact, when I take friends around New York to sample pizza, there are five or six iconic establishments I never miss. John’s and Grimaldi’s are among them.

The producers wanted to start at John’s and then work our way to Grimaldi’s later in the filming. When I arrived, I was greeted on the sidewalk by the director and his assistant. I was told it would be a while and to make myself comfortable. In the meantime, I had the pleasure of meeting my co-judge, Mark Bello of Pizza a Casa, a pizza cooking school located in New York’s Chinatown. Though I’d heard of Mark and knew about his pizza expertise, I had never met him until arriving on the “Food Wars” set. We share a lot of common interests and became fast friends. In fact, later that night, after a day of stuffing ourselves with John’s and Grimaldi’s pizzas, I went to Pizza a Casa for a late-night crash course with Mark and the aforementioned Scott Weiner. Mark fi red up his oven and began to show us how he teaches his pizzamaking class (which is geared for home cooks). We listened to great music and had some beer as we developed dough and made thin-crust beauties in several varieties. I was two-for-two when it came to my NYC “down time.”

Anyway, let’s get back to the filming set. I was put into makeup as about 50 production crew members set up cameras, lights, umbrellas, audio equipment, etc. “Food Wars” host Camille Ford dropped by to say hello, and we, too, hit it off. Just like with Bello, I quickly discovered that Camille and I have a lot in common. We talked first about food, then about our love of working out.

When the set was ready, Mark, Camille and I were all seated in a booth at John’s of Bleecker Street. Camille made her introduction for the camera, then we were off. She introduced the judges and asked us a little about what we look for in a New York pizza. From there, it was time to eat!

A fresh John’s pizza was placed before us and it was our duty to taste and critique it. I found few flaws with it. To me, the first critical step to a great pizza is getting the dough right. So I quickly tore into the crust to dissect it. No, I don’t eat pizza in this sloppy fashion, but I do find it particularly helpful if I’m judging.

This strategy amused the host and director, who asked me about my “pizza autopsy.” So I explained to them what I was looking for (internal crumb structure, as Dough Doctor Tom Lehmann calls it) and why I chose to tear my pizza open during the tasting.

Unfortunately, filming a show doesn’t go as quickly or easily as one might expect when they watch a 30-minute episode on television. It takes a few 12-hour days to yield that half hour of footage, so we were in it for the long haul. Television, as the director put it, is “hurry up and wait.” It’s also somewhat of a lie. When you watch the episode, there are times you may see a close up of me nodding or listening to Mike Frank of John’s or Gina Peluso of Grimaldi’s. In reality, I conversed with them on camera very little. Much of that “nodding and listening” happened artificially — I stared at a wall behind an empty chair and provided that animation on the director’s cue.

At any rate, after enjoying many very good pies from John’s, we had a 90-minute break. I spent that down time with Mark, Camille and Marissa (the Coordinating Producer) in a coffee shop. We just hung out and talked about all kinds of things ranging from our college experiences to our favorite sports teams to television production. Of course, we talked a lot about pizza — but not what we thought about the pies from John’s. Discussing John’s or Grimaldi’s with one another was strictly off-limits. The producers didn’t want us to inadvertently sway one another with our thoughts or comments.

We arrived at Grimaldi’s and it was somewhat of a circus act. At John’s, you see, we’d been on a closed set. When we arrived, the pizzeria wasn’t yet open for business. It has two dining rooms divided by a wall, so the production company set up in the smaller of the two. Even after John’s opened for business, we weren’t bothered and didn’t have an audience thanks to the partitioned, split floor plan.

Grimaldi’s, on the other hand, was very much open when we arrived. It was about 3 p.m. and a long line stretched down the sidewalk. As people waited to get into the tiny dining room, the production crew carried its mounds of equipment in and set up. Camille, Mark and I chatted with some waiting customers and posed with a few for pictures.

When the director was ready, we took our places in the center of a packed house at Grimaldi’s. The staff kept working away in the open kitchen behind us as customers came and went. I feel sorry for the folks waiting outside to get in — we were taking up tons of room and most of the customers inside stuck around well after their pizza was gone to watch us film. It was somewhat surreal. Not only were the cameras and the eyes of the crew on us, but the eyes of dozens of customers — locals and tourists alike — hung on our every words.

Just like at John’s, we were presented a pizza from Grimaldi’s to taste and critique. Again, I found few flaws. I knew after my first slice at Grimaldi’s that picking a winner was going to be more difficult than I first imagined.

Luckily for me, I devised a weighted scoring system of my own before leaving for New York. In the event that there wasn’t an overwhelming favorite after tasting both pies, I knew I could fall back on my scoring system to pick a winner.

As it turns out, that’s exactly what I had to do. In my system, the most critical elements, such as the sauce, for example, are given more importance than, say, the herbs. When I went through my calculations, it could not have been any closer — one pizzeria scored a half-point higher than the other. Wow.

We finished filming at a park in Brooklyn. The beautiful location provided unobstructed and world-class views of the Manhattan skyline and the Brooklyn Bridge. It was an ideal spot to wrap the show.

A crowd gathered around us as supporters of both John’s and Grimaldi’s showed up to cheer for their favorite pizzeria. When crunch time came, the judges were given “Food Wars” cards and asked to write down the name of the pizzeria for which we were voting. Not easy to do when both pizzeria managers are standing next to you, but it was a job I gladly accepted, I had to remind myself.

The three of us wrote down our votes and were instructed by the director to keep them to ourselves. Camille then asked both me and Mark to talk about the two pizzerias and discuss why we picked the one we chose — without giving our votes away.

Finally, it was time to reveal our votes. I went first, followed by Mark. He and I disagreed on the winner, which meant Camille, as the show host, had to break the tie. The air was filled with anticipation as she flipped her card over to reveal the winner of “Food Wars” in New York. To find out which pizzeria won — and see yours truly in action — watch the “Food Wars” episode on New York pizza Wednesday, November 17 at 10 p.m. on the Travel Channel.

In the meantime, the photos accompanying this article provide a brief glimpse of my time on the “Food Wars” set. ?

Jeremy White is Editor-in-Chief of Pizza Today.

The post 2010 November: Food Wars: New York appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: From Farm to Table https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-from-farm-to-table/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-from-farm-to-table/ Fresh … seasonal … local … it’s almost become a mantra. The Slow Food movement has made farm-fresh produce hip again, and every new farm to jump on board brings prices down further. Now, pizzerias are being challenged to re-think their entire approach to ingredients. But when does it make sense to go local? Which […]

The post 2010 November: From Farm to Table appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: From Farm to TableFresh … seasonal … local … it’s almost become a mantra. The Slow Food movement has made farm-fresh produce hip again, and every new farm to jump on board brings prices down further. Now, pizzerias are being challenged to re-think their entire approach to ingredients. But when does it make sense to go local? Which products are worth the extra money? And what’s the best way to get started?

The first argument most Slow Food advocates make is about taste. According to Lois Hoffbauer, the chairperson of the Duluth Farmer’s Market in northern Minnesota, fresher is better. She says that the produce, oregano and cheese available at local markets are tastier and purer than processed food.

“If you are a faceless entity, like a big factory farm, you’re not going to know your customers,” Hoffbauer says. “We’re not going to do something to our fruits and vegetables that we wouldn’t eat ourselves.”

David Yudkin would agree. He’s the co-owner of Hotlips Pizza, a five-location chain in the Portland area with a focus on fresh, local ingredients. Since the chain opened in 1984, they’ve been looking for ways to incorporate area produce onto their menu.

“In the winter, we use more potatoes and onions and kale,” Yudkin says. “In the summer, we’re using more tomatoes and peppers and basil. If you do it right, it’s glorious.” Even Yudkin would agree that local has its limits, however. Sometimes a particular food is better when it’s imported. Olive oil, cheese and wine are all tied to the place they’re produced, and local products usually don’t compare.

“There are certain things you just don’t buy locally,” Yudkin says. “You don’t buy local Parmesan. (Imported Parmesan) is a fine product; it’s high value, and that’s the way it’s always been for centuries.”

Furthermore, some prefer their tomatoes canned. Jeff Varasano, the owner of Varasano’s Pizzeria, is one of them. He says that fresh tomatoes might be great in Caprese salads or on top of a pie, but they have no place in the sauce.

“In terms of sauce, we definitely only use canned tomatoes,” Varasano says. “You cannot make a pizza with fresh tomatoes. I’ve tried it many times, (and) it just doesn’t have the right flavor to it.”

Another concern for operators is the cost. Local produce is a small-scale operation, and that means it’s more expensive. When Varasano ran out of his favorite kind of oregano, he tried –– and rejected — 46 different kinds from his supplier. Finally, he realized his only option was to pay a local nursery to grow it for him, with the first harvest last September. While he was thrilled to recover the taste he was missing, he admits it cut into his profits.

“I’m going to pay through the nose,” Varasano says. “My cost for that would probably be in the neighborhood of 10 times more than I’m going to buy commercially. It’s totally impractical, but I just really want that one ingredient.”

Partially due to cost pressure from local ingredients, Yudkin’s 18-inch pies cost around $30 each. To prevent that figure from spiking even more, he’s had to consider when going local is worth it. While he says that canning his own tomatoes would be prohibitively expensive, using local fl our was a relatively cheap fix.

“You have to do it smartly,” Yudkin says. “If it’s wheat, you’re talking generally about pennies. It’s not like going to local cheese or local protein.”

Of course, some products are not available locally at any price. Varasano says it’s difficult to find good local cheese in Georgia, and Yudkin says it’s difficult to find it in Oregon. Produce varies with the season. And then there are those weeks where the local farmers simply have a bad harvest. Even when everything is going smoothly, it can be very time-consuming to get local products.

“Last summer, I was running up to the farmer’s market every Saturday and getting basil,” Varasano says. “But it was basically an hour out of my day just to get one ingredient.”

Is it worth it? Clearly, Varasano and Yudkin think so, at least for some ingredients. Varasano says his oregano and basil are worth the time, cost, and effort, and he splurges for local tomatoes when they’re in season. Yudkin has gone further, making local a part of his brand and his reputation. He’s connected his site with various local-food causes, introduced a pizza – by- bike program, and brought in extras like locally made soda to bring additional prestige and foot traffic. But in the end, he says, every operator must concentrate on three things. The restaurant must be profitable, local ingredients and all. The service must be good. And the pizza must be worth it.

“If you’re not doing those,” Yudkin says, “You can’t even have a conversation about sustainable ingredients. You have to have credibility. It could be the most sustainable pizza in the world, but if it’s crappy pizza … eating is believing.” ?

Useful Resources

sustainabletable.org

A thorough introduction to the idea of sustainable and organic food with discussions on where to buy, the meaning of technical terms, and questions to ask dairy, hog and produce farmers.

localharvest.org

This extensive map shows farmer’s markets, family farms, co-ops, and more, and contains a searchable index of where to get sustainable food.

farmsreach.com

An online farm food marketplace that connects farmers to business buyers. It’s essentially a networking tool — restaurant owners make their own deals once the site connects them to nearby farmers.

Robert Lillegard is a freelance writer in Superior, Wisconsin.

The post 2010 November: From Farm to Table appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-marketing-matters/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-marketing-matters/ What is the next level for you? Boosting sales, opening another location, franchising? Each has his own mission; each must take critical steps to bring his operation to that new level. My personal mission is to make my pizzeria the best it can be — the talk of the town. My obstacle: The Big Three […]

The post 2010 November: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Marketing MattersWhat is the next level for you? Boosting sales, opening another location, franchising? Each has his own mission; each must take critical steps to bring his operation to that new level. My personal mission is to make my pizzeria the best it can be — the talk of the town. My obstacle: The Big Three and me. How can I make my advertising, and thus the brand image that I present, look world class on my budget? More importantly, what about me and my approach to taking the next step?

I interviewed several expert business consultants for this article, and the one point that stuck out with all of them was best summed up by James Sinclair of OnSite Consulting: “Operators generally tend not to love advice, especially advice that counters their own system or beliefs, and especially if they have to pay for someone to give an opinion they disagree with.” When all the experts are saying, “Here is a way to increase your sales, brand yourself with a customized look and complement that with enticing images by a world-renowned food photographer,” the question becomes this: Will you lean on your own understanding? Get over yourself. Let’s be doers, not forgetful hearers of what experts preach.

Peter F. Drucker, American educator and writer, said “Whenever you see a successful business, someone once made a courageous decision.” As operators, we need to decide to listen, profit from the advice and be courageous.

Sinclair concurs: “Operators can benefit from outsiders who understand the market from a macro perspective and franchisees that have worked closely with a franchisor either for testing or on a model variation. Being a franchisee does not waive your requirement to innovate and be dynamic. Localization is 90 percent.”

Doing so gives you a concise and well crafted message. You are now on the same playing field as the big guys — and you have a home field advantage.

Tony Troiano, co-owner of J.B. Alberto’s Pizza, spent 32 years growing his business into a Chicago tradition. Troiano says: “I certainly think, from a food standpoint, we (independents) have a huge advantage over the Big Three, but we can learn a lot from them as far as marketing and operations are concerned.”

Troiano learned to profit in several ways. “I promote online ordering on all of my printed material,” he says. “This is something the Big 3 have promoted for many years — and, thanks to them, it has certainly taken off. Why not piggy back on the millions that they are spending to promote this? Let’s face it, online ordering is here to stay and growing every year.”

My pizzeria has seen online sales double in the past year, and Troiano reports similar results.

We can also take a design lesson from the big operations. J.B. Alberto’s Pizza, for example, is a delco unit (offering only delivery or carryout). Since no one spends much time in there or dines inside the unit, how much does the small interior space of the pizzeria matter?

“Last year, I remodeled the carryout area to create a warm and inviting feel with cherry wood and granite countertops,” says Troiano. “Our carry out sales increased 6 percent.”

Statistically, most franchise chains either strongly encourage or require their franchisees to remodel or upgrade interior spaces every fi ve years. Troiano’s results show the importance of this. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 November: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-simple-ideas/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-simple-ideas/ Mushroom Madness Americans love mushrooms on pizza, but they can be delicate and have a relatively short shelf life. Portobello mushrooms add a dense, hearty flavor to pizzas, and they can carry their own as a topping. When shopping, choose ones that are fi rm and dark-brown with no blemishes. When cooked, they turn black […]

The post 2010 November: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Simple IdeasMushroom Madness

Americans love mushrooms on pizza, but they can be delicate and have a relatively short shelf life. Portobello mushrooms add a dense, hearty flavor to pizzas, and they can carry their own as a topping. When shopping, choose ones that are fi rm and dark-brown with no blemishes. When cooked, they turn black –– be sure to trim the stem and use them thinly sliced. Portobellos also make a hearty addition to salads –– they pair especially well with steak!

Surprise!

Health inspectors don’t care if you’re not prepared for their visit. Your best bet? Train your staff to clean as you go. That includes brushing debris and keeping spills off the make line, keeping the kitchen floor free of debris, stacking pans and screens neatly and emptying garbage regularly.

Create a monthly (or bi-monthly) chore cleaning walk-in coolers, dusting shelving, cleaning corners and washing the ovens, hoods, walls, lights and trash cans. These can all be done during slow periods. Finally, keep a vigilant eye for those pesky deductions –– they’re usually an easy fix but can bring a score down quickly. These include improperly stored chemicals, employee drinks on the prep table, improperly labeled containers and incorrectly calibrated meat thermometers.

Finally, if you’re leaving all this to your employees, consider conducting your own surprise inspection. You’ll be able to see who’s on the ball –– and who’s playing dangerously on your home field.

Perfect Peppers

Bell peppers look and taste great as a pizza topping, but if you want to add a gourmet touch to your menu, consider taking one easy step –– sautéing them. It’s easy! Simply place chopped or sliced peppers in a warm pan with olive oil and garlic and cook until soft and limp. You can also blanch peppers in boiling water for two to three minutes. Drain, cool and toss with olive oil. These methods lend a different flavor profile to dishes rather than raw peppers. Give it a try!

Simple Sweets

Americans love their sweets, and a recent NRA survey found that 56 percent of dinner patrons and 30 percent of lunch patrons order dessert in restaurants with per-person checks of more than $25. Since pizzerias check averages often fall below that, pushing desserts can be difficult. One easy way to boost check averages is to add cookies to your menu. You’ve already got an oven –– train your employees to suggest warm, fresh baked cookies when customers place their orders. Stick to one or two varieties (chocolate chip is the top selling snack food in America!), utilize your pizza ovens and watch profit margins soar.

The post 2010 November: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Table Games https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-table-games/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-table-games/ Tables don’t just hold utensils, drinks and food. These important pieces of furniture can also set the right ambiance for your restaurant. “The tables, along with all the furniture, are a piece of your décor package,” says Michelle Bushey, a partner and the creative director at Vision 360, a hospitality design firm in Dallas. “The […]

The post 2010 November: Table Games appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Table GamesTables don’t just hold utensils, drinks and food. These important pieces of furniture can also set the right ambiance for your restaurant.

“The tables, along with all the furniture, are a piece of your décor package,” says Michelle Bushey, a partner and the creative director at Vision 360, a hospitality design firm in Dallas. “The tables bring continuity to the brand.”

It sounds simple enough, but there are many details to consider when you are choosing a tabletop. You have to choose not only whether to go with wood, plastic, metal, or a combination of these, but shapes and sizes are important too. You want to make sure you can fit enough customers during your lunch or dinner rush to keep waiting times to a minimum. At the same time, you need a minimum amount of space between tables in order to meet local ordinances about the number of people you may have at one time in the restaurant.

Most importantly, you want your eatery to look a certain way, and you have to stay within your food and fixtures (FF&E) budget. Michael Solomon, the northeast sales manager for the Web site division of College Point, New York-based Restaurant Depot, recommends 36 inches between tables, and 42 to 48 inches in the main aisle. That leaves enough room for staff and customers to walk, but there is another advantage to having some room between tables. “My biggest concern is flexibility,” he says. “You want to be able to slide tables together to accommodate parties of six or eight.”

He recommends buying tables that are the same width so that they can be pushed together. He doesn’t like round tables, especially drop leaf tables, because they take up too much room.

Michael Nolan, manager of franchise operations for Elkhorn, Nebraska-based Sam and Louie’s New York Pizzeria, says it’s important to choose the right tables to make the place look like a restaurant, not a mess hall. “We use a mixture of tables, booths and banquettes in our locations,” he says. “We also use a combination of square tables, rectangular tables and round tables.”

At Sam and Louie’s 19 locations, the tabletops are laminate covered plywood. “When picking a laminate, it is important to consider the pattern,” he says. “You don’t want something that is too busy. At the same time you typically want to stay away from dark colors and solid colors as they typically show scratches and fingerprints more prominently.”

Phil Hartman, owner of the New York City-based Two Boots Pizza, agrees that the right tables can set the tone for the restaurant. He wanted Two Boots’ ten restaurants to have an old-school vibe, so he chose a laminate called “Cracked Ice,” which he says looks very close to vintage 1950s Formica. “We edge it with ribbed metal trim,” he says. “We also like to intersperse traditional red check tablecloths, which soften the feel of the place.”

Hartman adds that Two Boots Pizza uses cotton tablecloths, “not the polyester ones that linen companies love to foist on us.”

Bushey says some restaurants don’t want to use linens because they are expensive. However, if you do cover your tables with tablecloths, you can get away with buying less pricey table tops that are made of particleboard or plywood covered with vinyl or plastic laminate. “If we have a client that is using tablecloths, we will spec something inexpensive,” Bushey says.

Another important factor is cleaning. “You want to look at it from an operational standpoint. Your staff is going to have to be trained so that they’re not cleaning granite with Windex,” she says.

There are advantages and disadvantages to the various materials. Plastic laminate is easy to clean and it’s among the least expensive tabletop materials. Plastic laminate is often referred to as Formica, but Formica is actually one brand of plastic laminate. There are other brands such as Wilson-Art. Plastic laminate comes in many colors and patterns, and then you can add a metal edge or wood edge.

Kurt Petersen, who owns the restaurant furniture supplier Petersen Furniture in suburban Chicago, says plastic laminate is popular because of the cost, but also because it comes in many patterns, and is durable. “If some kid wants to carve his initials in your table, they can do it in wood or steel, but plastic laminate will make that carving a lot of work,” he says. “It used to be plastic laminate was popular because it stood up against cigarettes.”

Vinyl is also inexpensive. Bushey says one popular choice now is a sort of hybrid of a wood edge with laminate inlay. “It can give you a nice wood feeling but it’s easier to clean, and it cuts down cost.”

Solid wood can be expensive, depending on the wood species and the thickness. “The only caveat with wood is someone has to take care of it,” Petersen says. “You have to keep it clean with mild soap and water and make sure it stays dry.”

Stainless steel, or stainless steel with wood cores, is easy to clean but can be scratched.

Then there is the square corner versus round corner decision. “The square and rectangular tables need to have rounded corners to help protect children’s foreheads,” Nolan says. “They’re still hard, but at least they aren’t sharp, too.”

Bushey says furniture could total 10 to 15 percent of your budget. Table tops can cost anywhere from less than $100 for a 36-inch by 36-inch square made of plastic laminate on particleboard, to about $400 for the same size table top made of plantation grown sustainable Brazilian oak.

The tops are sold separately from the bases. The bases are typically steel or cast iron, and the shapes vary. In general, your customers will likely not see the base, so appearance is less important than whether the base can hold whatever size table top you choose.

Finally, go ahead and make the pizzas as large as you want. “You don’t need larger tables,” Solomon says. “Use a stand.”

Nolan says Sam & Louie’s uses a cake stand. “Of course we call it a pizza stand,” he says. “The pizza is elevated above the table so you have room for your plates, drinks, shakers, etc., even if you have an 18-inch pizza, which most of ours are.” ?

Nora Caley is a freelance writer specializing in food and business topics. She lives in Denver, Colorado.

The post 2010 November: Table Games appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 November: Welcome to Miami! https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-welcome-to-miami/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-november-welcome-to-miami/ PIZZA VOLANTE We saw the blue car (pictured at left) out front and knew we had to stop. When we were served a bubbling hot pizza from a wood-burning oven, we were glad we did. The creations at Pizza Volante occupy the middle ground somewhere between a New York pizza and a Neapolitan pie. Volante […]

The post 2010 November: Welcome to Miami! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
PIZZA VOLANTE

We saw the blue car (pictured at left) out front and knew we had to stop. When we were served a bubbling hot pizza from a wood-burning oven, we were glad we did.

The creations at Pizza Volante occupy the middle ground somewhere between a New York pizza and a Neapolitan pie. Volante refers to its pizza as “Roman-style.” No matter what you call it, we called it well executed and downright tasty.

Opened in 2009, this new neighborhood favorite also offers panini, pasta dishes, and an array of wines. The quarters are a little cramped and spartan (save for the gaudy orange chairs), but Pizza Volante customers aren’t stopping in for comfort.

The wine list is notable because each of its 18 offerings are priced at $18 for the bottle. A night out in the Design District need not break the bank, and that’s always a good thing.

Pizza Volante was our first stop of the day, and what a day it was. We hit Miami early and decided to discover the city’s pizza scene the old-fashioned way — by dropping in unannounced, sampling the fare and taking pictures. How did we find out where to go? We asked locals or simply stopped into places that caught our collective pizza eye — such was the case with Pizza Volante. Sure, you’re going to miss great places when you do it this way. But you also discover the unsung heroes. And don’t worry if you were passed over. We have found that South Florida’s pizza scene has exploded in the past five years. We’ll be back soon to detail it in all its glory from West Palm Beach down through Miami. In the meantime, enjoy the limited roster of hotspots we turned up on our anonymous pizza quest in one of America’s most fashion-forward cities.

ANDIAMO

As unique a pizzeria as one will find, stucturally speaking. The building that houses Andiamo apparently was a carwash in a previous life. As wild as that sounds, the layout is perfect for a pizza parlor: open kitchen, indoor seating, a large spread for outdoor dining.

 

 

 

 

The pizzas here are served on a fluffy, chewy, traditional crust. They’re gourmet, to be sure, and delicious. The “Genovese” features rosemary potatoes, fresh garlic, pancetta, caramelized onions, mozzarella and gorgonzola. The “Vesuvio” is adorned with salami, olives, hot cherry peppers, tomato sauce and mozzarella.

 

 

 

 

Our server recommended the “BBQ Chicken”, so we gave that a whirl. We also dug into the “Mediterraneo,” which is topped with roasted peppers, artichokes, sundried tomatoes, basil pesto and feta cheese. Breadsticks, salads, panini, desserts and Philly cheesesteaks round out the impressive menu.

 

 

 

 

After hitting Pizza Volante and then Andiamo, we were two-for-two in the city’s Design District. From there, we branched out to other parts of Miami — and found more winners along the way.

 

 

 

 

 

CASOLA’S PIZZERIA

Opened in 1982, Casola’s is the exact opposite of the pizzerias you’ll find profiled on the following two pages. A throwback to pizza’s old-school heyday, Casola’s Pizzeria and Sub Shop is a no-frills spot favored by locals who want traditional pizza and pasta dinners. The menu also offers subs, chicken wings, hot dogs, croissants, salads, burgers and desserts.

There’s a little something for everyone here. It’s not as representative of fl ashy Miami as it is of, say, New Jersey … but that’s what makes it stand out in the crowd and keeps local American pizza purists coming back for more.

SPRIS

South Beach’s Lincoln Road is a place to see and be seen. The shopping is good, but the food is even better. Plenty of restaurants line the walk, and there’s al fresco seating galore in this breezy city. Among the throng of dining choices sits Spris, a wood-burning pizzeria that serves thin-crusted beauties. The gourmet pizzas have earned an “excellent” rating from Zagat, and for good reason.

The menu offers creations like the “Carbonara” pizza — tomato sauce, mozzarella, pancetta, sunny-sideup eggs, Parmesan and black pepper. The “Saporita” features tomato sauce, mozzarella, spicy Italian salami, gorgonzola, capers, Kalamata olives and garlic.

From there, the offerings branch out to a number of appetizers, focaccia, bruschetta, salad, panini, woodbaked sandwiches and calzones. Draft and bottled beers, sparkling waters and a selection of wines help push check averages up.

In its review of Spris, Miami.com called the restaurant one of the most popular and affordable dining destinations on trendy Lincoln Road. Isn’t that what pizza is all about, no matter how fancy you decide to get with it?

SOSTA

Also located on Lincoln Road, Sosta Pizzeria Enoteca is another trendy establishment with a typical Miami twist. Here, the pizzas are gourmet and priced to sell. The marinara pie goes for just $8.50, while the house favored Sosta pizza is priced at $15 (sun-dried tomato spreads, mozzarella, burratta cheese, prosciutto).

The unique calling card at Sosta is the dessert menu, which offers everything at the set price of $6.50. In all, eight delectable dishes ranging from cheesecake with strawberry sauce to Pizza alla Nutella tempt sweet-toothed diners. Four dessert wines and an espresso lineup complement the fine finishes and give patrons of Sosta something to write home about.

Plus, the regular wine list is quite extensive for a pizzeria. It features champagne and prosecco, two rose wines and a battery of whites and reds. With selections from around the globe, it’s easy to choose a winner at Sosta.

In a sophisticated, fashionable city like Miami, what else would you expect?

PIZZA RUSTICA

Pizza Rustica also has roots on Lincoln Road in South Beach, but its product differs greatly from the competition. Baked in oversized rectangular pans, the crust here is thicker and the fare is heartier than found elsewhere in the vicinity.

 

 

The pies are cut into large rectangular slices and served with toppings piled high. Founder Pino Piroso opened Pizza Rustica in 1996. Since then, the company has expanded to 19 locations throughout the United States and France. There are 10 Pizza Rusticas in Florida, one in Arkansas, three in California, one in Michigan, one in South Carolina and three in Paris, France. Two more stores — one in Texas, one in Ohio — are set to open soon.

Pizza Rustica has gotten its fair share of press over the years. Expect that to continue as the company grows through franchising and expands its presence in both the United States and Europe alike.

The post 2010 November: Welcome to Miami! appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Il Pizzaiolo: Lui Lui https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-il-pizzaiolo-lui-lui/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-il-pizzaiolo-lui-lui/ It was a cold, dreary day when Pizza Today visited Nashua, New Hampshire, last spring. Outside, a torrential downpour made the streets slick and dark. But inside two-story Lui Lui, the company’s oversized wood-burning oven took center stage, making the restaurant as warm and inviting as proprietor Eric Roberts himself. Here, comfort food, smiling faces […]

The post 2010 October: Il Pizzaiolo: Lui Lui appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Il Pizzaiolo: Lui LuiIt was a cold, dreary day when Pizza Today visited Nashua, New Hampshire, last spring. Outside, a torrential downpour made the streets slick and dark. But inside two-story Lui Lui, the company’s oversized wood-burning oven took center stage, making the restaurant as warm and inviting as proprietor Eric Roberts himself. Here, comfort food, smiling faces and ample drinks reign, and it seemed to be just the ticket for the diners lining the cozy booths on such a rainy afternoon.

 

 

The first Lui Lui opened in 1991 in West Lebanon, New Hampshire, in what seemed to be a doomed location –– an old mill where several other restaurant attempts had failed. Roberts, along with a couple of partners, saw potential, namely a lack of homemade Italian food in the area. It wasn’t enough to simply offer pizza and pasta –– atmosphere, they believed, was also key to success. Why pizza? “Everybody loves it,” Roberts says. “You grow up with it. And, it was fun. I went to Italy, I toured around there and had some great pizza. It was just something that I knew and loved, and felt comfortable with. “We hired over a hundred people to open that store, and it’s been a hit ever since.”

Five years later, the second location opened in Nashua (a suburb of Manchester) on a busy highway populated mainly by big chains. “There are very few independent restaurants here,” Roberts says. “It was another risk, another gamble. How were we going to fare among all these big national chains?”

Apparently well. Today, the two-unit concept is slated to earn $6 million in sales.

Central to the restaurants are their wood-burning ovens. The Nashua oven was built by mason Peter Moore in Vermont; the 10-foot, 10-ton behemoth is supported by steel I-beams in the basement. “Every brick is cut by hand,” Roberts says, scrupulously eyeing the flames inside. “The oven is so well-insulated. It’s a showpiece.” (The West Lebanon oven is painted to resemble a tomato and is supported by concrete.) There’s no thermostat and no gas –– these babies are fueled purely by wood (kiln-dried at $400 a cord), requiring the pizzaioli to learn them inside and out. “The reason we buy kiln-dried is because it is super dried and burns cleanly,” Roberts adds. “When it goes in the oven, it lights right away. This oven will stay hot for three days.” Why are the ovens so crucial to Lui Lui’s atmosphere? “If we were going to do pizza, we wanted to do it as close to authentic as we could, and show people that we meant business,” Roberts explains. “We weren’t going to have an oven in the back kitchen where no one could see. We wanted exhibition cooking to show people the fresh ingredients that we prepare and how clean everything is. We’re sticklers for quality and cleanliness, and we have nothing to hide.”

Cross-training is important to Lui Lui, and Roberts says employees will train as long as needed in an area. Managers at each store “are trained at least a week in every single area, so that every manager can help out if needed,” he adds. In all, Lui Lui employs 150.

And, it takes a small army to pull off Lui Lui’s emphasis on fresh food. Here, bread is made from scratch, as are soups, salad dressings, croutons and sauces. Of course, dough is made in-house daily, as are decadent desserts such as tiramisu, cannoli and Sicilian chocolate mousse. Why not outsource the one menu component most restaurants do? “The quality and, again, being on a strip with all these chain restaurants, we’ve got to differentiate ourselves,” Roberts says. “In the 14 years we’ve been open, there have been over 15 new restaurants that have come into the area. And we’ve still survived. … We feel like we owe it to our customers to give them the best that we can –– as much as we can make here, in house.”

They use fresh pasta –– such as ravioli, fettuccine and linguini –– sourced from a company in Boston as well as some dried varieties imported from Italy. In fact, Roberts and his team go a step further when it comes to sourcing products –– they actually visit the plants where their products are made. “We build relationships,” Roberts says. “We’re not out there to find the lowest price, no matter who we buy from.”

That keen attention to detail is paying off. They’ve won accolades at the state and local level –– including “Best of” awards for the restaurants’ Caesar salad and childrens’ menu –– as a result of their quality control.

Aside from the food is Lui Lui’s drink menu. Sure, there’s beer and wine, but a full bar is available “so we can cater to everyone,” Roberts says. “If someone does not want a beer or a glass of wine, there’s a menu of drinks that they can sort of create with all those different spirits and add-ons. It’s a lot like making pizza. The glass is a canvas for whatever you can come up with. We do bellinis with fresh peach puree. (We use) fresh-squeezed juices and … marinate fruits in rum and vodka.”

Happy Hour (from 2 to 6 p.m. daily) is a big ticket add-on ––the company sells more than 1,000 $2 margaritas a week.

Popular dishes include the chicken and proscuitto marsala ($12.99), the Caesar Pizza ($10.99 –– purchased often as an appetizer), the best-selling Marcherita Pizza ($10.99/ $18.99) and the stunning seafood cioppino (shrimp, lobster, clams and mussels in a slightly spicy seafood broth served with fresh linguine for $21.50).

In the last year, an under-$10 menu was added that helped the company’s check average rise. “We lowered prices, and people seemed to order more food,” Roberts says.

Although Lui Lui uses high-end ingredients, Roberts says they are able to keep food costs down by using a computer software program that ties in food costs with their point-of-sale system, a major expense that they initially held off purchasing. “That’s how we’re able to maintain our quality, but we were also able to increase portions because we’re saving money on the other end,” he adds. “We’re able to track it, where before, we were just throwing money away.”

Still, Roberts is also not afraid to spend money on marketing. He’s done radio, television and direct mail, but says that fishbowl e-mail marketing (customers fi ll out a form and drop it into a fish bowl) and having his managers deliver menus to local businesses are cost effective and efficient. “The customers can put a face to it,” he says. “It’s not just something arriving in their mailbox.”

Television was especially effective after the Nashua location suffered a crippling blow following a Christmas Day pipe burst that closed the store for several months (see sidebar on page 77).

For those who have ordered a large carryout order, “We’ll call back and ask how everything was,” Roberts adds. “We encourage managers to visit tables when people come in, and (encourage them to) try things they’ve never had before.” That’s a level of personalization that also sets Lui Lui apart from its big-box chains.

With a steady business already in the Manchester region, could more Lui Lui locations spring up? Roberts says they’ve been approached to franchise, but “our feeling was ‘are we going to lose some of the control?’ ” he says. They hope to grow regionally while promoting from within. Although there are no immediate plans for future locations, Roberts says they’ll strike when the right location hits in the right market. For now, being a technicolor independent in a sea of bland chains feels just right. ?

Ensured by Insurance

Last Christmas, owner Eric Roberts found the Lui Lui Nashua location awash in water after a sprinkler pipe froze and burst. Four to five inches of water ran down the steps and out the front door, and part of the ceiling had collapsed. Both the sprinkler and the lighting systems were ruined.

Within two hours, the company’s insurance company sent a team to start cleaning up the mess. The next day, contractors were on the scene.

“If ever there was an ad for having the right insurance coverage, it’s us,” Roberts says. “For all these business owners who think that premiums are high, we would not have been able to re-open if we didn’t heed the advice of our insurance agent.

“It took two-and-a-half months to put the restaurant back together better than it was in the beginning.”

During that time, they paid all of their employees and managers and the insurance company helped them set up a temporary office –– especially important for fielding phone calls from customers who had bought holiday gift cards and believed that the restaurant had shut down.

With insurance, they advertised that they would be re-open and were able to bring points of concern up to current code standards. “Any business owner out there, you’ve got to have it,” Roberts advises. “We didn’t plan on this. In our wildest dreams, we never could have imagined something of this magnitude.”

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor of PIZZA TODAY.

The post 2010 October: Il Pizzaiolo: Lui Lui appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: On Tour https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-on-tour/ Wed, 06 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-on-tour/ In the July issue of Pizza Today, Editor-in-Chief Jeremy White asked the question, “is pizza fast food?” He then answered with a resounding no, laying out his argument as to why pizza is anything but fast food. Not long after the commentary was published, the letters and e-mails came pouring in. Pizzeria operators from across […]

The post 2010 October: On Tour appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: On TourIn the July issue of Pizza Today, Editor-in-Chief Jeremy White asked the question, “is pizza fast food?” He then answered with a resounding no, laying out his argument as to why pizza is anything but fast food. Not long after the commentary was published, the letters and e-mails came pouring in. Pizzeria operators from across the country, independents and chains alike, applauded the column. It seems the industry was ready for a rally cry.

At about the same time, Matt McClellan, owner of Tour de Pizza in St. Petersburg, Florida, was on a mission of his own. He wanted to educate America about pizza’s positive attributes. To do this, he hopped on a bike and hit the road. Cycling much of the way from St. Petersburg to New York City, McClellan stopped in at dozens of pizzerias up the East Coast and held press conferences in which he touted pizza as part of an overall balanced diet. Pizza Today publisher Pete Lachapelle pedaled part of the way with McClellan, and the aforementioned White, along with Pizza Today Art Director Josh Keown and Web Developer Dennis Wyatt, also made appearances on the Tour.

“I got tired of people at my local gym calling pizza junk food,” says McClellan. “I wanted to prove that you could eat pizza and be healthy. So I went on a 30-day pizza diet and still lost weight and lowered my cholesterol.”

Adds White: “It’s time to change pizza’s fast food image. Pizza clearly is not fast food. Period.” White argues that America’s pizzerias make their products to order, whereas fast food restaurants have items ready at all times.

“At a fast food restaurant, you pick a number from a menu board and are handed your meal 30 seconds later,” says White. “At a pizzeria, you customize your meal and then wait 15 to 20 minutes while the staff makes your order fresh. The dough is typically fresh and made in-house. The sauce has typically been customized. The pizza is baked fresh and served fresh and piping hot. It’s convenient, but it sure isn’t fast. Nor should it be. Quality takes time.”

White says operators should take a cue from the Tour de Pizza and host their own media event. There’s no better advertising than free news press, he says.

“You don’t have to cycle hundreds or thousands of miles to be newsworthy,” he suggests. “Small, local newspapers across the country are starving for good stories. What have you done recently that is newsworthy? If nothing comes to mind, plan an event now. Start a fundraiser for a local elementary school or create a fun contest. Then send a press release to the local features or business editor. Tell them what you’re doing and why it will benefit the community. If it isn’t purely self-serving, the press will most likely be interested.”

In fact, says White, October is a perfect time to go after local press. It’s National Pizza Month. “That’s a story of immediate interest,” says White. “Send local newspapers and radio stations a pizza and a press release. The headline should read: ‘Pizza XYZ Celebrates National Pizza Month by Raising Money for Local Children’s Hospital.’ Whatever your promotion is, tie it in to National Pizza Month. Tell the press that for one weekend in October, or the whole month, or one day — whatever works for you — that you’ll donate ‘X’ percent of your sales to a local organization as your way of celebrating National Pizza Month. That’s the type of story that draws interest from editors.”

Don’t forget, when you do get press, to mention that pizza is not fast food — it’s something more substantial and wholesome. It’s a message the public should hear, says White. , “Some of pizza’s key attributes are convenience and price,” says White. “Ironically, those characteristics have helped put pizza into the fast food corner in the eyes of many. If you think about it, that’s what pizza and fast food have in common — convenience and affordability. But price and value should not be confused: price is what you pay; value is what you get. Let’s face it, pizza provides much more value than fast food. Few would argue that. But the industry hasn’t done a very good job of driving that point home. It’s time that happens.” Start by taking a look at some of pizzas benefits, says White. Take lycopenes, for example.

“Lycopenes are extraordinarily good for the human body — and tomatoes are a tremendous source of lycopenes,” says White. “Lycopenes are powerful antioxidants that have been shown to reduce the risk of prostate cancer and protect against heart disease. Your pizza sauce is full of lycopenes. Do your customers know that?”

Pizza also contains plenty of calcium. And while it is true that pizza is high in fat and sodium, it can fit into an overall balanced diet. “I eat pizza all the time, but I manage to stay thin and have good cholesterol,” says White. “The key is that I exercise daily and balance my meals. If I know I’m having three slices of pizza for dinner, I make sure I have a salad or plenty of vegetables and fruits for lunch. It isn’t a difficult equation. If you burn more calories than you take in, you’re not going to gain weight.” While most people assume pizza constitutes a high calorie meal, the fact is that balancing vegetables and protein and cutting the cheese portion a bit can make all the difference. In fact, says White, most people eat far more calories in other types of restaurants and don’t know it.

“Part of the problem is that many restaurants are afraid to publish their nutritional information,” he says. “They know the news isn’t good, so they opt not to share it with customers. As a result, most people really have no idea what they’re taking in when they go out to eat. They tend to grossly underestimate the number of calories and fat.”

For example, “typically, ballpark, two slices of pepperoni pizza will equal right around 700 calories,” White says. “That may sound bad. But compare it to other meals out there, and you’ll see that what an average customer might eat elsewhere actually adds up to more calories. Spaghetti and meatballs at Olive Garden, for example, takes you over 1,000 calories, according to Olive Garden’s Web site.

“Go to many casual dining restaurants, like Outback Steakhouse or Applebees or Ruby Tuesday, and there’s a really good chance your meal will go over 1,000 calories. Even the Mediterranean Veggie Sandwich at Panera Bread is 610 calories. Have a side item with that and you’re over 700 calories.” ?

The post 2010 October: On Tour appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-a-pizza-my-mind/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-a-pizza-my-mind/ I heat my home with wood. I have a boiler backup system, but firewood is a natural byproduct of living in the middle of 40 acres in the forest. Wood fires need attention; nature abhors a vacuum. When the fire burns down to coals, I either watch the flames go out or stir things up […]

The post 2010 October: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: A Pizza My MindI heat my home with wood. I have a boiler backup system, but firewood is a natural byproduct of living in the middle of 40 acres in the forest. Wood fires need attention; nature abhors a vacuum. When the fire burns down to coals, I either watch the flames go out or stir things up by adding a little fresh air and fuel into the chamber.

I’ve consulted with dozens of mature pizzerias this year. They have been in business for years. Many are landmarks in their markets. Many of them report same or declining sales and are feeling the pinch of the recession. Owners are scratching their heads trying to figure out what has happened. These aren’t the good old days.

Three very recent events are top of mind this issue, and are driving this article. The first event was a quick assignment for a client back in my old ‘hood of Detroit. I spent the day with a young couple in the store their family opened when I was a teenager. I still remember this mini-chain and how busy they were. The pizzas were made with love and everyone smiled. All the way to the bank.

Those days are a memory of days gone by. The stark reality in the current economy: what used to be a money machine in bygone years has dried up. The second-generation owners are slowly dying a death from a thousand small cuts. They are struggling to make their monthly payments to Papa and Mama for their retirement. I see this scenario from coast to coast. So many places are frozen in times gone by.

I recently pondered a quote attributed to Fred DeLuca, founder of Subway Restaurants. It was thought provoking: “The world doesn’t stand still, and we don’t deserve to be where we are unless we stay ahead of things and take the necessary steps to remain competitive.”

His second quote hit a nerve as well: “I tell my team all the time, ‘The biggest chain in the world used to be Howard Johnson. Now no one eats at a Howard Johnson.’ ”

I had the opportunity to go back to pizza school this summer. I enrolled to spend a week in San Francisco at Tony Gemignani’s International School of Pizza. I really didn’t know the first thing about true Neopolitan or Classic Italian Style other than the fact that I fell in love with them the first time I went to Italy. I tried to duplicate these pies unsuccessfully. After years of trial and error, I gave up and stuck to what I knew.

Yet, while in San Francisco, Tony walked a small class through the hands-on as well as book theory. What an enlightening time. Our class cleared out of the kitchen when the customers started to come in. Tony’s staff took over and almost effortlessly created hundreds of masterpieces.

Fred DeLuca nailed it. Be proactive in your thinking, or your customers will one day abandon you. You are only as good as your last hit record. When is the last time you wowed your customers with anything they could get excited about, other than a $2 off coupon?

If you and your menu are burned out, like my wood stove, feed the fi re. I’m your customer; amaze me.?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 October: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-commentary/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-commentary/ Last month, in our annual “Event in Print” issue, Big Dave Ostrander floated ideas pizzeria operators could use to promote National Pizza Month. Not only is October National Pizza Month, but it also ends with one of our industry’s five most important sales days — Halloween. For me, Halloween has always been a special day. […]

The post 2010 October: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: CommentaryLast month, in our annual “Event in Print” issue, Big Dave Ostrander floated ideas pizzeria operators could use to promote National Pizza Month. Not only is October National Pizza Month, but it also ends with one of our industry’s five most important sales days — Halloween.

For me, Halloween has always been a special day. Some of my fondest childhood memories are of dressing up as a vampire or football player and trick-or-treating. When I take my two boys trick-or-treating, I think I have as much fun as they do.

Considering Halloween means big-time pizza sales, I’m guessing you feel the same way about the holiday. Which is why I hope you took Big Dave’s September article to heart and have implemented some of his suggestions. There’s no reason National Pizza Month can’t be your biggest sales month of the year if you take the right steps. So, if you missed Big Dave’s article from our September issue, go to PizzaToday.com and read it in our digital archives. It will help you make sure every October is a great one.

Speaking of PizzaToday.com, we have big plans for it in the works. We are in the middle of a massive overhaul of the Web site. You may recall us totally revamping it about two years ago, and that move has served both us and our readers well. But now it’s time to build upon that foundation and continue evolving the site. We’re going to provide more organic editorial content on PizzaToday.com than ever before.

Simultaneously, we are also working on a redesign of the magazine. It’s been a few years since we’ve updated our look, so it’s time to push the envelope a bit. I’m excited about what our designers are putting together, and I can’t wait until you see the new layout beginning in January. My sincere hope is that it helps you improve your business more than ever.

While we’re on the subject of self-improvement, one of the keys to any business — whether it focuses on publishing or foodservice — is to constantly progress and never rest on your laurels. As the old cliché goes, the only constant in life is change.

Ask yourself right now, “When was the last time I made a change for the better in my pizzeria?” If it’s been a while, get started now — before your competition steals away your customers.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief

jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 October: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-dough-doctor/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-dough-doctor/ Q: I’ve heard you mention that the dough should be mixed to a specific temperature. Do you arrive at this temperature by varying the dough mixing time?       A: The finished dough temperature is varied by making adjustments to the temperature of the water added to the dough. Colder water results in a […]

The post 2010 October: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Dough DoctorQ: I’ve heard you mention that the dough should be mixed to a specific temperature. Do you arrive at this temperature by varying the dough mixing time?

 

 

 

A: The finished dough temperature is varied by making adjustments to the temperature of the water added to the dough. Colder water results in a lower finished dough temperature, and warmer water results in a higher finished dough temperature. For the most part, the dough mixing time will be a constant once you have determined the correct mixing time for your specific dough. For most applications, we recommend a finished dough temperature in the 80 to 85 degree range. This is assuming your kitchen area will have a room temperature in the 70 to 80 F range. Cooler or warmer kitchens may require a slightly warmer or colder temperature range.

There are two common ways to calculate the correct water temperature needed to arrive at a predetermined finished dough temperature. One is the procedure given out by Lesaffre/Red Star Yeast Corporation. This formula simply requires that you subtract the fl our temperature from 145, with the answer being the correct water temperature to use.

The other is a little different in that there are more factors involved, and it goes as follows: three times the desired finished dough temperature, minus the sum of the fl our temperature, room temperature, and friction factor (while this can be calculated, for your specific dough size and mixer, most people who use this method just plug in the number 30 for the friction factor when a planetary type mixer is used). The result is the recommended water temperature. In either case, the finished dough temperature will be close to, or at, the targeted finished dough temperature, and a slight adjustment in the water temperature may still be required to zero in on the desired temperature. When making changes to the water temperature, we recommend that you change it in 5 F increments, either up or down, as necessary.

I keep hearing all these different views on how pizza dough should be mixed. What is your recommendation? Pizza dough, unlike bread dough, should be under mixed to some extent. The under mixing of the dough results in incomplete gluten development, which in turn helps to make the dough a little easier to ball. It also contributes to a more open, coarse crumb structure in the finished/baked crust. Excessive mixing of the dough can result in a tough, rubbery dough consistency while you’re trying to round the scaled dough pieces into balls. But, even worse, it can also result in a finer, more bread-like finished crumb structure in the baked crust. From a personal perspective, I think the only time it is desirable to fully develop the gluten structure in pizza dough is when you are going to produce frozen dough. In that application, you will find that fully developed dough will have improved freezer tolerance and longer shelf life if the gluten is more fully developed.

The best way to ascertain proper dough/gluten development in pizza dough is through visual appearance of the dough during mixing. Near perfect dough development can be achieved by mixing the dough just until it takes on a smooth, satiny appearance. At that point, you can stop mixing and be confident that the dough is properly mixed for 90 percent of our applications.

Another, and probably a little more accurate method of assessing proper dough development is to remove a hen’s-egg piece of dough from the mixer and form it into a ball. Then, bending the fingers of both hands inward at the second knuckle, bring your hands together so the back of your fingers are touching. Orient the dough ball so it is on top of your finger tips, and bring your thumbs down to capture the dough ball between your finger tips and thumbs. Now, roll your hands downward, causing your thumbs to pull on the dough ball, stretching the skin. If the dough skin shows signs of tearing, you might want to mix the dough a little longer. If it doesn’t tear, the dough is properly mixed.

Because of the under-mixed nature of a pizza dough, it really doesn’t make much difference if we achieve the dough development using low or medium speed on the mixer. It just takes less time if we can use medium speed.

At the last Pizza Expo I heard you mention that it isn’t necessary to put the yeast (compressed) into the water to dissolve before adding the fl our and other ingredients. If you don’t do this, how will it get mixed into the dough?

Compressed yeast, a.k.a. fresh yeast, is actually best added directly to the fl our, much in the same way that instant dry yeast (IDY) is added. It actually goes into the dough quite easily, with very little mixing action required. The only time that I ever recommend suspending the compressed yeast in the water is when a VCM type of mixer is used. In this case, the mixing time is so short, measured in seconds, that suspending it in the water is the only sure way to ensure that it is thoroughly and uniformly distributed throughout the dough.

The same recommendation is made when making a cracker type dough, again for the same reason. In this case, the mixing time is even shorter, typically a minute or less, and in this specific case, we go so far as to recommend that the salt, sugar and yeast are all added to the water in the mixing bowl and stirred together for a few seconds prior to adding the flour.

This is one of the few times when I ever recommend mixing the yeast, salt and sugar (if used) together in the water, but it’s the only way to get them evenly distributed throughout the dough in view of the very short mixing time. It isn’t so much a matter of the salt and sugar immediately damaging the yeast and impairing its ability to ferment a dough; but, rather, if the salt, sugar and yeast are allowed to set in the mixing bowl for an extended period of time before the fl our is added and the mixing procedure started (like that never happens), there is a probability that the yeast can be damaged. The result would be a softer-than expected dough consistency, unwanted dough stickiness — and possibly a reduction in refrigerated shelf life. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2010 October: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-five-questions/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-five-questions/ Marilyn Mayberry heads Iowa-based Pizza Ranch’s development team. The Western-themed buffet concept operates 151 stores in nine states, and it has plans to open up to 14 new locations this year despite a tough economical climate.         Q. Pizza Ranch is slated to open more than a dozen stores. Why such an […]

The post 2010 October: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Five QuestionsMarilyn Mayberry heads Iowa-based Pizza Ranch’s development team. The Western-themed buffet concept operates 151 stores in nine states, and it has plans to open up to 14 new locations this year despite a tough economical climate.

 

 

 

 

Q. Pizza Ranch is slated to open more than a dozen stores. Why such an aggressive growth plan?

A. We are projecting to have a 10-percent store growth, which would be 14 stores. … I just think it’s a healthy growth. There’s a lot of excitement around our brand and it’s a unique concept with great-tasting food. We have an unrivaled guest experience that is fun, and it appeals to a broad range of guests. The big part about our concept is we’re so received in communities because we really want to support the communities of which we are a part.

Q. Why expand in a time when many companies are tightening the reigns?

A. We are franchise derived. We have all 151 restaurants franchised. We are doing well. We continue to have interest in expansion, so it’s not like we’re going to turn that down.

Q. As you grow, how important is consistency across the brand?

A. Consistency is very important, and we have standards in place. We work very hard to provide that consistent experience, whether it is in the food, the guest experience or the décor because, yeah — consistency is what franchising expects.

Q. You are focusing on Midwestern expansion. Are there future plans to expand outside of that region?

A. We would like to grow out from the states that we’re in. There are some states that we’re going to have opportunities for development, but as we continue to grow, we will expand out from where we are.

Q. Pizza Ranch’s concept combines pizza with menu items not typically found in a pizzeria. Why such diversity?

A. People do rave about our fried chicken. With a name like ‘Pizza Ranch,’ you may not expect to find chicken on the menu, but word soon got out. … That is trademarked. To accompany that part of the buffet, we have vegetables and potatoes. People love that, but of course they love our pizza. The salad bar is just beautiful. We have lots of choices. We do offer quarterly changes of our featured salads … and we have a featured pizza as well. … By popular demand, some of the featured pizzas become regular menu items. So, yeah, it’s a buffet concept, but it’s so much more.

The post 2010 October: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Interior Landscaping https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-interior-landscaping/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-interior-landscaping/ Interior landscaping –– the use of plants and perhaps even elements like a fountain –– can add instant atmosphere to a restaurant. Rooms with greenery are warm and appealing, fostering a sense of well-being that in turn contributes to the bottom line, says Todd Ferguson, managing director for Ambius, an interior landscaping and design fi […]

The post 2010 October: Interior Landscaping appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Interior LandscapingInterior landscaping –– the use of plants and perhaps even elements like a fountain –– can add instant atmosphere to a restaurant. Rooms with greenery are warm and appealing, fostering a sense of well-being that in turn contributes to the bottom line, says Todd Ferguson, managing director for Ambius, an interior landscaping and design fi rm. “Diners are looking for ambiance in restaurants … and plants add to that,” he points out. “And when people stay longer and feel more comfortable, they’re more likely to order dessert or that extra drink.”

 

 

Greenery can also enhance diners’ comfort by reducing background noise. Experts say that plants make the biggest difference in areas that are “acoustically live,” meaning they contain many hard surfaces that sound bounces off of (as opposed to carpeting, heavy curtains or upholstered furniture, which absorb sound better).

In addition, a growing body of research shows that live plants bring benefits beyond the aesthetic. Studies performed at both Texas A&M University and Washington State University found that a plantfilled environment lowered workplace stress (as measured by employees’ blood pressure readings) while increasing worker productivity and problem solving skills. And plants are also natural air purifiers: a 1989 NASA study concluded that certain common houseplants like ivy and palms can remove up to 87 percent of indoor pollutants — including benzene and formaldehyde — within 24 hours.

Selecting and arranging plant material takes a bit of know-how; variables to consider include existing light levels, container size and type, and the effect plant placement will have on traffic patterns. Spiro Alexandrides, franchise owner of two Double Dave’s Pizzaworks locations, opted for a professionally designed plantscape in his Euless, Texas, store. “We thought about doing it on our own, but didn’t think we could do a good enough job,” he says. Rather than individual plants, the dining area now contains six long, rectangular planters that are filled with several varieties of plants for a lush, multi-tiered appearance. “The design helps divide the restaurant into cozier areas,” Alexandrides explains. “It really adds a lot of character, and it literally changed the restaurant once they installed the planters.” He also relies on a professional service to care for the plants, watering and fertilizing as necessary, and keeping the leaves free from dust — a maintenance chore that is often overlooked, to the detriment of plant health and appearance.

Ferguson advises that a professional plant scape service can be especially useful for restaurants with dim lighting, where do-it yourself plant installations may be destined to fail. Yet many restaurant managers report they do fine without professional horticultural oversight. At Chris’ Pizza House in Atlanta, booths and tables line the perimeter of the restaurant, while the center contains a multitude of clustered house plants in all sizes, thriving under a large skylight. A fountain (no longer operational) contributes to the air of a Mediterranean terrace. Manager Akbar Faiz says he got the design idea 25 years ago from magazine pictures of open-air restaurants in Greece. The kitchen staff waters the plants and handles the relatively infrequent need for repotting, but overall it’s the abundance of natural light that keeps them healthy, says Faiz.

Luciano Italian Restaurant & Pizzeria in Herndon, Virginia, contains over 100 potted plants. Many are low-light tolerant vines, like philodendron, that are trained on lattice suspended from the ceiling so that patrons feel like they’re dining under an arbor. More plants line the windowsills and sit on the floor in front of windows. “My busboy takes care of the plants; he knows what he’s doing,” says manager Patrick Noonan.

Surprisingly enough, a restaurateur can expect to budget much less for live greenery than for artwork or cut fl owers. Do-it-yourselfers may spend several hundred dollars up front to fi ll a dining room with plants, but ongoing costs to maintain and replace plants are negligible. “We spend perhaps $200 a year,” estimates Faiz.

At Double Dave’s, Alexandrides eliminated upfront costs of owning plants outright by contracting with a professional fi rm on a monthly fee arrangement, paying only $60 a month. “It’s a very nominal amount,” he says, “and for what these guys do, this is a no-brainer. They take care of all the plants and replace them if there are problems. They do a very good job.” He notes that he can also upgrade his existing contract at any time to add more plants or seasonal color.

Ferguson concurs that by contracting with a professional firm, a small restaurant can easily keep costs as low as $100 a month for either live greenery or replica plants (silk or plastic). “People often think there’s a cost savings with replica plants, and there might potentially be some, but a silk plant needs to be cleaned regularly, maybe more so than a live plant. So there are costs involved with maintaining, cleaning and replacing replica plants,” he says. ?

Green Walls = Hot Trend
The hottest new trend in interior landscaping is the use of green walls – vertical spaces that are covered with vegetation.

In New York City, Pizza by Cer té uses two living walls to further its image as a “green” pizzeria emphasizing recyclable materials and sustainability. One is made up of general plants, but the other is a two-foot wide swath of basil, oregano and thyme that brings a new slant to locally grown produce. “We use the herbs in our pizza,” says manager Miguel Palma. “People know it’s fresh because you can see it growing here. We don’t use any food in cans.”

According to Todd Ferguson of Ambius, an interior landscaping fi rm, modern technology makes the vertical gardens possible. A system of modular panels holds plants, as well as the growing medium and even the irrigation system. “It’s computer driven, to deliver the right amount of moisture to each panel in the wall,” he explains.

Hilda Brucker is an Atlanta-based freelancer who often writes about plants and horticulture. She’s been published in many consumer and trade magazines and she blogs about gardening at www.gadaboutmedia.com and www.bluestonegarden.com.

The post 2010 October: Interior Landscaping appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-marketing-matters/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-marketing-matters/ A community is a group of interacting humans sharing an environment. In communities, a number of conditions may be present and common, thus affecting the identity and cohesiveness of the community. Where does your business factor into your community? Here’s what a few well-known individuals have to say about the concept of community.   “If […]

The post 2010 October: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Marketing MattersA community is a group of interacting humans sharing an environment. In communities, a number of conditions may be present and common, thus affecting the identity and cohesiveness of the community. Where does your business factor into your community? Here’s what a few well-known individuals have to say about the concept of community.

 

“If the community is happy, then they support your business. And if your business is doing well, then you can give back even more to the community.” – NBA star, Magic Johnson.

“You can have everything in life that you want if you will just help enough other people get what they want.” – Zig Ziglar, author and businessman.

“When it comes to anything that’s social, whether it’s your family, your school, your community, your business or your country, winning is a team sport.” – Bill Clinton, former US President.

Politicians, athletes and businessmen agree that community and business form a powerful alliance that equates into a win-win situation for all. How can your business contribute to the happiness of the community? How can you harness the power of community marketing?

Papa Murphy’s franchisee Scott Bauer owns eight units based in Northern California. Three years ago, Bauer participated in a community event where he sold his product and then donated the profits to the local recreation department. Okay … so the recreation department is happy, but what about Bauer?

“This event really opened our eyes to the power of having potential customers coming up to our booth and tasting our product,” he says. “The feeling of talking and promoting our product to potential customers outside the confines of our store was exciting.”

Bauer now participates in at least 36 annual events benefiting his community. As a result, brand awareness escalates. Subsequently, sales are up about 4 percent in the midst of a recession. Bauer now touts an excellence award for his marketing based on local involvement, dedication to brand and giving back to the community.

Evan G. Evans, Vice President of Field Marketing and Corporate Communications for Papa Murphy’s, encourages franchisees to spend about 20 percent of their marketing time and budget on community events. Evans says that “Local store marketing is a must; community and business need to come together. This affords the opportunity for consumers to taste the quality and understand the value of our product.”

While I get tired just thinking of what goes into hosting an event, I concur with Evans and Bauer that working alongside your community is an excellent and rewarding way to market your business.

Executive director of the Punxsutawney Area Community Center, Rob McCoy, says: “A few years ago I would go to Fox’s a few times, here and there, until I got to know the owner and all they had to offer.” As the owner of Fox’s Pizza Den, I stay attuned to ideas that I can implement in my community. While reading Pizza Today’s online bulletin boards I came across an idea about teaming up with a local organization to sell more pizzas. Basically, you set a goal and offer to donate $1 per pizza sold if the goal is met. My association with McCoy and the PACC convinced me to try this. Together we created ‘Eat a Pizza – Make a Difference’. In one week I doubled my pizza sales and generated enough profit to donate $2 per pizza sold.

Ziglar’s quote earlier in this article is one of my favorites — because it works. I have put it to the test many times.

Businessmen often hesitate to embrace the rewards of giving. Open your eyes of understanding. View such community interaction as a program to earn the respect and loyalty of your market. Bauer sees his time and investment at local events not as mere charity, but as marketing dollars well spent. Try it yourself and see what happens. You’ll be glad you did. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 October: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-simple-ideas/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-october-simple-ideas/ Wine & Dine ‘em If you have a wine list, then perhaps you are schooled in the fine art of pricing. Diners in this lean economical atmosphere are looking for ways to maintain luxuries –– such as dining out –– without busting their wallets. Spirits are one of the first items often to go –– […]

The post 2010 October: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 October: Simple IdeasWine & Dine ‘em

If you have a wine list, then perhaps you are schooled in the fine art of pricing. Diners in this lean economical atmosphere are looking for ways to maintain luxuries –– such as dining out –– without busting their wallets. Spirits are one of the first items often to go –– but it doesn’t have to be. If you’re offering wines on the low-end, price around three times up, and double on the high end. Aim for $5 to $9 per glass –– that won’t break the bank for diners but will pad checks. Also, some operators have found success offering a weekly or monthly bottle special under $10 to $15. Work with your distributor.

Ahhh, Bacon!

Bacon products –– yes, including flavored lip glosses and shaped Band-Aids –– have taken America by storm. If you’re using it in-house, remember that the lean-to-fat ratio is critical. It should be even, around 50- to 60-percent, for the best flavor profile. Consider crumbling it on salads, using diced bacon as garnish and in white sauces for a salty finish.

Security Alert

Do your employees wear gloves? If so, both you and your staff could be lulled into a false sense of security. More than once, we’ve seen cashiers in gloves put money into the cash register, turn around and start preparing food. Train your staff to replace gloves when soiled, torn or if they touch any part of their bodies. Staying conscientious of their actions is the best way to keep customers –– and your bottom line –– safe.

The Big Dipper

It can be disheartening to see a pile of leftover pizza crusts lining plates after customers finish eating. Consider offering a small container of sauce for dunking –– it can be a signature addition that sets you apart from your competitors. It doesn’t have to be marinara or pizza sauce. For an additional cost, offer nacho cheese, a vodka sauce, buttery Parmesan, ranch dressing or Buffalo sauce. It’s a great add-on customers love!

The post 2010 October: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: Beer & Bull https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-beer-bull/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-beer-bull/ Introducing the Players Doug Ferriman, owner, Crazy Dough’s Pizza, Boston Kevin Suto, CEO and President, Zachary’s Chicago Pizza, Oakland Dan Collier, franchisee, Rusty’s Pizza Parlors, Ventura, California Peg Tomasso, owner, Tomasso’s Pizza & Subs, Boca Raton, Florida Joe Crowley, owner, Pisa Pizza, Malden, Massachusetts Chef Jeff Freehof, owner, Garlic Clove Italian Eatery, Evans, Georgia Scott […]

The post 2010 September: Beer & Bull appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Introducing the Players

Doug Ferriman, owner, Crazy Dough’s Pizza, Boston

Kevin Suto, CEO and President, Zachary’s Chicago Pizza, Oakland

Dan Collier, franchisee, Rusty’s Pizza Parlors, Ventura, California

Peg Tomasso, owner, Tomasso’s Pizza & Subs, Boca Raton, Florida

Joe Crowley, owner, Pisa Pizza, Malden, Massachusetts

Chef Jeff Freehof, owner, Garlic Clove Italian Eatery, Evans, Georgia

Scott Anthony, franchisee, Fox’s Pizza Den, Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania

Do you feel like, based on your sales, the recession is nearing its end?

Ferriman: Yes, I do think the recession is slowly improving. We have seen mixed sales at our stores. While one store is up five percent, another is fl at or down two percent. But, all in all, I do believe consumer confidence is coming back.

Suto: I have not seen any indication that the economy is going to recover any time soon. It is tough out there for many businesses and individuals. I base this feeling not necessarily on our sales, but on what I see and hear from individuals in our community and around the country.

Collier: No, I do not believe the recession is nearing the end. Not even close. Yes, my sales are up over last year. However, that is because we adjusted our marketing, did more events and added new marketing for catering. All this effort has led to a 5 percent increase only. In the past two months, two more pizza places and multiple restaurants in our market have gone out of business. I get a call almost weekly from some restaurant owner asking if I’d like their restaurant for pennies on the dollar.

Tomasso: No, because we have found that our customers are still cautious with their money. Our sales have been increasing. Pizza is healthy and affordable for a family. People still want to eat out, or order in, and pizza fits the bill.

Crowley: No. Sales have been great because of our marketing and reinvestment, but our customers are still facing layoffs and financial problems.

Freehof: I am seeing slight increases over last year, but not over two years ago. It’s a good sign, but I wouldn’t come close to calling it ‘near its end.’

Anthony: Yes, but consumers have lost a lot of confidence in the system and are still spending conservatively.

What steps have you taken to battle the recession? What have the results been?

Ferriman: We have stepped up our direct mail campaign, specifically targeting corporate catering as well as residential delivery. The results have been strong due to pizza’s ability to stretch the catering dollar better than other food categories.

Suto: We have been very careful to monitor our costs and to eliminate waste. Most importantly, we work very hard to be the best we can be every day. We are satisfied with the results so far and can thank our loyal customers and committed employee-owners for our longevity and success.

Collier: Our coupon offers were for 10 to 15 percent off. We increased that to 20 percent, on average. We now aggressively market catering, and we doubled the number of off-site events (festivals, schools, sporting tournaments, etc.). We eliminated all ‘mass’ marketing. Excepting door hanging, all print marketing is to our own database. We also cut labor two percent, renegotiated all rents with landlords and renegotiated all bank notes with banks.

Tomasso: We simply continue to do business as always, providing delicious pizza using quality ingredients. Our customers have come to rely on our commitment to excellence and have rewarded us with a stable business.

Crowley: Steps taken to battle the recession include a major remodel and an aggressive marketing campaign. We reinvested over $100,000 on a remodel, using many vendors that I met at International Pizza Expo. Our marketing campaign focused on massive fundraising programs, direct mail, Facebook and theme nights. Results have been a 10 percent increase in sales and great crew morale.

Freehof: We’ve marketed in new and innovative ways. We’ve connected with new customers and focused on catering any event possible, and it has helped keep our heads above water.

Anthony: We have focused on prime costs and community marketing. As for prime cost, even though my sales were down three percent in 2009 versus 2008, my profits still stayed up. I was able to meet the demands of my customers and have no price increases. Community marketing: In this economy, this was a vital step in earning customer loyalty. Especially when competitors are waging price wars, I can still compete on quality.

As a business owner, what’s your primary concern heading into 2011?

Ferriman: My primary concern heading into 2011 is commodity prices, specifically cheese and wheat. One ounce of cheese is 16 cents, so you really must focus on portion control and watch it like a hawk.

Suto: The economy is No. 1. Extreme and sudden cost escalation is always a major concern as well. Health care is out of control, and we all know what happened with cheese, fl our and other commodities not so long ago.

Collier: I believe that the recession will not end until unemployment comes down under 9 percent. We benefit from an employee standpoint since no one leaves because there are no jobs available. But our customers have less money due to layoffs, reduced benefits and reduced hours. The second concern is money to borrow. Tighter bank restrictions mean no money available to borrow to grow.

Tomasso: Politics are killing this country. Republicans and Democrats need to stop this constant ‘going for the throat’ over every issue and work together to find solutions to our problems. We worry about how healthcare initiatives and taxes are going to affect us.

Crowley: My primary headache heading into 2011 is dealing with political issues: Health insurance, increased meals tax, immigration reform, local and state increases in taxes and fees, and changes in local and state fi ling procedures.

Freehof: Finding new ways to grow my business. Thinking about home meal replacement.

Anthony: While I expect my sales volume to go up, I don’t want to forget all I learned from the recession. Never take a good economy for granted. What’s the one critical thing you know now that you wish you knew when you first opened your business?

Ferriman: The one thing I wish I knew when I opened would be how to effectively market my brand. As many small businesses do, we tried everything, but never focused on one or two proven marketing vehicles using one message. Now, we focus on two to three marketing vehicles and just hammer away at them. We target college students through a collegiate promotion book that is distributed throughout the city. We constantly mail menus in a radius around a location, and we also send direct mail pieces to corporations.

Suto: Our business is constantly evolving, and yet we are firmly rooted in the vision set forth by our founders, Zach Zachowski and Barbara Gabel, in 1983. There isn’t really one big thing that stands out as critical information we were lacking in the beginning. We are constantly presented with opportunities to learn as individuals and evolve as a company.

Collier: As I opened more locations, I thought I could continue to wear all the same ‘hats’. As a result, some critical parts of operations did not get enough attention. If I had it to do all over again, I would have promoted an area supervisor when I opened the third location.

Tomasso: Do not skimp on the quality or portions of your product. People will pay for good food. Don’t be afraid to charge for it.

Crowley: I wish I knew back in 1993 that I needed to give up responsibility and trust my key employees. It took many years for me to stop being a worker and start being an owner.

Freehof: That in a recession, everybody is looking for a deal or discount.

Anthony: Making a good pizza is only a fraction of what it takes to have a good pizza business.

What’s your biggest business headache, operationally speaking?

Ferriman: My biggest headache would be running a delivery business in Boston. It is a challenge dealing with traffic and highrise buildings. One of our stores in Boston is located near Fenway Park. Every time there is a game, it is gridlock around the store, which makes it difficult to maintain good delivery times. Another challenge in a city is delivering to the high-rise buildings. When a driver has to go to the 20th floor of a building, he or she could get bogged down, adding an extra 15 minutes to a delivery.

Suto: The unpredictability of the human condition is to me the most diffi cult thing to deal with. We depend on a lot of great people to do what we do, and we are very lucky that our employees are so dedicated and reliable. With a staff as large as ours and providing for as many customers as we do, there is always something that is going to happen with an employee or customer that is out of our control that can create hardship for our business. We deal with these issues as they arise. We do whatever we can to help these people through their difficulties. It can be challenging, but also rewarding at the same time.

Collier: The constant effort to ensure we produce the best pizza in the market. Since we charge more, the pizza must be worth it.

Tomasso: Constantly reinforcing proper procedures with our staff.

Freehof: In times like these, more people use credit cards, which changes cash fl ow and increases costs!

Anthony: Employees’ sense of entitlement and lack of initiative/ motivation. When you find a star employee, do what it takes to keep them.

What has been your most effective form of marketing?

Ferriman: The best form of marketing we have used is direct mail. We are constantly sending mail pieces out to corporations and residents. It is the tried and true form of pizza marketing and always provides the best results.

Suto: Word of mouth, by far. Customers sharing their positive experience at Zachary’s with others has been our most effective form of marketing from the beginning.

Collier: New customers: Door-hanging. Existing delivery customers: Direct mail. Existing dinein customers: 15 percent off business card for next time. Also, online ordering now represents 7 percent of our sales.

Tomasso: Community involvement. Sponsoring youth teams, providing gift certificates, special pricing for youth groups and running special events throughout the year. For example, we began Pizzas for Pencils 15 years ago, where we gather new school supplies to give to needy children. This year we are inviting customers in to make their own pizza — and in exchange we are asking for $10 worth of new school supplies. People have fun and save a few bucks on the cost of a pizza. We help a worthy cause — and people talk about it.

Collier: We use it, but it is not effective at this point. Facebook is designed for personal relationships, not so much for pizza business. All the creative cell phone apps and texting advertising are useless. They have become the new sales people to replace the old print advertising sales people who only serve to distract you from ops. YouTube is probably the most effective of the bunch.

Tomasso: Yes, we do use social media. We launched a Facebook fan page and linked it to our Twitter account, allowing users from both networks to see our updates. We uploaded photos of the pizzeria and staff, and let our fans know of specials and events with daily updates. Occasionally, we offer freebies to customers who mention they are a Facebook fan.

Crowley: We are using Facebook, and it has been incredible. We have over 3,400 fans, and that number is growing every day. We use it to ‘promote’ rather than ‘sell’. We run contests and giveaways and have fun with it.

Freehof: We have a Facebook fanpage. It continues to grow, and now customers are starting to post their favorite things about our restaurant, which we obviously love!

Anthony: While I am not convinced that these forms of media are here to stay (as they will go the way of MySpace), we are giving it a try. We use Facebook. It is a good, inexpensive way to get your message out. But I really don’t see it driving traffic on its own. I view it as an additional way to make an impression on people.

Pepperoni aside, what’s your bestselling pizza? How many of those per week do you sale?

Freehof: “Meat Lovers” is 25 percent of all my specialty pizza sales.

Ferriman: Our best-selling pizza is the potato bacon cheddar sicilian slice: Seasoned red bliss potatoes, smoked bacon, scallions, cheddar cheese and swirl of ranch dressing. It is a favorite among the student population. We sell about 50 a day.

Suto: Our ‘Pride and Joy’ is our spinach and mushroom stuffed pizza. We sell a lot of them. We haven’t taken the time to count how many we sell in a week!

Collier: Tough call since 80 percent of our pizzas have pepperoni. Our BBQ Chicken pizza sells well, along with our signature ‘Rusty’s Special’ (meats and veggies).

Tomasso: Pepperoni is indeed the king. Our second best seller is cheese, which we sell a few hundred of. Sausage is next. We have a local meat market make our Italian sausage, and he uses just enough red pepper for a little kick. One of our specialty pies, ‘The Carnivore,’ made with pepperoni, sausage, meatball and bacon, is popular, too. The aroma of that pie is to die for. Something we have been playing around with lately, we call them ‘Pizza Popovers,’ is gaining fans. We roll up a pizza, cut it into sections and bake in muffin tins. Light, fluffy and different. Something for our customers to talk about.

Crowley: Our best-selling specialty pizza is our buffalo chicken with a bleu cheese base, marinated buffalo chicken, roasted red peppers and our three-cheese blend.

Anthony: Pizza makes up 70 percent of our menu mix per week, and we sell about 700 pizzas a week. Plain cheese pizza has really grown in popularity (thank you, recession). That now accounts for 14 percent of our pizza sales. Pepperoni is 56 percent. Additionally, our gourmet pizzas account for 10 percent of pizza sales. Our ‘Pierogi Pizza’ and the ‘Chicken Rancher’ make up more than half of that (about four percent each).

The post 2010 September: Beer & Bull appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-commentary/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-commentary/ Last September, we produced our 09.09.09 Event in Print. It was a massive — and innovative — undertaking. We promoted the issue via e-mail, direct mail, Twitter, etc. We lined up key industry personalities and translated the magic of International Pizza Expo into print. We also made it a multi-media event by incorporating blogs, video […]

The post 2010 September: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Last September, we produced our 09.09.09 Event in Print. It was a massive — and innovative — undertaking. We promoted the issue via e-mail, direct mail, Twitter, etc. We lined up key industry personalities and translated the magic of International Pizza Expo into print. We also made it a multi-media event by incorporating blogs, video and social media tie-ins. When all was said and done, over 10,000 pizzeria operators watched the videos that corresponded to the issue. And, much to our excitement, the issue was named one of the Top 25 Single Issues of 2009 by Trade Association Business Publications International (TABPI) and won a TABBIE Award.

With all that going for us, how could we not do it again? This year, our September “Event in Print” again offers a plethora of priceless advice. Some of my favorite takes from this issue include:

• George Hadjis (page 12) explaining the steps he took prior to the recession to prepare for it. Then, like any good leader, Hadjis has continued to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of his company. Not one to sit back idly, Hadjis and his family continue to push Oggi’s forward.
•Big Dave’s suggestion that every pizzeria in America should promote National Pizza Month (page 18). October brings us Halloween, one of the industry’s fi ve most important sales days. Imagine how successful your October could be if every pizzeria in the nation encouraged consumers to eat more pizza during National Pizza Month.
•Pat Bruno, a food critic himself, explaining first-hand what a food critic looks for when walking into a restaurant (page 22). It’s interesting to see which things earn points and which miscues get them deducted. A bad review can break a restaurant’s back, but a good one can catapult business to the stars.
• The different answers to the same questions in our Beer & Bull in Print (page 64). It’s interesting to read that some operators believe the recession is nearing an end, while others are far less optimistic. Additionally, the different takes on the effectiveness of social media mirror a debate that I imagine pizzeria owners will continue at the real Beer & Bull at International Pizza Expo 2011 in Las Vegas.
• Sean Brauser’s assertion that he would rather explain his prices to a customer than have to apologize to that customer for his food quality (page 76).

Cheers,

Jeremy White editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 September: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: History of Pizza https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-history-of-pizza/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-history-of-pizza/ Any way you slice it, 105 years is a long time. That’s how long one of America’s favorite foods has been a part of our landscape, and much of our national fabric has changed since then. We’re still crazy over baseball and apple pie, to be sure, but we’re also driven by unsurpassed corporate wealth, […]

The post 2010 September: History of Pizza appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: History of PizzaAny way you slice it, 105 years is a long time. That’s how long one of America’s favorite foods has been a part of our landscape, and much of our national fabric has changed since then. We’re still crazy over baseball and apple pie, to be sure, but we’re also driven by unsurpassed corporate wealth, the Internet and … pizza.

A humble Italian food that once fed peasants, today pizza is a staple of the American diet. But it wasn’t always so, and we wouldn’t have the bustling pizza industry we have in 2010 (more than 70,000 pizzerias and $39 billion in annual sales) if it weren’t for one man’s change of focus in 1905. That man was named Gennaro Lombardi, and he was an Italian immigrant who ventured to the United States in 1897, like so many before and after him, to capitalize on the boundless opportunity that made America famous.

A baker by trade, Lombardi rented an apartment above the grocery store in which he worked upon his arrival in the Little Italy section of New York City. He often stayed late into the night baking pizzas that the grocer would sell out of his shop the next day. Eventually, Lombardi bought the building that housed the grocery store. It did not take him long to figure out that the thousands of nearby factory workers represented a growth market for his modest business. In 1905, at 32½ Spring Street, Lombardi’s became the first officially licensed pizzeria in the United States.

With all that was going on in the nation and world, it isn’t surprising that the birth of American pizza didn’t cause any ripples in the news. After all, pizza was still a poor man’s meal — and the U.S. had its collective eye focused on a revolution in Russia. Looking back, it’s easy to see that 1905 was an important year in history. Aside from the Russo-Japanese War and the aforementioned revolution that resulted from it, 1905 witnessed the founding of the city of Las Vegas and the birth of influential author Ayn Rand. Theodore Roosevelt began a full term as President, while Albert Einstein proffered his theory of relativity to the scientific community. The Wright Brothers put their third airplane in the sky, and this one flew for an impressive 39 minutes. The world’s fi rst U-boat was launched and novocaine was introduced. Christian Dior was born and Jules Verne died.

In New York, all eyes were on the baseball world: the New York Giants won the World Series by defeating the Philadelphia Athletics four games to one.

Amidst all this, Lombardi used his coal-fired oven to turn out thin-crusted beauties fashioned after the traditional pizza of his home city, Naples, Italy. His pizza was simple — tomato and cheese — and received a sterling reception from the lower-middle-class workers in his target market.

The kitchen at Lombardi’s was stocked with able and enterprising pizza makers, and many of them eventually left to start their own pizzerias. Chief among them was Anthony Pero (nicknamed Totonno), who opened the famed New York pizzeria, Totonno’s, in 1924 on Coney Island. Both Lombardi’s and Totonno’s still do a brisk business today and continue to win over critics and pizza lovers alike.

Through the 1920s many pizzerias that can be considered offshoots of Lombardi’s opened in and around Little Italy. It took two decades for pizzerias to gain a strong foothold in New York City’s other neighborhoods, but they eventually did just that. Even then, the typical American outside of New York wasn’t hip to pizza’s attributes. You had pockets — New Haven, Connecticut, for example — that served pizza to the masses, but they were few and far between.

The Chicago-style deep-dish pizza that’s so popular in the Midwest today was invented in 1941, and some claim it was the first truly American pizza. One thing is certain: the product was completely different from the Neapolitan style pizzas found in the Northeast.

Ironically, it took a World War for pizza to hit its stride. American soldiers stationed in Europe during WWII eventually developed a hankering for the food while on tour in Italy, and when they returned home they raved about it to family and friends. By the 1950s, pizzerias could be found in many of America’s cities and suburbs, even those further out to the West. According to American Heritage, the number of American pizza parlors grew from 500 in 1934 to 20,000 in 1956.

A new deck oven, fired not by wood or coal, but by gas, made pizza production easier and more convenient (and, down the road, conveyors would come into play). As a result, pizza-bythe- slice gained in popularity in New York and tiny pizzerias continued to proliferate throughout the nation. The first Pizza Hut, in fact, was opened in 1958 by Frank and Dean Carney in Wichita, Kansas.

The No. 2 chain, Domino’s, was born shortly thereafter when brothers Tom and James Monaghan borrowed $500 to purchase DomiNick’s Pizza in Ypsilanti, Michigan, in 1960. A year later James traded his share of the business to Tom for a car (a Volkswagen Beetle, for the record), and Tom changed the pizzeria’s name to Domino’s. What distinguished Domino’s from everyone else was the delivery aspect of the business.

Aside from witnessing the birth of Domino’s, the 1960s saw franchising become a hot growth vehicle. This continued through the following decade, and the 1970s were a period of major growth for pizza chains as they realized they could offer value pricing and gain market share through advertising. Pizza chains proliferated in the 1980s and some of today’s major players — Papa John’s, California Pizza Kitchen — popped onto the scene. In California, the “gourmet” pizzas many Americans enjoy today were invented by personalities like Alice Waters and Ed LaDou, the man who brought specialty pizzas to the repertoire at Wolfgang Puck’s restaurant, Spago. During the 1980s, the pizza chains refined their practices and began a cutthroat price war that still defines the pizza category today. Meanwhile, independent pizzerias continued thriving with grassroots marketing, community involvement and a dedication to offering their customers hand-made pizzas topped with high quality ingredients.

More than 100 years after Gennaro Lombardi opened America’s first licensed pizzeria, the U.S. pizza market is filled to the brim with independents and chains alike. In fact, the pizza segment is one of the few foodservice categories that isn’t entirely dominated by major chains, and that’s part of what makes the industry so competitive, fresh and fun a century after its beginning in New York City.

Before Pizza Became ‘American’

Pizza is much older than America itself. In fact, its precursor is believed to have originated in prehistoric times when Egyptians cooked bread on fl at, hot stones. Later down the road — approximately 1,000 years ago — Neapolitans began covering focaccia with herbs and spices, according to the Smithsonian. Next came pizza’s most direct ancestor, “Casa de nanza,” which were doughs pounded into thin crusts and topped with leftovers prior to baking.

Interestingly enough, early Europeans feared the tomato was poisonous. Native to the South American countries of Peru and Ecuador, tomatoes were introduced to Europe in the early 1500s by Spanish Conquistadors. But Europeans would not eat the tomato until nearly 150 years later when, in the late 1600s, some brave soul discovered the fruit was not only safe to consume, but delicious. This opened the door for modernday pizza as we know it, which was developed in Naples, Italy.

The world’s first pizzeria, Port’ Alba, opened in Naples in 1830. According to the Smithsonian, the pizzas there were cooked in an oven lined with lava from nearby Mount Vesuvius, a world-famous and historically important volcano. The early pizzas in Naples were flavored with oil, lard, tallow, cheese, tomato and often anchovies.

In 1889, Don Raffaele Esposito created the Margherita Pizza, which is adorned with nothing but tomatoes, fresh mozzarella and basil, in honor of Margherita Teresa Giovanni, who was the Italian Queen at the time.

Even today, the classic Margherita remains one of the world’s most popular pizzas.

The post 2010 September: History of Pizza appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: How to Survive in a Bad Economy https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-how-to-survive-in-a-bad-economy/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-how-to-survive-in-a-bad-economy/ Whenever I speak at the Pizza Expo, invariably people ask me the same couple of questions, but mainly it is: “How did you do it?” The “it” is an amazing story of how I took Romeo’s Pizza from one to 31 stores over the last five years –– with 21 of them coming in the […]

The post 2010 September: How to Survive in a Bad Economy appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: How to Survive in a Bad EconomyWhenever I speak at the Pizza Expo, invariably people ask me the same couple of questions, but mainly it is: “How did you do it?” The “it” is an amazing story of how I took Romeo’s Pizza from one to 31 stores over the last five years –– with 21 of them coming in the last 18 months. The best way for me to answer is to explain the long, arduous process and how it takes time, planning, and execution over a period of years. So when I was asked by Pizza Today to write an article detailing and recounting our phenomenal growth during the worst recession in decades, I was excited to share with you, the small independent pizzeria owner, a story I hope inspires and helps you grow your operation as well.

 

 

In 2001, I bought a small mom and pop pizzeria in Medina, Ohio, called Romeo’s Pizza. It was operated very poorly, but yet still managed to do some good numbers and the pizza seemed pretty solid. This was my third pizza restaurant, and I looked forward to growing the business. I tweaked the recipes, added better management and began to see a lot of potential. Four months later, September 11th happened, and the world stopped. Sales dropped significantly as people began to experience some of the financial uncertainty that is still with us today.

In March of 2002, I asked industry consultant Big Dave Ostrander for some help in making my concept duplicable. My goal was to open multiple Romeo’s Pizzas and possibly start franchising, but first I had to fix the areas of my operation that were still broken and fine tune the areas that weren’t. So Big Dave invited me to the NAPICS food show in Columbus, Ohio, to meet him, and told me to enter the pizza contest since I would be down there anyway. After dreaming that I won that night, I entered the most popular of our pizzas –– The Butcher Shop –– and proceeded to win first place! The prize was an all expense paid trip to Italy to compete at the World Pizza Championships.

Over the next couple of years, I worked on my system. I had a strong grasp of food and labor costs, focused on marketing and customer service, and found ways to make my business not depend on me to run it day to day. I hired two managers and paid them well (both of whom own multiple Romeo’s Pizza stores today). I also put together a very aggressive bonus program for them. One of the biggest keys to success I have found is to have a bonus program for your manager. My managers get bonuses based on sales, labor cost and food cost. This gives them a vested financial interest in my business, which is priceless. I love to pay bonuses! Managers that don’t bonus in my company usually aren’t around long. Get your people invested in your business!

I spent about four years trying to perfect my system, focusing on menu engineering, training programs, operations manuals and marketing programs. During that time, I won the Best Pizza in the Midwest at NAPICS again, Best Gourmet Pizza in America in New York City, and was featured on the Food Network’s $10,000 Pizza Challenge. I have gone to Italy to compete at the World Pizza Championships 7 times as a founding member of the World Pizza Champions. Throughout, my main focus was always building a system that would allow me to open another store. I have identified three of the most important areas I focused on that led to the growth of Romeo’s Pizza. There are many other factors, including luck, but these three things are absolutely necessary if you want to grow your operation: • Defining your brand marketing strategy. • Creating a system. • Personal development.

Defi ning Your Brand Marketing Strategy Since December of 2008, Romeo’s Pizza has grown from 10 stores to 31. Same-store sales have risen 20 percent month after month during that time. We have beaten down the $5 pizza guys, destroyed the “Buy 1, Get 2 Free” guys, and have overcome an unprecedented marketing blitz this industry has never seen before by the Big 3. So the big question is how did we do it? What is the magic button that you can push to make all of that happen for you and your business? It all starts with marketing. Brand Marketing. While most of the smaller pizza chains and independents stopped advertising during the recession, we actually spent the most we ever have. More importantly, we changed the way we marketed. Being fed up with competing in the money mailers and coupon books for the best deal, we stopped doing them. Advertising is only a piece of marketing. It isn’t the only thing. We began to focus on building our brand. Branding is all about creating an image of your company that gives your customers and prospective customers confidence that your company and products will meet or exceed their expectations every time. Marketing your brand will continue to pay you back long after the coupons have expired.

The first step is to determine who you want to be and create your brand based on the customers that you want to attract. We wanted to attract loyal, value-oriented (not price driven) customers who appreciate quality over garbage — so we built our brand around them. I stopped using coupons as my marketing strategy and started to build real value into our offerings. I created package deals that would help Romeo’s keep our average ticket around $20. Some of the packages included a pizza with wings or a pizza with a salad, breadsticks and pop. We even had some two- and three-pizza packages. Recently, I created the “Romeo’s Pizza Build Your own Ultimate Supreme Pizza” with up to five toppings for only $13.99. It allows us to compete with the $10 price point and still maintain our position as a premium brand. We are going to truly have it for a limited time so that our promotional price doesn’t become a permanent price reduction.

I firmly believe that, as an industry, we need stop lowering our prices. Pizza is the most popular food in America, and the most economical for a family — yet many of us try to market solely based on price. I tell customers all of the time I would rather explain my price than apologize for my quality, and no matter how large we become, we will always use only the best possible ingredients on our pizza.

Once you determine what you want your brand to stand for, you must create marketing materials that represent that image. We built menus, flyers, magnets, door hangers, menuboards and box toppers with the highest quality paper and images, and put our brand “look” together. Our menu is the second most effective marketing tool we have (our pizza is the first). We are trying to attract people that are loyal and are not afraid to pay for quality; and all of our marketing materials, especially our menu, need to represent that. I also insert our menus everywhere. Today, we insert our menu in those same coupon books we shunned, but now we stand out. Our brand marketing image separates us from the barrage of coupons and cheap pizzas, and has allowed us to grow our sales system-wide 20 percent.

In your advertising you must communicate your unique selling proposition, or USP. What do you do that nobody else can do or say? At Romeo’s, we use only the best tomatoes from California, which go from the field to the can in mere hours. We make our own dough daily by trained dough masters in each of the stores. We have a specially blended cheese made in Wisconsin using provolone and mozzarella that is used exclusively by Romeo’s Pizza. That is the way we promote our brand. What can you say about your pizza that either no one else can say, or no one else has said? A lot of people use the same sauce we use or get their cheese from Wisconsin. A lot of people make their dough fresh every day … The difference is how we communicate it to the customer.

Remember, advertising is only part of marketing (the most expensive part!). Other areas of marketing we focused on were lazy customer cards, new mover programs, up-sell contests in the stores, local sponsorships and other direct mail pieces specifically targeted down to the carrier route for neighborhoods in which we wanted a better presence. We also give a menu and a magnet to every customer, and we put box toppers and bounce-back coupons on every pizza. Soon we are starting a rewards program that will be integrated with our POS system. I also have a weekly email that goes out to our database (and a text program as well).

The best way to win a customer is to give them a pizza for free. We look to give our pizza away at as many places as we can. I would rather give a group a bunch of pizzas for free than try to sell them for five bucks each (because I maintain my brand image and value, and I know that I will gain customers for life if they just try it). A lot of people are afraid to try new things, so you have to make it very easy to try your pizza.

Marketing is the lifeblood of your business, and it’s like a tree … you need to water it to make it grow, not wait for it to grow and then water it. But your operations have to meet the promises that your marketing makes, and that’s where creating a system comes into play.

The next area of focus for me was operations and creating a system. I wanted to have a very duplicable concept, and I spent four years trying to perfect it before I opened our second store. We constantly try to improve every aspect of our business, so the work on the system is never done. Some of the areas that we addressed were the look and appearance of the lobby, employees and food. We’ve standardized and weigh every pizza, sub and pasta dish. We set a strict dress code for our management and staff, and created and enforced an employee handbook. We also aligned ourselves with a POS system, which I feel is absolutely critical in duplicating your concept. I would never open a store without a POS system.

We also spent a lot of time and effort on documenting the way everything is supposed to be done. We created a food prep manual that details how to make everything we make, as well as an operations manual, which details how we operate a Romeo’s Pizza restaurant. Additionally, our employee handbooks detail what is expected from each employee in writing before they start. My goal was to create a system that would run my stores, allowing me to work on my system. If your store depends on you to be successful, then you haven’t created a strong enough system and you are not ready to grow. As we have grown, I often have to go back and change some of the policies and procedures, so I look at these manuals as a fluid document that has the rigidity to run the store, and yet has the flexibility to make changes for the better.

I attribute a lot of the growth of Romeo’s Pizza to personal development. I believe that in order to grow you need to become a master of many skills. You need to understand finance and accounting, you need to be able to hire and train good employees, and you need to become a strong leader. You need to be able to calculate food costs, create effective advertising campaigns, and be able to hear opportunity knocking. You also need to eliminate negativity and excuse making from your vocabulary. All of these skills can be learned, and I focused a lot on my own personal development. If you are weak in these areas begin investing in yourself. Take a class, read as many books as you can, and attend International Pizza Expo 2011 next March. People ask me all the time if I ever thought Romeo’s would be this big, and I can honestly answer “yes.” I truly believed we could.

I have tried to give you a glimpse into the process I took to build a successful pizza company. Our plans are to go back and tighten up our system again and add stores in 2011. We are looking at multiple DMA’s to grow and expand as we become a regional chain. Our goal for the next 10 years is to have 1,000 stores. We will also grow same-store sales as we continue growing externally through opening company stores and franchising. You too can create the business of your dreams. Get started today.

The post 2010 September: How to Survive in a Bad Economy appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: Promoting National Pizza Month https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-promoting-national-pizza-month/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-promoting-national-pizza-month/ October has been officially recognized as National Pizza Month. Since its inception in 1984, it has been briefly featured from time to time in the national media. Every year, Pizza Today gives it some ink. This year, I propose that our industry start a celebration and public relations blitz. If we don’t celebrate our industry, […]

The post 2010 September: Promoting National Pizza Month appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: Promoting National Pizza MonthOctober has been officially recognized as National Pizza Month. Since its inception in 1984, it has been briefly featured from time to time in the national media. Every year, Pizza Today gives it some ink. This year, I propose that our industry start a celebration and public relations blitz. If we don’t celebrate our industry, who will? I know we don’t need much prompting to start a party, so let’s see how we can make next month a winner.

 

October is a perfect month to jumpstart your PR and marketing strategy into high gear. Vacations are over, and school is back in session. The weather is cooler, and families have gotten over the cash fl ow crunch of the September “back to school blues” (which comes with outfitting all of the kids in new wardrobes, supplies, etc). I would propose that every pizzeria operator in the country get behind this awareness campaign. Your campaign could use the following tools to get the awareness out to your area:

• Get a banner made for the front of your store.
• Headline it on your next fl yer printing.
• Mention it on box toppers and door hangers.
• Change your marquee or changeable copy sign.

If you blend National Pizza Month with another event, like National Fire Prevention Month, it will gather more momentum. You will not get free public relations if the media or public thinks it is a ploy to sell more pizzas or advertising. Your celebration must include some benefit for the customer. If you don’t answer the question, “What’s in it for me?” it may be perceived as self-serving. Here are some ideas I’ve successfully used for awareness and sales builders.

• Team up with the local fi re department to do a smoke detector battery check and replacement check. This is so important for seniors because they are very afraid of climbing up on a step stool or chair to service a detector. Any fi re department worth their salt will jump at the chance of lending a hand. Just cross-promote the idea and offer to help fund the battery costs. This is a perfect cross promotion with a local insurance company.

• October was my anniversary month. All month long we held a weekly super deal and topped off the month with Customer Appreciation Night. This was by far the best single marketing event I ever did.

• You may want to tie the affair in with an employee bounce back certificate. During the month of October, employees hand out half off any large specialty pizza to lost and non customers. Add this disclaimer: “One certificate per person, valid only during October.” To finish off the month, organize a Halloween costume parade at your store. All dressed kids and chaperones get a free slice of pie from 6-7 pm. Would a few pieces of candy and a small gift certificate also be in order? Imagine if every single pizza place advertised National Pizza Month on a banner, poster, changeable copy sign, fl yer, box-topper or any other collateral piece for five weeks. The power of 70,000 establishments is a big number.

October is right around the corner. Make your place the talk of the town.

The post 2010 September: Promoting National Pizza Month appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 September: Survival of the Fittest https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-survival-of-the-fittest/ Tue, 05 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-september-survival-of-the-fittest/ At Oggi’s Pizza & Brewing Company, the recession first became evident last year. Our sales for stores open one year or more were stalled and, in some neighborhoods, were showing a decline. What wasn’t making sense was the pace of expansion in the restaurant industry all around us. With sales growth stalling or even falling […]

The post 2010 September: Survival of the Fittest appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
At Oggi’s Pizza & Brewing Company, the recession first became evident last year. Our sales for stores open one year or more were stalled and, in some neighborhoods, were showing a decline. What wasn’t making sense was the pace of expansion in the restaurant industry all around us. With sales growth stalling or even falling at our stores, how could all of these chains continue to open new stores? It was almost like we were in a competition for sites — and the rents were becoming ridiculous. In our minds, we couldn’t figure out why the world wasn’t paying attention to the headlines coming from Wall Street. There was a credit crisis coming and the consequences of cheap money and loose regulations in the mortgage industry were about to send the economic world into a tailspin.

Of course, this was so different than what we had been experiencing –– we doubled in size during in the previous five years –– that it was like saying that the rain was coming even as the sun shined. The signs, though, were all around us. As in any bubble, the housing market behaved irrationally. Housing was experiencing what I can only describe as hyperinflation. People would compete with each other to buy properties, only to turn around immediately after the purchase and list it for sale at a higher price. Many times, this would also attract buyers competing with each other for the real estate — and the cycle would begin again in a manner that was obviously unsustainable. Bankers were lining up to supply this insatiable demand for mortgages, and they too became complacent in not requiring the borrowers to substantiate their incomes. These signs were all around us, but I suspect when you are experiencing it first hand, it is difficult to recognize the dangers that await you. There were other signs out there. Out of the blue, one of our franchise stores in northern San Diego County declared that he was in trouble. His location was just not generating the traffic that his high-priced lease had promised him. He was in a mall –– one of the first places to be hit right in the heart of consumer spending. Another franchise store was also struggling, but we had known this and were fighting what seemed to be an uphill battle to reverse the sales trends in that store. This store was in the Phoenix area and was also being hit hard by the real estate decline.

The signs were all around us. All anyone had to do was look at them. Well, we did. Not only did we see this tsunami, but we also prepared some measures that we felt would insulate our stores from the dangers. We at least prepared for the onslaught of bad economic news and did what I believe any business needs to do in this type of scenario — get in front of the curve.

Long ago, back in my graduate school days, we subscribed to the philosophy of being in touch with what was really going on. It stemmed from our reading of the book “Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance” by Robert M. Pirsig. I’ll never forget the part in the book where one of the riders on a motorcycle trip who relied only upon the gauges that indicated trouble broke down and had to cancel the rest of his adventure. In the meantime the other rider, who was very in tune with the noises and vibrations of his machine, felt that it was not running “right.” As a result, he put a fix in place so that he didn’t break down like the other rider. In our world, knowing what it was supposed to feel like as opposed to what it did feel like meant that we reviewed our key performance index numbers on a weekly basis. As we mentioned, the signs were all there.

Our strategy of co-branding with our local professional sports teams has undergone its test as a major strategy play for us. Our belief that it will carry us forward through this recession was further tested when we decided to sponsor the Anaheim Ducks even though the recession was looming down on us. Maybe I should say “because the recession was looming down on us.” We really believe in the soundness of this strategy for our concept. Nevertheless, we needed to make some adjustments to help us on the costs side. The moves that we engineered made us more efficient and cut our expenses as we headed into this dangerous climate. We cancelled our suite at Petco Park as part of our renewal with the Padres and reorganized management in the field. Now that our costs at the franchise level were under control, we concentrated on preparing our franchisees to survive and maybe even prosper in this storm. In the 2009 menu update, we introduced 27 new menu items for our customers to explore and experiment with. Our hope here was for us to tempt them with diversity and give them a reason to frequent us more often (while our competitors bombarded them with advertisements to try and lure them away). In addition to the new menu items, we introduced a newly designed menu format that included pictures of many of our dishes. Finally, we focused a lot of our attention on creating some below 550-calorie menu selections, which were highlighted in our menu as well as our advertising.

We would all like to believe that these measures helped our small chain weather most of the storm. The results seem to support that notion with same store sales declining 3.5 percent last year and running relatively fl at so far this year (down 1 percent). Our forecast is for same store sales to start improving in the second half. Let’s all keep our fingers crossed.

Our family is at the heart of our business. Each family member holds an important position in the hierarchy that is Oggi’s Pizza & Brewing Company. The fact that we have stayed together for so many years (just about 20) is a testament to mutual respect and familial love. Of course, all things eventually come to an end. It was our goal for the first generation to exit in a step-by-step fashion while the second generation steps up to lead the company. To a large degree, we seem to be achieving this. My daughter, Estella, was awarded her MBA from San Diego State late last year, which was the catalyst for the changing of the guard. She is following in my footsteps (MBA from Pepperdine University in 1985) and, quite honestly, has all of the knowledge necessary to bring Oggi’s and our business partners to the next level.

My son, Tommy, has also made an impact as he recently took command of the beer production portion of the business. Tommy is the general manager of Left Coast Brewing Company, the company charged with producing those award-winning micro brews that are served at our 17 outlets. Tommy has a degree in marketing from the University of San Diego, but has a love for brewing great beers. He recently traveled to Chicago to receive a gold medal for his Black Magic Stout Beer at the World Beer Cup. It was an honor beyond imagination for Tommy, who is recently married and brought his bride along for the ceremonies. At the award ceremonies, Tommy flew out of his seat as he heard his beer was the winner in the American Style Stout category. This type of enthusiasm is a critical aspect of his leadership style.

My nephew, Shawn, has been described as an Oggi’s expert. He can recite historical data as well as minutia only someone obsessed with this business can remember. As director of operations for franchising, Shawn has had a personal role in hiring most people, training them and watching as the stores spawned under his supervision embrace their markets with the newly minted franchisees in our system.

My wife, Dora, has always been involved, even though she is now stepping back a bit as we await our first grandchild. Although our family is important to the future of Oggi’s, expanding our horizons and bringing in fresh ideas as well as new people is even more important as we continue to paint the portrait that is our business. Making good hires is always a challenge. When you make successful hires, it can turn your world upside down, and mostly for the better. This has been one of the areas that has shown the most improvement during this period. Who knows, maybe we had a wider selection to choose from. Nevertheless, we have made great strides internally with a fantastic controller. We also hired a corporate chef to guide us through this nutritionally challenged era. Finally, we created a new position of franchise business consultant. This post will work directly with our franchisees in order to help them improve their business and their bottom lines. These three hires were made possible by our reorganization, which freed the funds necessary to improve our support staff.

Besides our new hires, we have invested in some management intelligence that will also give us a leg up on the competition. In this type of business environment, advertising becomes an important element of any offensive that you may have for your business. Just spending advertising dollars, though, isn’t enough. With redemption rates for normal advertising running at less than one percent, it becomes an exercise in futility when you spend your hard earned and limited advertising budget on something that returns one new customer for every 100 solicitations. We invested in market research software to help us better target our advertising to those customers that have the highest probability of responding to our offers. This partnership helps us to not only analyze demographic data, but now psychographic data, which will help us better understand our markets.

Making each advertising dollar count more is an important element in becoming more efficient — which can only lead to greater profitability. Of course, in order to fully utilize this, you first have to know what your customer looks like. What is your customer profile? The good news here is that this software is telling us. Armed with this knowledge, we are able to advise each of our stores more effectively as it relates to what to advertise as well as how to advertise it. Because this market has created the so-called “trading down” mentality, we are also busy conducting focus groups and trying to find out what our customers like and don’t like about us. In this economic environment, you can take nothing for granted.

At the end of the day, though, it all boils down to the customer experience. It is essential that you try and please each and every customer that chooses your restaurant over another one. Remember, the very nature of what we call a “recession” means that the market that you once catered to is now shrinking. Not only is it shrinking, but your remaining customers are being lured away by all of your competitors. To survive, you must never lose sight of quality of product and quality of service. Providing value in both pricing as well as total customer experience is about as important as oxygen in Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.

My brother, John, and I opened our first restaurant in 1991. It was the beginning of a terrible recession, and all of our plans were put on hold by an economy that was in transition. I remember the real estate agents when they told us of their rally cry: “Stay alive till ‘95.” Well, 1995 came and we were still standing. Interestingly, though, a lot of our competition was gone. What it meant for us was that in this now increasing expansionary market, we were positioned to enjoy a bigger piece of the market as those competitors who tried to hit home runs went out of business.

Sometimes hitting singles and scoring runs is better than that grand slam. When you swing for the fences, you sometimes have the propensity to strike out. In order to survive, we must look at each of our customers as potential singles and just keep doing the things that feel right for our circumstances.

The post 2010 September: Survival of the Fittest appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: The Time is NOW https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-the-time-is-now/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-the-time-is-now/ Back during the good ole days of 2006, one of the top complaints among owners of expanding restaurant chains was finding top-tier locations at reasonable cost. Not only were the best spaces taken, but buildout costs were expensive and finding good contractors was challenging. Fast forward to today. The restaurant industry is reeling with chains […]

The post 2010 August: The Time is NOW appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: The Time is NOWBack during the good ole days of 2006, one of the top complaints among owners of expanding restaurant chains was finding top-tier locations at reasonable cost. Not only were the best spaces taken, but buildout costs were expensive and finding good contractors was challenging.

Fast forward to today. The restaurant industry is reeling with chains and independents failing or shuttering underperforming locations. Same store sales fell precipitously in recent years, forcing many restaurants to re-engineer their menu with “value offerings” to entice the public to open their wallets. Bank financing has dried up, with financiers running away when they hear anything with the name “restaurant” in it.

You’d think it was the end of the world for restaurants. Instead, today offers an unprecedented opportunity for pizzerias with the right concept looking to expand.

There are some obvious reasons. The downturn in the commercial real estate market and failure of retail chains has forced landlords to lower rents quite markedly in some markets. According to CoStar, a commercial real estate information fi rm, the most recent data available showed that the national average asking retail rental rate fell 4 percent to $16.94 per square foot at the end of the third quarter of 2009 from a year earlier. And the decimation is expected to continue as Reis, another provider of commercial real estate market information, predicts that the vacancy rate will continue to climb throughout the end of this year, while effective rents will further slip another 1.4 percent.

Even traditional high-cost cities have seen rents fall. Numero 28 Pizzeria co-owner Rolando Biamonte has expanded to three locations in New York City over the last two years. “Greater space availability and falling rents have made it easier for us to bring our gourmet pizza to more locations,” says Biamonte. The company recently opened a location in the East Village to complement an existing West Village location.

Weaker operators, saddled with poor management, significant debt loads or high occupancy costs are being pushed out of business — resulting in less competition. Some failed restaurant locations are leaving suitable space and equipment. This is the strategy Vinny Williams, co-owner of Massachusettsbased Rose and Vicki’s, often employs when looking for new locations.

“We’ve been able to acquire restaurant equipment vacated by previous tenants from banks for pennies on the dollar,” says Williams. He and his partner just opened their fourth location in a former freestanding sandwich and pizza restaurant.

Lower rents lead to lower breakeven points, providing new restaurants with greater pricing flexibility and fewer required customer visits to prosper. “It certainly gave us more breathing room,” adds Williams. The annual rent on his most recent location is $40,000 less than what the previous tenant was paying. Some owners have even received free rent. And lots of it, in fact.

“On one of our leases, we received a year of free rent on a 5-year lease containing two additional five-year options,” says to Brian Ognian, vice president of development for Hungry Howie’s Pizza. The company has even been approached by landlords offering incentives for them to leave existing locations and reopen nearby. “In all the years, I’ve never seen anything quite like this before.”

While some concepts are negotiating lower rents, some chains are using these troubled times to move their brand up-market. This is exactly what the Marietta, Georgia-based Stevi B’s pizza buffet chain is doing. According to Matt Loney, president, three years ago a company the size of Stevi B’s could never get into prime, top-tier locations since space was often gobbled up by larger chains. “The downturn has afforded our company the chance to get into Class A locations at former Class B prices,” says Loney. The downturn has led Stevi B’s to plan aggressive growth with eight additional locations projected to open in 2010 to add to the current 35 locations they operate today. “We’ve even repositioned our brand to take advantage of these opportunities,” says Loney, who has been busy adjusting the company’s concept to take advantage of these new upper scale markets.

“We’ve been able to serve a whole new clientele with our latest locations”.

Landlords, in addition to offering lower rents, have increased tenant improvement allowances. Charlie Morrison, president of 360-unit Pizza Inn, has seen this phenomenon in Texas.

“I’ve seen tenant improvements steadily increase from $20 to $30 per square foot three years ago to $30 to $50 per square foot today,” says Morrison. “If you’re selective about opportunities, you’ll find them”.

Loney has also seen an increase in tenant improvement allowances. “Landlords know that traditional financing has dried up,” he says. He has seen landlords with strong capital backing increase tenant improvement funding to reduce the chain’s initial investment in new locations.

Sometimes the opposite occurs with TI allowances because landlords themselves lose access to capital. When they can’t fund tenant improvements, landlords are forced to drastically slash rents to entice tenants to pay for their own tenant improvements. Morrison saw rents at one retail shopping plaza fall below $10 per square foot from $25 per square foot four years ago because the landlord could no longer fund tenant improvements.

The drop in construction activity has been a boon for some pizza owners. According to Ognian from Hungry Howie’s Pizza, with unemployment in the construction industry in a state of depression, general contractors are lowering prices because their costs are dropping due to greater availability of subcontractors.

“Our contractors have been very aggressive and cooperative in lowering investment costs,” says Ognian. “The lower upfront investment is allowing some of our multi-unit operators a chance to open additional locations sooner than anticipated.”

Contractors aren’t the only vendors Ognian has seen getting aggressive on price. “We’ve been able to hire a design fi rm to help augment our brand that frankly was out of reach a few years ago,” adds Ognian.

Just remember that good times don’t last forever — but neither do bad ones. Expanding pizzeria operators are getting well-positioned for the next upturn, whether the good times return in six months or six years. ?

Timothy Howes is a business consultant and an Assistant Professor of Management at Johnson and Wales University in Providence, Rhode Island.

The post 2010 August: The Time is NOW appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: New & Improved https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-new-improved/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-new-improved/ Few pizza chains –– or restaurant chains, for that matter –– have generated the buzz that Ann Arbor, Michigan based Domino’s Pizza has over the course of the past 12 to 18 months. With the launch of several new products, to a new president, a viral video scandal and a groundbreaking revitalization of its core […]

The post 2010 June: New & Improved appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Few pizza chains –– or restaurant chains, for that matter –– have generated the buzz that Ann Arbor, Michigan based Domino’s Pizza has over the course of the past 12 to 18 months. With the launch of several new products, to a new president, a viral video scandal and a groundbreaking revitalization of its core product –– not to mention increased store sales –– Domino’s Pizza has rightfully earned the title of 2010 Chain of the Year. In the next 10 pages, you’ll find out exactly why.

Although Domino’s Pizza won’t actually celebrate 50 years in the industry until this December, it has come a long way since 1960 when two brothers borrowed $900 and opened a pizza shop in Ypsilanti, Michigan. Today’s Domino’s encompasses 9,000 domestic and international stores with sales topping out at more than $5.6 billion. Even better, the company reports its domestic sales increased 14.3 percent in the first quarter of 2010, while international sales are up 4.2 percent.

Overall, the company saw same-store sales rise 4.8 percent in 2009. It closed 97 franchise stores and 23 company owned units, but opened 346 internationally.

Nearly 50 percent of sales come from the company’s international division, says Jenny Fouracre, director, investor relations and legislative affairs, and that number is rising. “Probably in three to five years, international will be bigger than domestic. We’re in over 60 countries, and if you think about it, those are very immature pizza markets. There’s a lot of opportunity, and a lot of store growth potential.” The company has seen 16 years of same-store sales growth at the international level, and it grew 4.3 percent last year.

“We’ve concentrated on our top markets, especially our top 10 markets,” Fouracre says. Studying growth rates in those markets is key. Outside of the U.S., the company relies on master franchise models. “What we do is we find a really well-financed local family or local business person. They are Domino’s Pizza for that country or region,” Fouracre says. The stores are either corporate-owned or sub-franchised, depending on country. Unlike domestic franchisees, international Domino’s owners are allowed to own other concepts. The company opened its 9,000th store in India last spring, the company’s largest growth market.

In all, there are 4,461 franchised stores and 466 company-owned stores. “Our franchisees are really the heart and soul of our system,” Fouracre says. “We’ve got a little over 1,100 franchisees. We’ve got a great long-term relationship with them. Many of them have been here over 30 years. … They pay royalties weekly and we’ve got a 99 percent collection rate on our royalties.” Most of the company’s franchisees own three to four stores with its largest operating 143.

Aside from Domino’s domestic and international stores, it also owns and operates its own dough manufacturing and supply chain facilities. It is in these 17 units that the company’s fresh dough is made, vegetables are processed and its thin crust is produced.

The company has undergone a number of changes in the past 18 months, from the resignation of its CEO, David Brandon, who left to serve as athletic director at the University of Michigan, to a revamp of its menu capped by a whole new pizza from the crust up. (For more on Domino’s new products, see page 62.)

“The change we made with our pizza –– I mean, it’s our core business –– is something we’re going to talk about for a long time,” says CEO Patrick Doyle. “There’s an evolution of how we’ve talked about it.” There’s a level of excitement about the brand at the corporate and local levels despite the focus group criticisms that fueled its product revamp and a viral video scandal that led to negative sales in the second quarter of last year (see page 70). This is a whole new Domino’s Pizza, figuratively and literally. “Look, it’s pizza. We can’t take ourselves too seriously,” Doyle says, “and we don’t want the consumer to. Pizza is fun. It’s a different occasion for families when they order in pizza. Rules are broken. First of all, they all gather for the pizza. There’s no forks and knives, and maybe not even a plate. It may just be a napkin. It is a fun experience, and so you see that from us –– and frankly you see it from the whole category.”

As a result of Domino’s splashy advertising campaigns and new products, competitors like Pizza Hut and Papa John’s have had to step up their ‘A’ games as well. That has resulted in a return to the competitive pizza wars of the 1980s. All three companies have slashed prices, with Domino’s offering two medium one-topping pizzas for $5.99 each. Papa John’s and Pizza Hut responded with $10 large pizzas –– including specialty offerings. Since Domino’s New and Inspired recipe is pricier, how are they able to maintain food costs in light of its product upgrade? Doyle says profitability “has to be an ongoing part of how we operate. At the same time, there is definitely a different consumer mindset out there than there was part of the equation. Our view is that the right answer is to strike a balance. Have a balance between value and premium. With the American Legends line that we’ve been selling at $12.99 for a large pizza, it did very well for us. If we can balance that with good price points for consumers who are more value-oriented, as the consumer mindset shifts back a little bit, we’re in a terrific place.”

Pizza continues to be a good value for consumers, but less so than 10 years ago, Doyle says. “I think part of that is why the category was not doing as well as it should going back (several years). We weren’t getting the growth in the (QSR) category that we once were. We think value has to be an important part of that. We think it’s why you saw the category be a little bit softer than all of us would have liked. We think us delivering value, and our competitors delivering value to the consumer, is ultimately a healthy thing for the category.”

The company has a conservative growth plan of raising domestic same-store sales between one and three percent annually, while they believe international sales could top out at 5 percent annually. Longterm goals are to open 200 to 250 new units annually with the addition of new international markets. “International has been an absolute rocket shot for us,” Doyle says. “It’s been doing incredibly well.” Balancing domestic and international operations has actually been a benefit, as new products can be shared, like the company’s newest dessert offering which originated from Turkey. “That sharing of ideas and using other markets’ successes or failures as a place to learn is part of what makes the system work,” says Doyle. “The fact that we have this booming international business is only a benefit for the U.S. business.” ?

Domino’s Pizza by the Numbers
2009 sales: $5.6 billion

Total units: 9,000 Total number of franchised units:
Domestic – 4,461
International – 4,073

Total number of corporate stores: 466
Average sales volume per unit:
Domestic – $614,000
International – 642,400
Percent delivery: 71%
Percent Carryout: 29%
Number of employees: 180,000 systemwide

Franchise fee:
$0 for existing franchisees
$25,000 for new franchisees
Royalties: 5.5%
Average cost to open a store: $175,000 – $250,000

Domino’s Top 10 International Markets

? Mexico*
? United Kingdom*
? Australia*
? South Korea
? Canada
? India*
? Japan
? France
? Taiwan
? Turkey *

These indicate publicly traded companies in their home countries.

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.

The post 2010 June: New & Improved appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-a-pizza-my-mind/ How many times have you asked yourself the question, “I wonder how the (you fill in the blank) national chains’ mega promotions are working out?” Sometimes, it seems like the big four national chains have an exclusivity on creativity. They constantly toss new ideas against the wall to see if they stick. Some do and […]

The post 2010 July: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
How many times have you asked yourself the question, “I wonder how the (you fill in the blank) national chains’ mega promotions are working out?” Sometimes, it seems like the big four national chains have an exclusivity on creativity. They constantly toss new ideas against the wall to see if they stick. Some do and some don’t. The psychology of the “new and improved” statement hasn’t changed since the beginning of the advertising age. The success or failure of the promotion does not matter. It is no big deal if Square, Round, Upside Down, Stuffed, Flavored or Stuffed Crust become permanent menu additions. The desired end game of every national chain is to increase gross and net sales and improve stockholders’ and a brand’s equities. The new rollout promotions are to create awareness and trial of their new and improved entrée or service. Once any business impresses a customer trying a new entrée, more often than not, it leads to repeat sales. They have just become the top positioned provider of pizza to your former customer. Last time I checked, it is working for them, especially if they can glean customer contact information on their POS system.

It’s time to unlock your creative juices and get something exciting happening in your menu. You have all the tools you need. What you don’t have in specialized equipment you probably can live without. Can you create a new pizza or entrée so good or different that people are talking about it? If you are serving the same pie as your daddy, you are missing a big surge in new sales. Reinvent your menu with some excitement in it. Your new creation doesn’t have to live forever, just long enough to shine the spotlight on you and your culinary expertise. If all it does is entice a hundred or two of you competitors’ customers to try you out, it’s worth it. Just don’t forget to have them get entered into your database. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 July: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Say What: https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-say-what/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-say-what/ Is your pizzeria shouting or whispering? Because the noise a restaurant makes influences a customer’s dining experience, operators need to listen. “Acceptable noise levels in a restaurant or bar will depend on the type of establishment, its concept and general positioning. Noise control is actually quite rare in restaurants, as to some extent, the greater […]

The post 2010 June: Say What: appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Is your pizzeria shouting or whispering? Because the noise a restaurant makes influences a customer’s dining experience, operators need to listen.

“Acceptable noise levels in a restaurant or bar will depend on the type of establishment, its concept and general positioning. Noise control is actually quite rare in restaurants, as to some extent, the greater the noise the more exciting the venue. Indeed, a high level of background noise can be self-aggravating — it makes people speak louder to be heard,” says restaurant consultant Robert Ancill, CEO and managing partner of thenextidea.net. “Of course, this is not the case of all establishments, as noisy spaces can often be off-putting and nonrelaxing.”

Phil Diegelman, president of The Diegelman Group, a restaurant consulting fi rm in Orange, California, reminds operators to “remember the “social part of dining out; more importantly, that a loud restaurant is a busy restaurant.”

When it comes to measuring the noise level in a restaurant, find the range in decibels. “There is no set acceptable noise level; rather there are typical ranges depending upon the atmosphere desired within the space. Higher noise levels from speech and music are used at trendy spaces to lend an enjoyable dynamic environment, whereas in more intimate restaurants, lower noise levels –– set by mellow music –– are more desirable. Lively restaurants can have sound levels in the range of 75 dB(A), often with music having a strong base beat; intimate fi ne dinning establishments can be in the range of 50 dB(A),” says Brian Howe with Howe Gastmeier Chapnik Limited in Canada.

According to Diegelman, “the acceptable noise level for most restaurants is usually at conversation level, 70dB, or at its loudest 80dB (a telephone ring), all at a distance of three to five feet. In restaurants that have a bar, the noise level can be much higher because of the recorded or live music (90 dB or higher), which is the beginning of the danger level to our hearing.”

Dominique J. Cheenne of C&C Consultants Acoustic and Noise Control in Nebraska says: “A pizza restaurant that wants to focus on a quiet-style motif, with lights on the table and a visible cooking area such as wood-fired oven, should aim at less than 70 dB(A) of ambient noise level, and this would mean very quiet background music (if any) in order for the patrons to have private conversation without raising their voices. On the other hand, a more relaxed restaurant catering to college students will opt for an ambient noise level that is noticeably higher [between 75 dB(A) and maybe as high as 80 dB(A)], because they value background music and even televisions as part of the experience.”

According to Brian Smith, INCE board-certified principal of Acoustical Engineering Consultants in Elk Grove, California, “most restaurant spaces should try to keep average sound levels below 75 dB(A). Many of today’s restaurant spaces easily exceed this level. One other thing to keep in mind. If you have restaurant sound levels consistently above 85 dB(A), an OSHA hearing conversation program may be necessary for staff.”

To compare levels, Diegelman says operators can listen to the phone ring — and if it can be heard, the level is perfect. “To become more technical, the operator can purchase a sound level meter online,” Diegelman advises.

According to Cheenne, “accurate measurements of noise levels must be done with sound level meters (SLM) that can provide a statistical description of the levels over time.”

Ancill suggests a non-technical way operators can measure noise levels. “A more typical measurement is controlled customer feedback in the form of surveys, mystery shopper reports, even sales performance at different day parts when noise is noticeably different,” Ancill said.

If a restaurant is determined too loud, operators can adjust the volume in a variety of ways. “The easiest thing to do is look at the customer area. Are the surfaces hard? Glass, wood, drywall and exposed brick are prime reflectors of sound. The more sound there is bouncing around the room, the lower the intelligibility of conversation. Soft surfaces — such as carpet, tapestries, curtains, partitions and padded seating — all help with reverb control. In ceilings you can have higher rated ceiling tiles for sound absorption. Treatments to walls and ceilings can range from foam products to fabric covered panels or diffusers. Most after-market solutions are higher in cost and installation,” says David Soran of Audio Consultant Services Inc. in Denver, Colorado. Smith agrees that specific surfaces can raise the volume.

“The typical problem of noise levels or loudness in restaurant spaces comes from the use of hard sound reflecting room finishes. Other factors may include the space layout, booth/table design, partitions, HVAC system, sound system and kitchen equipment. Here is where the expertise of an acoustical consultant really helps. Even if the only necessary change is adding sound absorbing material to room surfaces, an acoustical expert will determine the quantity, type, placement, and mounting method of sound absorbing materials to meet both the sound level and aesthetic goals of the owner/operator,” Smith says. “In general, carpet is not a good sound absorber. Acoustical treatment is usually recommended for both the ceiling and wall surfaces, with the ceiling typically being the most important acoustical surface in the space.”

If customers’ voices are too loud because of music, Diegelman recommends turning “the volume down incrementally, waiting a few minutes between adjustments
. This will quiet them without notice. Most guests will notice the noise level has dropped and speak more quietly, as to not be heard by the table next to them.”

Operators must also be aware of minimizing the sound from machines. “Restaurants need to minimize the impact of sound from exhaust fans and other mechanical systems. A good engineering design would limit noise levels from these sources to about 40 dB(A) so as not to interfere with music and speech,” Howe said. Noise levels in restaurants can tell a lot to a potential customer like “here’s the party” or “let’s talk.” Depending on what you want your restaurant to say, operators need to adjust the volume. ?

DeAnn Owens is a freelance journalist living in Dayton, Ohio. She specializes in features and human interest stories.

The post 2010 June: Say What: appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-commentary/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-commentary/ Recently, I spoke to a reporter from USA Today. He asked me about pizza’s place in the fast-food hierarchy. When he picked up the phone to call me, I doubt he expected such an animated and strong response to what seemed like a simple, innocent question. I guess you could say I had a “soap […]

The post 2010 July: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: CommentaryRecently, I spoke to a reporter from USA Today. He asked me about pizza’s place in the fast-food hierarchy. When he picked up the phone to call me, I doubt he expected such an animated and strong response to what seemed like a simple, innocent question. I guess you could say I had a “soap box” moment.

A few days later, my publisher, Pete Lachapelle, had Matt McClellan on his cell phone. Matt is sick and tired of pizza’s “junk food” reputation. As the most highly customizable dish in all of foodservice, pizza can be as healthy or suicidal as the customer wishes it to be. Matt, who owns a pizzeria in St. Petersburg, Florida, is on a mission to prove that pizza can have health benefi ts if consumed as part of a well-balanced diet. He’s illustrating his point by cycling up the East Coast. In fact, he is scheduled to end his Tour de Pizza this month. Read more about it in the August issue of Pizza Today.

But that’s another story. Back to the phone call. As Pete and I talked to Matt, he used the dreaded ‘F’ word not once, but twice. This got the two of us a bit fired up again. You see, we can handle the so-called ‘F-bomb’ all day long. We’re not exactly saints. But this particular ‘F’ word — fast food — is far worse. (Okay, ‘fast food’ is actually a two-word phrase, but let’s not get bogged down by minutiae here).

As Pete and I talked, we began to realize that the sorely misplaced fast-food designation has become pizza’s proverbial albatross.

Why shouldn’t pizza be lumped in with fast food, the uninitiated might ask? First, let’s just take the definition of “fast food.” Notice that critical first word … fast? What’s fast about pizza? Nothing.

You woke up this morning and made fresh dough. The process took time. The dough is now proofing and aging, which allows it to slowly develop spectacular flavor for use not today, but tomorrow — or maybe even the next day.
Your prep crew spent much of the morning cutting, slicing and dicing fresh vegetables.
When a customer places an order, you’ll then start the process of preparing their meal to their specific wishes. You’ll dress that dough, to order, with sauce, cheese, meats and vegetables. You’ll then place the customer’s pizza in the oven, where it will be fresh-baked. The entire process, from order origination to fulfillment, will take 15-20 minutes. Let’s compare this to an experience at a fast-food outlet.
The customer will pull up to a drive-thru speaker.
They will look at a pre-determined list of meals and choose a number.
Thirty seconds later the customer will pay at a window and be handed a bag of food that was pre-cooked and sitting under warmers. See any similarities between pizza and fast food? I sure don’t.

Unfortunately, pizza suffers from a cruel twist in identity, one in which its key strengths have worked not for the category, but against it. Think about it for a second: What is one of your biggest selling points? Pizza provides exceptional value, right? It is both inexpensive and delicious. Can’t go wrong with that equation.

Pizza is also efficient — it pleases just about everyone, and it’s designed to be eaten by families or groups. That $10 pizza feeds 2-3 people. That equates to $3.33-$5 a person. That falls within the price range of the fast-food category, which is rife with $1 items.

I’ll take that $3 slice over the $1 burger every day of the week. As will most people. So get out there and tell them about the time and care you put into preparing a fresh, made-to-order product that is wholesome and delicious. While it’s not news to you, it will be to them.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 July: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: What a Softly https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-what-a-softly/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-what-a-softly/ A soft opening, also known as a Friends and Family dinner or a mock training, is the event a restaurant hosts before the grand opening. It’s the practice session in which the kitchen and the front of the house staff work a shift and feed a full restaurant at lunch or dinner, but the customers […]

The post 2010 June: What a Softly appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
A soft opening, also known as a Friends and Family dinner or a mock training, is the event a restaurant hosts before the grand opening. It’s the practice session in which the kitchen and the front of the house staff work a shift and feed a full restaurant at lunch or dinner, but the customers pay nothing or very little.

The soft opening has a few goals, says Christopher Muller, director of the Center for Multi-Unit Restaurant Management at the University of Central Florida, Rosen School of Hospitality Management in Orlando. “This is not open your door and let everyone eat for free,” he says. Instead, think of it as a way to accomplish several goals: getting good public relations, alerting the community that you’re open, training staff and building up a list of names that you may contact later for promotions or other communications.

If you send invitations, be clear about how many people are invited. Use phrases such as “You and a guest,” and ask guests to respond by phone or email so you get an accurate count of how many people to expect.

Tony Crosby, vice president of restaurant operations for the 19-unit Johnnie’s New York Pizzeria, recommends also inviting local business people and city officials. Hold the soft openings a few days before opening the restaurant to the public. “You can hold two to three shifts or days of trainings and then have one day in between training and opening to finish any last-minute preparations before you officially open,” he says. Johnnie’s New York Pizzeria is one of the restaurant companies owned by Scottsdale, Arizona based Kahala Corp.

It’s important to control other details too. “You should figure out how many customers you want to serve, how many repetitions of a recipe or station to accomplish, and the amount of practice you want for employees,” Crosby says.

Plan which food and beverages your staff will serve. Give each table a card telling them what items to order, or offer a limited selection to each table, so that all items or stations will get an equal amount of training. “If you do not do this, you might get everyone ordering the most popular items and some recipes or stations will not get practice,” Crosby says. “Be careful as your customers will want to order what they want and not what you want them to. Have a selection for each customer to choose from so you can avoid any upset customers.”

Be sure to limit the amount of food people can order, so that certain extreme value seekers don’t order multiple entrees and walk out carrying four desserts. “It’s a training night, not a free food for everyone night,” Muller says. “The guests are helping you, not the other way around.” Limit each person’s order to, for example, one appetizer, one entrée, and one dessert. Ask people to fill out a short evaluation form at the end of the meal.

Gino Palma Esposito, owner of Facci Restaurant in Laurel, Maryland, says when they held their soft opening in January, they did not offer the full menu. “We did not have the fresh gnocchi because it would take too long to prepare the gnocchi,” he says. He did have the full crew though, working all three nights of the training.

He also charged people half price for food, full price for alcoholic beverages. “We told them ahead of time,” he says. “They knew.”

Muller says you should not charge any money, or if you do, donate the money to charity. Your best bet is to give to a local charity, or a well publicized cause such as earthquake relief.

Palma Esposito says the only problem Facci had was that they expected 30 guests each night, but got 60. The extras came from walk-ins, some of the guests bringing extra guests, and probably from the fact the restaurant had announced the opening on Facebook.

Muller, who owned a restaurant in Maitland, Florida, says it’s important to strictly control the guest list. That means telling each staff member to invite four people and give them a window of when to arrive at the restaurant. “So we would say, Sally you invite four people, so she invites her mother, father, and two roommates, and they get four seats and they should arrive between 6 and 6:30 on Sunday,” he says. “You control the numbers so you don’t stress the kitchen.”

Make sure you have enough trainers on hand to help coach and monitor workers. “The goal is to be able to train in a real life scenario with actual customers for employees to be able to experience what will happen after the doors officially open,” Crosby says. “It’s an opportunity to establish a longlasting relationship, so have owners, managers and shift supervisors meeting and greeting the customers while they are coaching the employees.”

These early guests will likely be more understanding than paying customers. “Since they were friends and they had a big discount they were not looking for perfection,” says Palma Esposito.

Or, as Crosby says, “They will be your first customers once you officially open and hopefully customers for life if you make them feel special during these Friends and Family trainings.” ?

Nora Caley is a freelance writer specializing in food and business topics. She lives in Denver, Colorado.

The post 2010 June: What a Softly appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-five-questions/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-five-questions/ Willy Olund took second place in the International Pizza Challenge’s non-traditional category at the 2010 International Pizza Expo in Las Vegas. Q. Entering International Pizza Challenge can be a daunting task. Why enter a gluten-free pizza rather than a more traditional offering? A: When I developed the gluten-free crust, we got great response immediately. People […]

The post 2010 July: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Willy Olund took second place in the International Pizza Challenge’s non-traditional category at the 2010 International Pizza Expo in Las Vegas.

Q. Entering International Pizza Challenge can be a daunting task. Why enter a gluten-free pizza rather than a more traditional offering?

A: When I developed the gluten-free crust, we got great response immediately. People that don’t even eat gluten-free or need to eat gluten-free were trying it and loving it. I had a woman … who was coming in regularly, and she said she had a friend who had competed in a gluten-free category in Italy — and our pizza looked a lot better than that pizza. I thought to myself, ‘Well, it’s time that I competed.’

Q. How well do gluten-free pizzas sell at Willy O’s?

A: We’re selling probably in the neighborhood of 250 or 300 a week. At this point, it’s fairly new. We’re just now getting known for it with Willy O’s being as new as it is –– it’s only 17 (or) 18 months old.

Q. One of the biggest concerns of offering gluten-free products is cross contamination. How do you avoid it?

A: We do it similar to how someone would do it in their own kitchen, and that is paying close attention to what we’re doing and how we’re doing it. Every time, before we make any pizza, we think to ourselves, ‘is this gluten or gluten-free?’ So we do a lot of handwashing (and) a lot of changing of the tools we’re using to make sure we’re staying on the gluten-free side. Our goal in the near future, as fast as we’re growing, is to open a new facility. In that, we’re looking at building two kitchens to make it easier. We feel it is easier that way, but I don’t think it’s impossible the way that it is (now).

Q. Much of what you make in-house is homemade. How are you keeping costs down in such a severe economy?

A: We’re really trying to keep costs down by using all of our products so that we don’t have any that we need to throw away. … Right now, for us, we’re not in a low-dollar pizza range. Even though we have five pizzerias that we can see out our window, we are not competing with those. We’re the only one with high-quality pizza, so we can demand the price that we need for the quality that we serve.

Q. We know you work with your wife, Carla. What advice would you give to someone entering the industry about working with family?

A: I think it’s good in that family is to be trusted. That’s one thing that you have going for you. You should have the same goals. There are always pitfalls (and) problems just like with any other employee.

The post 2010 July: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Hold On https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-hold-on/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-hold-on/ For many pizzerias, call-in orders are a substantial part of their business. Whether it’s families or college co-eds, customers are used to picking up the phone to order their favorite pie. You can capitalize on those calls by ensuring that every caller has the opportunity to hear your promotions by using a customized hold system. […]

The post 2010 July: Hold On appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
For many pizzerias, call-in orders are a substantial part of their business. Whether it’s families or college co-eds, customers are used to picking up the phone to order their favorite pie. You can capitalize on those calls by ensuring that every caller has the opportunity to hear your promotions by using a customized hold system. Make the right offer, and you can raise your average ticket by as much as $2 (or more) per order. It’s a smart investment for any restaurant.

Mike Ulrey, vice president of marketing for Flyers Pizza in central Ohio, says hold systems are a no-brainer because it’s something that impacts your customers before you even get the chance to talk to them. “I did an analysis of a particular month with a couple of products that we had on our message on hold specials, and we found that we’re doing anywhere from a 30- to 45-percent increase on those particular products that we use for the special during that month,” he says. Hold systems are a unique marketing tool for up-selling products to call-in customers; you’ve already sold the customer on your restaurant whether through a promotional fl yer or television ad –– so why not sweeten the deal? “You’ve got the customer to call into the store, and once they call in you have to capitalize on that call and up-sell,” says Rick Stanbridge, president of Fidelity Communications, a phone service company that services the quick service industry.

There are two options for hold systems: a standard hold feature and a sequencer. Both can be effective, and which one you choose for your restaurant will depend on your budget and sales goals. Standard hold features are only used if your CSRs are too busy to take a new call and usually cost from $300 to $600. A live person answers the phone and tells the customer to hold. While waiting, the customer hears recorded promotions or music. “Sequencing is where an on-hold device actually answers the phone and automatically up-sells the customer with a short upfront special and then puts the customer on hold until an available CSR can take the call,” says Stanbridge.

What’s the difference? “If you’re looking at a strictly on-hold feature, the advantage obviously is that you can continually promote your restaurant and specials,” says Stanbridge. “The other thing is, particularly on a Friday night, a customer can be put on hold for an exorbitant amount of time and the time will go by faster, no matter what you put on your message –– even if you only put music on there –– the time to the customer will go by considerably faster. We have completed studies where the perception of the time on hold is about a third of the actual time when they’re listening to either a message or music.”

Another difference is the price of a sequencer with an initial outlay between $1,500 and $2,400. However, the advantages of a sequencer quickly add up: every customer will hear the message — and once they reach a live CSR, they will not be put on hold again for the duration of the call.

At Flyers Pizza, call-in customers are presented with the option to hear the specials by a call sequencer (they can also choose to opt-out and go directly to a CSR). “Our focus is on the family; that’s our target market,” says Ulrey. “What we’ll do is package a pizza, an appetizer and a soft drink together. We like to set price points that we think families will find very appealing (such as $19.95). The only way customers hear about the dinner special is by listening to the promo hold message.”

Pizza Inn, headquartered in The Colony, Texas, also utilizes a sequencing system for call-ins. Madison Jobe, vice president of development, says that their franchisees swear by the messaging system. “It reduces your hang-ups and call backs, because at least customers know that they are waiting in a queue; so it’s not just a ring or busy signal. Our franchisees feel that their hang-ups have reduced, at a minimum, by half, and probably more than that at most stores. Early on, we tracked results more closely than now, but tickets increased anywhere from $1 to $2 per order after the system was put into place several years ago.”

There are several options for the production of your hold messages. Some pizzeria owners choose to record their own messages, while others hire a professional service to handle the production. “Message on hold providers will tell you that it’s better to use the professional greetings,” says Stanbridge. “However, depending on how savvy you are or if you have someone with a good voice working for you, you can do it yourself.” Ulrey says their hold messages are always top performers in terms of ROI. “The dinner special from message on hold is always in the top five when analyzing our different promotions.” ?

Win ’em Over While They Wait

Investing resources and time into your on-hold messaging system is a worthwhile investment. Up-sell your customers on every call with these tips:

? Keep it short and sweet. “We like to keep messages a minute or under,” says Mike Ulrey, vice president of marketing for Flyers Pizza. “It’s extremely important because people want to get off the phone. People have less time now than ever, and to have a lengthy on-hold message … people will turn it off very quickly. The most we’ve offered on one message is two specials, and we keep messages very brief so we don’t get the customer ticked off.”
? Bundle up. Always create a package deal for your on-hold promotions by combining pizzas with appetizers and/or soda combos. Ulrey advises coordinating your specials with your soda and appetizer manufacturers. “We’ll get them to help defer some of the food cost, and basically we do a package deal,” he says.
? Rotate promotions regularly. Pizza Inn likes to switch their promotional messages on their system at least once a month. “We feature offers that are only available to those on hold, and we track them with a special code,” says Madison Jobe, vice president of development.
? Shop around. Googling “on hold marketing” yielded more than 18 million results. Find the one that best suits your needs –– and your budget.

Denene Brox is a freelance writer specializing in food and business topics. She lives in Kansas City, Kansas.

The post 2010 July: Hold On appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Hopjacks https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-il-pizzaiolo-hopjacks/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-il-pizzaiolo-hopjacks/ The sandy shores of Pensacola Beach, Florida, yield a plethora of dining options ranging from shaved ice shacks to Zagat-rated dining rooms. Seated comfortably in the middle is Hopjacks Pizza Kitchen & Taproom. But this two-unit company, owned by partners Corey Fogarty and Joe Abston, isn’t just your average pizzeria. Here, you’ll find traditional pub […]

The post 2010 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Hopjacks appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Il Pizzaiolo: HopjacksThe sandy shores of Pensacola Beach, Florida, yield a plethora of dining options ranging from shaved ice shacks to Zagat-rated dining rooms. Seated comfortably in the middle is Hopjacks Pizza Kitchen & Taproom. But this two-unit company, owned by partners Corey Fogarty and Joe Abston, isn’t just your average pizzeria. Here, you’ll find traditional pub fare combined with upscale creations, live music and more beer selections than you should probably try. It’s all part of Hopsjacks kitsch, and that’s what keeps its varied clientele coming back for more.

 

Fogarty and Abston had been friends for a couple of years before kicking around the idea of opening a restaurant together. Initially, they began formulating a high-end concept utilizing Abston’s gourmet background. But through a series of discussions over coffee, that evolved into a much different formula.

“I said, ‘Dude, you’re a five-star chef. You don’t think you can make some awesome pizza?” says Fogarty, likening Abston’s reaction to “dominos falling” as the initial concept took form.

To save money, they purchased used equipment –– including an antiquated deck oven –– which at the same time was intentional. “It was a good thing for us,” says Fogarty. “Joe and I, we wanted to look like we’d been around, because we’ve been around in the restaurant business. Everybody we’ve hired has been in the restaurant business. The concept hadn’t, but we wanted people to feel comfortable when they walked in the door.”

Although they could have replaced them, the scarred tables and chairs that accompanied the purchase of the restaurant remain, and they’re just getting ready to replace the well-worn carpeting. “We didn’t get in the way of our own good ideas,” Abston says. The 96-year-old building location had previously been a Mexican restaurant on one side and a jewelry store on the other (complete with safe that still remains on property). They simply busted through the wall, left the beams and headers, used the stunning jewelry cases as their bar and ripped off five layers of materials to reveal an original brick wall.

The Pensacola location has a large center counter that invites communal dining, and as the company expands, they hope new locations will lend themselves to that structural feature.

Two years later, Hopjacks seems to be on to something. The company was on DRAFT Magazine’s 150 Best Bars of 2009 list, and it has won nearly 10 local accolades as well. The Pensacola location offers 36 beers on tap and more than 150 by the bottle. The beer menu changes daily, and they even soak their own fruits for cocktail infusions.

“We’re primarily pizza, but we take my background, which is primarily snotty, high-end restaurants and turn that into pizza,” says Abston. (Pizza accounts for 37 percent of Hopjacks’ business.)

One of the restaurants’ signature offerings are its Belgian fries. Abston takes fresh-cut potatoes, fries them in duck fat and serves with ketchup and a roasted garlic herb dip. And yes, we said duck fat. “Between the two stores, we’re doing about 900 pounds of potatoes a week now,” he says.

How does Hopjacks manage to keep costs down with such a high-end ingredient? The key to a successful menu, says Abston, is to avoid menuing items that compete with one another and allow ingredients to go further. Abston says they render their own duck meat, use it elsewhere on their menu (such as the Roasted Duck Caesar Salad and the Herb Roasted Duck specialty pizza) and then use the fat for the fries. It’s economical because they’re able to stretch out the ingredient beyond one dish.

Hopjacks’ top-selling pizza is its Butcher Block, which is piled high with smoked bacon, seared filet mignon and pepperoni. It carries the tagline: “This pizza has so many compliments, it actually has an ego.” (They use 300 pounds of fi let a week, so bulk buying ingredients is crucial.) Why so gourmet? “I’d probably made 50 pizzas in my life before I opened this,” Abston says, “but I’d been cooking for 15 years and mostly in very, very high-end Ritz-Carltons, places like that. So, what we wanted to do was push the envelope a little bit, but still keep it approachable. I preach that word probably 50 times a week.”

Dough is outsourced for the company, but freshness of ingredients is still important.

Fogarty describes their hiring techniques as “tattoos and ties” in that they’re open-minded enough to realize that it takes a village to create a culture. That extends to the local and touring bands that drop in and play well into the night. Hopjacks is lucky enough to walk that fine line between restaurant and bar. During the day, Hopjacks is frequented by local medical students and construction workers alike. As dusk turns to dark, however, it’s a raucous, hopping spot where the beer flows freely and the pizzas fl y from the kitchen well into the night.

“We’re doing what we’re doing, and it’s working phenomenally well,” Fogarty says. They serve a full menu until 2 a.m., and the bar is open until 3 a.m.

Expansion plans are in the works, with Fogarty and Abston preferring downtown redevelopment districts and old buildings that lend themselves to Hopjacks’ comfortable feel and help support the local community. The company’s second store opened in Mobile, Alabama, in June 2009. “Here on the coast, we either need to go East or West,” Abston says. “East of us gets really expensive up to Panama City.” Fogarty adds that those markets are saturated. Opening in Mobile afforded them a downtown locale close to their Pensacola headquarters.

“Our expansion plan is possibly to have a charter with the business that requires a small amount of reinvestment in the local community with their net income if we ever have a licensee or franchise situation,” Fogarty says.

Part of their plan is to work with downtown city improvement groups to find the best angle for future restaurants “instead of just going in and finding private real estate,” Fogarty adds. “We converse with the city agencies, (and) we utilize the systems that they have to support new businesses, and we listen to them.”

Although there is potential for Hopjacks to grow in its immediate areas, Fogarty and Abston instead plan to expand with other concepts locally. The goal, Fogarty says, is one Hopjacks per downtown location per market.

“We want to build regional brand strength,” he says. Rather than franchise, Fogarty hopes to license, work with owner-operators or directly own any future stores. Potential partners, Fogarty says, are “progressive, community minded, engaging and seasoned,” much like the concept itself. ?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing of Pizza Today.

The post 2010 July: Il Pizzaiolo: Hopjacks appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-a-pizza-my-mind/ Beauty lies in the bottom line. Simply put, beautiful menus are money-making menus. All the rest are money losers. What kind of menu do you have and how do you know? Let’s slice and dice a typical pizzeria menu. Profitability should be the deciding factor on all future decisions. This exercise will lean on the […]

The post 2010 August: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: A Pizza My MindBeauty lies in the bottom line. Simply put, beautiful menus are money-making menus. All the rest are money losers.

What kind of menu do you have and how do you know? Let’s slice and dice a typical pizzeria menu. Profitability should be the deciding factor on all future decisions. This exercise will lean on the logical rather than the emotional side of the brain. This may be a painful exercise, but I assure you your new menu will be a money maker.

Several years ago I made a house call to a client in downtown Detroit. After introductions and a quick tour, I picked up a carry out menu. It was a full sheet folded in half, printed off a copier. There was almost zero white space, no descriptions or photos. It was black ink on beige paper that offered four or five kinds of fish, French fries, and 25 sub sandwiches. On top of this were huge pasta and pizza selections. I watched the crew at this pizzeria root through an upright two-door freezer for the right kind of fi sh and fries for a dinner.

I dug out my trusty highlighter and asked the owner to line out any entrees that didn’t sell at least three units a day or were a pain to cook. In 10 minutes we shaved off about half of his slow movers.

I told him how my own menu crept up once. If a customer or I loved an entrée, it was in the next print. I told him how I had to eventually axe my favorite Seafood Pizza.

After I did my first POS report on Menu Mix, it became crystal clear that another three pizzas and half of my sandwiches needed to go as well. I gave the probationary entrees three more months to raise unit sales, then ran another Menu Mix along with a menu engineering report. Menu engineering is a computerized or manual tool that ranks all entrees based on profitability and popularity. Sure, food cost percentage is important — but you can’t take it to the bank. A much more critical number is Contribution Margin (CM). CM is defined as the money that is left over after you have paid for the food and disposables for each and every menu component. This is the stuff that all expenses are paid from as well as where the profit comes from.

Anyway, after my client in Detroit cut his menu, his average delivery time improved by nine minutes. Additionally, the morale in the kitchen soared now that they didn’t have to dig and root for ingredients.
My takeaway thoughts?
? Capture the units sold per month report data from your POS system (or manually if you are handwriting guest checks). Black and white doesn’t lie. You probably know in your gut what entrees are dogs, but it’s good to see the reports.
? Perform a menu engineering study on your menu. Make decisions with your head, not your heart.
? Have your menus and fliers designed and printed professionally.
? The most profitable menus are lean and mean.
? If you can’t sell more units, sell smarter. Position and describe your stars so they account for higher sales.
? Loosen the grip on food cost percent. It’s only half of the profitability equation. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 August: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Italian Classic https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-italian-classic/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-italian-classic/ “The funny thing about eggplant is that the people who love it, really love it.” So says Tony DiSilvestro, owner of Ynot Pizza, a three-unit operation based in Virginia Beach, Virginia. From Ynot Pizza’s eggplant specialty pizza, eggplant rollatini and of course, eggplant Parmesan –– menued in both entrée and hot sub form –– DiSilvestro […]

The post 2010 July: Italian Classic appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Italian Classic“The funny thing about eggplant is that the people who love it, really love it.” So says Tony DiSilvestro, owner of Ynot Pizza, a three-unit operation based in Virginia Beach, Virginia. From Ynot Pizza’s eggplant specialty pizza, eggplant rollatini and of course, eggplant Parmesan –– menued in both entrée and hot sub form –– DiSilvestro sells a good amount of eggplant. While he admits all of his eggplant items sell well, nothing compares to the eggplant Parmesan. The $9.99 entrée is built by topping thin slices of breaded and fried skin-on eggplant with housemade marinara sauce and mozzarella.

It has an estimated food cost of 19 percent. It should come as no surprise that eggplant Parmesan continues to reign over vegetarian menu items. After all, diners would be hard-pressed, and most likely disappointed, to not find this comfort food classic on menus. Originating from Southern Italy, eggplant Parmesan traditionally calls for either fried or breaded and fried thin slices of eggplant blanketed in marinara and mozzarella that is then baked until the cheese melts and browns. The dish provides a win-win for operators and diners. Operators like its ease to prepare and low food cost (eggplant provides 100-percent yield), while diners enjoy its comfort-food factor.

Just because a menu item is a classic doesn’t mean it isn’t due for an update. Some operators execute the dish with a more modern approach. For example, instead of breading and deep-frying eggplant, Silvio Medoro, owner of Silvio’s Organic Pizza in Ann Arbor, Michigan, seasons eggplant slices with oregano, rosemary, salt and pepper and grills it. Then he layers three to four rows of eggplant in a baking dish between housemade tomato sauce and a mixture of eggs, romano, mozzarella and Parmesan. This bakes in a 500 F oven for one hour and sells for $12.50. “We try to be healthier, and our diners appreciate it,” says Medoro, who incorporates organic ingredients such as olive oil, fl our, herbs, vegetables, eggs and mozzarella into all of his dishes.

It’s not an option to remove the eggplant Parmesan ($10.50) from the menu of the New Berlin, New York based, New York Pizzeria, says Frank Baio, who co-owns the restaurant with his wife Betsey. The dish runs a 200-percent profit margin.

To prepare, Baio cuts round slices of eggplant a half-inch thick. Then he salts it and lets it sit a minimum of 40 minutes. Salting is the most important step when working with eggplant, says Baio, since it removes the eggplant’s bitterness.

He rinses the eggplant in cold water, pats it dry and dips it into a batter of heavy cream and eggs, then dredges it in toasted house-made breadcrumbs. He fries the eggplant in extra-virgin olive oil, then places it in a baking dish where it is topped with house-made marinara and mozzarella. After baking, it arrives with a side of pasta. Baio estimates the dish’s food cost is 30 percent, with eggplant costing $20 to $25 a case.

Baio further capitalized on his eggplant Parmesan’s success by introducing two eggplant dishes. Eggplant rollatini with spaghetti showcases lengthwise slices of fried eggplant wrapped around sweet ricotta cheese and spaghetti. While vacationing in Sicily for his mother’s 80th birthday, Baio was inspired by a dish his sister, Rosa, prepared. The Zia Rosa Eggplant resulted. It displays layers of eggplant, tomato sauce, breadcrumbs, toasted pine nuts, raisins and Italian Provolone. Baio plans to add this special to the menu permanently in the spring. “All of our eggplant dishes are pretty good sellers,” he says. “It’s because diners are into healthy food. Many customers reason that even though the eggplant is fried, it’s still somewhat healthy.”

The biggest challenge to preparing eggplant Parmesan and other eggplant dishes isn’t the technique, but the eggplant. Before beginning any eggplant dish, check to ensure that the eggplant is not bruised, scratched or discolored. “Make sure the eggplant is hard on the it, use your judgment. If you see brown seeds inside, it’s not worth using,” Baio says. Bigger does not always mean better. Baio recommends choosing medium-sized eggplants. Remember eggplant becomes bitter with age, so use quickly. DiSilvestro alleviates his eggplant consistency issues by purchasing frozen, sliced and breaded, skin-on eggplant. “Without a doubt, going with a frozen product is a huge labor and time saver,” he says. “The frozen product works well. It is sliced nice and thin. Sometimes when you make the product fresh, the breading comes off. This product’s breading never comes off.” Another reason why operators enjoy serving eggplant Parmesan, in all its incarnations: it gives diners more choices. “It’s nice to have variety of vegetarian items on the menu,” DiSilvestro says. ?

Eggplant Parmesan

Yield: 6 servings

1 large eggplant, about 1½ pounds
Salt, as needed
2 eggs, beaten
1½ cups fine, dry bread crumbs mixed with ½ teaspoon salt and ½ teaspoon ground black pepper
Olive oil
8 ounces tomato sauce
1 teaspoon dried leaf basil
½ teaspoon dried leaf oregano, crumbled
16 ounces sliced mozzarella cheese
½ cup grated Parmesan cheese

Wash eggplant and cut crosswise into ½-inch thick slices. Salt eggplant and let sit for 40 minutes. Rinse eggplant in cold water and pat dry.

Dip eggplant into beaten eggs then dredge with seasoned breadcrumbs.

Place slices on a plate and chill for 30 to 45 minutes.

Heat about 1?8-inch of oil in a heavy skillet. Fry eggplant on both sides until golden brown and crispy. Drain well on paper towels.

In a saucepan, heat tomato sauce, basil and oregano. Spread 1?3 of the sauce in a greased 12 x 8 x 2-inch baking dish. Layer half of the eggplant, half of the mozzarella, another 1?3 of the sauce, and half the Parmesan. Repeat layers. Bake at 350 F for 30 minutes, or until hot and bubbly.

Melanie Wolkoff Wachsman is a freelance writer in Louisville, Kentucky. She covers food, business and liefestyle trends.

The post 2010 July: Italian Classic appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Commentary https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-commentary/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-commentary/ Since it showcases our annual Independent Pizzeria of the Year, I always carry a little extra enthusiasm for our August issue. After all, running an independent pizza business to the highest of standards and success levels is the crux of what Pizza Today is all about. That said, it is with great pleasure that I […]

The post 2010 August: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: CommentarySince it showcases our annual Independent Pizzeria of the Year, I always carry a little extra enthusiasm for our August issue. After all, running an independent pizza business to the highest of standards and success levels is the crux of what Pizza Today is all about.

That said, it is with great pleasure that I introduce to our readers the 2010 Independent of the Year: Tutta Bella Neapolitan Pizzeria in Seattle, Washington. Founded in 2004 by former Starbucks executive Joe Fugere, Tutta Bella was the first pizzeria in the Pacifi c Northwest to receive certifi cation from the Associazione Verace Pizza Napoletanta (VPN), the watchdog that ensures its American pizzeria members live up to the traditions and standards of the original pizza crafted centuries ago in Naples, Italy. I have personally visited Tutta Bella four different times over the years, and I’ve never left any of the company’s four locations without feeling absolutely blown away by the superior food quality, service, attention to detail, ambiance … you name it. This might well be the perfect pizzeria.

Seattle residents obviously agree. Tutta Bella will top $10 million in sales this year.

To learn more about Tutta Bella and what makes it so special, see our coverage beginning on page 58. If you take nothing else away from this issue, don’t fail to absorb Fugere’s passion for his business and the way he has set it up to succeed by demanding excellence in every facet of it. By cultivating a talented staff and then empowering it, he has fostered an environment in which every employee takes ownership and works to ensure customer satisfaction remains high. Fugere doggedly pursues perfection from every angle, ranging from the wine list or the way an espresso is pulled to the way the cornizione (the pillowy rim of the finished crust) must look before the kitchen can send a pizza out to a table. But while he’s driven by excellence, he’s inspired and guided by authenticity. Essentially, he wants to re-create the quintessential Neapolitan experience in his four Seattle pizzerias each and every day. It’s a lofty bar, and Tutta Bella reaches it.

Congratulations to Fugere and the rest of his staff. You’ll meet many of them in the pages of this issue. People like executive chef Brian Gojdics; beer, wine and spirits manager R.C. Jennings; coffee program manager Jeff Perini; director of operations Joyce Morinaka; training program manager Kelli Phelan; sustainability program manager Erik Cain and facilities program manager Jamie Sprott. These people are at the forefront of one of the nation’s most successful operations, and Pizza Today is proud to cover their success stories.

Best,

Jeremy White, editor-in-chief
jwhite@www.pizzatoday.com

The post 2010 August: Commentary appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-marketing-matters/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-marketing-matters/ “Jack of all trades, master of none” is a figure of speech used in reference to a generalist — a person that is competent, but not outstanding. Is that you? Is that your pizzeria? Recently I came across a menu/fl yer and found multiple USPs (Unique Selling Points): ‘When Taste Matters’, ‘When Taste and Atmosphere […]

The post 2010 July: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Marketing Matters“Jack of all trades, master of none” is a figure of speech used in reference to a generalist — a person that is competent, but not outstanding. Is that you? Is that your pizzeria?

Recently I came across a menu/fl yer and found multiple USPs (Unique Selling Points): ‘When Taste Matters’, ‘When Taste and Atmosphere Matter’, ‘Convenience, Variety, Value’. Whoa! Was this the perfect pizzeria or what? Harry Truman had the answer to that one when he said, “If you can’t convince ‘em, confuse ‘em.” This inconsistent message left me drowning in information but starved for knowledge. Without the convincing evidence to see that this is the pizza for me, why should I buy from them? Putting on the “Jack of all trades” persona only tells your customer that your pizza is average at best.

A consistent, convincing message is essential to success. If the above pizzeria would choose the stance of ‘When Taste Matters,’ they easily define their market and their marketing. They know to target a more cultured market. They can screen mailings or other methods of distribution; weed out the cherry-pickers, save money on print and distribution.

Remember, in your own marketing, to always offer solid reasons why your taste is superior (‘We use freshly packed California vine ripened tomatoes that allow us to accomplish a maximum level of freshness’ is a good example). A consistent message eliminates the unnecessary garble so that the necessary USP may convincingly speak and be retained by the consumer.

Certainly as our businesses grow and we meet consumer demands, our message may alter. The above pizzeria may have added dine-in, delivery or a value menu during the recession.

A consistent message communicated frequently gets the job done. Why is the Sunday paper so popular? Coupons! This concept has sunk in. People know where and when to find the information they want. In the same sense, consumers in your market need to know where they can find out about you and when. Without a planned frequency in your marketing, you lose name recognition, awareness and response.

Examine your budget. Can you mail 1,000 pieces per month? Can you door hang on a regular basis? Can you do an e-mail blast weekly? When it comes to frequency, a general rule of thumb is to make enough impressions to get a response and then enough to keep their interest. For example, on a limited budget, try door-hanging in a certain area three times during a month. Now that people know your message, you may only have to do this monthly (or, if you did your job and gathered valuable customer information, you may e-mail twice a month).

Three is generally accepted to be the magic number of impressions needed to get a response. It behooves us to build a marketing campaign around that fact. It takes time to make three impressions and to familiarize potential consumers with your featured products. Most of us deal with employees who are just entering the work force and it is hard for them to keep on top of ever-changing specials. Having a marketing campaign that runs several months allows us to really get that message ingrained, saves on printing and allows your staff to adequately service your customers.

Be ‘Jack’ or be outstanding. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 July: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-dough-doctor/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-dough-doctor/ Q: We make our own dough as we have been for many years. We use an air impingement oven to bake our pizzas, but for some reason, we can never get the pizzas as crispy as we would like them to be. The edges are crispy, but the rest of the pizza leaves something to […]

The post 2010 August: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Dough DoctorQ: We make our own dough as we have been for many years. We use an air impingement oven to bake our pizzas, but for some reason, we can never get the pizzas as crispy as we would like them to be. The edges are crispy, but the rest of the pizza leaves something to be desired. What can we do to help get a crispier pizza?

 

 

A: In reviewing your dough formula, I see that it contains whole eggs. Whole eggs contribute significantly to the browning process of the dough during baking, thus allowing the dough to color-up faster, resulting in a shorter bake time. This is all well and fine, except for the fact that the shorter bake time also means that the pizza will not be baked sufficiently to develop the maximum crispy texture possible. My recommendation is to eliminate the whole eggs from the dough formula, and then experiment with the baking time to achieve the same baked color, but with a longer baking time. This will help to develop a greater level of crispiness in the finished crust. If your oven is an older model, more than 10 years old, your pizzas may benefit from a longer baking time at a lower temperature. To begin, I would suggest starting out at 435 F with a baking time of 7½ minutes, and then adjust the time and temperature until you achieve an improvement in overall crispiness of the finished crust.

Q: We are presently making a very good quality thick-crust pizza with a tremendous flavor achieved by allowing the dough to ferment at room temperature overnight. We want to now introduce a very light and airy type of crust. Will the substitution of about 25 percent of our present pizza fl our with cake or pastry fl our give us the light, and airy characteristics that we’re looking for?

A: No, it won’t. Both cake and pastry fl our are much lower in protein content than any bread or pizza fl our, so the addition of either to your dough would only serve to weaken it, possibly to the point of collapse, in view of your long fermentation period. Depending upon your dough temperature, formulation, room temperature and yeast level, your fl our will be able to provide sufficient carbohydrate to support something between five and eight hours of fermentation. After that, the yeast will be pretty well spent, making for a thicker, more dense finished crust. Without knowing how you manage the dough when making your regular pizzas, it might be something as simple as just allowing ample time for the yeast to do its work again. After panning the dough, allow an hour or more for the dough to rise between panning it and dressing/topping it in preparation for baking.

In some cases, we find that the dough must be allowed to rise for a minimum of 45 minutes to a maximum of 90 minutes to achieve the desired finished crust textural properties. We regularly produce what is referred to as a California style deep-dish pizza. That sounds a lot like what you are looking for. To make this type of pizza, we use dough that has been managed through the cooler overnight; it is then allowed to temper at room temperature for about two hours before the dough ball is fitted to a well-oiled, dark-colored, deepdish pan. We normally use 14 ounces of dough weight for a 12-inch pizza of this type. The pan is covered with a fl at pan separator, or multiple pans are stacked one on top of another if they are stacking pans, and the dough is allowed to rise for about 70 minutes at normal room temperature (72 to 75 F). If the room is colder than this, you may need to use a proofing box set at 90 to 95 F / 70 to 75 percent. In this case, you’re looking at a proof time in the 45- to 60-minute range.

Finished crusts can be either baked on the raw dough, or the crusts can be par-baked, and then the pizzas prepared on the par-baked crusts. In either case, the finished crusts will be about a full inch thick, and they will be tender. If the yeast is too damaged to provide the needed leavening for producing this type of crust, you may need to take half of the dough and mix it with the ingredients to make a half-size dough. This is essentially a 50/50 sponge dough process. The introduction of fresh ingredients, as well as fresh yeast, will refresh the dough, allowing it to proof and bake in a more normal manner once it has been placed into the deep-dish pan, while still retaining much of the fermentation flavor achieved by the long, overnight fermentation period. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2010 August: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Pizza Inc. https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-pizza-inc/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-pizza-inc/ The legalese and tax speak made Kelvin Slater’s head spin. In 2003, as Slater readied to open Blue Moon Pizza in Marietta, Georgia, he struggled to discern the best legal entity for his restaurant. Even as he poured over research and heeded professional advice, questions swirled. “My wife and I studied the heck out of […]

The post 2010 July: Pizza Inc. appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
The legalese and tax speak made Kelvin Slater’s head spin. In 2003, as Slater readied to open Blue Moon Pizza in Marietta, Georgia, he struggled to discern the best legal entity for his restaurant. Even as he poured over research and heeded professional advice, questions swirled.

“My wife and I studied the heck out of the different (legal entities) and did our best to understand everything could,” Slater says, noting that he eventually settled Corporation based on ease and price.

For many proprietors, deciding on the proper can prove a daunting, confusing task. Yet, understanding the details and making an informed decision can break a pizzeria and its owners. Establishing a legal affords the operator legal distance and personal from business miscues, namely unnecessary legal exposure.

“Incorporating or setting up a limited liability (LLC) for a business can protect a business owner’s personal assets, since an owner’s liability is generally limited to his or her investment in the business,” says Elke Hoffman, a New York-based attorney specializes in hospitality entrepreneurship.

Most pizzeria owners select one of three pathways, each with its respective benefits and drawbacks:

Sole proprietorship. A sole proprietorship, viewed as a business of one and a frequent starting point for many, is the most basic form of business ownership with no significant costs outside of securing the necessary licenses and permits. “What is critical to understand is that the individual represents the company fully and legally,” says Atlanta-based attorney Charles Hoff, the Georgia Restaurant Association’s general counsel.

While a sole proprietor may operate under a trade name, there is no separate legal entity or formal business structure, leaving the owner personally liable for all debts and actions of the business. Although the sole proprietor gains freedom from some business bureaucracy, the lax structure can be detrimental to the business, proving it difficult to expand or attract investors.

Corporation. A corporation is a distinct legal entity with ownership divided into shares and overall management conducted by a board of directors, which can be the individual owner alone. A corporation is started by filing articles of incorporation with the state, a $250 to $450 process simplified by helpful accountants, attorneys, and Web sites.

Most incorporated restaurants pursue the S Corporation label. Issuing only one class of company stock, S Corporations offer limited personal liability, pass through tax treatment, FICA and Medicare tax savings, and a reduced number of social security recipients. However, S Corps are also hampered by a number of technical rules regarding shareholder limits, distribution, and tax benefits that can generate extra paperwork.

“The biggest advantage to a corporation…is that if the corporation is properly formed and capitalized and the corporate formalities are maintained, the liability of the shareholders is limited to their investment in the corporation,” Hoffman says, adding that about half of her clients pursue S-Corp status.

Limited liability company. The LLC offers the liability cushion of a corporation and the tax advantages of a partnership. Governed by its operating agreement, an LLC can be formed in much the same way as a corporation and for approximately the same filing fees.

Flexibility leads many pizzeria operators to follow the LLC route, which can be set up to resemble a corporation (issuing shares with a board of directors and officers) or a partnership with collective restaurant management. Easy to operate, LLCs provide simplified profit distribution and do not require corporate formalities. Most importantly, members cannot be held personally liable for debts unless they have signed a personal guarantee.

“What most owners find appealing is the ‘fl ow through taxation’ component in which all business losses, profits, and expenses fl ow through the company to the individual members,” Hoff explains. “In this manner, an owner is able to avoid double taxation of paying both corporate tax and individual tax.”

But LLCs have their limits. While a corporation may live indefinitely, an LLC is dissolved should a member undergo bankruptcy or die. Additionally, there is a greater complexity involved in running an LLC, including federal classifications that need to be investigated for tax purposes.

Closing arguments. Given the personal liability risk of sole proprietorship, the vast majority of operators commonly opt for the S Corp or LLC legal designation.

“I would advise any retail establishment that is open to the public, and especially a food service establishment, to incorporate or form a limited liability entity… (which) gives some additional protection at a very low cost compared to obtaining additional insurance,” Hoffman says, adding that multi-location operators might even set up legal entities for each location, a move that can protect the overall business should claims occur at one specific location.

In all cases, Hoffman and Hoff advise operators to consult a tax professional for more in-depth understanding of their personal situation, including plans for growth, franchising or selling the business.

“Factors such as the number of owners and employees, whether any investors have been promised distribution preferences, if employees are to be given equity, the exit strategy, whether the owner needs to offset other business gains or losses, whether the owner will be an employee and the initial costs of forming each in any particular jurisdiction will affect the choice of entity,” Hoffman says.?

Ready resources: Advice available online and locally

Seeking credible information on the legal entity right for your pizzeria?

Online resources include LegalZoom (www.legalzoom.com) and V Corp. (www. vcorpservices.com), both of which offer online fi ling and include form bylaws or single-member operating agreements in their corporate kits. Nolo (www.nolo.com) has information and publishes materials with legal forms online as well.

In addition, state restaurant associations and many localities also have offices to assist small businesses, while local colleges frequently offer entrepreneurship courses that cover setting up a legal entity.

While saving cash is tempting, Hoff urges a degree of caution. Consulting with an attorney or accountant, many of whom offer free initial consultations, can provide operators a better understanding of the legal, accounting and regulatory checklist they need to consider for their establishment. Thereafter, Hoffman says, “The operator can better determine what items he or she can comfortably do independently.”

Chicago-based writer Daniel P. Smith has covered business issues and best practices for a variety of trade publications, newspapers, and magazines.

The post 2010 July: Pizza Inc. appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-five-questions/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-five-questions/ Lou Cobello is a former builder who came out of retirement in 2007 to open a pizzeria with his wife (Scarlet, a.k.a. Mimi), son (Lou, Jr.) and daughter (Tara). Located in Savannah, Georgia, Lou’s small New Jersey-style shop, Screamin’ Mimi’s Pizza & Subs, focuses on fresh ingredients atop a hand-tossed crust. We caught up with […]

The post 2010 August: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Five QuestionsLou Cobello is a former builder who came out of retirement in 2007 to open a pizzeria with his wife (Scarlet, a.k.a. Mimi), son (Lou, Jr.) and daughter (Tara). Located in Savannah, Georgia, Lou’s small New Jersey-style shop, Screamin’ Mimi’s Pizza & Subs, focuses on fresh ingredients atop a hand-tossed crust. We caught up with Lou during the Tour de Pizza stop at Screamin’ Mimi’s in June.

PT: You’ve developed quite a reputation in Savannah rather quickly, haven’t you?

LC: Well, there wasn’t anything like this here before we opened. We had another shop several years ago in New Jersey, so we already had the recipes and everything like that down pretty good … People like the pizza. We’ve gotten some good, loyal customers.

PT: What’s the secret?

LC: You just gotta treat people good and give ‘em good food. That’s it. That’s all there is to it. They like to see the owners. We’re here, we talk to them, we know their names. That’s important.

PT: Do you have to market and advertise aggressively when you do that?

LC: Not really. We don’t do much advertising. It’s about knowing the customers and having good relationships with them. We sit down with our customers. That’s what keeps them coming back. We’ve built this through referrals, word of mouth.

PT: How would you describe your pizza?

LC: It’s Jersey-style. We do large pies and oversized slices. We keep it simple. That’s the best way to do it.

PT: Why did you decide to get involved with the Tour de Pizza?

LC: It was a good way to get our name in front of the community and do something fun for the community. It’s been a really fun time having these guys (from the Tour de Pizza) here.

The post 2010 August: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 July: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-simple-ideas/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-july-simple-ideas/ Summertime Secrets It’s summer, and chances are there’s a local farmer’s market going on somewhere nearby. Take the opportunity to buy local and fresh. Items such as juicy beefsteak tomatoes and melons or fresh basil and oregano plants make great additions in your kitchen. The key here is to advertise that you’re buying local. If […]

The post 2010 July: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Summertime Secrets

It’s summer, and chances are there’s a local farmer’s market going on somewhere nearby. Take the opportunity to buy local and fresh. Items such as juicy beefsteak tomatoes and melons or fresh basil and oregano plants make great additions in your kitchen. The key here is to advertise that you’re buying local. If possible, use the name of the local farm in marketing and advertising. Taking advantage of local summer offerings is a win-win for all.

So Salty

As a pizzeria operator, you’ve got a variety of spices on hand. Today’s manufacturers, however, are creating blends that take simple ingredients like salt beyond the ordinary. Sure, you can add a dash of this ho-hum mineral to dishes, but why not consider artisan salts such as black lava salt (a sea salt blended with activated charcoal) or pink Himalayan salt (a marine fossil salt). While you won’t be able to use these pricy ingredients in every dish, adding a dash or two –– and advertising it on your item’s menu description ––– lends an upscale fl air to an otherwise traditional dish.

Take a Seat

If you’ve got dine-in seating, you need to be cognizant of your seating choices. Got a heavy senior-clientele? Consider chairs with armrests on castors. Lots of families? You’re going to need chairs with easily cleanable surfaces, such as vinyl. Keep several spares on hand. Chairs wear out easily and an uncomfortable seat makes for an uncomfortable customer.

Trial and Error

When it comes to formulating your dough, getting it just right takes more than a little luck. As our Dough Doctor, Tom Lehmann, points out, science and trial and error work hand-in-hand to get it just right. Does the protein content have an effect on a finished crust’s flavor? Lehmann says yes, but it takes a significant difference to change the flavor, such as going from a 10-percent protein fl our to a 14-percent protein fl our. The differences of going from a 12-percent protein fl our to a 14-percent protein fl our are insignificant, he notes. Keep trying different fl ours until you get exactly what you’re looking for.

The post 2010 July: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: In Your Face https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-in-your-face/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-in-your-face/ It’s a given that restaurant staff should present a well-scrubbed appearance; after all, who would want to patronize an eatery where employee personal hygiene is unappetizingly sub-par? But beyond this (hopefully universal) baseline, restaurant operators grapple with other appearance related issues — such as whether to hire or retain those sporting tattoos, body piercings or […]

The post 2010 August: In Your Face appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: In Your FaceIt’s a given that restaurant staff should present a well-scrubbed appearance; after all, who would want to patronize an eatery where employee personal hygiene is unappetizingly sub-par? But beyond this (hopefully universal) baseline, restaurant operators grapple with other appearance related issues — such as whether to hire or retain those sporting tattoos, body piercings or unusually colored and/or styled hair. For many operators, this decision isn’t so clear-cut, even as these forms of self-expression have become more the norm than the exception.

It’s one that operators increasingly face. For example, a 2006 survey showed that one in four Americans between the ages of 18 and 50 had a tattoo; one in seven reported a piercing other than in the earlobe. In the 18 to 29 set, the numbers were even higher, with 48 percent indicating they had one or the other or both. Since this survey was conducted four years ago, it’s reasonable to assume these figures have risen.

In fact, says Joey Bramwell, director of operations for Austinbased DoubleDave’s Pizzaworks, a 54-site, primarily franchised company, it’s become challenging for his managers to find good employees who don’t have a tattoo or piercing, particularly since their staff ranges from 18 to 25 years old. Bramwell, at one time one of the biggest proponents against hiring people with tattoos, says that now when it comes to hiring, they take a “community standards” approach, set by their franchise owners who are expected to know their area and clientele.

“In the higher-end locations, we’ll not pick up employees with visible tattoos or body piercings,” Bramwell says. “But in the college locations, which are a little edgier and where customers also have these, (we will).” However, he continues, if the tattoos/ piercings would distract from the customer experience, they’ll pass on the hire (this rules out full sleeves, offensive tattoos and extreme piercings. Hair is less of a concern because employees wear hats). Additionally, employees with facial/ tongue piercings must remove them, per health department requirements.

According to Jill Morin, executive officer at Kahler Slater, a Milwaukee-based consulting company, by matching the employees to the customers’ expectations, DoubleDave’s takes the right approach. Morin explains that restaurant operators must consider what experience customers are anticipating and avoid jarring them by having employees who are out of sync with that expectation.

Morin, whose company focuses on creating a “total experience design” for restaurants and other businesses, says the following elements are essential to success:
? Employees
? The perception of the business in the marketplace
? Products/services
? The place itself

Of these, the employee element is the most critical, says Morin. “If you get this one right, sometimes people will be more forgiving (of mishaps/ mistakes),” she explains. “But if you get this wrong, it is very hard to recover from this.” Lisa Gambardella, owner of Gambardella’s Pasta Bella, located in Fairbanks, agrees. Her clientele is a mix of college students, professionals, tourists and family. Approximately 25 percent of the staff has tattoos and/or piercings.

Because these are not typically associated with a “clean image” or with what her customers want to see, employees are asked to keep visible tattoos covered and to remove facial piercings, says Gambardella. Hair is considered on a per-person basis. Cleanliness counts most, she says, adding that her biggest concern is staff hygiene, especially since there are many students (her employees range from 18-to-35-years old) living in “dry” cabins that lack running water.

“We had an employee with a visible neck tattoo, but he presented a professional, impeccable appearance and he was very knowledgeable, so customers could overlook this,” Gambardella recalls. “But if an employee with tattoos was performing poorly, the customers would blame the tattoos.”

But tattoos and piercings fit right in with Piper Kapin’s two Back Road Pizza restaurants, both in Santa Fe. One is located in a hip, funky part of town with a diverse clientele. The other is in a business park where the customer mix is more professional. Eighty percent of her staff has tattoos/ piercings. Kapin generally doesn’t worry about putting these under wraps.

“They suit our business,” she says. “If someone got a tattoo I was uncomfortable with, I’d talk to them and they may have to cover it, but what counts is that the employees are good with the customers, careful in the kitchen, and clean.”

Cleanliness — specifically clean uniforms — is the biggest issue for him as well, says Doug Ferriman, owner of Crazy Dough’s Pizza. Ferriman has four fast-casual locations in Boston and Cambridge, all situated near colleges. The clientele is a mix of students, young professionals and urban dwellers. Employees range in age from 20 to 26; 20 percent have tattoos and/or piercings.

Ferriman doesn’t require employees to cover tattoos (unless they’re fresh or controversial, an issue that hasn’t arisen yet). For sanitation reasons, they’re required to remove facial/tongue piercings.

“There seems to be a trend of young people getting these,” he says. “They’re becoming more mainstream, so customers don’t comment on them.” And as this mainstreaming continues, says Bramwell, it’s something the industry will have to learn to tolerate. “Otherwise,” he says, “our pool of quality employees will slowly diminish.” ?

Managing Your Vibe

Too many restaurant operators leave things to chance when it comes to creating a memorable customer experience, says consultant Jill Morin. Instead, all the essential elements (employees, marketplace perception, products/services, place) require consideration and integration in a purposeful way.

“The starting point for any restaurant is identifying their vision for their business,” says Morin. “Who are you? How do you want to be different from the competition? Why will people choose you? Why will people want to work for you?

“And, what experience is your target market expecting?” continues Morin, adding that this is where the employee element is especially key.

The next step is avoiding a mismatch between the vision and the experience and the perception in the marketplace, she explains. However, the objectivity required for this can be challenging; why Morin says some restaurants may want to consider using an outside party for assessment purposes.

Pamela Mills-Senn is a freelancer specializing in writing on topics of interest to all manner of businesses. She is based in Long Beach, California.

The post 2010 August: In Your Face appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: A Pizza My Mind https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-a-pizza-my-mind/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-a-pizza-my-mind/ Long before Cuba Gooding Jr. laid that line on Tom Cruise in the movie Jerry McGuire, I heard it from my wife every April 15th. My CPA heard the same such words from me. Did you ever ask yourself the question, “What am I doing this for? Did I buy myself a low paying job? […]

The post 2010 June: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Long before Cuba Gooding Jr. laid that line on Tom Cruise in the movie Jerry McGuire, I heard it from my wife every April 15th. My CPA heard the same such words from me. Did you ever ask yourself the question, “What am I doing this for? Did I buy myself a low paying job? All I want to do is make a good living commensurate with the stress and risk I take every day. Am I the only one?”

You are not the only one. A huge majority of operators are in the same wagon. They feel underpaid, overworked and overtaxed and are deeply concerned about the future. The current state of the economy and lack of discretionary income of our customers just adds to our anxiety. Does the possibility of failure cause you to lose sleep?

The secret to staying in this crazy business is to act like a business. If your business has survived to this point in time you probably have satisfying the customer down pat. Your customers are loyal to you because they like the positive experiences they receive when they let you cook for them. Making guests feel special is a learned trait that I call the Service Mentality. Businesses are in business to make profit and to satisfy stockholders needs.

In this month’s “Back Office” section, I’ll try to explain the critical decision-making process I made with a very small group of friends that charted the rest of my career. I’ll also explain why you may feel broke every tax time and the mystery of what profit is. Along the way I’ll ask you to analyze your operation in a methodical way to peel back the pork and get to the bone. This is the zone where you can actually sense real rewards for your hard work and dedication. Turn to page 51 for more. ?

Big Dave Ostrander owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 June: A Pizza My Mind appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Independent Pizzeria of the Year https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-independent-pizzeria-of-the-year/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-independent-pizzeria-of-the-year/ Joe Fugere effortlessly strides through the open kitchen at the Westlake location of his four-store independent operation, Tutta Bella Neapolitan Pizzeria. We’ve been with him for an entire day in Seattle, driving around the city and visiting each of Fugere’s stores, which will collectively top $10 million in sales this year. The highlight reel has […]

The post 2010 August: Independent Pizzeria of the Year appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Independent Pizzeria of the YearJoe Fugere effortlessly strides through the open kitchen at the Westlake location of his four-store independent operation, Tutta Bella Neapolitan Pizzeria. We’ve been with him for an entire day in Seattle, driving around the city and visiting each of Fugere’s stores, which will collectively top $10 million in sales this year. The highlight reel has been seemingly endless: Tutta Bella’s employees have impressed us with their knowledge and passion; the lengths Fugere goes to in an effort to ensure authenticity and quality dazzles us; the beauty and efficiency of the stores are indisputable. No wonder we named Tutta Bella the 2010 Independent of the Year!

 

 

Fugere watches as Executive Chef Brian Gojdics plates a Margherita pie for our cameras. It looks perfect, and Fugere proudly points out the crust’s defi ning characteristics: flame-blackened blisters on the cornicione, a credit card-thin center, a patina of crunch when you bite into it, which yields to a light, fluffy interior. It all starts with the pillowy crust — the cornicione — explains Fugere. That’s where most imposters go wrong.

 

 

 

“We’re storytellers here at Tutta Bella,” asserts Fugere. “Pizza is about sharing, about coming together over something simple, yet wonderful. There are so many stories to tell our customers: about the crust, about the traditions of Naples or Italian culture in general, about the ingredients that go into our pizzas.

“We want and encourage our people — our servers, our baristas, our bartenders — to understand and share with customers these great stories. They provide context and enrich the experience. They give our customers a better understanding of what they’re eating and what it is that’s so great about it.”

Gojdics is quick to chime in with a story about the essential elements of Tutta Bella’s Regina Margherita: “It’s a classic,” he says. “The ingredients are fresh, honest, simple. We’re using fresh mozzarella, fresh basil, tomatoes that are grown in the richest soils in the world.” A truly authentic Neapolitan pizza is a thing of unmistakable beauty, and Fugere instantly recognized that the first time he had one. It was a defining moment in the affable entrepreneur’s life — at the time he was an executive at Seattle-based Starbucks, a high-profile and rewarding job from which one does not easily walk away.

 

 

While the intense flavors of Neapolitan pizza made Fugere’s taste buds giddy, there was more to it than that. Above all, he was inspired by the passion and historical importance of the pizza scene in Naples, Italy. Touched by that passion, Fugere set out to fully replicate it, in earnest, with his own pizza concept in the Jet City.

For help along the way, the Tutta Bella founder turned to the Associazione Verace Pizza Napoletana (VPN), a group that certifies Neapolitan pizzerias throughout the world and verifies the authenticity of their products. In 2004, Tutta Bella opened its first location and became the first VPN-certified pizzeria in the Pacific Northwest. “It’s an art and a science at the same time,” Gojdics says of cooking Neapolitan pizza. At Tutta Bella, the pies are baked in a wood-burning oven at 800 F for roughly 90 seconds. “You don’t have much of a margin of error. You can turn your head, then turn back and see that you have burned three pizzas.”

Gojdics says one of his most important functions is “to stay focused on authentic Neapolitan pizza.” At Tutta Bella, “authenticity” isn’t a buzzword — it’s a mandate.

“But there’s more to Brian and his position than that,” says Fugere. “He also has the responsibility to develop people. He’s a leader, and it shows. He’s responsible for cultivating people and instilling in them our culture.”

 

 

 

Therein lies the mastery that epitomizes Fugere. An effective leader and deft at delegation, he is an unrivaled talent developer. He sets lofty goals for his employees, but then supports them by arming them with the tools they need to succeed. Case in point are the coveted Italian tours he sends staff members on annually. Sure, Fugere expects his baristas to be authorities on the art of the Italian espresso … so he sends them to Italy to tour coffee plants and meet with the manufacturer of the espresso machine used at Tutta Bella. He sends Gojdics and other members of the kitchen staff to see the fl our mill and the tomato harvest and taste pizza in Naples; he sends his wine program manager to the Italian vineyards where the grapes that will end up in the wines served at Tutta Bella are cultivated. These tours are immersive and educational — and they create plenty of employee loyalty.

Speaking of employees, Training Program Manager Kelli Phelan has been with Tutta Bella for nearly fi ve years. She recently led a “server summit” with the intent of “bringing all our servers together to get on the same page and make sure we have consistent service across all levels. We talked about what our expectations are and what we want each of our guests to get out of their experience here. We focused on teaching them how their service multiplies out and how they impact the business with their service in either a good or bad way. We talked about what it takes to be a great server at Tutta Bella.”

 

 

Phelan says Tutta Bella has approximately 70 servers. These individuals are the front line ambassadors for the brand, and their accessibility makes them the company’s primary storytellers. They are the people most likely to interact at length with customers, the employees best suited to take a minute to tell the story about the fi or di latte Tutta Bella uses, or the Grana Padano, or the reason all employees wear a San Marzano tomato pin on the lapels of their uniform.

Cultivating successful servers starts during the interview process, says Phelan.

“The screening is very important,” she says. “That’s where we try to find out if they are genuinely nice people. One of the questions I like to ask them is who they look up to, who they would like to emulate.” Says Fugere: “We use the interview as an opportunity to educate. We give all our applicants a free pizza card when they leave the store so that they can come in and see what the pizza is like and get a little bit of a feel for what we’re about through the product.”

Phelan says the goal is to have longevity with new hires, “so it’s more about their personality than their experience. We want it to be a good fi t, because we will train them to meet our standards.”

New hires go through an orientation in which they shadow various positions, starting with the host or a bus station. Then they put on a chef’s coat and stand alongside the pizza cutter before talking with the chef to learn more about the products used to make Tutta Bella’s menu items.

“They taste a raw tomato, taste the fresh mozzarella,” says Phelan. “Then, the next day is when they start their service training by shadowing a server. They’ll start taking tables with help on the second day, then they’ll be on their own and get four tables on the third day.”

 

 

In all, the entire orientation process lasts fi ve days. At the end of each day, the new hire sits down with a manager or trainer for a meal.

Director of Operations Joyce Morinaka is a prime example of Tutta Bella’s dedication to providing employees with growth opportunities. After living in Italy briefly, Morinaka started as a server at Tutta Bella. A little less than a year into the position, Morinaka was moved into management. Now, she oversees operations at all four Tutta Bella stores.

 

 

“I’m an example of our guiding principles,” she states. “It’s exciting that we can provide people with these types of opportunities. We’re creating something really great here, and that’s exciting.”

Fugere, in fact, has taken many of the business principles he learned at Starbucks and modified them to help mold the culture at Tutta Bella. “What we’re trying to do here,” he says, “is build a world-class company on a local level. We know we have a great product — we have Naples to thank for that. But above and beyond that, we have the opportunity to build a great company.

 

 

“We’ve adopted a lasting mentality,” Fugere continues. “We have a 100-year mentality. We haven’t built this company to sell in 10 years. We’re building a lasting business.”

Those aren’t hollow words, either, says Morinaka. Fugere is dedicated to the long-term success of his business through investing in the long-term success of his employees — and customers in the community. Since Morinaka shares Fugere’s passion for community involvement and charitable events, it has fallen on her plate to help oversee the company’s donations.

 

 

“One of the unique things about this company is that we are often given additional roles that match our interests,” Morinaka says. “So even though I’m the director of operations, I’m also the program manager for donations.”

Fugere says Tutta Bella never says no to a request from the Seattle community. It’s all part of the aforementioned 100-year mentality. And that, says Morinaka, is part of what makes the company remarkable.

“Joe’s feeling of generosity is really touching,” she says. “We don’t have an advertising budget. We get involved in the community instead. Our Columbia City store is in a true inner-city neighborhood. You don’t see many of those any more. It’s fun to get involved with the neighbors, to bring the kids in and do tours with them or to donate pizzas or $40 gift cards to schools. Every time we build a Tutta Bella, the donation program is a big part of it from the very beginning.”

As you may have noticed, the phrase “program manager” is used a lot at Tutta Bella. It goes back to Fugere’s employee development and delegation prowess. Though hands on, Fugere fully capitalizes on the strength of his key people by rewarding them with a chance to showcase their own entrepreneurial talents. Tutta Bella doesn’t simply serve espresso, for example — it has a dedicated “coffee program” with its own manager. Ditto for other areas of the operation.

 

 

 

Meet Jeff Perini. He’s responsible for the coffee program, which accounts for a surprisingly significant percentage of Tutta Bella’s sales. Since each Tutta Bella already has a coffee bar where professional baristas hand-pull fresh espressos, it makes sense that this portion of the business could be used to attract revenue during a day part that doesn’t traditionally find a pizzeria’s doors open to the public.

“We’ve got employees here in the morning anyway, and we have this great coffee bar, and we’re located right in the middle of neighborhoods and commuter zones, so it really seemed like a good fit to open in the morning during the breakfast shift,” says Perini. “It has worked out really well. We have quite a few people stop in for their morning coffee and maybe a biscotti before work. We’ve managed to transform what would be a dead period into another source of revenue.”

Since the coffee bar at the Columbia City store is housed in a separate room adjacent to the main dining area and has its own external entrance, Fugere hung an Attibassi espresso sign to give the appearance that a standalone coffee shop exists next to Tutta Bella.

“I think it gives it a nice feel, almost like a separate business,” he explains. “Having its own door really helps, because we can keep people from walking through a dark dining room on their way in to get an espresso in the morning.”

On the morning we visited, barista Giovanni Rogano was manning the coffee counter. Our cameras caught him pulling espresso after espresso adroitly. He explained to us that Tutta Bella takes great pains to be authentic to the experience one would find in Naples.

“In Italy, the drink matches the mug. So we put our espressos in a three ounce mug, our cappuccinos in a six-ounce mug and our lattes in a nine ounce mug,” he says.

Later that night, we’d find ourselves at a different Tutta Bella bar. There, we sipped refreshing and inventive libations and talked about their origins with Beer, Wine and Spirits Program Manager R.C. Jennings.

Jennings has been with Tutta Bella since nearly the beginning. He entered the equation as a store general manager and wrote the company’s training manual. Among other things, Jennings is in charge of putting together Tutta Bella’s wine list, which changes twice a year.

“We also have a new wine special every time we have a pizza special,” Jennings says. “In Italy, wine is food, and it’s enjoyed with every meal. We want the experience here to be as authentically Italian as possible, so the one thing Joe requires is that all of our wines be Italian. What I try to do is get a good mix from every region.” When we visited Tutta Bella in May for this story, Jennings had 14 wines on the menu — 10 reds and four whites. All were priced below $40 for the bottle.

“My focus the last year or so has been ‘Italy Accessible,’ ” Jennings explains. “All the wines are $40 and under, and they’re available by the glass. And I want to make it as simple as possible [to sell the wines], so I actively promote to customers that they can taste the wines and try them if they’re interested.”

Jennings says he evaluates the lineup and makes changes every six months. Right now, he says, he’s “really focused on building value. Since wine accounts for 20 percent of our overall sales, we’re able to really have a lot of fun with it.” For wine to be such a large part of the sales mix, Jennings says it takes a knowledgeable and proactive service staff. It all goes back to Phelan’s earlier assertion that the servers have a ripple effect on the entire business.

“I encourage our servers every night to pick something about our wines to focus on that night,” says Jennings. “If the servers aren’t behind the wine, the wine won’t sell.”

That’s where Fugere’s storytelling culture comes in. It’s a simple, effective way for servers to subtly educate customers about Tutta Bella’s wine offerings. And considering that Italian wines are on the upswing in terms of current popularity, there are lots of stories about them to be told.

“I don’t like to get bored, and I don’t like the servers to get bored,” says Jennings. “One of the positives is that I’ve definitely seen a surge in the last few years. Italian wines are hot again.”

Aside from the wine, Tutta Bella is also known for its innovative spirits menu. While Fugere originally required that Italian grappa be used as the base, he has since softened his stance and allowed the use of vodka or gin as well. That’s because he realized “we were missing out on a lot of options when we weren’t offering vodka or gin,” says Jennings. Still, despite the program’s expansion, Jennings says the spirits menu that is typically engineered by co-worker Brandon Hamlett (who could not be present for our interview) remains rooted in the Italian basics.

“When we build a menu, we like to start slow and simple and let things expand from there,” he says. “Like the wines, we want our menu to be accessible and have people taste the drinks.”

While creativity runs rampant throughout the organization, the fact of the matter is that the spirits menu allows for more experimentation than any other avenue — its ingredients and combinations aren’t dictated by a third party such as the VPN. On our visit, which prefaced summer, the focus was on cool, refreshing cocktails that cleanse the palate, such as lemon and cucumber. Jennings says the inventiveness of the wine and spirits program is a result of the freedom Fugere allows Hamlett and him to have.

“Whenever we launch a new program, cost is never the first consideration,” he says. “First, it’s creativity, authenticity and simplicity.” Those were the guiding principles, as well, when Gojdics teamed with a local brewery to formulate a Tutta Bella-branded beer, which was blended specifically to match the flavors found in a traditional Neapolitan pizza.

“Tutta Bella Amber Ale is made specifically for us,” Gojdics says. “Over the course of the last couple of years, I was always on Joe about adding another beer. And then we started having all kinds of problems with the beer in terms of delivery. So we wanted to tailor a beer specifically for us.”

Gojdics found a Seattle microbrewery by accident. He explains it this way: “I picked up a (local) magazine with Kurt Cobain on the cover, and in the back I found an article about a new microbrewery. I saw many parallels between us and them. Their mission statement could have been written by us.”

So the chef approached the brewers and arranged for some pairings. What they discovered, says Gojdics, is that ambers pair well with Neapolitan pies “because they’re less hoppy and more malty. And we discovered that one thing that’s in this particular amber that may not be in others is a black malt, and that matches the roasted characteristics of the cornicione.”

Tutta Bella Amber Ale went on the menu 15 months ago, and Gojdics says, “we sell a ton of it. We’re very, very happy with it.”

Truth be told, there’s very little — if anything — going on at Tutta Bella that its founder and employees shouldn’t be happy with. Tables turn four times on a busy Friday night (average guest experience is 90 minutes), and sales will climb to an average of $2.5 million per store by the end of this year. When the dust settles, that’s really what it’s all about — building a successful business in a responsible, encouraging way.

Once again, enter Fugere. Responsibility, accountability and sustainability are as important to him as authenticity. And just like he found a donations advocate in Morinaka, he has found an environmental steward in Sustainability Program Manager Erik Cain.

“We like to lead by example and let people discover what we’re doing,” says Fugere. “Erik is a perfect example of living the message we send — he lives on a boat and rides a bike to work.”

Cain’s responsibilities include finding effective ways to lessen Tutta Bella’s waste and negative impact on the environment. Since restaurants are some of the largest consumers of energy and generators of waste, Cain says it’s relatively easy for a pizzeria to take small steps that add up to make a big difference.

“We recycle and compost all the glass, cardboard and paper we use,” he says. “We’re getting very close to having zero garbage. Another thing we noticed is that kids were going through around 100 plastic cups and lids every few days. So we got a reusable kids cup with recyclable lids.”

Those are just a couple of Cain’s initiatives, but they’re already paying dividends for Tutta Bella, says Fugere.

“The unexpected consequence and the reward to some of what we’re doing in terms of composting,” he says, “is that composting is less expensive to have picked up than garbage. But you’d be surprised the number of people who recognize and appreciate what we’re doing.”

That’s a far cry from Jamie Sprott’s ancillary appointment at Tutta Bella. While his work as a chef in one of Tutta Bella’s locations surely attracts attention, his secondary task of serving as the Facilities Program Manager is one of the more thankless gigs in the system. Let’s not confuse low profile with unimportant, however. Sprott’s skill set saves Tutta Bella thousands of dollars annually.

“Somebody’s got to do it,” Fugere jokes of Sprott’s responsibilities. “In reality, though, it’s extremely important to running a world class company.”

Think about it. What’s more damaging to a pizzeria than a major equipment failure in the middle of a dinner rush? What does it cost to get a repair company in to fix the problem after hours, on immediate notice? If there’s a Jamie Sprott in the building, life gets much easier.

“Every day I set aside a certain amount of time where I can do things around the building,” says Sprott. “Since I’m in one store, I have a contact person set up in each of the other three locations that feed me information.”

Sprott maintains a list of all the equipment Tutta Bella uses — everything from large items down to light bulbs. His database allows him to immediately see whether an item is under warranty and which repair company is best suited to quickly fi x it. And, in many cases, he can fi x it himself.

“We maintain 40 to 45 different service providers,” says Sprott, “because we have a lot of specialty equipment. But I’m a tinkerer and a do-it-yourself type of person — it’s just my nature. So I will fi x something myself if I can. If I can’t, then I make sure I’m here when the service guy comes and I stand over his shoulder and watch how he fixes it so that I can do it myself the next time.” Sprott and Fugere say that a proper maintenance schedule goes a long way as well.

“Anything on the line needs to be blown out with an air compressor regularly,” advises Sprott. “Also, we do a bimonthly cleaning of the grease traps and exhaust systems. For our woodburning ovens, they need to be cleaned every two months.

“Coming up with a maintenance schedule is important. It’s really a money-saving issue to have equipment serviced frequently. It’s much cheaper than repairing it.”

In fact, says Fugere, the Facilities Management Program has reduced maintenance costs by nearly $2,000 per month. And as is nearly always the case with Tutta Bella, there’s an additional fringe benefit to the program.

“It affects morale,” says Fugere. “You don’t want to work in a place that’s in disrepair, where the equipment looks bad and doesn’t work. Our kitchens are open, and we’re proud of what we serve and how we serve it.” ?

Jeremy White is editor-in-chief of Pizza Today.

The post 2010 August: Independent Pizzeria of the Year appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Balancing Act https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-balancing-act/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-balancing-act/ Danny Mac’s Pizza, Pasta & More isn’t the highest grossing operation in the industry, but owner Danny McMahon accounts for every dollar as if his were a publicly traded company. While a franchisee for the now-defunct Pizza Magia chain, McMahon learned to crunch numbers in ways that helped him understand his business’s fiscal condition, and […]

The post 2010 June: Balancing Act appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Danny Mac’s Pizza, Pasta & More isn’t the highest grossing operation in the industry, but owner Danny McMahon accounts for every dollar as if his were a publicly traded company. While a franchisee for the now-defunct Pizza Magia chain, McMahon learned to crunch numbers in ways that helped him understand his business’s fiscal condition, and those lessons remain in use as the owner of his own shop.

“It taught me where I could save money and where others might be wasting money,” says McMahon, whose business is in Louisville, Kentucky. “I’ve been hanging around that breakeven line for about six months, so I have to watch it carefully.”

That “it” is McMahon’s balance sheet, the financial snapshot of his business’s health. The data it supplies tells him his business’s available cash, the value of his inventory, who he owes and who owes him. Humbling as it was to make a $60 profit in February, it at least told McMahon the bills were paid.

“I’m managing it, and at least I don’t have to borrow money any more,” he adds. “My biggest focus this year has been taking care of my own books.”

At his accounting seminars, people often ask Jim Laube, “Why should I even have to look at that?” says Laube, a former corporate accountant and restaurant manager. “Why? Because it tells you a lot about your business … things that a (profit and loss statement) won’t.”

A P&L or income statement details an operation’s profit or loss by comparing expenses and revenue over a specific month, quarter or year. A balance sheet, on the other hand, gives an operator a more immediate view, showing whether the business has the cash to pay its current bills (including taxes and weekly or monthly commitments to suppliers and creditors) and whether those who owe it money are paying on time.

Divided into two sides — assets on the left, liabilities on the right — the balance sheet “tells you how solvent you are by telling you how much working capital you have,” says Robert Langdon, a former CPA who now speaks to business audiences. “The more working capital you have, the better the odds are you’ll be able to pay your bills.”

To mathematical minds like Laube’s, creating a balance sheet is simple, but he knows many operators are uncomfortable with general accounting. And while there’s no shortage of small business accounting software available, none are worth the investment if an operator can’t or won’t use them.

After a well-meaning family member messed up McMahon’s books, he took them over and started using an online program he says gives him all the information he needs. Laube says McMahon’s choice is common, while other less confident operators defer to professionals.

“This is not rocket science, so anyone should be able to understand accounting if it’s explained well to them,” he says. Yet even if you do defer to a bookkeeper or accountant for advice or to wholly manage your numbers, “don’t be intimated or say you don’t need to know this or that because you’ll let the bookkeeper take care of it. That’s when they start to develop little kingdoms and convince themselves they’re invincible because the owner doesn’t know what to ask. It’s up to you to ask lots of questions so you can understand what those numbers mean.”

While a balance sheet provides an instant view of an operation’s solvency, Langdon says it also tells bankers even more when an operator seeks to borrow money. A business’s “current ratio” and its “debt-to-equity ratio,” both gleaned from the balance sheet, indicate whether loaning money to an operator is risky or smart.

“When they’re looking at loaning money to one business versus the other, they’re looking at the odds that one can repay it versus the other,” Langdon says. “What they’re really doing is betting on different businesses to be successful, and (the balance sheet) is where they get those numbers.”

Current ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities) indicates the amount of working capital in the business. If, for example, a business has $75,000 in current assets and $37,500 in current liabilities, it has $37,500 in working capital and a current ratio of 2 to 1. The higher the ratio, the more liquid the business and the greater chance the owner can pay bills.

“But if that ratio is down to 1 to 1, that means you’ve got at least as many liabilities as assets and that you might not be able to meet those obligations based on the cash coming in,” Langdon says.

A business’s debt-to-equity ratio (how much of that business creditors own vs. how much the operator owns) is calculated by dividing current liabilities by current assets. Therefore, if a business has $200,000 in current assets and $37,500 in current liabilities the debt-to-equity ratio is 29 percent to 71 percent — a highly favorable spread, Langdon says.

“The better that ratio, the lower the risk for the owner and the bank,” he says. Having that information stated clearly on a balance sheet increases the chance a bank will extend credit. “Banks loan cash and expect to be repaid cash plus interest. When you’ve got a good debt-to-equity ratio, odds are you’ll be able to pay them back.”

Why do I need a Balance Sheet?

It’s the most immediate way to assess your pizzeria’s fiscal health now.
It’s what bankers will ask for first — not your P&L — when you apply for credit.
It lets you know how much cash you have, and how much you’re owed.
It lets you know how much of your business you own, and how much creditors own.
Confused and want to hire a bookkeeper or accountant? Check any prospective number cruncher with one or more tests (some are free, some come with a fee) available on the Internet. You also could test them by asking them to explain some accounting principles to you. It’ll provide insight into how well or poorly ? they’ll communicate with you in the future.

Steve Coomes is a former Pizza Today editor and a freelance writer living in Goshen, Kentucky.

The post 2010 June: Balancing Act appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-marketing-matters/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-marketing-matters/ When I walk into a restaurant, I look for it. When I check out the competition I grab it. What is it, you ask? It’s your menu! Unfortunately, many times I am left disappointed and uninformed. This small but essential element of a restaurant has become a glorified price list with a logo. What more […]

The post 2010 August: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Marketing MattersWhen I walk into a restaurant, I look for it. When I check out the competition I grab it. What is it, you ask? It’s your menu! Unfortunately, many times I am left disappointed and uninformed. This small but essential element of a restaurant has become a glorified price list with a logo. What more can a menu be? How about a powerful marketing muscle that lifts you to the next level? When I discovered this, my store sales rose 14 percent!

 

Menus help establish a restaurant’s brand, reinforce its unique standing in the community and present customers with the food they prepare and serve. More than that, menus sell product. Let’s talk about a few tricks of the trade.

First, use a professional menu developer. The menu is often the first impression you make on a customer, so make it count. DIY and it looks like it. Send it to the local printer and it looks like everyone else in town. Take the time to check out menu designers at International Pizza Expo or ones listed in this magazine to see who can help you maximize the impact of your menu. Ask for samples and request referrals, look for results –– you only have one chance to make a good first impression.

When designing your menu, think marketing. Do you have any signature or high profit items? Do you have a product that is a customer favorite? Are you the official pizza of some organization? Have your recipes been passed down for generations? Has your business received awards? All of these questions need to be and can be addressed in a well-designed menu. Knowing these answers will exercise your menu muscle and build your menu into a powerful selling machine.

People are more likely to buy a product if it is placed first or last in a list of items. Let’s look at your gourmet pizzas. Place the gourmet pizza with the highest profit first on the list. Add an image of this item and we can potentially increase sales of that item by 15 percent. Vision is a primary human sense. It not only brings things to our attention, but also moves us to action. Professional images of the food you actually serve incorporated into a menu design will persuade customers to buy. Additionally, a well-conceived heading like “House Favorite” or “A Louisville Tradition” grabs attention and guarantees consumers a positive experience, thus persuading them to buy. Bold lettering or boxing of items also draws people to the items you want to sell. Beware not to overdo it or this will lose its effect. Try one item in each menu category.

Descriptions of menu items should make a guest drool. Don’t be afraid to explain what is in a dish and use ethnic names, if they fit, to add a bit of panache. “Nana’s homemade white sauce” will intrigue a hungry customer.

Hungarian novelist Arthur Koestler once wrote, “The more original a discovery, the more obvious it seems afterwards.” This certainly is true of the menu, a marketing muscle to be reckoned with. ?

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 August: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Delivering The Wow https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-delivering-the-wow/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-delivering-the-wow/ America talked and Domino’s Pizza is listened. If you’ve watched any television over of the course of the past year, you’ve probably seen several corporate faces on the company’s advertising campaign serving up healthy doses of humble pie. In a series of commercials, Brandon Solano, the company’s VP of brand innovation, and CEO Patrick Doyle […]

The post 2010 June: Delivering The Wow appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
America talked and Domino’s Pizza is listened. If you’ve watched any television over of the course of the past year, you’ve probably seen several corporate faces on the company’s advertising campaign serving up healthy doses of humble pie. In a series of commercials, Brandon Solano, the company’s VP of brand innovation, and CEO Patrick Doyle readily admit their original product is inferior and a change was needed … so they made it happen.

The result? Not only the public’s attention but also that of media watchdogs as well. Could such a public mea culpa actually have negative results? And how would the franchisees take it?

“I was a little bit nervous at what the reaction was going to be from the time they saw it until the time we launched. How were they going to react without kind of seeing the outcome?” Doyle says. “What was most interesting to me was (that) I expected a much more mixed reaction on the launch plan than what we got. Our franchisees looked at the advertising and said, ‘You know what? I get it. I’ve been a franchisee for 20, 25 years and I’ve heard this criticism before. It’s not like this was out of the blue.’ ”

Honesty, it seems, is the best policy. The commercials air the criticisms from consumers and focus groups and hold little back. After the rollout, Domino’s tracked down some of its critics and urged them to try it again. Haven’t tried it yet? The company plastered three regular Joes’ hometowns telling them to give the new pizza a try. They did,with cameras rolling.

“Minds don’t change overnight,” Doyle warns. “While I’d love to change everybody’s minds, what it really means is as we continue to build credibility for the quality and taste of all of the food that we sell at Domino’s, it’s going to continue to change people’s perceptions of the brand over time. And that improvement in percentages over time means sales growth over, hopefully, a long period of time.”

Domino’s created a separate Web site, www. pizzaturnaround.com, which features actual focus group feedback, a live Twitter stream and corporate employees looking, well, dejected as they listened and read the comments. Doyle and his corporate team then walk viewers through the new pizza process. They’ve also adopted a new tagline: “Oh Yes We Did,” which answers the question: Did we actually face our critics and reinvent our pizza from the crust up?

Russell Weiner, Domino’s chief marketing officer, says the company changed its advertising techniques to a more honest and organic approach in an effort to connect them to the brand on a personal level. “What we were doing is evolving our brand positioning,” he says, adding that consumers are connected via mobile devices and through the Internet but are connecting personally less.

“We didn’t walk away from (focusing on) delivery. We walked away from making ourselves only about delivering,” he adds. Because Domino’s Pizza arrived at the door so quickly, consumers often had a negative image about the preparation of the food. Connecting consumers with the food was critical for the advertising campaigns –– and, essentially, the rollout of new products –– to work.

“One of the things that we do as a marketing team is (that) we want to do marketing in a time machine,” Weiner says. “We want to create five to seven years of progress in one year. To do that, we wanted to do things in a break-through way. And, not just break-through for break-through’s sake. … It was more about if we’re going to put real people in our ads, and people want real connections, then you’ve got to be honest with them. And that’s what we did.”

Following the launch of Domino’s Pizza’s new Oven- Baked Sandwiches line in 2008, it conducted an independent taste test comparing it with QSR sandwich giant Subway. Domino’s claims that its sandwich line beat Subway 2 to 1 took to the airwaves in a bold advertising campaign aimed at securing the sandwich delivery segment.

Soon after, Subway issued a cease-and-desist letter that questioned the validity of the taste test. Domino’s answer? Then- CEO David Brandon stepped up Domino’s game by “oven-burning” the letter in a commercial. After all, Subway had attempted to enter the pizza market in the past and turnabout is fair play.
“We were confident in the data,” Weiner says, adding that his experience working with The Pepsi Challenge (comparing the beverage to its competitor, Coca- Cola) helped. “You can’t run a claim advertisement on national television without showing the backup to the networks.”

The company posted that ad on YouTube the weekend before the Super Bowl and it generated 1.2 million hits. “People responded, and we really started to realize that if your food is great –– which ours was –– and you’re willing to stand behind it and put your face to it, and telling the truth, it seems to work,” Weiner says.

During the launch of the American Legends line, which features all-American dishes brought to pizza, the company put its franchisees in the ad to argue for their respective locales. “What’s to make you think that that’s a great pizza more than having the guy who makes it in” a commercial, Weiner says, adding that it was a “home run” for the company.

Another winner was Domino’s Big Taste Bailout Package, which offered $5 pizzas. Its advertising again featured its own CEO, was filmed in Washington D.C. and aired as corporate leaders descended on the nation’s capital asking for their own bailout. “This was a bailout that was costing us money,” says Weiner, “so it was real, and it was true, and that’s why it worked. … That was one of our best windows last year.”

The advertising campaign for Domino’s newest dessert, its Chocolate Lava Cakes, pitted the company’s accountants (the cakes were given away free with the purchase of a Pasta Bread Bowl) against the chefs who created the dish over who should be given credit for the deal. Again, real people and real food, Weiner adds.

Internally, the company believes in “delivering the ‘Wow’,” and that doesn’t just involve its corporate office. “Whatever you’re doing, whether you’re doing an ad, you’re prepping a new product, you’re doing an interview, it needs to deliver the ‘Wow’,” Weiner says.

“You have to get people’s attention,” Doyle adds. “But at the end of the day, it’s about getting people to try the pizza. If we can get them to try the pizza with the knowledge that this is something very new and different than you’ve had from Domino’s in the past, we win.” ?

The YouTube Incident

In April 2009, Domino’s Pizza made national headlines, but it wasn’t for a new product. Instead, a viral video featured two employees at a North Carolina franchise abusing customers’ orders before they were delivered. The result was a public relations nightmare.

“We found out about the video within 45 minutes of it being posted from external sites as well as our own monitoring team,” says Tim McIntyre, vice president, communications. “This was one of those incidents that just felt different. … The people (in the video) were so brazen about what they were doing that this one felt really bad.” Security and operations teams pulled still photos from the video immediately and emailed them to franchisees within hours of the postings looking for the pair, which McIntrye likened to looking for a needle in a haystack.

By 10:30 that evening, company officials had identified employees Kristy Hammonds and Michael Setzer. He received an apology e-mail from Hammonds at 1:38 a.m. (which was released to the public verbatim).Police, the local health department and the franchisee were contacted, and felony charges were fi led.

“Our fi rst priority was to fi nd them,” McIntyre says, “and if the food they were tainting had actually left the store.” (McIntyre says it was a hoax and the food was never delivered, as the small-town store wasn’t busy and the manager was in the back office reading a newspaper.)

“Secondly, we began to communicate with YouTube. We communicated with some other sites like The Consumerist that had reposted the videos. … We didn’t feel compelled to issue a press release or hold a press conference. That would have been akin to putting out a candle with a fire hose.” They issued a statement the next day on the company’s Web site telling consumers they were aware of the videos as management searched for a way to handle the negativity.

Winthin 48 hours, Domino’s issued a rebuttal featuring CEO Patrick Doyle on YouTube using the same search terms as the original videos. Find those, and you’d also find the corporate video. “We let people know on YouTube, where this thing originated, that we know this video is out there, it’s a hoax and we’re sorry for what these people did and how they’re portraying our brand,” McIntyre says.

Initially, views of the original videos spiked then waned. “Social media has a short attention span. We kind of ruined it by letting people know that we knew about it. … It was only attractive when people thought it was real.” Soon after Doyle’s response hit the Internet, mainstream media picked up the story. By that time, the story was less about Domino’s food being tainted and more about the company being victimized by two rogue employees and how other companies should protect themselves. Subsequently, the franchisee was not able to sustain his business and has closed.

“What this allowed us to do was to be open and honest about our anger,” McIntyre says. “There were a lot of victims here. The brand was a victim. This independent business owner lost his pizza stores because of what they did. Fifteen or 20 people who worked for him lost their jobs. “A year later, the brand not only survived, but it thrives. … To me, it speaks to the power of the brand.” ?

Mandy Wolf Detwiler is managing editor at Pizza Today.

The post 2010 June: Delivering The Wow appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Pizza & Delivery https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-pizza-delivery/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-pizza-delivery/ Visit any pizza restaurant and you’re likely to find workers of many races, colors and religions, and as we progress into the 21st century, this diversity is likely to become even more so. But while your workforce may contain employees from around the globe, that doesn’t necessarily mean harmony exists within the ranks of your […]

The post 2010 August: Pizza & Delivery appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Visit any pizza restaurant and you’re likely to find workers of many races, colors and religions, and as we progress into the 21st century, this diversity is likely to become even more so. But while your workforce may contain employees from around the globe, that doesn’t necessarily mean harmony exists within the ranks of your staff. That said, what are you doing to assure that your employees are not subjected to any kind of racial harassment?

Legal professionals say that every restaurant needs to have a policy stating that racial harassment is not acceptable and will result in termination or other disciplinary measures. This written policy should be given to all new hires before they begin work.

If your workforce includes a lot of non-English speakers, it’s a good idea to have your policy translated and available in more than one language.

Without a written policy, “you are reckless beyond belief,” says Jon Hyman, a management-side employment lawyer at Kohrman Jackson and Krantz law firm in Cleveland, Ohio.

It’s a good idea — at least every other year, but probably more often for a pizzeria operator with high turnover — to talk to employees about harassment, says Hyman. Managers should also make sure they know the policy inside out, and should keep up with the laws because they change regularly, explains Ann Kiernan, a New Brunswick, New Jersey-based lawyer and a trainer with Fair Measures, a company that teaches managers and employees the skills they need to create respectful workplaces. Small businesses can keep updated on the laws through a business association or industry, or their local chamber of commerce.

If a supervisor hears of harassment, it’s important to take steps immediately. “It can often lead to a hostile work environment, so if the employee is able to continue the harassment, it will only strengthen the other employee’s claim and will lead to great damages the longer it continues,” says Tim Davis, an employment attorney with Grasch & Gudalis in Lexington, Kentucky.

How to handle harassment depends on your restaurant’s policy, points out Kiernan. It’s important to take into account the employee’s previous behavior. They might get a warning, or a written warning if it’s more serious, and by the next warning they’re terminated. Or it could warrant instant dismissal.

“You’ve got to consider terminating your employee, even if they are your best employee, because it will affect your business’s bottom line if they continue creating a hostile work environment, and it could lead to increased damages,” points out Davis.

It’s also important to remember that harassment can come in many forms. A great number of teenagers text message, so when a workforce skews young, it’s particularly important to have a handle on how those employees communicate. Then there are the popular social media Web sites. These technologies and the appropriate use of them should be incorporated into a pizza restaurant’s harassment policy, says Hyman. Technology, he explains, “makes it easier to get to someone and harass them — and it’s not just in the workplace, but someone could put something on your Facebook wall at 2 a.m., and that’s harassment.”

Toppers Pizza, a 26-unit pizza franchise headquartered in Whitewater, Wisconsin, is already on top of social media “because we’re aware that harassment can take place off site or out of hours using social media,” says Robin Gittrich, human resources assistant.

Toppers is meticulous with its harassment training. New employees are shown a 20-minute video devoted to the subject, and they also receive a hard copy of the company’s policies, which they have to sign.

The company also recently introduced an e-learning portal called Toppers U. for which it is developing content for a harassment prevention program, and hopes it will be available in the next year.

“The program would keep giving the employee feedback until it’s certain they understand it,” explains Gittrich. Should a harassment case arise at Toppers, employees are advised to report it immediately without fear of reprisal.

“We take every allegation seriously,” says Gittrich. “Toppers would look into it. And if we believe there’s been a violation of the policy, it would lead to disciplinary action up to termination.”

Metro Pizza, with five locations in Las Vegas, also has a written, zero tolerance policy that is given to all new employees. Co-owner John Arena says new hires sign off on the policy “so it’s clear they’ve seen everything.”

There’s no specific ongoing training at Metro, “but during staff meetings we are constantly reinforcing the points that are part of the orientation,” Arena explains. “We are always talking about being sensitive to the guests and to each other, and also making sure we’re providing opportunities to people.”

Fair Play

Your workplace should be an even playing field for all employees. Here are a few tips to ensure it is:

Make sure rules are consistently and evenly applied to all groups and people.
Seek input. If you are having a difficult time formulating a policy, ask the employees what they think should happen in a given circumstance. Typically, they will appreciate the amount of respect the employer is showing and will respond with workable solutions.
Have an employment attorney draft, or at a minimum review, all policies to ensure equal employment opportunity compliance.
Have more than one person that employees can make harassment complaints to in case a supervisor is the one doing the harassing.
Understanding your employees is tantamount. Talk to them and get to know their culture and community. Really listen and have an open mind.

Amanda Baltazar is a freelance writer in Anacortes, Washington.

The post 2010 August: Pizza & Delivery appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-dough-doctor/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-dough-doctor/ Over the years, I’ve written a number of articles on using baker’s percent to express a dough formula, but it never hurts to give a refresher course for those who have recently joined our ranks. A lot of time I hear: “Why can’t you just give me a dough formula with the weight of each […]

The post 2010 June: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Over the years, I’ve written a number of articles on using baker’s percent to express a dough formula, but it never hurts to give a refresher course for those who have recently joined our ranks. A lot of time I hear: “Why can’t you just give me a dough formula with the weight of each ingredient shown?” I would if it were just that simple. In order to do this, I would need to know how much fl our you want to use in making your dough, and I’m betting that everyone isn’t using the same weight of fl our, so then I’d get another request to give the formula again, but this time with the correct ingredient weights for a different fl our weight and so on. By expressing a dough formula in baker’s percent, the formula can be easily manipulated up or down in size, based on any fl our weight, and the dough formula will always be in correct balance.

The only tools we’re going to need here are a sharp pencil, a pad of paper and our trusty, hand-held calculator. Here’s a typical pizza dough formula presented in baker’s percent.

Flour: 100 percent
Salt: 1.75 percent
Sugar: 2 percent
Olive oil: 3 percent
Instant dry yeast: 0.375 percent
Water: 58 percent

The only rule you need to remember is this: Flour is always equal to 100 percent. What this means is that whatever fl our weight you elect to use will always be equal to 100 percent, so, just write down your fl our weight next to that 100 percent figure.

Let’s say you opted to use 40 pounds of fl our for making your dough. Keep in mind that the weight of each ingredient will be expressed in the same weight units that you express the fl our weight in (pounds, ounces, grams, kilograms, etc.). Tip: Look at your ingredient scale to see how the weights are shown, for example, some scales will show actual pounds and ounces to the nearest 0.2 ounces (for example: 11 pounds 3.2 ounces, or 3.4 ounces, etc.); other scales might weigh to the decimal fraction of a pound such as 11.3 pounds, or 11.4 pounds, etc.; some might even weigh to a fraction of an ounce such as 11 pounds 4.25 ounces, or 4.5 ounces, or 4.76 ounces, etc. My least favored scale is the one that only weights in single decimal fractions of a pound such as the above 11.3 pound example. The reason for this is because of its inaccuracy in weighing smaller amounts of ingredients. Each 0.1 pound is actually equal to roughly 1.5 ounces, or another way of looking at it is, this scale is capable of weighing your ingredients only to the nearest 1.5 ounce measurement. This can be a problem if you need an ingredient weight of 1 or 2 ounces. Try to show your fl our weight in the same weight units that your scale weighs in. Most of the time we can get away with showing the fl our weight in ounces without any problems.

Ladies and gentlemen, turn on your calculators!

1) 40 pounds of fl our will be expressed in ounces, so our ingredient weights will also be expressed in ounces. 40 x 16 = 640 ounces of flour.

2) Enter the fl our weight (640) in your calculator, then press “x” followed by the ingredient weight you want to find. In this case salt is 1.75 percent; so enter 1.75 and then press the “percent” key, and read the answer (weight of salt needed) in the display window: 11.2 ounces. Since we’re not making rocket fuel here, we can round this off to 11.25 ounces if desired.

3) Going through the rest of the ingredients, the math looks like this: 640 x 2 (press the “percent” key) and read 12.8 ounces of sugar in the display (round to 12.75 ounces).

4) 640 x 3 (press the “percent” key) and read 19.2 ounces of olive oil in the display (round to 19.25 ounces).

5) 640 x 0.375 (press the “percent” key) and read 2.4 ounces of IDY in the display (round to 2.5-ounces).

6) 640 x 58 (press the “percent” key) and read 371.2 ounces of water in the display (round to 372.25-ounces or divide by 16 to get the weight in pounds. 371.25 divided by 16 = 23.2-

Let’s do the math one more time. This time we’ll use 25 pounds for our fl our weight, with the same dough formula.

1) Flour: 25 pounds or 400 ounces fl our weight (25 x 16 = 400).

2) Salt: 400 x 1.75 (press the “percent” key) and read 7 ounces of salt.

3) Sugar: 400 x 2 (press the “percent” key) and read 8 ounces of sugar.

4) Olive oil: 400 x 3 (press the “percent” key) and read 12 ounces of olive oil.

5) IDY: 400 X 0.375 (press the “percent” key) and read 1.5 ounces of IDY.

6) Water: 400 x 58 (press the “percent” key) and read 232-ounces of water (or divide 232 by 16 = 14.5 pounds of water).

If you want to convert an existing dough formula into one expressed in baker’s percent, all you need to do is to divide the weight of each ingredient by the weight of the fl our and multiply by 100. Here’s an example:

Flour weight is 25 pounds or 400 ounces.

The weight of the olive oil is 14 ounces. What is the baker’s percent of the olive oil?

14 divided by 400 x 100 = 3.5 percent.

The water weight is 12 pounds. What is the baker’s percent of water? 12 divided by 25 x 100 = 48 percent.

Do this for each ingredient and you’ve got the dough formula converted into baker’s percent. Now you can manipulate the size of the dough up or down as you wish, knowing that it is always in correct balance.

Remember, you can only work in weight measures. You cannot do baker’s percent in volumetric measures such as cups, teaspoons, tablespoons, etc.

Cut this copy out, or photo copy it and save it for the next time you come across a dough formula given in baker’s percent, or when you need to convert your own formula into baker’s percent so you can adjust the size of the dough without fear of your formula getting out of balance. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2010 June: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-simple-ideas/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-simple-ideas/ Z-licious Appetizers are hot. Go beyond the typical fried mozzarella or bruschetta and offer your customers a zucchini Parmigiana that will have them coming back for more. Take a fresh zucchini peel and trim off the stem end. Slice the zucchini lengthwise and dip in fl our. Shake off the excess and dip into a […]

The post 2010 August: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Z-licious

Appetizers are hot. Go beyond the typical fried mozzarella or bruschetta and offer your customers a zucchini Parmigiana that will have them coming back for more. Take a fresh zucchini peel and trim off the stem end. Slice the zucchini lengthwise and dip in fl our. Shake off the excess and dip into a beaten egg. When covered, coat in breadcrumbs and grated Parmesan. Fry until golden and serve with warm marinara sauce for dipping.

Yeast Affection

We frequently get questions about the differences between fresh, instant and active dry yeast and whether they can be interchanged in recipes. First, don’t confuse the three. They are different products that require their own unique handling. Secondly, yes, with a little work you can convert recipes to conform to your chosen yeast. For instance, one pound of fresh yeast can be replaced with eight ounces of active dry yeast and eight ounces of water. Or it can be replaced with 5½ ounces of instant dry yeast and 10½ ounces of water.

Thrill of the Grill

Grilled pizza is easier than you think. The hardest part is making room in your kitchen for a grill, which a pizzeria really doesn’t need. In other words, don’t go out and buy a grill simply to offer a few grilled pizzas. On the other hand, if you happen to have a grill — make use of it! Start by rolling dough out thin and brushing it with seasoned olive oil. Grill the oiled side until it’s lightly browned. While it’s on the grill, brush the top with olive oil. When the bottom is browned, remove from the grill,flip it over and add sauce and toppings. Return to the grill and cook until finished.

Going to Sicily?

Here are some tips to keep in mind should you be thinking of adding a Sicilian pie to your menu:
? Use a dough that has some olive oil in its formulation for a lighter, more flavorful crust.
? For a really light crust, allow the dough to go through three risings: two outside the pan, one inside it.
? Generously oil the baking pan. Use vegetable oil for this — it’s cheaper.
? If you want a crunch to the bottom of the crust, sprinkle the bottom of the baking pan with cornmeal.

The post 2010 August: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Finding Success https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-finding-success/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-finding-success/ When I was a young pup 25 years ago, my landlord approached me. I had been renting my restaurant from him for five years or so. Ray was retired from the phone company and wanted to sell his local real estate properties and buy a retirement place in Florida. I was the de-facto landlord anyways. […]

The post 2010 June: Finding Success appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
When I was a young pup 25 years ago, my landlord approached me. I had been renting my restaurant from him for five years or so. Ray was retired from the phone company and wanted to sell his local real estate properties and buy a retirement place in Florida. I was the de-facto landlord anyways. When he hit me with his asking price I got a serious case of sticker shock. When I brought this up to my trusted accountant he was optimistically enthusiastic. I didn’t think it was possible to ever own a shopping plaza and 135 feet of prime US-23 highway frontage. I was thinking how tough it was to scrape up the rent in the middle of winter. Chuck, my accountant, was looking at the opportunity for a long-term investment. His advice to me was: “Buy the place. We’ll make the money work. You’ll thank me when you decide to retire.” I also asked the advice of a real estate guru friend and my banker. They all gave me the green flag.

I discussed the possibility of counter offering 10 percent less than the asking price and was out-voted by my group of advisors. Every one of them advised I agree to the asking price. They told me that if I started to haggle on price my landlord would withdraw the offer. As it turns out my arch-rival in town was ready to pounce on the purchase. He had money and hated my guts. I’m sure he would have relished the thought of being my landlord. Twenty years later I sold the place to one of my tenants and semiretired, fairly well off for the son of a school bus driver. What sage advice I got from others. Without their counsel I wouldn’t have had the nerve and expertise to pull off the purchase.

During my 30 years of restaurant ownership I have leaned on the advice of 3 accountants and a few close friends who were very successful in their businesses. What my friends lacked in college degrees they made up for in business sense. My wife and life partner has enough degrees for all of them and is my final advisor. I married up.

Back then, in the mid-eighties, I was driven to succeed. If you tried to sell pizza in my town, I was your worst nightmare. I had graduated from the school of hard knocks and had mastered pizza making, leadership and defined and refined many guerilla marketing tactics. I was learning the ways of business one bitter and expensive lesson at a time. Until I went all in and purchased the real estate, I was mediocre at best in things money and financially related. In fact, it seemed that every time I dug myself out of a debt hole, I dug a new one. I think I was a glutton for punishment. If I were one of The Donald’s apprentices, I would have fired myself. The time had come for me to stop playing restaurateur and start being one.

This is the time I created my loose group of advisors I called The Old Grizzlies. These veterans had more battle scars and business smarts than I would ever have. I called a group meeting as situations arose and traded lots of pizza for priceless advice.

Until I became a land baron, I wasn’t required to account to anyone. If I had a profitable year, life was good. If I had an unprofitable year, we just went without the spoils of success. Chuck, my accountant, was about to give me a wakeup call. He assured me that he would make the numbers work if I decided to buy the place. He failed to tell me at the time that he would start questioning my every expense. He would challenge me to run a tighter and tighter ship. If 33 percent food cost was the norm, he challenged me to shave 2 percent off. When you zero in on every controllable expense item, your numbers will get better. Since he was not biased or grounded in the day-to-day operations of a restaurant, he put everything under the spyglass. After a few months my bottom line was on an upswing. We didn’t have any problem meeting my mortgage obligation. My tenants were happy and profitable. No whining, attitude or tardiness on the rent.

I can’t stress enough how much money was wasted weekly by free throwing toppings on pies. I shudder to think that if I had been as diligent when I made the first million pies as I was the last million, my financial outcome would have been significantly better. The cheap and simple act of pre-weighing cups of cheese and placing a scale on the make line saved me over $400 a week. I’ve seen many 5-8 percent improvements in food cost when working with owners who get it once they see it with their own eyes. I also decided to buy all of my groceries from one primary supplier. In today’s jargon it’s called Prime Vendor Agreement. When I implemented it 25 years ago it was called buying at Cost Plus.

Chuck, the bean counter, now had me zoom into the next highest expense: labor. Controlling this line item is trickier than portion controlling by far. It’s harder to control people than things. The first step was to establish a baseline labor expense percentage. This percentage was calculated two ways. The down and dirty percentage I was shooting for on a weekly basis was computed by my POS system: hourly and salaried wages divided by hourly and daily sales. This amount was 22 percent. After the hidden soft costs are added in, like matching employer social security, unemployment and workers’ comp insurance — plus any employee benefits — the true labor cost averaged at 25-26 percent. My manager’s bonus was directly tied to labor cost and he monitored it like a hawk. Every hour he would print a real time labor cost report. This report was accurate to the minute and made the decision to send someone home early very easy. Prior to setting a ceiling on labor we were generally overstaffed during slow shifts and understaffed during rush hours. We also graphed daily and hourly sales versus labor for the slowest days of the week (M-T-W-Th), as well as the busy weekend days.

During the slow days, we couldn’t hit low labor because we had to minimally staff. We made up for it on the weekends when we had just enough people to take care of business with very few low-productivity hours. We often hit 15 and 16 percent hours. The only way we could do this is to have cross-trained everyone so they were proficient in what I call the “Make It, Bake It & Take It” functions. It was not uncommon to see cooks delivering and drivers answering phones and preparing orders. We were able to pay more per hour by developing high-sense of- urgency crew members. We had pretty much removed all the fat from the schedule. One lightning cook can produce two to three times the volume of a slow cook. We did a time study on everything and knew exactly how much time it took to perform a function. Our best times were legendary. We could hand toss, sauce and cheese a 14-inch pizza and get it in the oven in 23 seconds. We could chop and box a pizza in 10 seconds. We could politely and professionally answer the phone and take an order, then repeat it back for accuracy and quote a price and delivery time in 44 seconds. Everything that is measured is improved.

A well run and managed pizzeria can achieve a food and labor cost of 60 percent. Big Dave’s ran at 55 percent more than 10 months a year. When I see an operation running at 65 percent and more Prime Cost, I know they are close to being unprofitable. That’s when a serious intervention is in order, ASAP. Get your prime costs in order now. If you do, you probably won’t fail to make money. ?

Big Dave Ostrander
owned a highly successful independent pizzeria before becoming a consultant, speaker and internationally sought-after trainer. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today and leads seminars on operational topics for the family of Pizza Expo tradeshows.

The post 2010 June: Finding Success appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Slicing into the Green Market https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-slicing-into-the-green-market/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-august-slicing-into-the-green-market/ Going green means taking ecofriendly steps to decrease an operation’s carbon footprint, or the amount of energy produced to do just about everything: burning fuel for deliveries, cooling and heating, etc. But what does green talk really translate to for pizzeria owners? “The key characteristic of “going green” is that it is a continual process […]

The post 2010 August: Slicing into the Green Market appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 August: Slicing into the Green MarketGoing green means taking ecofriendly steps to decrease an operation’s carbon footprint, or the amount of energy produced to do just about everything: burning fuel for deliveries, cooling and heating, etc. But what does green talk really translate to for pizzeria owners? “The key characteristic of “going green” is that it is a continual process of improvement and is relative to where the individual pizzeria begins the process,” says Jerry Lawson, national manager of the ENERGY STAR Small Business and Congregations Network of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA.) “Customers care and want to be supportive of businesses who are striving to earn profits in an environmentally responsible manner, and business owners care as much about the environment as anyone, but they are also learning that many aspects of green are just good business.”

 

Consider this: every business has factors to consider regarding going green, especially budget-wise. Experts advise focusing on long-term effects, and not just upfront costs. “Restaurants and commercial kitchens are one of the highest energy consumers — using approximately 250,000 BTUs per square foot, which is roughly 2½ times more energy per square foot than other commercial buildings,” says Una Song, program manager of the EPA’s ENERGY STAR Program’s commercial food service equipment division. “Restaurants that invest strategically can cut utility costs while making significant contributions to a cleaner environment. Restaurateurs should consider total lifecycle costs in their decisions.”

When it comes to green, planning is everything. Check out www.energystar.gov for step-by-step green restaurant guides. “Decide your motivation, and your desired outcome, and start researching things you can do,” says Dan Simons, principal of Vucurevich- Simons Advisory Group (VSAG), a restaurant consulting organization specializing in green practices. “Pick an area: trash that goes to landfills — research composting, recycling, and reducing what you send to landfills — it’s not glamorous, but it can make a big impact.”

The EPA recommends installing compact fluorescent lamps in refrigerators and kitchen ventilation hoods, and high-efficiency pre-rinse spray valves in kitchens. Conduct refrigerator maintenance: check and replace door gaskets, clean evaporator and condenser coils and check refrigerant charge. Set water temperatures at about 120 F for hand washing and 140 F for dishwashing. “Fix water leaks immediately — especially hot water leaks: wasted water, sewer and water heating costs can add up to hundreds of dollars a year,” says Song.

Government tax credits are available for upgrading features such as heating and cooling units, lighting, windows, doors, etc., and some cover installation costs. Many states provide rebates for energy friendly appliances such as ovens and dishwashers. Check out EPA’s ENERGY STAR building upgrade manual, featuring a free online tool, Portfolio Manager (which estimates monthly energy usage from utility bills, and tracks these stats over time as compared with the national average), as well as calculators to estimate returns on product investments. (See www.energystar. gov)

A significant way to green a pizzeria is through LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) certifi cation, granted to eco-friendly building or remodeling projects by a rating system of the U.S. Green Building Council. Certifi cation includes an application and approval process. (See www.usgbc.org/)

Last spring, owner/chef Edward Sylvia — bringing the established customer base from his Cer Té cafe and catering — transformed a 1,200 square foot former sub shop into Pizza by Cer Té, New York City’s fi rst green pizzeria. “Being a chef, I always believed in local being better, and I’ve always used local farmers markets, local cheeses and everything else,” says Sylvia. “I wanted to take it a step further and have the construction LEED (Gold) certified so everything was in sync with the philosophy of the food.” Challenges included a yearlong building process, versus about six months for a regular pizzeria, and finding local fresh sauce during the winter — Sylvia’s in talks to obtain sauce from a local greenhouse grower. Designed for delivery and takeout, the space features herbs grown onsite, rain water storage to water herbs and clean premises, converted heat energy, river rock fixtures, filtered and aerated water for drinks and options for hybrid and bicycle delivery.

Going green provides a unique opportunity to stand out from competitors. “There are a few thousand pizzerias in NYC, and if we were a regular pizzeria, we’d be just another one opening,” says Sylvia, who is planning a free-slice incentive for customers who bring in a Pizza by Cer Té reusable plate made of sugar and printed with edible ink. “Being green has become a PR and marketing dream … once you mention it, people are interested immediately.”

Zpizza, with 95 franchise locations throughout the U.S., is also offering an extra large pie for the price of a large for bringing in their reusable tray or handing it to delivery drivers.

Solidify your restaurant’s green position and plan for the future by joining a green restaurant organization. In conjunction with Earth Day 2010, VSAG launched the Leadership in Eco-Hospitality Advocacy Foundation (LEAF), a non-profit membership organization providing green info and networking for restaurants — Pizza Fusion is a potential founding member. The Green Restaurant Association (www. dinegreen.com) also provides green certification and resources.

“The future of the green movement belongs to entrepreneurs, because green is good for business and has become a business itself, with an exploding array of products and services demanded by consumers in the marketplace,” says Lawson. Sylvia agrees. “What I’m doing is for the next generation,” he says. “Whether I stay in the space or someone else takes it over, it will help the environment. It’s almost like planting a seed.” ?

‘The key characteristic of “going green” is that it is a continual process of improvement and is relative to where the individual pizzeria begins the process. Customers care and want to be supportive of businesses who are striving to earn profits in an environmentally responsible manner, and business owners care as much about the environment as anyone, but they are learning that many aspects of green are just good business.’ —Jerry Lawson, National Manager of the ENERGY STAR Small Business and Congregations Network of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

Lee Erica Elder is a freelance writer in New York City.

The post 2010 August: Slicing into the Green Market appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 June: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-five-questions/ Mon, 04 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-june-five-questions/ Patty Phillips owns and operates California-based Patty’s on the Run. This take-and-bake delivery company offers a complete line of pizzas, sides, sandwiches and desserts. The company also offers a wholesale line of pizzas for the commercial market and recently reduced its real estate by closing its store and moving online.642-444 Q. How does the “Patty’s […]

The post 2010 June: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Patty Phillips owns and operates California-based Patty’s on the Run. This take-and-bake delivery company offers a complete line of pizzas, sides, sandwiches and desserts. The company also offers a wholesale line of pizzas for the commercial market and recently reduced its real estate by closing its store and moving online.642-444

Q. How does the “Patty’s on the Run” concept work?

A. With the way the economy is heading and the high rents in California especially –– we were on a high-end boutique street in Santa Monica which is kind of like the Beverly Hills of Santa Monica –– about 30 to 40 businesses had gone out. The landlords weren’t lowering the rent. I had this idea instead of having a brick and mortar location, I’d take it virtual, since we have loyal customers. People can go to our Web site … and order online and we are delivering it to them for free. It was a way to deal with the challenging environment for businesses today. I brought everything into my wholesale facility and we carved out a niche. We deliver throughout west L.A.

Q. How did you initially start your wholesale business?

A. Like anything in life, sometimes you just kind of fall into things. I had a chef come in into my shop back in 1989 and said ‘you have the best pizza I’ve ever had. Can you make them and deliver them to me?’ … Eventually, I got (hotel contracts). It’s been one hotel at a time, one pizza at a time. We got large enough so that we could have a separate wholesale facility.

Q. What is the allure of take-and-bake pizza?

A. It takes a while for people to understand the concept of take-and-bake pizza. We explain to our customers that studies have shown that pizza deteriorates after it’s cooked within 7 minutes. It’s getting cold; it’s getting soggy. With a take-and-bake pizza, you get it fresh to your door, and when you’re ready, you put it in the oven to bake. It only takes 15 minutes to cook. It’s fresh, hot delicious pizza right out of your oven.

Q. How does the delivery aspect of take-and-bake work for you?

A. It’s getting there. It’s a brand new concept. We just started this in March. It’s getting people used to (the fact that) we’re not located in Santa Monica, but they can get the pizza and get it delivered.

Q. Have you considered baking in-house?

A. We are toying with the idea of offering cooked pizzas. We’re not sure if we’re going to go that route. When you get a fresh pizza delivered to your door, it is so much better if you can put it in your oven. You don’t have to have it there at a certain time. You can have it delivered at 5, knowing that your guests are going to be there at 7. It is more convenient for people, if they think about it.642-445

The post 2010 June: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Dough Doctor https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-dough-doctor/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-dough-doctor/ Q: Can you please explain to me how to correctly season my new pizza screens?           A: Pizza screens and many pizza pans should be seasoned before they can be used. Failure to do so will result in the pizza (crust) and the pan or screen becoming as one — not […]

The post 2010 May: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Tom LehmannQ: Can you please explain to me how to correctly season my new pizza screens?

 

 

 

 

 

A: Pizza screens and many pizza pans should be seasoned before they can be used. Failure to do so will result in the pizza (crust) and the pan or screen becoming as one — not to mention a poor bake quality.

To season new pans or screens, first wash them to remove any protective oil or residue from the manufacturing process. Then thoroughly dry with a clean towel and pass them through the oven for a couple minutes to evaporate any remaining water. Next, wipe the pan/screen with any type of salad oil. Be sure to wipe both the top and bottom surfaces. Then, brush on the oil. A thin coating will do. Place the oiled pans/screens in an oven set at not more than 425 F. This is important to remember, because the fl ash point (temperature at which the oil ignites) of most oils is at around 440 F. If you season pans at this temperature, or higher, there is a possibility that the oil could ignite, resulting in a bit more excitement than you might have bargained for. Allow the pans to bake in the oven for 15 to 20 minutes.

When the pans have been properly seasoned, they will have a slight golden tint to them. Then, as the screens are used in the future, they will not need to be oiled again. Pans, on the other hand, will typically need to have a small amount of oil applied to them to facilitate release of the baked pizza from the pan and to provide for a uniform baking across the bottom of the pan. As the seasoned pans and screens are used, they will continually darken in color (eventually becoming almost black). This darkening in color helps provide for a better baked pizza.

Note that it is important that the seasoned pans and screens be protected from exposure to water. If it is necessary to wash the seasoned pans/screens, do not allow them to soak in water. Doing so will result in the seasoning coming off of the pans in sheets, much like a bad sunburn. The result will be the need to chemically strip all of the old seasoning from the pans/screens and begin the process all over again. The accepted way to wash your seasoned pans/screens is to grasp the pan in one hand, and a soft, plastic bristle brush in the other. Dip the pan/screen into the soapy water and lightly scrub with the brush, then rinse, and dip into the sanitizer, immediately wipe dry with a towel, and place into a hot oven to evaporate any remaining water. Properly cared for, your seasoned pans should remain in good condition and not need to be re-seasoned for several years.

Can you share one of your favorite “tricks” for making a great pizza?

We all have our own special, little things that we do to make our pizzas just a little better than those made by someone else. Here is my special, added touch. Mozzarella cheese is, in my opinion, somewhat monotone, bland and unexciting. I think it is just begging to be blended with another flavorful cheese. For me, that cheese is Parmesan. After applying the requisite amount of mozzarella cheese, I like to finish the pizza with a sprinkle of shredded Parmesan. If there is a significant amount of crust (heel) exposed, I make sure to get some of the Parmesan cheese onto the exposed heel portion, and then spread the remainder over the mozzarella cheese. This provides for both a visual enhancement to the crust, as well as providing for a more complex cheese flavor to the rest of the pizza.

We are making our pizza slices from a par-baked crust, and we keep having problems with the dough bubbling, sometimes even turning into what looks like a giant pita bread. We already dock the dough, what else can we do to prevent this excessive bubbling?

Since you’re making slices from the crust, the easiest way to control the bubbling of your dough during baking is to apply a thin layer of sauce to the surface of the dough just before you place it into the oven for baking. This seems to do a good job of controlling the bubbling. Since you will probably be holding the sauced, par-baked crusts for a period of time, I like to apply a very thin application of olive oil to the crust before applying the sauce. This helps to prevent any moisture from the sauce from soaking into the crust and contributing to a gum line later on, when the slice is baked for the second time. My own personal favorite is to apply some diced garlic to the crust along with the olive oil, as this will add another dimension of flavor to the finished slice. Also, remember to add a little more sauce, tomato filets, or fresh tomato when dressing the slices as this really improves the flavor of the reheated slices.

We are using compressed yeast but we are thinking of changing over to instant dry yeast. How much instant dry yeast should we use to replace our compressed yeast?

There are a number of different thoughts on this. Many manufacturers will suggest that you use a third of the compressed yeast amount as instant dry yeast. However, I’ve had much better success using a little more of the instant dry yeast. My recommendation is to multiply the compressed yeast level by .375 to find the amount of instant dry yeast needed to replace a known quantity of compressed yeast. Thus, if our dough formula calls for 6 ounces of compressed yeast, we would multiply 6 ounces by .375 to get 2.25 ounces of instant dry yeast needed to replace the compressed yeast. You would then add the difference between 6 ounces and 2.25 ounces (3.75-ounces) as additional water to compensate for the slight drying affect of the dry yeast. ?

Tom Lehmann is a director at the American Institute of Baking in Manhattan, Kansas.

The post 2010 May: Dough Doctor appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Five Questions https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-five-questions/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-five-questions/ Jeff Moogk is the executive corporate chef for Sammy’s Woodfi red Pizza. While menu development at Sammy’s is just one of his duties, Moogk also oversees culinary operations at parent company Ladeki Restaurant Group’s fine dining and catering divisions. Q. Your position doesn’t just cover the average pizzeria operations. How do you incorporate that experience […]

The post 2010 May: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Jeff Moogk is the executive corporate chef for Sammy’s Woodfi red Pizza. While menu development at Sammy’s is just one of his duties, Moogk also oversees culinary operations at parent company Ladeki Restaurant Group’s fine dining and catering divisions.

Q. Your position doesn’t just cover the average pizzeria operations. How do you incorporate that experience into Sammy’s Woodfired Pizza?

A. We’re always on the move. In fine dining or pizzeria operations, the basics — as far as using ingredients and toppings — are the same. We’re always trying to innovate. (With catering,) the volume is a lot larger, but the means behind the concept remains the same, and that is to put out the best possible product that you can and please as many people as you can.

Q. This isn’t just your average pizzeria. You offer some non-traditional menu items such as a Kobe beef chili dish and a white tuna and spinach salad. How well do those work in a pizzeria atmosphere?

A. They’re received very well. We always try to move forward, innovate new items and put new items on the menu to keep our regular customers interested and wanting to come back. And, those first timers will always have a large variety to choose from.

Q. Is it difficult for Sammy’s to compete in markets that are know for culinary diversity and excellence, such as Las Vegas?

A. We do quite well in Las Vegas. We’ve won many awards as far as (having) the best salad in town voted by all of the residents, the best pizza in town, even though we’re not on the strip. We’re in the outlying markets.

Q. You’ve added a line of Neapolitan pizzas to your menu. How well are they selling?

A. Those are doing great! It’s a traditional style with basic ingredients, all fresh ingredients, and they’re selling well.

Q. As the company grows, how difficult is it to maintain consistency across the brand?

A. Before we roll any new item out on the menu, or before we open up a new restaurant, we have an extensive training (process) and guidelines in quality control to really, really keep the consistency where it needs to be. That’s the biggest challenge of any multi-unit restaurant. That’s something that we face every day. We try to keep the focus on it every day.

The post 2010 May: Five Questions appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Marketing Matters https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-marketing-matters/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-marketing-matters/ On the PizzaToday.com bulletin boards, April Murray, co-owner of Just Pizza in Gibsonville, North Carolina, recently asked this question: “How many of you actually utilize coupons or not? I am hearing requests from customers for coupons, but we offer pretty good specials that we change every three months or so. Any ideas?”     Like […]

The post 2010 May: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
On the PizzaToday.com bulletin boards, April Murray, co-owner of Just Pizza in Gibsonville, North Carolina, recently asked this question: “How many of you actually utilize coupons or not? I am hearing requests from customers for coupons, but we offer pretty good specials that we change every three months or so. Any ideas?”

 

 

Like it or not, the pizza industry is coupon driven, and our uncertain economy coerces people to endeavor to save a buck. The consumer’s view of a coupon is that it entitles him to certain benefits, such as cash or a gift. Operator Michael Shepherd of Ohio based Michael Angelo’s Pizza presents a differing view of coupons: “I think they are often a crutch that our industry leans on rather than using our image, brand or quality to bring people in.” Murray concurs. How do pizzaioli aspiring for quality product and excellent service come to terms with consumers who have been conditioned by the Big 3 to expect a deal or coupon and never pay menu price?

Junior Freitas, owner of Stuft Pizza in Santa Clara, California, comments: “A coupon to me is a means to get somebody into my store or back to my store. I try to educate my customers of the benefits of value over price.” Steve Cocca, President of the four-unit Cocca’s Pizza in Youngstown, Ohio, says: “Coupons raise ticket sales and help us get new customers. Most people stick them on their refrigerator so the third purpose is that it can act as a billboard.”

Savvy operators realize the power of coupons, but also know they can be a double-edged sword. Shepherd adamantly states that “deeply discounted coupons by the Big 3 have done tremendous damage to the industry that will take many years to repair. They are reducing our industry to little more than fast food status.” Murray confronts this daily: “We try very hard to instill the idea that we simply give them more for the dollars they choose to spend,” she says.

Murray, Shepherd, Freitas and Cocca all offer specials and featured items. Murray learned that she had to present the special to the customer in the way they wanted to see it. She simply put a box or dashed line around featured menu items, and suddenly the response to these items soared and customers quit asking for coupons. She spoke the language of the consumer. Cocca places the boxed items like his “Family Pack” right on his menu. “I really think people are more cautious about spending and go right to the coupons,” he says. “It does not need to be a big discount. They’re only saving 97 cents, but this works great for us.” Combos or a free item of high perceived value is a great way to pull off this coupon-balancing act.

Meanwhile, Shepherd asserts that “my best coupon is no coupon.” He still uses means of high ROI like Facebook, e-mail and door hanging to meet the expectations of a thrifty consumer with multiple item offerings. Freitas sees similar results offering printable coupons on his Web site. His free cheesy bread with a large pizza purchase has a perceived value of $6.95, while the actual food cost is merely $1.10.

Successful operators understand the industry and their target market, and they adapt to it. The semantics of “coupon” need not be a challenge. ?

 

Scott Anthony is a Fox’s Pizza Den franchisee in Punxsutawney, Pennsylvania. He is a monthly contributor to Pizza Today.

The post 2010 May: Marketing Matters appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Reward Your Customer https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-reward-your-customer/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-reward-your-customer/ Frequent diner programs abound and there’s good reason for this, says Arjun Sen, president of Zen Mango, a Centennial, Colorado-based consulting company. “A frequent diner program gives you a share of the customer’s wallet space,” he says. “It also helps build a habit. Those who experience a brand three or four times have a revisit […]

The post 2010 May: Reward Your Customer appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Frequent diner programs abound and there’s good reason for this, says Arjun Sen, president of Zen Mango, a Centennial, Colorado-based consulting company.

“A frequent diner program gives you a share of the customer’s wallet space,” he says. “It also helps build a habit. Those who experience a brand three or four times have a revisit intent that is up to 15 percent higher compared to that of one-time visitors.”

These programs enable restaurants to add value without discounting, Sen continues. They also offer an effective tool for shifting buying behavior, for example, encouraging greater frequency of use or visits during off-peak times.

But the programs can fall short. For one thing, Sen explains, today’s society prefers its gratification instant. Consequently, the delayed rewards that characterize many programs appeals to a smaller group of consumers. The remedy? Bump up the rewards frequency and set a low threshold to get them started, he says.

This is what they did, says Nancy Reineking, director of operations at Willow Street Wood Fired Pizza in Los Gatos and San Jose, California. When they first launched their program, customers had to spend $200 to get $20 off (they use a stamp card with each stamp worth $10). Five years ago, they decided to lower the rewards level. Now, after spending $100 customers can get a free appetizer; after 25 stamps a free entrée; and after 30 stamps a free dessert. Customers can redeem as earned or all at once.

Reineking says the program is popular, adding that in one week at their Los Gatos location, 45 stamp cards were turned in.

Steve Rubino, founder/president of Rubino’s Pizzeria, with a location in Herndon and in Ashburn, Virginia, keeps rewards obtainable as well. Customers in his program receive a $10 gift card for every $100 they spend.

“Our customers who use this religiously are a great value to me,” he says. “It’s hard for me to put a finger on how much this has bumped up sales; just say that the card users are a significant part of sales.”

Sen believes in creating levels of usage/rewards. He suggests owners evaluate their traffic and break the thresholds into light, medium, heavy and super-heavy users, based on frequency.

“Then the idea becomes moving people from one threshold to another and keeping them at the heavy end of the spectrum,” he explains. “At the lower ends, the rewards should be frequent and small, becoming more personal and privileged as you move towards the heavy end.”

This strategy also helps restaurants differentiate their program, making it less “me too,” a real issue thanks to the proliferation of these programs, says Sen.

“To make the program really stand out you need to offer something more than ‘buy six get one free’,” he says. “Start by looking at the non-financial rewards, things that will really wow the customer.”

This could include perks like immediate seating, or moving to the top of the wait list, or personal attention from the manager. Other possibilities might be special gifts, such as a free birthday pizza or an invitation to be the first to try a new menu item or to attend a special in-restaurant, invitation-only event. The point is to make the program member feel well-treated and valued (he suggests looking to other industries that really connect with their customers for additional ideas).

But restaurant owners also must think of these programs differently, says James Sinclair, principal of Onsite Consulting, a Los Angeles based restaurant consulting firm. Rather than simply rewarding repeat business, the primary objective should be the collecting and retention of data, not appealing to bargain hunters.

“If you have a customer that always comes in Thursdays, don’t offer him a deal that gives him a discount on Thursday, because he was already coming in at that time. Now, you’ve lost revenue on that customer,” says Sinclair. “Don’t turn a dollar into fifty cents.”

You must outreach to customers and drive traffic and promotions without taking away from the existing traffic you’re getting, he emphasizes. The entire value of these programs lies in their marketing ability, getting the customer’s attention in order to push them towards what you want to accomplish.

“The point of the rewards program isn’t for the customer,” says Sinclair. “It’s for the restauran — disguised.”

This is the strategy behind her program, says Candace Roseo, co-owner of Bella Vista Trattoria & Pizzeria in Wilmington, Delaware. She collects names, addresses, phone numbers, email addresses, anniversaries and birth dates via the POS system, creating a database of 1,000 customers so far that she regularly markets to.

Reward levels range from $100 to $500, with a free appetizer or dessert at the first level and 15 percent off the total bill at the highest. The program generates good word of mouth; about 25 names are added each week, an indication she’s bringing in new business. But that’s not the biggest value.

“Information is power,” she says. “If you’re not in control of how you touch your customers and how frequently you touch them, well, let’s just say that’s not a position I’d want to be in.”

Increasing Effectiveness

The following tips will help you wring the most from your program:

  • Make signup easy and convenient. Offer both in-restaurant and Web site signup.
  • Educate staff, says consultant Arjun Sen. When these programs fail, it’s often because the staff doesn’t support it. Train them on program details. Reward them for signing up customers. Promote it through staff, with in-store signage, on menus and your Web site.
  • Keep it active. Regularly market it to members, for example, via email blasts announcing a new menu item (mentioning that program members heard this first), reminding them of program benefits
  • Make changes so the program doesn’t get stale. (Example: restaurant owner Steve Rubino is offering double points nights to promote certain categories.)
  • Keep it consistent with your brand in terms of name and the materials used in the program (such as swipe/stamp cards). All should enhance your image.

Pamela Mills-Senn is a freelancer specializing in writing on topics of interest to all manner of businesses. She is based in Long Beach, California

The post 2010 May: Reward Your Customer appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Safety First https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-safety-first/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-safety-first/ It’s every restaurant owner’s nightmare: an illness or food poisoning outbreak is traced back to your establishment. Shaking the perception your store isn’t sanitary can be a difficult and expensive process. Instead of betting that it won’t happen to you, take steps to ensure your guests’ –– and employees’ –– good health. Follow these rules […]

The post 2010 May: Safety First appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
It’s every restaurant owner’s nightmare: an illness or food poisoning outbreak is traced back to your establishment. Shaking the perception your store isn’t sanitary can be a difficult and expensive process. Instead of betting that it won’t happen to you, take steps to ensure your guests’ –– and employees’ –– good health. Follow these rules to lay the foundation for healthier habits in the workplace.

1 Wash, wash and wash again. “Handwashing is your first and best defense against transmitting illness in the restaurant setting,” says Roslyn Stone, chief operating officer of Corporate Wellness, Inc., a Mount Kisco, New York-based firm that consults with independent businesses on workplace medical and wellness issues. Ideally, workers should wash their hands with soap for at least 24 seconds each time they move from a food-handling task to a non-food-handling task (even one as minor as scratching one’s nose). But Stone acknowledges that this is tough at pizzerias, where one worker might serve food, then take money at the register, then bus a table. Scheduling workers so there’s at least one employee whose sole responsibility is managing the cash register can help, says Larry Parks, owner of The Original Dominick’s in Parkersville, Maryland. Having someone work the counter at all times prevents the food staff from risking contamination by handling money or touching lots of hands.

Some jurisdictions require gloves as part of their food service code, but Stone cautions that gloves aren’t any better than handwashing, and may actually be worse because they can create a false sense of security. She says employees don’t change gloves often enough between tasks, like moving from handling raw meats to cooked. She says hand sanitizers pose a similar problem — they can be a good stop-gap measure, but the mechanical motion of rubbing soap into your hands is what really gets them clean and germ-free.

2 Keep a clean “house.” Hand sanitizers can be good for customers, however. Parks says The Original Dominick’s has sanitizers deployed all around the restaurant, including at cash registers and in the bathroom. To minimize infection from one guest to another, Parks has his staff clean and sanitize the whole table. “You never know when a small child is going to put their mouth on the table,” he says.

Cleaning tables doesn’t just mean wiping down crumbs with the same damp cloth you’ve been using all night, though. Stone advises using quat sanitizer for table cleaning. Quat is short for “quaternary ammonium chloride,” and when properly diluted, it makes an effective but generally safe disinfectant for shared eating areas. Stone says there’s really no need to move to harsher bleach solutions unless you have a Norwalk virus outbreak in your area. “Quats will kill fl u, stomach bug and other basic viruses, but only bleach is effective against Norwalk,” she explains.

3 No matter how snowed under you might be, don’t let workers work sick. It sounds like common sense –– if you’re sick, don’t work. But it’s more complicated than that, both for the hourly workers who lose wages if they don’t show up, and the owners who have to find a replacement on short notice.

The issue of not working when sick is one that Stone encourages her clients to address as early as the interview and hiring process for new employees. “You need to help them understand that because they work in food service, they’re going to be held to a higher standard as far as working while sick,” she says. She encourages employers to put together a “Safe Working Statement” that says they won’t come to work until they’ve been symptom-free from nausea, vomiting and diarrhea for at least 24 hours.

4 As an operator, it is up to you to lead with good training and good examples. And while getting employees to sign health commitments during hiring is a good start, it’s not enough. “Especially in this economy, a well-trained staff is essential because an unhappy customer does not come back,” explains Juliet Bodinetz-Rich, executive director of Bilingual Hospitality Training in Baltimore, Maryland.

Bodinetz-Rich says investing time in one-on-one or small-group training will show employees how seriously you take healthy practices. She also recommends practicing “tell-and-show”: you explain how to do something correctly, then have the trainee show you they understand through demonstration.

And remember that as the boss, you need to be the example. Stone says when an employee you rely on calls in sick, it helps to remember why you have health policies in the first place. “If a pizza-maker calls in sick and you pressure him to come in, someone could die,” she says, noting pizza places are often gathering places for all generations, including the elderly and young children, whose immune systems aren’t as strong as a healthy adult’s. “No one is going to die if their pizza takes a few more minutes because you had one pizza maker instead of two.”

Parks, owner of The Original Dominick’s, says he makes it an even more personal choice for his workers. “We like to eat the food from the store and we take it home to our families, too,” Parks says. “That’s a great motivation to follow correct health procedures.” ?

Health Training for Employees with Limited English Skills

Sometimes great employees don’t always speak fluent English. Juliet Bodinetz-Rich, executive director of Bilingual Hospitality Training in Baltimore, Maryland, offers these tips for making sure employees with limited English skills are well trained in your restaurant’s health policies:

? Bring in someone to assist with translation. You may have another employee who could do this. If not, paying a translator is money well-spent when you consider the financial implications of not having a well-trained employee.

? Practice explanation and demonstration. This is a good way to train any worker, but it’s especially helpful for limited- English-speakers.

? Make sure the workers understand not just the what’s, but also the why’s of the training. For example, if you’re going over safe food handling, explain the types and dangers of foodborne illnesses.

? If you need further help, seek out professionals. Bodinetz- Rich recommends ServSafe food service certification, which is available

Alyson McNutt English is an award-winning freelance writer specializing in home, healthy, family and green topics. She is based in Huntsville, Alabama.

The post 2010 May: Safety First appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
2010 May: Simple Ideas https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-simple-ideas/ Sun, 03 Feb 2013 04:00:00 +0000 https://pizzatoday.com/2010-may-simple-ideas/ Goodwill Hunting Problems in the kitchen? Don’t let your customers bear the brunt of it. Have your manager be up front at the table. Admit to the problem and offer to make it right. A simple order of garlic knots while the customer is waiting helps foster good will. And don’t forget your delivery customers. […]

The post 2010 May: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>
Goodwill Hunting

Problems in the kitchen? Don’t let your customers bear the brunt of it. Have your manager be up front at the table. Admit to the problem and offer to make it right. A simple order of garlic knots while the customer is waiting helps foster good will. And don’t forget your delivery customers. Sending out a low-cost item (such as an order of cheesy bread or cinnamon sticks) and an apology at the door by the driver goes a long way to righting a wrong.

Cold Calling

At International Pizza Expo in March, an operator at the yearly Beer & Bull Idea Exchange offered a great tip: When a pizzeria in his local town goes out of business, he buys the store’s old phone number and has their calls redirected to his own pizzeria. The result? New — and hopefully repeat — business. If a customer is calling, they’re wanting pizza anyway, so luring them in with a new business special gets the order out the door and increases the pizzeria’s profile in town. It’s a win for all!

Proper Programming

If you’ve got a pizzeria, you’ve probably got a television or two in house. And with your focus on the food, it’s easy to forget about programming, and that might turn off some folks. News stations can turn ugly fast, so keep an eye on what’s playing. And honor patrons’ requests to switch channels if appropriate. If there’s a game on, you might just pad checks with extra beer, wings or breadsticks!

Promo Pairing

Want some new marketing materials? Check with some of your distributors. Soda companies, liquor distributors and cheese companies often offer table tents, banners and even branded stickers that can affix a menu to a pizza box — all available at little to no charge to the operator. Ask around … most companies are more than willing to partner with your pizzeria.

The post 2010 May: Simple Ideas appeared first on Pizza Today.

]]>